Patent Publication Number: US-2003232336-A1

Title: Novel human ion channel and transporter family members

Description:
RELATED APPLICATIONS  
     [0001] This application is a continuation-in-part and claims priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 09/875,321, filed Jun. 6, 2001, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/18340, filed Jun. 6, 2001, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/209,845, filed Jun. 6, 2000; and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/875,423, filed Jun. 5, 2001, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/18398, filed Jun. 5, 2001, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/209,257, filed Jun. 5, 2000; and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/875,363, filed Jun. 5, 2001, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/18247, filed Jun. 5, 2001, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/209,238, filed Jun. 5, 2000; and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/928,530, filed Aug. 13, 2001, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/25475, filed Aug. 15, 2001, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/227,068, filed Aug. 22, 2000; and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/934,421, filed Aug. 21, 2001, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US01/26096, filed Aug. 21, 2001, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/226,770, filed Aug. 21, 2000; and U.S. application Ser. No. 10/109,029, filed Mar. 28, 2002, and International Application Serial No. PCT/US02/09728, filed Mar. 28, 2002, which claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/279,281, filed Mar. 28, 2001; and U.S. application Ser. No. (not available), filed May 13, 2002, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/290,288, filed May 11, 2001, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
    
    
     
       BACKGROUND OF THE 52906, 33408, AND 12189 INVENTION  
       [0002] Potassium (K + ) channels are ubiquitous proteins which are involved in the setting of the resting membrane potential as well as in the modulation of the electrical activity of cells. In excitable cells, K +  channels influence action potential waveforms, firing frequency, and neurotransmitter secretion (Rudy, B. (1988)  Neuroscience,  25, 729-749; Hille, B. (1992)  Ionic Channels of Excitable Membranes,  2nd Ed.). In non-excitable cells, they are involved in hormone secretion, cell volume regulation and potentially in cell proliferation and differentiation (Lewis et al. (1995)  Annu. Rev. Immunol.,  13, 623-653). Developments in electrophysiology have allowed the identification and the characterization of an astonishing variety of K +  channels that differ in their biophysical properties, pharmacology, regulation and tissue distribution (Rudy, B. (1988)  Neuroscience,  25, 729-749; Hille, B. (1992)  Ionic Channels of Excitable Membranes,  2nd Ed.). More recently, cloning efforts have shed considerable light on the mechanisms that determine this functional diversity. Furthermore, analyses of structure-function relationships have provided an important set of data concerning the molecular basis of the biophysical properties (selectivity, gating, assembly) and the pharmacological properties of cloned K +  channels.  
       [0003] Functional diversity of K +  channels arises mainly from the existence of a great number of genes coding for pore-forming subunits, as well as for other associated regulatory subunits. Two main structural families of pore-forming subunits have been identified. The first one consists of subunits with a conserved hydrophobic core containing six transmembrane domains (TMDs). These K +  channel α subunits participate in the formation of outward rectifier voltage-gated (Kv) and Ca 2+ -dependent K +  channels. The fourth TMD contains repeated positive charges involved in the voltage gating of these channels and hence in their outward rectification (Logothetis et al. (1992)  Neuron,  8, 531-540; Bezanilla et al. (1994)  Biophys. J.  66, 1011-1021).  
       [0004] The second family of pore-forming subunits have only two TMDs. They are essential subunits of inward-rectifying (IRK), G-protein-coupled (GIRK) and ATP-sensitive (K ATP ) K +  channels. The inward rectification results from a voltage-dependent block by cytoplasmic Mg 2+  and polyamines (Matsuda, H. (1991)  Annu. Rev. Physiol.,  53, 289-298). A conserved domain, called the P domain, is present in all members of both families (Pongs, O. (1993)  J. Membr. Biol.,  136, 1-8; Heginbotham et al. (1994)  Biophys. J.  66,1061-1067; Mackinnon, R. (1995)  Neuron,  14, 889-892; Pascual et al., (1995)  Neuron., and  14, 1055-1063). This domain is an essential element of the aqueous K + -selective pore. In both groups, the assembly of four subunits is necessary to form a functional K +  channel (Mackinnon, R. (1991)  Nature,  350, 232-235; Yang et al., (1995)  Neuron,  15, 1441-1447.  
       [0005] In both six TMD and two TMD pore-forming subunit families, different subunits coded by different genes can associate to form heterotetramers with new channel properties (Isacoff et al., (1990)  Nature,  345, 530-534). A selective formation of heteropolymeric channels may allow each cell to develop the best K +  current repertoire suited to its function. Pore-forming α subunits of Kv channels are classified into different subfamilies according to their sequence similarity (Chandy et al. (1993)  Trends Pharmacol. Sci.,  14, 434). Tetramerization is believed to occur preferentially between members of each subgroup (Covarrubias et al. (1991)  Neuron,  7, 763-773). The domain responsible for this selective association is localized in the N-terminal region and is conserved between members of the same subgroup. This domain is necessary for hetero but not homomultimeric assembly within a subfamily and prevents co-assembly between subfamilies. Recently, pore-forming subunits with two TMDs were also shown to co-assemble to form heteropolymers (Duprat et al. (1995)  Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.,  212, 657-663. This heteropolymerization seems necessary to give functional GIRKs. IRKs are active as homopolymers but also form heteropolymers.  
       SUMMARY OF THE 52906, 33408, AND 12189 INVENTION  
       [0006] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of novel potassium channel family members, referred to herein as “52906,” “33408,” and “12189.” The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 52906 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, and the amino acid sequence of a 52906 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 2. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 3. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 33408 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 4, and the amino acid sequence of a 33408 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 5. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 6. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 12189 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 7, and the amino acid sequence of a 12189 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 8. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 7.  
       [0007] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid, ted with ATCC Accession Number ______, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number _____. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
       [0008] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
       [0009] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 52906, 33408, or 12189-encoding nucleic acids.  
       [0010] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
       [0011] In another aspect, the invention features, 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides having a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins including at least one ion transport protein domain, and, preferably, having a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity as described herein.  
       [0012] In other embodiments, the invention provides 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides, e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 8, the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 8, the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
       [0013] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
       [0014] In a related aspect, the invention provides 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
       [0015] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain. In one embodiment, the antibodies or antigen-binding fragment thereof competitively inhibit the binding of a second antibody to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or a fragment thereof, e.g., an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain.  
       [0016] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
       [0017] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder.  
       [0018] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
       [0019] In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for modulating (increasing or decreasing) the ion flux, e.g., the flow of K +  ions, in a 52906, 33408, or 12189-expressing cell. The method includes contacting the cell with a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effective in vitro or ex vivo. In other embodiments, the contacting step is effected in vivo, e.g., in a subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human), as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell (e.g., a heart cell). For example, the cell can be from brain or cardiac tissues.  
       [0020] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. Preferably, the inhibitor is chosen from a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small organic molecule, a small inorganic molecule and an antibody (e.g., an antibody conjugated to a therapeutic moiety). In another preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid, e.g., an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule.  
       [0021] In another aspect, the invention features methods for treating or preventing a disorder characterized by the abnormal ion flux of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-expressing cell, in a subject. Preferably, the method includes administering to the subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder.  
       [0022] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder. The method includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocol under evaluation (e.g., treating a subject with a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the expression of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or polypeptide before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level of expression before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. The level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein.  
       [0023] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step includes obtaining a sample (e.g., a tissue sample, e.g., a biopsy, or a fluid sample) from the subject, before and after treatment and comparing the level of expressing of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide before and after treatment.  
       [0024] B In another aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a therapeutic or prophylactic agent. The method includes: contacting a sample with an agent (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) and, evaluating the expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or polypeptide in the sample before and after the contacting step. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide in the sample obtained after the contacting step, relative to the level of expression in the sample before the contacting step, is indicative of the efficacy of the agent. The level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the sample includes neuronal cells or muscle cells.  
       [0025] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
       [0026] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
       [0027] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims. 
     
    
    
     BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS  
     [0028]FIG. 1 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 52906. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 52906 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 785-800 of SEQ ID NO: 2; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 241-265 of SEQ ID NO: 2.  
     [0029]FIG. 2 depicts an alignment of the ion transport protein domain of human 52906 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 472 to 661 of SEQ ID NO: 2.  
     [0030]FIG. 3 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 33408. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 33408 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 585-600 of SEQ ID NO: 5; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 710-740 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0031]FIG. 4A depicts an alignment of the ion transport protein domain of human 33408 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 247 to 467 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0032]FIG. 4B depicts an alignment of the cyclic nucleotide-binding domain of human 33408 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 565 to 655 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0033] FIGS.  4 C- 4 D depict an alignment of the amino acid sequence of human 33408 (upper sequence) with the amino acid sequence of rat Eag2 (lower sequence; Accession Number AF185637; SEQ ID NO: 12).  
     [0034]FIG. 5 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 12189. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 12189 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 75-95 of SEQ ID NO: 8; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 35-55 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0035]FIG. 6A depicts an alignment of the potassium channel tetramerisation domain of human 12189 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 3 to 101 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0036]FIG. 6B depicts an alignment of the ion transport protein domain of human 12189 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 198 to 383 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0037]FIG. 6C depicts an alignment of the amino acid sequence of human 12189 (lower sequence) with the amino acid sequence of mouse Kv1.7 (upper sequence; Accession Number AF032099; SEQ ID NO: 13).  
     [0038]FIG. 7 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 21784. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 21784 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g the sequence of from about amino acid residue 10 to 30, amino acid residue 810 to 820, and amino acid residue 1005 to 1031 of SEQ ID NO: 15; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid residues 61 to 78, amino acid residues 311 to 326, and amino acid residues 712 to 721 of SEQ ID NO: 15; or a sequence which includes a Cys or an N-glycosylation site.  
     [0039] FIGS.  8 A- 8 C depicts alignment of the human dihydropyridine sensitive L-type calcium channel alpha-2/delta subunit, hCIC2.pep (SEQ ID NO: 17) and the human 21784 (SEQ ID NO: 15) amino acid sequences.  
     [0040]FIG. 9 shows the amino acid sequence of mouse alpha-2 delta-3 subunit (GenBank Accession Number AJ010949) (SEQ ID NO: 18).  
     [0041]FIG. 10 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 56201. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 56201 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 114 to 131, from about 175 to 199, and from about 246 to 269 of SEQ ID NO: 21; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 110 to 120, from about 205 to 215, and from about 230 to 240 of SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [0042]FIG. 11 depicts an alignment of the ion channel domain of human 56201 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 23), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [0043] FIGS.  12 A- 12 E depicts an alignment of human 56201 with the human sodium channel, skeletal muscle alpha subunit. The upper sequence corresponds to amino acids 1 to 398 of SEQ ID NO: 21 and the lower sequence corresponds to the sequence of human sodium channel, skeletal muscle alpha subunit (SEQ ID NO: 24; Genbank accession number Q16447).  
     [0044]FIG. 13 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 32620. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 32620 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 29 to 45, from about 177 to 190, and from about 417 to 439, of SEQ ID NO: 27; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 46 to 54, from about 473 to 478, and from about 505 to 512, of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [0045]FIG. 14 depicts an alignment of the sodium-sugar symporter domain of human 32620 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [0046]FIG. 15 depicts an alignment of human 32620 with human SGLT2 using the Clustal W algorithm (Thompson et al. (1994) Nucleic Acids Res., 22:4673-4680). The lower sequence is the complete amino acid sequence of SGLT2 as recited in SwissProt entry P31639, SEQ ID NO: 30, while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the complete amino acid sequence of human 32620, i.e. amino acids 1 to 675 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [0047]FIG. 16 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 44589. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 44589 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 300 to 340 and from about 920 to 960 of SEQ ID NO: 34; and all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 45 to 65 and from about 485 to 510 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [0048]FIG. 17A depicts an alignment of the first ABC transporter ATP cassette domain of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 36), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 515 to 686 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [0049]FIG. 17B depicts an alignment of the second ABC transporter ATP cassette domain of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 36), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [0050]FIG. 17C depicts an alignment of the first ABC transporter transmembrane region of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 37), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 163 to 445 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [0051]FIG. 17D depicts an alignment of the second ABC transporter transmembrane region of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 37), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [0052] FIGS.  18 A- 18 D depict an alignment of the amino acid sequence of the human multidrug resistance-associated protein-5 (MRP5; SEQ ID NO: 38) and human 44589 (SEQ ID NO: 34). The location of the transmembrane domains in the human MRP5 and 44589 amino acid sequences is indicated as “TM1-12”.  
     [0053]FIG. 19 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 84226. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 84226 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, i.e., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 80 to 92, from about 140 to 152, from about 232 to 248, and from about 312 to 328 of SEQ ID NO: 40; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, i.e., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence of from about amino acid 45 to 75, from about 200 to 218, and from about 248 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 40; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site.  
     [0054]FIG. 20 depicts an alignment of the cation transporter domain of human 84226 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 42), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [0055]FIG. 21 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 8105. Relative hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relative hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. Numbers corresponding to positions in the amino acid sequence of human 8105 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid residues 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 319 to 342, or 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid residues 145 to 153, 223 to 240, 243 to 252, or 392 to 407 of SEQ ID NO: 44; a sequence which includes a Cys; or a glycosylation site.  
     [0056]FIGS. 22A and 22B depict an alignment of the sugar transporter domain of human 8105 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequence is the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 46), while the lower amino acid sequence corresponds to amino acids 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44. 
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF 52906, 33408, AND 12189  
     [0057] Human 52906  
     [0058] The human 52906 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 1, as recited in Example 1), which is approximately 3525 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2544 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 847 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 2, as recited in Example 1). The hydropathy plot of 52906 is depicted in FIG. 1.  
     [0059] Human 52906 contains the following regions or structural features: an ion transport protein domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00520) located at about amino. acid residues 472 to 661 of SEQ ID NO: 2 (see FIG. 2); and a core membrane region consisting of six transmembrane domains, four cytoplasmic domains, three extracellular domains, and a Pore-loop domain. The core membrane region is located at about amino acid 402 to about amino acid 662 of SEQ ID NO: 2. The six transmembrane domains are located at about amino acid 402 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 419 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 2, about amino acid 433 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 456 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 2, about amino acid 482 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 498 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 2, about amino acid 524 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 543 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 2, about amino acid 573 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 597 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 2, and about amino acid 641 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 662 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 2. The four cytoplasmic domains are located at about amino acids 1 to 401 (amino terminus), 457 to 481, 544 to 572, and 663 to 847 (carboxy terminus) of SEQ ID NO: 2. The three extracellular domains are located at about amino acids 420 to 432, 499 to 523, and 598 to 640 of SEQ ID NO: 2. The extracellular domain located at about amino acids 598 to 640 includes a Pore-loop domain (P-loop domain) located at about amino acid residues 616 to 639 of SEQ ID NO: 2.  
     [0060] The 52906 protein also includes the following domains: six predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) located at about amino acids 10-13, 141-144, 182-185, 284-287, 342-345, and 500-503 of SEQ ID NO: 2; one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002) located at about amino acids 367-370 of SEQ ID NO: 2; four predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004) located at about amino acids 176-179, 258-261, 400-403, and 832-835 of SEQ ID NO: 2; 13 predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 9-11, 12-14, 174-176, 271-273, 288-290, 377-379, 506-508, 552-554, 596-598, 684-686, 732-734, 799-801, and 829-831 of SEQ ID NO: 2; seven predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 330-333, 337-340, 518-521, 668-671, 746-749, 780-783, and 842-845 of SEQ ID NO: 2; 15 predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 21-26, 42-47, 118-123, 132-137, 153-158, 165-170, 178-183, 227-232, 309-314, 351-356, 359-364, 366-371, 374-379, 647-652, and 787-792 of SEQ ID NO: 2; and one predicted coiled coil located at about amino acids 719-791 of SEQ ID NO: 2.  
     [0061] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/ software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [0062] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 52906 (clone “Fbh52906FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [0063] An alignment of the human 52906 amino acid sequence with the rat SK2 amino acid sequence (Accession Number U69882) suggests that 52906 is a human ortholog of rat SK2, a calcium activated potassium channel (Kohler et al. (1996)  Science  273:1709-1714).  
     [0064] Human 33408  
     [0065] The human 33408 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 4, as recited in Example 1), which is approximately 3553 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2967 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 988 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 5, as recited in Example 1). The hydropathy plot of 33408 is depicted in FIG. 3.  
     [0066] Human 33408 contains the following regions or structural features: an ion transport protein domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00520) located at about amino acid residues 247 to 467 of SEQ ID NO: 5 (see FIG. 4A); a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00027) located at about amino acid residues 565 to 655 of SEQ ID NO: 5 (see FIG. 4B); and a core membrane region consisting of six transmembrane domains, four cytoplasmic domains, three extracellular domains, a Pore-loop domain, and a PAS domain. The core membrane region is located at about amino acid 219 to about amino acid 471 of SEQ ID NO: 5. The six transmembrane domains are located at about amino acid 219 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 236 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 5, about amino acid 245 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 264 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 5, about amino acid 292 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 309 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 5, about amino acid 320 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 337 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 5, about amino acid 344 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 368 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 5, and about amino acid 447 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 471 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 5. The four cytoplasmic domains are located at about amino acids 1 to 218 (amino terminus), 265 to 291, 338 to 343, and 472 to 988 (carboxy terminus) of SEQ ID NO: 5. The three extracellular domains are located at about amino acids 237 to 244, 310 to 319, and 369 to 446 of SEQ ID NO: 5. The extracellular domain located at about amino acids 369 to 446 includes a Pore-loop domain (P-loop domain) located at about amino acid residues 420 to 440 of SEQ ID NO: 5. The cytoplasmic domain located at about amino acids 1 to 218 includes a PAS domain located at about amino acid residues 1-134 of SEQ ID NO: 5 and a PAC domain located at about amino acid residues 92-132 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0067] The 33408 protein also includes the following domains: seven predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) located at about amino acids 170-173, 235-238, 403-406, 466-469, 663-666, 743-746, and 830-833 of SEQ ID NO: 5; two predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004) located at about amino acids 21-24 and 677-680 of SEQ ID NO: 5; 13 predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 73-75, 127-129, 142-144, 237-239, 322-324, 478-480, 502-504, 521-523, 773-775, 925-927, 943-945, 952-954, and 981-983 of SEQ ID NO: 5; 16 predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 14-17, 127-130, 215-218, 252-255, 369-372, 442-445, 634-637, 725-728, 832-835, 847-850, 869-872, 883-886, 909-912, 929-932, 974-977, and 981-984 of SEQ ID NO: 5; eight predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 3-8, 407-412, 465-470, 557-562, 723-728, 744-749, 806-811, and 867-872 of SEQ ID NO: 5; one predicted amidation site (PS00009) located at about amino acids 3-6 of SEQ ID NO: 5; one predicted leucine zipper pattern (PS00029) located at about amino acids 910-931 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and one predicted coiled coil located at about amino acids 906-944 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0068] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 33408 (clone “Fbh33408FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [0069] An alignment of the human 33408 amino acid sequence with the rat Eag2 amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 12; Accession Number AF185637) is depicted in FIGS.  4 C- 4 D. 33408 appears to be a human ortholog of rat Eag2, a subthreshold activating potassium channel (Saganich et al. (1999)  J. Neuroscience  19:10789-10802).  
     [0070] Human 12189  
     [0071] The human 12189 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 7, as recited in Example 1), which is approximately 1341 nucleotides long, contains a predicted coding sequence, including a termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 446 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 8, as recited in Example 1). The hydropathy plot of 12189 is depicted in FIG. 5.  
     [0072] Human 12189 contains the following regions or structural features: a potassium channel tetramerisation domain (PFAM Accession Number PF02214) located at about amino acid residues 3 to 101 of SEQ ID NO: 8 (see FIG. 6A); an ion transport protein domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00520) located at about amino acid residues 198 to 383 of SEQ ID NO: 8 (see FIG. 6B); and a core membrane region consisting of six transmembrane domains, four cytoplasmic domains, three extracellular domains, and a Pore-loop domain. The core membrane region is located at about amino acid 134 to about amino acid 384 of SEQ ID NO: 8. The six transmembrane domains are located at about amino acid 134 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 152 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 8, about amino acid 200 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 222 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 8, about amino acid 231 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 248 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 8, about amino acid 266 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 286 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 8, about amino acid 302 (cytoplasmic end) to about amino acid 323 (extracellular end) of SEQ ID NO: 8, and about amino acid 363 (extracellular end) to about amino acid 384 (cytoplasmic end) of SEQ ID NO: 8. The four cytoplasmic domains are located at about amino acids 1 to 133 (amino terminus), 223 to 230, 287 to 301, and 385 to 446 (carboxy terminus) of SEQ ID NO: 8. The three extracellular domains are located at about amino acids 153 to 199, 249 to 265, and 324 to 362 of SEQ ID NO: 8. The extracellular domain located at about amino acids 324 to 362 includes a Pore-loop domain (P-loop domain) located at about amino acid residues 339 to 355 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0073] The 12189 protein also includes the following domains: two predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) located at about amino acids 181-184 and 386-389 of SEQ ID NO: 8; two predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 294-296 and 298-300 of SEQ ID NO: 8; five predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 154-157, 298-301, 334-337, 395-398, and 404-407 of SEQ ID NO: 8; one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007) located at about amino acids 52-60 of SEQ ID NO: 8; five predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 87-92, 164-169, 248-253, 365-370, and 421-426 of SEQ ID NO: 8; and one predicted leucine zipper pattern (PS00029) located at about amino acids 281-302 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0074] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 12189 (clone “Fbh12189 FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [0075] An alignment of the human 12189 amino acid sequence with the mouse Kv1.7 amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 13; Accession Number AF032099) is depicted in FIG. 6C. 12189 appears to be a human ortholog of mouse Kv1.7, a voltage-gated potassium channel (Kalman et al. (1998)  J. Biol. Chem.  273:5851-5857).  
               TABLE 1                          Summary of Sequence Information for 52906, 33408, and 12189                                                 ATCC                       Accession       Gene   cDNA   ORF   Polypeptide   Number               52906   SEQ ID NO: 1   SEQ ID NO: 3   SEQ ID NO: 2           33408   SEQ ID NO: 4   SEQ ID NO: 6   SEQ ID NO: 5       12189   SEQ ID NO: 7       SEQ ID NO: 8                  
 
     [0076]               TABLE 2                          Summary of Domains of 52906, 33408, and 12189                             Domain   52906   33408   12189               Transmembrane   amino acids 402-662   amino acids 219-471   amino acids 134-384       Region   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 402-419   amino acids 219-236   amino acids 134-152       Domain 1   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 433-456   amino acids 245-264   amino acids 200-222       Domain 2   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 482-498   amino acids 292-309   amino acids 231-248       Domain 3   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 524-543   amino acids 320-337   amino acids 266-286       Domain 4   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 573-597   amino acids 344-368   amino acids 302-323       Domain 5   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Transmembrane   amino acids 641-662   amino acids 447-471   amino acids 363-384       Domain 6   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Cytoplasmic   amino acids 1-401 of   amino acids 1-218 of   amino acids 1-133 of       Domain 1   SEQ ID NO: 2   SEQ ID NO: 5   SEQ ID NO: 8       Cytoplasmic   amino acids 457-481   amino acids 265-291   amino acids 223-230       Domain 2   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Cytoplasmic   amino acids 544-572   amino acids 338-343   amino acids 287-301       Domain 3   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Cytoplasmic   amino acids 663-847   amino acids 472-988   amino acids 385-446       Domain 4   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Extracellular   amino acids 420-432   amino acids 237-244   amino acids 153-199       Domain 1   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Extracellular   amino acids 499-523   amino acids 310-319   amino acids 249-265       Domain 2   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Extracellular   amino acids 598-640   amino acids 369-446   amino acids 324-362       Domain 3   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       Pore-loop   amino acids 616-639   amino acids 420-440   amino acids 339-355       Domain   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       ion transport   amino acids 472-661   amino acids 247-467   amino acids 198-383       protein domain   of SEQ ID NO: 2   of SEQ ID NO: 5   of SEQ ID NO: 8       cyclic       amino acids 565-655       nucleotide       of SEQ ID NO: 5       binding domain       potassium           amino acids 3-101 of       channel           SEQ ID NO: 8       tetramerisation       domain                    
     [0077] The 52906, 33408, and 12189 proteins contain a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the potassium channel family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [0078] As used herein, a “potassium channel” includes a protein or polypeptide which is involved in receiving, conducting, and transmitting signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. Potassium channels are potassium ion selective, and can determine membrane excitability (the ability of, for example, a neuron to respond to a stimulus and convert it into an impulse). Potassium channels can also influence the resting potential of membranes, wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, and thresholds of excitation. Potassium channels are typically expressed in electrically excitable cells, e.g., neurons, muscle, endocrine, and egg cells, and may form heteromultimeric structures, e.g., composed of pore-forming α and cytoplasmic β subunits. Potassium channels may also be found in nonexcitable cells (e.g., thymus cells), where they may play a role in, e.g., signal transduction. Potassium channel proteins contain six transmembrane helices, wherein the last two helices flank a loop (a P-loop) which determines potassium ion selectivity. Examples of potassium channels include: (1) the voltage-gated potassium channels, (2) the ligand-gated potassium channels, e.g., neurotransmitter-gated potassium channels, and (3) cyclic-nucleotide-gated potassium channels. Voltage-gated and ligand-gated potassium channels are expressed in the brain, e.g., in brainstem monoaminergic and forebrain cholinergic neurons, where they are involved in the release of neurotransmitters, or in the dendrites of hippocampal and neocortical pyramidal cells, where they are involved in the processes of learning and memory formation. For a detailed description of potassium channels, see Kandel E. R. et al., Principles of Neural Science, second edition, (Elsevier Science Publishing Co., Inc., N.Y. (1985)), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [0079] A 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide can include a “transmembrane domain” or regions homologous with a “transmembrane domain”.  
     [0080] As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 15 amino acid residues in length which spans the plasma membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 45 amino acid residues and spans the plasma membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an alpha-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, Zagotta W. N. et al., (1996)  Annual Rev. Neurosci.  19: 235-263, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 402-419, 433-456, 482-498, 524-543, 573-597, and 641-662 of the 52906 protein (SEQ ID NO: 2) are predicted to comprise transmembrane domains (see FIG. 2). Accordingly, 52906 proteins having at least 50-60% homology, preferably about 60-70%, more preferably about 70-80%, or about 80-90% homology with a transmembrane domain of human 52906 are within the scope of the invention. Amino acid residues 219-236, 245-264, 292-309, 320-337, 344-368, and 447-471 of the 33408 protein (SEQ ID NO: 5) are predicted to comprise transmembrane domains (see FIG. 5). Accordingly, 33408 proteins having at least 50-60% homology, preferably about 60-70%, more preferably about 70-80%, or about 80-90% homology with a transmembrane domain of human 33408 are within the scope of the invention. Amino acid residues 134-152, 200-222, 231-248, 266-286, 302-323, and 363-384 of the 12189 protein. (SEQ ID NO: 8) are predicted to comprise transmembrane domains (see FIGS.  8 A- 8 C). Accordingly, 12189 proteins having at least 50-60% homology, preferably about 60-70%, more preferably about 70-80%, or about 80-90% homology with a transmembrane domain of human 12189 are within the scope of the invention.  
     [0081] A 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide can further include a “Pore loop” or regions homologous with a “Pore loop domain”.  
     [0082] As used herein, the term “Pore loop” or “P-loop” includes amino acid sequence of about 15-45 amino acid residues in length, preferably about 15-35 amino acid residues in length, and most preferably about 15-25 amino acid residues in length, which is hydrophobic and which is involved in lining the potassium channel pore. A P-loop is typically found between transmembrane domains of potassium channels and is believed to be a major determinant of ion selectivity in potassium channels. Preferably, P-loops contain a G-[HYDROPHOBIC AMINO ACID]-G sequence, e.g., a GYG, GLG, or GFG sequence. P-loops are described in, for example, Warmke et al. (1991)  Science  252:1560-1562; Zagotta W. N. et al., (1996)  Annual Rev. Neuronsci.  19:235-63 (Pongs, O. (1993)  J. Membr. Biol.,  136, 1-8; Heginbotham et al. (1994)  Biophys. J.  66,1061-1067; Mackinnon, R. (1995)  Neuron,  and 14, 889-892; Pascual et al., (1995)  Neuron.,  14, 1055-1063), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 616-639 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 420-440 of SEQ ID NO: 5, and 339-355 of SEQ ID NO: 8 comprise P-loop domains. Accordingly, proteins having at least 50-60% homology, preferably about 60-70%, more preferably about 70-80%, or about 80-90% homology with a -loop domain of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 are within the scope of the invention.  
     [0083] In one embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes at least one cytoplasmic domain. When located at the N-terminal domain the cytoplasmic domain is referred to herein as an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain”. As used herein, an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having about 1-500, preferably about 1-450, preferably about 1-400, preferably about 1-380, more preferably about 1-350, more preferably about 1-300, more preferably about 1-220, or even more preferably about 1-135 amino acid residues in length and is located inside of a cell or intracellularly. The C-terminal amino acid residue of a “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. For example, an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 1-401 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1-218 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 1-133 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0084] In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or protein has at least one cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 5, preferably about 5-10, and more preferably about 10-20 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., at least one cytoplasmic domain of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., residues 1-401, 457-481, 544-572, and 663-847 of SEQ ID NO: 2; residues 1-218, 265-291, 338-343, and 447-988 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and residues 1-133, 223-230, 287-301, and 385-446 of SEQ ID NO: 8).  
     [0085] In another embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes at least one extracellular loop. As used herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, and more preferably about 10-20 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule, and the C-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule. As used herein, an “extracellular loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell, or extracellularly. For example, an extracellular loop can be found at about amino acids 420-432, 499-523, and 598-640 of SEQ ID NO: 2; at about amino acids 237-244, 310-319, and 369-446 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and at about amino acids 153-199, 249-265, and 324-362 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0086] In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or protein has at least one extracellular loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, preferably about 10-20, and more preferably about 20-30 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “extracellular loop,” e.g., at least one extracellular loop of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., residues 420-432, 499-523, and 598-640 of SEQ ID NO: 2; residues 237-244, 310-319, and 369-446 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and residues 153-199, 249-265, and 324-362 of SEQ ID NO: 8).  
     [0087] In another embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain”, also referred to herein as a C-terminal cytoplasmic tail, in the sequence of the protein. As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 50, preferably about 500-550, preferably about 150-200, more preferably about 50-70 amino acid residues and is located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is found at about amino acid residues 663-847 of SEQ ID NO: 2; at about amino acid residues 472-988 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and at about amino acid residues 385-446 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0088] In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or protein has a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 50, preferably about 150-550, more preferably about 50-70 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., residues 663-847 of SEQ ID NO: 2; residues 472-988 of SEQ ID NO: 5; and residues 385-446 of SEQ ID NO: 8).  
     [0089] A 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide can include an “ion transport protein domain” or regions homologous with an “ion transport protein domain.” 
     [0090] As used herein, the term “ion transport protein domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 100 to 300 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ion transport protein domain profile (Pfam HMM) of at least 50. Preferably, a ion transport protein domain includes at least about 150 to 280 amino acids, more preferably about 170 to 260 amino acid residues, or about 180 to 230 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ion transport protein domain (HMM) of at least 90 or greater. The ion transport protein domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00520 (http;//genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). An alignment of the ion transport protein domain (amino acids 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2) of human 52906 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 2. An alignment of the ion transport protein domain (amino acids 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5) of human 33408 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 4A. An alignment of the ion transport protein domain (amino acids 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8) of human 12189 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 9) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 6B.  
     [0091] In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or protein has an “ion transport protein domain” or a region which includes at least about 150 to 280 more preferably about 170 to 260 or 180 to 230 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “ion transport protein domain,” e.g., the ion transport protein domain of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., residues 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8).  
     [0092] A 33408 molecule can further include a cyclic nucleotide binding domain or regions homologous with a “cyclic nucleotide binding domain.” 
     [0093] As used herein, the term “cyclic nucleotide binding domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 40-180 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the cyclic nucleotide binding domain (HMM) of at least 50. Preferably, a cyclic nucleotide binding domain is capable of binding a cyclic nucleotide. Preferably, a cyclic nucleotide binding domain includes at least about 50-150 amino acids, more preferably about 70-120 amino acid residues, or about 80-100 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the cyclic nucleotide binding domain (HMM) of at least 80 or greater. The cyclic nucleotide binding domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession PF00027 (http://genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/html). An alignment of the cyclic nucleotide binding domain (amino acids 565 to 655 of SEQ ID NO: 5) of human 33408 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 4B.  
     [0094] In a preferred embodiment a 33408 polypeptide or protein has a “cyclic nucleotide binding domain” or a region which includes at least about 50-150, more preferably about 70-120 or 80-100 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “cyclic nucleotide binding domain,” e.g., the cyclic nucleotide binding domain of human 33408 (e.g., residues 565 to 655 of SEQ ID NO: 5).  
     [0095] A 12189 polypeptide can further include a “potassium channel tetramerisation domain” or regions homologous with a “potassium channel tetramerisation domain.” 
     [0096] As used herein, the term “potassium channel tetramerisation domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 50 to 200 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the potassium channel tetramerisation domain profile (Pfam HMM) of at least 100. A “potassium channel tetramerisation domain” promotes the assembly of alpha-subunits into functional tetrameric channels. Preferably, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain includes at least about 60 to 150 amino acids, more preferably about 70 to 130 amino acid residues, or about 90 to 110 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the potassium channel tetramerisation domain (HMM) of at least 165 or greater. The potassium channel tetramerisation domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF02214 (http;//genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). An alignment of the potassium channel tetramerisation domain (amino acids 3-101 of SEQ ID NO: 8) of human 12189 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 11) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 6A.  
     [0097] In a preferred embodiment, a 12189 polypeptide or protein has a “potassium channel tetramerisation domain” or a region which includes at least about 60 to 150 more preferably about 70 to 130 or 90 to 110 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “potassium channel tetramerisation domain,” e.g., the potassium channel tetramerisation domain of human 12189 (e.g., residues 3-101 of SEQ ID NO: 8).  
     [0098] To identify the presence of an “ion transport protein” domain, a “cyclic nucleotide-binding” domain, or a “potassium channel tetramerisation” domain in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against the Pfam database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Software/Pfam/HMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28(3):405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al.(1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183:146-159; Gribskov et al.(1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:4355-4358; Krogh et al.(1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al.(1993)  Protein Sci.  2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [0099] A 33408 polypeptide can further include a “PAS domain” or regions homologous with a “PAS domain”. As used herein, a “PAS domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 100-200 amino acid residues in length that is involved in ligand and/or protein-protein interactions. Preferably, the PAS domain interacts with the body of the channel, affecting gating, inactivation, and/or voltage sensitivity. Preferably, the PAS domain is located at the N-terminal cytoplasmic region of the 33408 polypeptide.  
     [0100] In a preferred embodiment, a 33408 polypeptide or protein has a “PAS domain” or a region which includes at least about 50-220, more preferably about 100-200 or 120-140 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “PAS domain,” e.g., the PAS domain of human 33408 (e.g., residues 1-134 of SEQ ID NO: 5).  
     [0101] A 33408 polypeptide can further include a “PAC domain” or regions homologous with a “PAC domain”. As used herein, a “PAC domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 30-50 amino acid residues in length. Preferably, the PAC domain contributes to the folding of the PAS domain. Preferably, the PAC domain is located at the C-terminal end of the PAS domain in a 33408 polypeptide.  
     [0102] In a preferred embodiment, a 33408 polypeptide or protein has a “PAC domain” or a region which includes at least about 20-70 or 30-50 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “PAC domain,” e.g., the PAC domain of human 33408 (e.g., residues 92-132 of SEQ ID NO: 5).  
     [0103] A 52906 family member can include at least one (preferably two, three, four, five, or six) transmembrane domain, at least one (preferably two or three) cytoplasmic domain, at least one (preferably two or three) extracellular domain, at least one P-loop domain, and at least one ion transport protein domain. Furthermore, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 family member can include: at least one, two, three, four, five, and preferably six predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001); at least one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002); at least one, two, three, and preferably four predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, and preferably 13 predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, and preferably seven predicted Casein Kinase TI phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and preferably 15 predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008); and at least one predicted coiled coil domain.  
     [0104] A 33408 family member can include at least one (preferably two, three, four, five, or six) transmembrane domain, at least one (preferably two or three) cytoplasmic domain, at least one (preferably two or three) extracellular domain, at least one P-loop domain, and at least one ion transport protein domain. A 33408 family member can further include a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain. A 33408 family member can further include a PAS domain and a PAC domain. Furthermore, a 33408 family member can include: at least one, two, three, four, five, six, and preferably seven predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001); at least one and preferably two predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, and preferably 13 predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and preferably 16 predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, and preferably eight predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008); at least one predicted amidation site (PS00009); at least one predicted leucine zipper pattern (PS00029); and at least one predicted coiled coil domain.  
     [0105] A 12189 family member can include at least one (preferably two, three, four, five, or six) transmembrane domain, at least one (preferably two or three) cytoplasmic domain, at least one (preferably two or three) extracellular domain, at least one P-loop domain, and at least one ion transport protein domain. A 12189 family member can further include a potassium channel tetramerisation domain. Furthermore, a 12189 family member can include: at least one and preferably two predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001); at least one and preferably two predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008); and at least one predicted leucine zipper pattern (PS00029).  
     [0106] As the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated activities, e.g., potassium channel mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated or related disorders, e.g., potassium channel associated disorders, as described below.  
     [0107] As used herein, a “52906, 33408, or 12189 activity”, “biological activity of 52906, 33408, or 12189 ” or “functional activity of 52906, 33408, or 12189 ”, refers to an activity exerted by a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. For example, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity can be an activity exerted by 52906, 33408, or 12189 in a physiological milieu on, e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189-responsive cell or on a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate. A 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity can be determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein binds or interacts in nature. In an exemplary embodiment, 52906, 33408, or 12189 is an ion channel, e.g., a potassium channel.  
     [0108] A 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 ligand, e.g., a potassium ion. The features of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the present invention can provide similar biological activities as potassium channel family members. For example, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) interacting with a non-52906, 33408, or 12189 protein molecule; (2) activating a 52906, 33408, or 12189-dependent signal transduction pathway; (3) modulating the release of neurotransmitters; (4) modulating membrane excitability; (5) influencing the resting potential of membranes, wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, and thresholds of excitation; (6) binding a cyclic nucleotide; (7) contributing to the formation of potassium channels; (8) contributing to the formation of calcium-activated, voltage independent potassium channels; (9) modulating repolarization of the neuronal cell membrane; (10) contributing to the formation of voltage-gated potassium channels; (11) contributing to the formation of cyclic nucleotide-gated potassium channels; (12) modulating the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane; and (13) modulating processes which underlie learning and memory, such as integration of sub-threshold synaptic responses and the conductance of back-propagating action potentials.  
     [0109] Based on the above-described sequence similarities, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the present invention are predicted to have similar biological activities as potassium channel family members. In addition, 52906 and 33408 mRNA was found to be highly expressed in cells derived from brain and heart (see Tables 3 and 4). Thus, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling potassium channel associated disorders. Examples of such disorders include neurological disorders and cardiac-related disorders.  
     [0110] As used herein, a “potassium channel associated disorder” includes a disorder, disease or condition which is characterized by a misregulation of a potassium channel mediated activity. Potassium channel associated disorders can detrimentally affect conveyance of sensory impulses from the periphery to the brain and/or conductance of motor impulses from the brain to the periphery; integration of reflexes; interpretation of sensory impulses; cellular proliferation, growth, differentiation, or migration, and emotional, intellectual (e.g., learning and memory), or motor processes. Examples of potassium channel associated disorders include CNS disorders such as cognitive and neurodegenerative disorders, examples of which include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, dementias related to Alzheimer&#39;s disease (such as Pick&#39;s disease), Parkinson&#39;s and other Lewy diffuse body diseases, senile dementia, Huntington&#39;s disease, Gilles de la Tourette&#39;s syndrome, multiple sclerosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive supranuclear palsy, epilepsy, and Jakob-Creutzfieldt disease; autonomic function disorders such as hypertension and sleep disorders, and neuropsychiatric disorders, such as depression, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, korsakoff&#39;s psychosis, mania, anxiety disorders, or phobic disorders; learning or memory disorders, e.g., amnesia or age-related memory loss, attention deficit disorder, dysthymic disorder, major depressive disorder, mania, obsessive-compulsive disorder, psychoactive substance use disorders, anxiety, phobias, panic disorder, as well as bipolar affective disorder, e.g., severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder (BP-1), and bipolar affective neurological disorders, e.g., migraine and obesity. Further CNS-related disorders include, for example, those listed in the American Psychiatric Association&#39;s Diagnostic and Statistical manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), the most current version of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.  
     [0111] Further examples of potassium channel associated disorders include cardiac-related disorders. Cardiovascular system disorders in which the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention may be directly or indirectly involved include arteriosclerosis, ischemia reperfusion injury, restenosis, arterial inflammation, vascular wall remodeling, ventricular remodeling, rapid ventricular pacing, coronary microembolism, tachycardia, bradycardia, pressure overload, aortic bending, coronary artery ligation, vascular heart disease, atrial fibrilation, Jervell syndrome, Lange-Nielsen syndrome, long-QT syndrome, congestive heart failure, sinus node dysfunction, angina, heart failure, hypertension, atrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, dilated cardiomyopathy, idiopathic cardiomyopathy, myocardial infarction, coronary artery disease, coronary artery spasm, and arrhythmia. 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated or related disorders also include disorders of the musculoskeletal system such as paralysis and muscle weakness, e.g., ataxia, myotonia, and myokymia.  
     [0112] As used herein, a “potassium channel mediated activity” includes an activity which involves a potassium channel, e.g., a potassium channel in a neuronal cell, a muscle cell, or a thymus cell associated with receiving, conducting, and transmitting signals in, for example, the nervous system. Potassium channel mediated activities include release of neurotransmitters, e.g., dopamine or norepinephrine, from cells, e.g., neuronal cells; modulation of resting potential of membranes, wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, and thresholds of excitation; participation in signal transduction pathways, and modulation of processes such as integration of sub-threshold synaptic responses and the conductance of back-propagating action potentials in, for example, neuronal cells or muscle cells.  
     [0113] The presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 RNA or protein can be used to identify a cell or tissue, or other biological sample, as being derived from the brain, e.g., cerebral cortex, from the heart, from a muscle, or of neuronal origin. Expression can be determined by evaluating RNA, e.g., by hybridization of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 specific probe, or with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 specific antibody.  
     [0114] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acids.” 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules refer to 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [0115] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [0116] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [0117] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C, followed by two washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [0118] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [0119] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [0120] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-52906, 33408, or 12189 chemicals. When the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [0121] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 without abolishing or substantially altering a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 52906, 33408, or 12189, results in abolishing a 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 52906, 33408, or 12189 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [0122] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 52906, 33408, or 12189 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [0123] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes a fragment of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule and a non-52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule or between a first 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule and a second 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8, which include less amino acids than the full length 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, e.g., the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. A biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mediated activity, e.g., the ability to modulate the flow of K+ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell.  
     [0124] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [0125] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [0126] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [0127] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [0128] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [0129] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [0130] Particularly preferred 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 are termed substantially identical.  
     [0131] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7 are termed substantially identical.  
     [0132] “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [0133] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [0134] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [0135] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [0136] Isolated 52906. 33408, and 12189 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [0137] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., abiologically active portion of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [0138] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 1, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 3 or “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 4, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 6), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 6) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acids 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5, amino acids 565-655 of SEQ ID NO: 5, amino acids 3-101 of SEQ ID NO: 8, or amino acids 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0139] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: I, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [0140] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [0141] 52906, 33408, or 12189 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [0142] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, which encode an ion transport protein domain of human 52906, 33408, or 12189. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 52906, 33408, or 12189 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 52906, 33408, or 12189 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [0143] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein (e.g., an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain) or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [0144] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or finctional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or fumctional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain.  
     [0145] 52906, 33408, or 12189 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7.  
     [0146] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 5 or 10, and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, base pairs in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or less than in 5 or 10 bases, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0147] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes: an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain. The locations of these domains in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, and SEQ ID NO: 8 are described in Table 2.  
     [0148] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain.  
     [0149] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [0150] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, which encodes a polypeptide having a 52906, 33408, or 12189 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 52906, 33408, or 12189 includes ion transport protein domain, e.g., amino acids 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or amino acids 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [0151] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3300, 3400, 3500, or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7.  
     [0152] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 nucleotides from nucleotides 1-2962, 3437-3525, 1-1441, 3182-3525, or 1-2687 of SEQ ID NO: 1.  
     [0153] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000, or 1500 nucleotides encoding a protein including 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 amino acids from amino acids 1-775, 1-268, 1-683 of SEQ ID NO: 2.  
     [0154] In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence that is other than the sequence of AA418096, V35457, Z51630, W63707, or W63702.  
     [0155] In preferred embodiments, the fragment comprises the coding region of 52906, e.g., the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3.  
     [0156] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 nucleotides from nucleotides 1-1844, 1-277, 1-252, or 3245-3553, of SEQ ID NO: 4.  
     [0157] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6 and at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, or 500 nucleotides, e.g., consecutive nucleotides, of SEQ ID NO: 4.  
     [0158] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000, or 1500 nucleotides encoding a protein including 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, or 500 amino acids from amino acids 1-522 of SEQ ID NO: 5.  
     [0159] In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence that is other than the sequence of U69185 or a sequence described in WO01/04133 or WO01/29068.  
     [0160] In preferred embodiments, the fragment comprises the coding region of 33408, e.g., the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.  
     [0161] 52906 ,  33408 , or 12189 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [0162] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0163] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [0164] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [0165] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0166] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene.  
     [0167] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell.  
     [0168] Allelic variants of 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., human 52906, 33408, or 12189, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein within a population that maintain the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., human 52906, 33408, or 12189, protein within a population that do not have the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [0169] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 52906, 33408, or 12189 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [0170] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozvmes and Modified 52906, 33408. or 12189 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [0171] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 52906, 33408, or 12189. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 52906, 33408, or 12189 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 52906, 33408, or 12189 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 3 or SEQ ID NO: 6). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [0172] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [0173] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [0174] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [0175] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [0176] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 -encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 52906, 33408, or 12189-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [0177] 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., the 52906, 33408, or 12189 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. (1992)  Ann. N.Y Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [0178] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [0179] A 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmé(2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [0180] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  93: 14670-675.  
     [0181] PNAs of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [0182] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [0183] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. 5,876,930.  
     [0184] Isolated 52906, 33408, or 12189 Polypeptides  
     [0185] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies. 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [0186] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [0187] In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [0188] (i) it has the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane, e.g., to allow for the flow of K +  ions in and/or out of a cell under certain conditions;  
     [0189] (ii) it has the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell;  
     [0190] (iii) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8;  
     [0191] (iv) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 60%, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide a of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8;  
     [0192] (v) it can be found in neuronal cells or muscle cells (e.g., heart cells);  
     [0193] (vi) it has the ability to modulate the resting potential of membranes;  
     [0194] (vii) it has a P-loop domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% similar with amino acids 616-639 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 420-440 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or amino acids 339-355 of SEQ ID NO: 8;  
     [0195] (viii) it has an ion transport protein domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% similar with amino acids 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or amino acids 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8;  
     [0196] (ix) it has a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% similar with amino acids 565-655 of SEQ ID NO: 5;  
     [0197] (x) it has a potassium channel tetramerisation domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% similar with amino acids 3-101 of SEQ ID NO: 8; or  
     [0198] (xi) it has least 70%, preferably 80%, and most preferably 90% of the cysteines found amino acid sequence of the native protein.  
     [0199] In a preferred embodiment the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 by at least one residue but less than 20%,15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the ion transport protein domain. In another preferred embodiment one or more differences are in the ion transport protein domain.  
     [0200] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8, yet retain biological activity.  
     [0201] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ED NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0202] A 52906 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 in regions defined by amino acids about 1-471 and/or 662-847 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 2 in regions defined by amino acids about 472-661. A 33408 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5 in regions defined by amino acids about 1-246 and/or 468-988 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 2 in regions defined by amino acids about 247-467. A 12189 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 in regions defined by amino acids about 1-197 and/or 384-446 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 2 in regions defined by amino acids about 198-383. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [0203] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes an ion transport protein domain, a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain, a potassium channel tetramerisation domain, a transmembrane domain, a cytoplasmic domain, an extracellular domain, a Pore-loop domain, or a PAS domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0204] In a preferred embodiment, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. In other embodiments, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8. In yet another embodiment, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [0205] 52906, 33408, or 12189 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [0206] In another aspect, the invention provides 52906, 33408, or 12189 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide linked to a non-52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. A “non-52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide” refers to apolypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. The non-52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide.  
     [0207] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion protein in which the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 52906, 33408, or 12189. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [0208] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [0209] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate. 52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0210] Moreover, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 -fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies in a subject, to purify 52906, 33408, or 12189 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 52906, 33408, or 12189 with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate.  
     [0211] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 52906, 33408, or 12189-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0212] Variants of 52906, 33408, or 12189 Proteins  
     [0213] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. An agonist of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. An antagonist of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 52906, 33408, or 12189 -mediated activity of a 52906,33408, or 12189 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0214] Variants of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [0215] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [0216] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 52906, 33408, or 12189 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [0217] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 52906, 33408, or 12189 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 52906, 33408, or 12189 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 52906, 33408, or 12189 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring potassium channel activity, e.g., ion flux through a potassium channel. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [0218] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [0219] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [0220] Anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 Antibodies  
     [0221] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [0222] The anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [0223] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH—terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [0224] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [0225] The anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [0226] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [0227] In one embodiment, the anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art. Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS  90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [0228] An anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [0229] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fe constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fe, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988 Science 240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J. Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988,  J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [0230] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [0231] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [0232] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector. Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [0233] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [0234] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 52906, 33408, or 12189 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., crude tissue preparations, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, or cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [0235] A full-length 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 52906, 33408, or 12189 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 2, SEQ ID NO: 5, or SEQ ID NO: 8 and encompasses an epitope of 52906, 33408, or 12189. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [0236] Fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include residues about 241-265 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 710-740 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 35-55 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Similarly, fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include residues about 785-800 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 585-600 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 75-95 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include residues 420-432 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 237-244 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 153-199 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include residues 1-401 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 1-218 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 1-133 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include residues 616-639 of SEQ ID NO: 2,420-440 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 339-355 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against the P-loop region of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Fragments of 52906, 33408, or 12189 which include amino acids 472-661 of SEQ ID NO: 2, amino acids 247-467 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or amino acids 198-383 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against the ion transport protein domain of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Fragments of 33408 which include amino acids 565-655 of SEQ ID NO: 5 can be used to make an antibody against the cyclic nucleotide-binding domain of the 33408 protein. Fragments of 12189 which include amino acids 3-101 of SEQ ID NO: 8 can be used to make an antibody against the potassium channel tetramerisation domain of the 12189 protein.  
     [0237] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [0238] Antibodies which bind only native 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies which bind to native but not denatured 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0239] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 52906, 33408, or 12189 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [0240] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0241] In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [0242] The anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann N Y Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0243] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has: effector function; and can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not; recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [0244] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example., it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [0245] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) an activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide, e.g., the ability to modulate the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or the ability to modulate the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. For example, the antibody can bind at or in proximity to a Pore loop domain, e.g., to an epitope that includes a residue located from about 616-639 of SEQ ID NO: 2, 420-440 of SEQ ID NO: 5, or 339-355 of SEQ ID NO: 8.  
     [0246] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [0247] An anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 52906, 33408, or 12189 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody can be used to detect 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labeling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, P-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [0248] The invention also includes a nucleic acids which encodes an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody, e.g., an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and sells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [0249] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody.  
     [0250] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [0251] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [0252] A vector can include a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, mutant forms of 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [0253] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli,  insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [0254] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [0255] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [0256] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [0257] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [0258] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [0259] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [0260] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [0261] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [0262] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [0263] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell  I 23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [0264] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [0265] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [0266] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 52906, 33408, or 12189 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 52906, 33408, or 12189. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 52906, 33408, or 12189 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 52906, 33408, or 12189 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 52906, 33408, or 12189 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [0267] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide.  
     [0268] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., a neuronal cell, a muscle cell, a hematopoietic cell, or a fibroblast cell, in which an endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene. For example, an endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [0269] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [0270] 52906. 33408, and 12189 Transgenic Animals  
     [0271] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [0272] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [0273] 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [0274] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [0275] Uses of 52906, 33408, and 12189  
     [0276] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharrnacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [0277] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, and to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, as described further below. The 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate or production of 52906, 33408, or 12189 inhibitors. In addition, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or production of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 52906, 33408, or 12189 wild type protein (e.g., disorders characterized by abnormal ion flux such as neurological disorders or cardiac disorders). Moreover, the anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, and modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity.  
     [0278] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [0279] 52906 33408, and 12189 Screening Assays  
     [0280] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [0281] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [0282] In one embodiment, an activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be assayed by measuring the flow of K +  ions through a cell membrane and/or by measuring the transmission of signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal cell or a muscle cell. For example, an activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be assayed by measuring membrane currents as described in Köhler et al. (1996)  Science  273:1709-1714, Saganich et al. (1999)  J. Neuroscience  19:10789-10802, or Kalman et al. (1998)  J. Biol. Chem.  273:5851-5857.  
     [0283] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [0284] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [0285] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992) Biotechniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (1991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [0286] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, potassium channel activity, e.g., ion flux through a potassium channel. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [0287] The ability of the test compound to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 binding to a compound, e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate, or to bind to 52906, 33408, or 12189 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 52906, 33408, or 12189 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 binding to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [0288] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate) to interact with 52906, 33408, or 12189 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 52906, 33408, or 12189 without the labeling of either the compound or the 52906, 33408, or 12189. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 52906, 33408, or 12189.  
     [0289] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [0290] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Tritong® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS O), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [0291] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [0292] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [0293] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [0294] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [0295] It maybe desirable to immobilize either 52906, 33408, or 12189, an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, or interaction of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigmna Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [0296] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [0297] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [0298] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or target molecule.  
     [0299] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al, eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., ( 1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [0300] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 52906, 33408, or 12189 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 52906, 33408, or 12189 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [0301] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [0302] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [0303] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [0304] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [0305] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [0306] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [0307] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [0308] In yet another aspect, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 52906, 33408, or 12189 (“52906, 33408, or 12189-binding proteins” or “52906, 33408, or 12189-bp”) and are involved in 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. Such 52906, 33408, or 12189-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 proteins or 52906, 33408, or 12189 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [0309] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 52906, 33408, or 12189-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein.  
     [0310] In another embodiment, modulators of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or protein.  
     [0311] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder.  
     [0312] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulating agent, an antisense 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecule, a 52906, 33408, or 12189-specific antibody, or a 52906, 33408, or 12189-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [0313] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Detection Assays  
     [0314] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 52906, 33408, or 12189 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [0315] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Chromosome Mapping  
     [0316] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [0317] Briefly, 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [0318] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983) Science 220:919-924).  
     [0319] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 52906, 33408, or 12189 to a chromosomal location.  
     [0320] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [0321] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [0322] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature,  325:783-787.  
     [0323] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [0324] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Tissue Typing  
     [0325] 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [0326] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [0327] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 7 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [0328] If a panel of reagents from 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [0329] Use of Partial 52906. 33408, or 12189 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [0330] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [0331] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [0332] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 52906, 33408, or 12189 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [0333] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [0334] Predictive Medicine of 52906. 33408, and 12189  
     [0335] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [0336] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 52906, 33408, or 12189.  
     [0337] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, or a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder.  
     [0338] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [0339] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [0340] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene;  
     [0341] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [0342] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide.  
     [0343] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [0344] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [0345] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 52906, 33408, or 12189.  
     [0346] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [0347] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [0348] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [0349] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 52906, 33408, and 12189  
     [0350] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include methods for assessing the expression level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules.  
     [0351] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [0352] The presence, level, or absence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein such that the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes.  
     [0353] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [0354] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [0355] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes.  
     [0356] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [0357] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene being analyzed.  
     [0358] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 52906, 33408, or 12189 transcript levels.  
     [0359] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 52906, 33408, or 12189. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [0360] The detection methods can be used to detect 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [0361] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein, and comparing the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein in the control sample with the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein in the test sample.  
     [0362] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 52906, 33408, or 12189 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [0363] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [0364] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [0365] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such disorders characterized by abnormal ion flux such as neurological disorders or cardiac disorders.  
     [0366] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [0367] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for disorders characterized by abnormal ion flux such as neurological disorders or cardiac disorders.  
     [0368] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., other genes associated with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 -disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [0369] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose an ion flux-related disorder in a subject wherein a modulation (increase or decrease) in 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for an ion flux-related disorder in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [0370] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [0371] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [0372] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [0373] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression.  
     [0374] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Arrays and Uses Thereof  
     [0375] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [0376] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 52906, 33408, or 12189. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 52906, 33408, or 12189 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [0377] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [0378] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [0379] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [0380] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 52906, 33408, or 12189. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [0381] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [0382] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [0383] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder  
     [0384] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 52906, 33408, or 12189 ) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [0385] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or fragment thereof. For example, multiple variants of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [0386] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 52906, 33408, or 12189 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide or the presence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-binding protein or ligand.  
     [0387] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [0388] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 52906, 33408, or 12189 or from a cell or subject in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 52906, 33408, or 12189 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [0389] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 52906, 33408, or 12189 or from a cell or subject in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 52906, 33408, or 12189 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [0390] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 52906, 33408, or 12189.  
     [0391] Detection of 52906, 33408, and 12189 Variations or Mutations  
     [0392] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 52906, 33408, or 12189 -protein, or the mis-expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 -protein, 9) allelic loss of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 52906, 33408, or 12189-protein.  
     [0393] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 52906, 33408, or 12189-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 52906, 33408, or 12189-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [0394] In another embodiment, mutations in a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [0395] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7: 244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2: 753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [0396] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 52906, 33408, or 12189 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [0397] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [0398] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 52906, 33408, or 12189 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [0399] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [0400] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [0401] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [0402] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [0403] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid.  
     [0404] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [0405] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 52906, 33408, or 12189. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [0406] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the Tm of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [0407] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid.  
     [0408] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene.  
     [0409] Use of 52906, 33408, or 12189 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [0410] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35: 258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [0411] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein marker, or 52906, 33408, or 12189 -specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [0412] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 52906, 33408, or 12189 DNA may correlate 52906, 33408, or 12189 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [0413] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 52906, 33408, and 12189  
     [0414] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [0415] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [0416] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [0417] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [0418] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [0419] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [0420] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [0421] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [0422] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [0423] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [0424] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [0425] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [0426] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [0427] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [0428] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e.,. including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [0429] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [0430] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine and vinblastine).  
     [0431] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.  
     [0432] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [0433] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [0434] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [0435] Methods of Treatment for 52906, 33408. and 12189  
     [0436] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [0437] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the present invention or 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [0438] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 52906, 33408, or 12189 or an agent which modulates 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or at least one 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 52906, 33408, or 12189 aberrance, for example, a 52906, 33408, or 12189, 52906, 33408, or 12189 agonist or 52906, 33408, or 12189 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [0439] It is possible that some 52906, 33408, or 12189 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [0440] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders, liver disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders.  
     [0441] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [0442] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [0443] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [0444] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [0445] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [0446] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promycloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus, L. (1991)  Crit Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol.  11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom&#39;s macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin&#39;s disease and Reed-Stemberg disease.  
     [0447] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [0448] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyclitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [0449] Disorders which may be treated or diagnosed by methods described herein include, but are not limited to, disorders associated with an accumulation in the liver of fibrous tissue, such as that resulting from an imbalance between production and degradation of the extracellular matrix accompanied by the collapse and condensation of preexisting fibers. The methods described herein can be used to diagnose or treat hepatocellular necrosis or injury induced by a wide variety of agents including processes which disturb homeostasis, such as an inflammatory process, tissue damage resulting from toxic injury or altered hepatic blood flow, and infections (e.g., bacterial, viral and parasitic). For example, the methods can be used for the early detection of hepatic injury, such as portal hypertension or hepatic fibrosis. In addition, the methods can be employed to detect liver fibrosis attributed to inborn errors of metabolism, for example, fibrosis resulting from a storage disorder such as Gaucher&#39;s disease (lipid abnormalities) or a glycogen storage disease, Al-antitrypsin deficiency; a disorder mediating the accumulation (e.g., storage) of an exogenous substance, for example, hemochromatosis (iron-overload syndrome) and copper storage diseases (Wilson&#39;s disease), disorders resulting in the accumulation of a toxic metabolite (e.g., tyrosinemia, fructosemia and galactosemia) and peroxisomal disorders (e.g., Zellweger syndrome). Additionally, the methods described herein may be useful for the early detection and treatment of liver injury associated with the administration of various chemicals or drugs, such as for example, methotrexate, isonizaid, oxyphenisatin, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, tolbutamide or alcohol, or which represents a hepatic manifestation of a vascular disorder such as obstruction of either the intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile flow or an alteration in hepatic circulation resulting, for example, from chronic heart failure, veno-occlusive disease, portal vein thrombosis or Budd-Chiari syndrome.  
     [0450] Additionally, 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [0451] Additionally, 52906, 33408, or 12189 may play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various formns of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain,  New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [0452] As discussed, successful treatment of 52906, 33408, or 12189 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 52906, 33408, or 12189 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [0453] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [0454] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [0455] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1: 5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [0456] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 52906, 33408, or 12189 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [0457] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 52906, 33408, or 12189 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatteiee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [0458] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [0459] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 52906, 33408, or 12189 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [0460] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [0461] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 52906, 33408, or 12189 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [0462] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [0463] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 substrate or receptor), a 52906, 33408, or 12189 antibody, a 52906, 33408, or 12189 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [0464] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 52906, 33408, or 12189 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 52906, 33408, or 12189. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 52906, 33408, or 12189 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid molecules, anti-52906, 33408, or 12189 antibodies, and 52906, 33408, or 12189 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 expression or activity.  
     [0465] Stimulation of 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is desirable in situations in which 52906, 33408, or 12189 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is desirable in situations in which a 52906, 33408, or 12189 is downregulated and/or in which increased 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is desirable in situations in which 52906, 33408, or 12189 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [0466] 52906, 33408, and 12189 Pharmacogenomics  
     [0467] The 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity (e.g., 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 52906, 33408, or 12189 associated disorders (e.g., a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder) associated with aberrant or unwanted 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule or 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule or 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulator.  
     [0468] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitroflirans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [0469] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [0470] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [0471] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule or 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [0472] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule or 52906, 33408, or 12189 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [0473] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 52906, 33408, or 12189 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [0474] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 52906, 33408, or 12189 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [0475] 52906, 33408. or 12189 Informatics  
     [0476] The sequence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 52906, 33408, or 12189. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 52906, 33408, or 12189 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [0477] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [0478] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [0479] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [0480] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [0481] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 52906, 33408, or 12189, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 52906, 33408, or 12189 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 52906, 33408, or 12189. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [0482] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [0483] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [0484] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [0485] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [0486] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 52906, 33408, or 12189 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 52906, 33408, or 12189 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [0487] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0488] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 52906, 33408,,or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 52906, 33408, or 12189 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence of the subject to the 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [0489] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder associated with 52906, 33408, or 12189, said method comprising the steps of receiving 52906, 33408, or 12189 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 52906, 33408, or 12189 and/or corresponding to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder (e.g., a disorder characterized by abnormal ion flux such as a neurological disorder or a cardiac disorder), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0490] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 52906, 33408, or 12189 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 52906, 33408, or 12189 and/or related to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 52906, 33408, or 12189-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0491] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     BACKGROUND OF THE 21784 INVENTION  
     [0492] Calcium signaling has been implicated in the regulation of a variety of cellular responses, such as growth and differentiation. There are two general methods by which intracellular concentrations of calcium ions may be increased: calcium ions may be brought into the cell from the extracellular milieu through the use of specific channels in the cellular membrane, or calcium ions may be freed from intracellular stores, again being transported by specific membrane channels in the storage organelle. In the situation in which the intracellular stores of calcium have been depleted, a specific type of calcium channel, termed a ‘capacitative calcium channel’ or a ‘store-operated calcium channel’ (SOC), is activated in the plasma membrane to import calcium ions from the extracellular environment to the cytosol (for review, see Putney and McKay (1999)  BioEssays  21:38-46).  
     [0493] Members of the capacitative calcium channel family include the calcium release-activated calcium current (CRAC) (Hoth and Penner (1992)  Nature  355: 353-355), calcium release-activated nonselective cation current (CRANC) (Krause et al. (1996)  J. Biol. Chem.  271: 32523-32528), and the transient receptor potential (TRP) proteins. There is no single electrophysological profile characteristic of the family; rather, a wide array of single channel conductances, cation selectivity, and current properties have been observed for different specific channels. Further, in several instances it has been demonstrated that homo- or heteropolymerization of the channel molecule may occur, further changing the channel properties from that of the single molecule. In general, though, these channels function similarly, in that they are calcium ion-permeable cation channels that become activated upon stimulation of phospholipase C β  by a G protein-coupled receptor. Depletion of intracellular calcium stores activate these channels by a mechanism which is as yet undefined, but which has been demonstrated to involve a diffusible factor using studies in which calcium stores were artificially depleted (e.g., by the introduction of chelators into the cell, by activating phospholipase C γ , or by inhibiting the those enzymes responsible for pumping calcium ions into the stores or those enzymes responsible for maintaining resting intracellular calcium ion concentrations) (Putney, J. W., (1986)  Cell Calcium  7: 1-12; Putney, J. W. (1990)  Cell Calcium  11:611-624).  
     [0494] The TRP channel family is one of the best characterized of the capacitative calcium channel group. These channels include transient receptor potential protein and homologues thereof (to date, seven homologs and splice variants have been identified in a variety of organisms), the vanilloid receptor subtype I (also known as the capsaicin receptor), stretch-inhibitable non-selective cation channel (SIC), olfactory, mechanosensitive channel, insulin-like growth factor I-regulated calcium channel, and vitamin D-responsive apical, epithelial calcium channel (ECaC) (see, e.g., Montell and Rubin (1989)  Neuron  2:1313-1323; Caterina et al. (1997)  Nature  389: 816-824; Suzuki et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274: 6330-6335; Kiselyov et al. (1998)  Nature  396: 478-482; and Hoenderop et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274: 8375-8378). Each of these molecules is 700 or more amino acids (TRP and TRP homologs have 1300 or more amino acid residues), and shares certain conserved structural features. Predominant among these structural features are six transmembrane domains, with an additional hydrophobic loop present between the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains. It is believed that this loop is integral to the activity of the pore of the channel formed upon membrane insertion (Hardie and Minke (1993)  Trends Neurosci  16: 371-376). TRP channel proteins also include one or more ankyrin domains and frequently display a proline-rich region at the N-terminus. Although found in disparate tissues and organisms, members of the TRP channel protein family all serve to transduce signals by means of calcium entry into cells, particularly pain (see, e.g., McClesky and Gold (1999)  Annu. Rev. Physiol.  61: 835-856), light (Hardie and Minke, supra), or olfactory signals (Colbert et al. (1997)  J. Neurosci  17(21): 8259-8269). Thus, this family of molecules may play important roles in sensory signal transduction in general.  
     SUMMARY OF THE 21784 INVENTION  
     [0495] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel calcium channel family member, referred to herein as “21784”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 21784 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, and the amino acid sequence of a 21784 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 15. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 16.  
     [0496] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 21784 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 21784 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 21784 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 21784 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [0497] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 21784 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 21784 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 21784 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [0498] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 21784-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [0499] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 21784 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [0500] In another aspect, the invention features 21784 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 21784-mediated or -related disorders, e.g., a calcium channel associated disorder (e.g., a CNS disorder, such as a neurodegenerative disorder, e.g., Alzheimer&#39;s disease, dementias related to Alzheimer&#39;s disease (such as Pick&#39;s disease), Parkinson&#39;s and other Lewy diffuse body diseases, multiple sclerosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive supranuclear palsy, epilepsy, Jakob-Creutzfieldt disease, AIDS related dementia, familial infantile convulsions, paroxysmal choreoathetosis; a disorder of the conveyance of sensory impulses from the periphery to the brain and/or conductance of motor impulses from the brain to the periphery; a psychiatric disorder (e.g., depression, schizophrenic disorders, korsakoff&#39;s psychosis, mania, anxiety disorders, or phobic disorders); a learning or memory disorder (e.g., amnesia or age-related memory loss; and migraine).  
     [0501] In other embodiments, the invention provides 21784 polypeptides, e.g., a 21784 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NQ: 15 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 21784 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [0502] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include a 21784 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
     [0503] In a related aspect, the invention provides 21784 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-21784 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [0504] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 21784 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an extracellular domain of a 21784 polypeptide. In one embodiment, the antibodies or antigen-binding fragment thereof competitively inhibit the binding of a second antibody to a 21784 polypeptide or a fragment thereof, e.g., an extracellular domain of a 21784 polypeptide.  
     [0505] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 21784 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [0506] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 21784 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. For example, the screened compounds can be used to modulate a calcium channel mediated activity, including one or more of: membrane excitability, neurite outgrowth and synaptogenesis, signal transduction, cell proliferation, growth, differentiation, and migration, and nociception. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 21784 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving aberrant calcium channel activity, e.g., a neurodegenerative condition.  
     [0507] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 21784 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [0508] In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for modulating the activity (e.g., inhibiting the proliferation, or inducing the differentiation) of a 21784-expressing cell, e.g., a neural, heart, skeletal muscle cell. The method includes contacting the cell with an agent, e.g., a compound, (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 21784 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effective in vitro or ex vivo. In other embodiments, the contacting step is effected in vivo, e.g., in a subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human), as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol.  
     [0509] In a preferred embodiment, the agent, e.g., compound, is an inhibitor of a 21784 polypeptide. Preferably, the inhibitor is chosen from a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small organic molecule, a small inorganic molecule and an antibody (e.g., an antibody conjugated to a therapeutic moiety selected from a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent and a radioactive metal ion). In another preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 21784 nucleic acid, e.g., an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule.  
     [0510] In a preferred embodiment, the agent, e.g., compound, is administered in combination with a cytotoxic agent. Examples of cytotoxic agents include anti-microtubule agent, a topoisomerase I inhibitor, a topoisomerase II inhibitor, an anti-metabolite, a mitotic inhibitor, an alkylating agent, an intercalating agent, an agent capable of interfering with a signal transduction pathway, an agent that promotes apoptosis or necrosis, and radiation.  
     [0511] In another aspect, the invention features methods for treating or preventing a disorder characterized by activity of a 21784-expressing cell, in a subject. Preferably, the method includes comprising administering to the subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 21784 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a neural (e.g., neuronal or glial cell), cardiovascular, or skeletal muscular disorder. In other embodiments, the disorder is a cancer.  
     [0512] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a neural, cardiovascular, or skeletal muscular disorder. The method includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocol under evaluation (e.g., treating a subject with a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the expression of a 21784 nucleic acid or polypeptide before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of a 21784 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level of expression before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. The level of 21784 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein.  
     [0513] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step includes obtaining a sample (e.g., a tissue sample, e.g., a biopsy, or a fluid sample) from the subject, before and after treatment and comparing the level of expressing of a 21784 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide before and after treatment.  
     [0514] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a therapeutic or prophylactic agent. The method includes: contacting a sample with an agent (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) and, evaluating the expression of 21784 nucleic acid or polypeptide in the sample before and after the contacting step. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of 21784 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide in the sample obtained after the contacting step, relative to the level of expression in the sample before the contacting step, is indicative of the efficacy of the agent. The level of 21784 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the sample includes cells obtained from a cancerous tissue, or heart, vein, brain, kidney, skeletal muscle, adipose, skin, spinal cord, dorsal root ganglion, breast, ovary, prostate, salivary gland, colon, lung, spleen, tonsil, lymph node, small intestine or synovium cells or tissue.  
     [0515] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 21784 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [0516] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 21784 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 21784 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 21784 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [0517] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF 21784  
     [0518] The human 21784 sequence (Example 6; SEQ ID NO: 14), which is approximately 3690 nucleotides long, including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 3276 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 14 in Example 6; SEQ ID NO: 16). The coding sequence encodes a 1091 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 15). The human 21784 includes a predicted signal peptide located at amino acid 1 to about amino acid 31 of SEQ ID NO: 15. The mature 21784 protein corresponds to amino acids 32 to 1091 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0519] Human 21784 contains the following regions or other structural features:  
     [0520] three predicted transmembrane regions located at about amino acids 455 to 475, 927 to 947, and 1072 to 1089, of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0521] a predicted N-terminal extracellular domain located at about amino acids 1-454 of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0522] a predicted extracellular loop located at about amino acids 948-1071 of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0523] a predicted intracellular loop located at about amino acids 476-926 of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0524] a predicted C-terminal extracellular domain located at about amino acids 1090-1091 of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0525] nine predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) located from about amino acids 166 to 169, 309 to 312, 353 to 356, 488 to 491, 553 to 556, 632 to 635, 714 to 717, 793 to 796, and 1035 to 1038, of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0526] two predicted cAMP/cGMP protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004) located at about amino acids 8 to 11 and 896 to 899 of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0527] twelve predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 6 to 8,216 to 218, 253 to 255, 266 to 268, 318 to 320, 580 to 582, 719 to 721, 894 to 896, 956 to 958, 978 to 980, 981 to 983, and 1037 to 1039, of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0528] sixteen predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 168 to 171, 253 to 256, 281 to 284, 285 to 288, 318 to 321, 423 to 426, 535 to 538, 560 to 563, 634 to 637, 648 to 651, 668 to 671, 747 to 750, 848 to 851, 899 to 902, and 981 to 984, of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0529] thirteen predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 188 to 193, 215 to 220, 265 to 270, 358 to 363, 371 to 376, 494 to 499, 611 to 616, 617 to 622, 722 to 727, 729 to 734, 883 to 888, 987 to 992, and 1068 to 1073, of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0530] two predicted amidation sites (PS00009) at about amino acid residues 545 to 548 and 593 to 596 of SEQ ID NO: 15; and  
     [0531] a predicted ‘homeobox’ domain signature (PS00027) located at about amino acids 31 to 54 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0532] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [0533] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 21784 (clone “Fbh21784FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [0534] The 21784 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the calcium channel family. In particular, 21784 protein shows homology to the mouse alpha-2 delta-3 calcium channel subunit. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [0535] As used herein, a “calcium channel” includes a protein or polypeptide that is involved in receiving, conducting, and transmitting signals in an electrically excitable cell, e.g., a neuronal or muscular cell. Calcium channels are calcium ion selective, and can determine membrane excitability (the ability of, for example, a muscle cell to respond to a stimulus and to convert it into an impulse resulting in a contraction). Calcium channels can also influence the resting potential of membranes, wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, and thresholds of excitation. Calcium channels are typically expressed in electrically excitable cells, e.g., neuronal or muscle cells, and may form heteromultimeric structures (e.g., composed of more than one type of subunit). For example, skeletal muscle L-type calcium channels are composed of at least four glycosylated, membrane spanning- or membrane associated-subunits (α 1 , α 2 , δ and γ), and two β subunits (Dunlap (1995)  Trends Neurosci  18: 89-98). Examples of calcium channels include the low-voltage-gated channels and the high-voltage-gated channels. Calcium channels are described in, for example, Davila et al. (1999) Annals New York Academy of Sciences 868:102-17 and McEnery, M. W. et al. (1998)  J. Bioenergetics and Biomembranes  30(4): 409-418, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. As the 21784 molecules of the present invention may modulate calcium channel mediated activities, these molecules may be useful for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for calcium channel associated disorders.  
     [0536] The 21784 protein shows homology to the human and mouse alpha-2 delta-3 (α 2 δ 3 ) calcium channel subunits (FIGS.  2 - 3 ). The term “alpha-2 delta” protein refers to a membrane-spanning, glycoprotein which is a component of a calcium channel. Typically, the alpha-2 delta protein is encoded by a single gene with the alpha-2 portion forming the N-terminal sequence and the delta portion forming the C-terminal sequence, and having a disulphide bridge linking the alpha and the delta portions (Dunlap (1995) supra). Preferably, the “alpha-2 delta” protein is an alpha-2 delta-3 ((α 2 δ 3 ) polypeptide, e.g., a 21784 as described herein, and having at least one, preferably two and most preferably three transmembrane domains and at least one glycosylation site.  
     [0537] 21784 proteins include at least one or two, and preferably three, transmembrane domains. As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 15-45, preferably 16-30, more preferably 12-25, and most preferably 17-20, amino acid residues in length that spans the plasma membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 15, 17, or 20 amino acid residues and spans the plasma membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an alpha-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, Zagotta W. N. et al, (1996)  Annual Rev. Neurosci.  19: 235-263, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 455-475, 927-947, and 1072-1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15 are transmembrane domains (see FIG. 6). Accordingly, proteins having at least 50-60% homology, preferably about 60-70%, more preferably about 70-80%, about 80-90%, or about 90-100% homology with amino acids 455-475, 927-947, and 1072-1089, of SEQ ID NO: 15 are within the scope of the invention.  
     [0538] A 21784 protein further includes a predicted N-terminal extracellular domain located at about amino acids 1-454 of SEQ ID NO: 15. As used herein, an “N-terminal extracellular domain” includes an amino acid sequence about 1-600, preferably about 100-400, and even more preferably about 425-454, amino acid residues in length and is located outside of a cell or extracellularly. The C-terminal amino acid residue of a “N-terminal extracellular domain” is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 21784 or 21784-like protein. For example, an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 1-454 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0539] In a preferred embodiment 21784 polypeptide or protein has an “N-terminal extracellular domain” or a region which includes at least about 1-600, preferably about 100-400, and even more preferably about 425-454 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “N-terminal extracellular domain,” e.g., the N-terminal extracellular domain of human 21784 (e.g., residues 1-454 of SEQ ID NO: 15). Preferably, the N-terminal extracellular domain is capable of interacting (e.g., binding to) with an extracellular signal, and/or modulating ion channel activity.  
     [0540] In another embodiment, a 21784 protein include at least one extracellular loop. As defined herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 80, preferably about 100-150, more preferably about 110-130, and most preferably about 123 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring a 21784 or a 21784-like molecule, and the C-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 21784 or a 21784-like molecule. As used herein, an “extracellular loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell, or extracellularly. For example, an extracellular loop can be found at about amino acids 948-1071 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0541] In a preferred embodiment 21784 polypeptide or protein has at least one extracellular loop or a region which includes at least about 80, preferably about 100-150, more preferably about 110-130, and most preferably about 123 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “extracellular loop,” e.g., at least one extracellular loop of human 21784 (e.g., residues 948-1071 of SEQ ID NO: 15).  
     [0542] In another embodiment, a 21784 protein includes at least one cytoplasmic loop, also referred to herein as a cytoplasmic domain. As used herein, a “cytoplasmic loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 400, preferably about 425-475, and more preferably about 450 amino acid residues located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. For example, a cytoplasmic loop is found at about amino acids 476-926 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0543] In a preferred embodiment 21784 polypeptide or protein has at least one cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 400, preferably about 425-475, and more preferably about 450 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “cytoplasmic loop,” e.g., at least one cytoplasmic loop of human 21784 (e.g., residues 476-926 of SEQ ID NO: 15).  
     [0544] In another embodiment, a 21784 protein includes a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain”, also referred to herein as a C-terminal cytoplasmic tail, in the sequence of the protein. As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 2 amino acid residues and is located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 21784 or 21784-like protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is found at about amino acid residues 1090-1091 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0545] In a preferred embodiment, a 21784 polypeptide or protein has a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 2 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 21784 (e.g., residues 1090-1091 of SEQ ID NO: 15).  
     [0546] Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, a 21784 includes at least one, preferably three, transmembrane domains and/or at least one cytoplasmic loop, and/or at least one extracellular loop. In another embodiment, the 21784 further includes an N-terminal extracellular domain and/or a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain. In another embodiment, the 21784 can include three transmembrane domains, one cytoplasmic loop, one extracellular loops and can further include an N-terminal extracellular domain and/or a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain.  
     [0547] The 21784 molecule further can include a signal sequence. As used herein, a “signal sequence” refers to a peptide of about 20-30 amino acid residues in length that occurs at the N-terminus of secretory and integral membrane proteins and that contains a majority of hydrophobic amino acid residues. For example, a signal sequence contains at least about 15-45 amino acid residues, preferably about 20-40 amino acid residues, more preferably about 21-33 amino acid residues, and more preferably about 23-31 amino acid residues, and has at least about 40-70%, preferably about 50-65%, and more preferably about 55-60% hydrophobic amino acid residues (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, or proline). Such a “signal sequence”, also referred to in the art as a “signal peptide”, serves to direct a protein containing such a sequence to a lipid bilayer. For example, in one embodiment, a 21784 protein contains a signal sequence of about amino acids 1-31 of SEQ ID NO: 15. The “signal sequence” is cleaved during processing of the mature protein. The mature 21784 protein corresponds to amino acids 32 to 1091 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0548] In another embodiment, a 21784 molecule of the present invention is identified based on the presence of at least one N-glycosylation site, e.g., at least two, at least four, or at least eight N-glycosylation sites. As used herein, the term “N-glycosylation site” includes an amino acid sequence of about 4 amino acid residues in length that serves as a glycosylation site. More preferably, an N-glycosylation site has the consensus sequence Asn-Xaa-Ser/Thr (where Xaa may be any amino acid) (SEQ ID NO: 19). N-glycosylation sites are described in, for example, Prosite PDOC00001 (http://www.expasy.ch/cgi-bin/get-prodoc-entry?PDOC00001), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 166-169, 309-312, 353-356, 488-491, 553-556, 632-635, 714-717, 793-796, and 1035-1038 of SEQ ID NO: 15 comprise N-glycosylation sites. Accordingly, 21784 proteins having at least one N-glycosylation site are within the scope of the invention.  
     [0549] As the 21784 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 21784-mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 21784-mediated or related disorders, as described below.  
     [0550] As used herein, a “21784 activity”, “biological activity of 21784” or “functional activity of 21784”, refers to an activity exerted by a 21784 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. For example, a 21784 activity can be an activity exerted by 21784 in a physiological milieu on, e.g., a 21784-responsive cell or on a 21784 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate. A 21784 activity can be determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 21784 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 21784 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which a 21784 protein binds or interacts in nature.  
     [0551] A 21784 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 21784 protein with a second protein.  
     [0552] The features of the 21784 molecules of the present invention can provide similar biological activities as other calcium channel family members. For example, the 21784 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) modulation of calcium channel activity; (2) modulation of membrane excitability, (3) influence the resting potential of membranes, (4) modulation of wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, (5) modulation of thresholds of excitation, (6) modulation of neurite outgrowth and synaptogenesis, (7) modulation of signal transduction, (8) modulation of gene expression; or (9) modulation of cell proliferation, differentiation, or morphogenesis.  
     [0553] As used herein, a “calcium channel mediated activity” includes an activity that involves a calcium channel, e.g., a calcium channel in a neuronal cell or a muscular cell, associated with receiving, conducting, and transmitting signals, in, for example, the skeletal muscle or the nervous system. Calcium channel mediated activities include release of neurotransmitters or second messenger molecules (e.g., dopamine or norepinephrine), from cells, e.g., neuronal cells or muscle cells; modulation of resting potential of membranes, wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, and thresholds of excitation; and modulation of processes such as integration of sub-threshold synaptic responses and the conductance of back-propagating action potentials in, for example, neuronal cells or muscle cells (e.g., changes in those action potentials resulting in a morphological or differentiative response in the cell).  
     [0554] Thus, the 21784 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling calcium channel associated disorders. As used herein, a “calcium channel associated disorder” includes a disorder, disease or condition that is characterized by a misregulation of calcium channel mediated activity. The 21784 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders (e.g., inflammatory disorders), cardiovascular disorders, liver disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders.  
     [0555] Calcium channel disorders include cellular proliferation, growth, differentiation, or migration disorders. The 21784 molecules of the present invention are involved in signal transduction mechanisms, which are known to be involved in cellular growth, differentiation, and migration processes. Thus, the 21784 molecules may modulate cellular growth, differentiation, or migration, and may play a role in disorders characterized by aberrantly regulated growth, differentiation, or migration. Such disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, or leukemia; tumor angiogenesis and metastasis; skeletal dysplasia; neuronal deficiencies resulting from impaired neural induction and patterning; hepatic disorders; cardiovascular disorders; and hematopoietic and/or myeloproliferative disorders.  
     [0556] Calcium channel associated disorders include central nervous system disorders, such as cognitive and neurodegenerative disorders, examples of which include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer&#39;s disease, dementias related to Alzheimer&#39;s disease (such as Pick&#39;s disease), Parkinson&#39;s and other Lewy diffuse body diseases, senile dementia, Huntington&#39;s disease, Gilles de la Tourette&#39;s syndrome, multiple sclerosis, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, progressive supranuclear palsy, epilepsy, Jakob-Creutzfieldt disease, or AIDS related dementia; autonomic function disorders such as hypertension and sleep disorders, and neuropsychiatric disorders, such as depression, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, korsakoff&#39;s psychosis, mania, anxiety disorders, or phobic disorders; learning or memory disorders, e.g., amnesia or age-related memory loss, attention deficit disorder, psychoactive substance use disorders, anxiety, phobias, panic disorder, as well as bipolar affective disorder, e.g., severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder (BP-1), and bipolar affective neurological disorders, e.g., migraine and obesity. Further CNS-related disorders include, for example, those listed in the American Psychiatric Association&#39;s Diagnostic and Statistical manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), the most current version of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.  
     [0557] 21784 mRNA was found to be expressed at high levels in the brain cortex and hypothalmus, and therefore may mediate disorders involving aberrant activities of the brain, for example brain disorders. Disorders involving the brain include, but are not limited to, disorders involving neurons, and disorders involving glia, such as astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and microglia; cerebral edema, raised intracranial pressure and herniation, and hydrocephalus; malformations and developmental diseases, such as neural tube defects, forebrain anomalies, posterior fossa anomalies, and syringomyelia and hydromyelia; perinatal brain injury; cerebrovascular diseases, such as those related to hypoxia, ischemia, and infarction, including hypotension, hypoperfusion, and low-flow states—global cerebral ischemia and focal cerebral ischemia—infarction from obstruction of local blood supply, intracranial hemorrhage, including intracerebral (intraparenchymal) hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage and ruptured berry aneurysms, and vascular malformations, hypertensive cerebrovascular disease, including lacunar infarcts, slit hemorrhages, and hypertensive encephalopathy; infections, such as acute meningitis, including acute pyogenic (bacterial) meningitis and acute aseptic (viral) meningitis, acute focal suppurative infections, including brain abscess, subdural empyema, and extradural abscess, chronic bacterial meningoencephalitis, including tuberculosis and mycobacterioses, neurosyphilis, and neuroborreliosis (Lyme disease), viral meningoencephalitis, including arthropod-bome (Arbo) viral encephalitis, Herpes simplex virus Type 1, Herpes simplex virus Type 2, Varicalla-zoster virus (Herpes zoster), cytomegalovirus, poliomyelitis, rabies, and human immunodeficiency virus 1, including HIV-1 meningoencephalitis (subacute encephalitis), vacuolar myelopathy, AIDS-associated myopathy, peripheral neuropathy, and AIDS in children, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, fungal meningoencephalitis, other infectious diseases of the nervous system; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (prion diseases); demyelinating diseases, including multiple sclerosis, multiple sclerosis variants, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalomyelitis, and other diseases with demyclination; degenerative diseases, such as degenerative diseases affecting the cerebral cortex, including Alzheimer disease and Pick disease, degenerative diseases of basal ganglia and brain stem, including Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson disease (paralysis agitans), progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degenration, multiple system atrophy, including striatonigral degenration, Shy-Drager syndrome, and olivopontocerebellar atrophy, and Huntington disease; spinocerebellar degenerations, including spinocerebellar ataxias, including Friedreich ataxia, and ataxia-telanglectasia, degenerative diseases affecting motor neurons, including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (motor neuron disease), bulbospinal atrophy (Kennedy syndrome), and spinal muscular atrophy; inborn errors of metabolism, such as leukodystrophies, including Krabbe disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, and Canavan disease, mitochondrial encephalomyopathies, including Leigh disease and other mitochondrial encephalomyopathies; toxic and acquired metabolic diseases, including vitamin deficiencies such as thiamine (vitamin B 1 ) deficiency and vitamin B 12  deficiency, neurologic sequelae of metabolic disturbances, including hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and hepatic encephatopathy, toxic disorders, including carbon monoxide, methanol, ethanol, and radiation, including combined methotrexate and radiation-induced injury; tumors, such as gliomas, including astrocytoma, including fibrillary (difflise) astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforme, pilocytic astrocytoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, and brain stem glioma, oligodendroglioma, and ependymoma and related paraventricular mass lesions, neuronal tumors, poorly differentiated neoplasms, including medulloblastoma, other parenchymal tumors, including primary brain lymphoma, germ cell tumors, and pineal parenchymal tumors, meningiomas, metastatic tumors, paraneoplastic syndromes, peripheral nerve sheath tumors, including schwannoma, neurofibroma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannoma), and neurocutaneous syndromes (phakomatoses), including neurofibromotosis, including Type 1 neurofibromatosis (NF1) and TYPE 2 neurofibromatosis (NF2), tuberous sclerosis, and Von Hippel-Lindau disease.  
     [0558] 21784 mRNA was found to exhibit increased expression in skeletal muscle. Thus, further examples of calcium channel associated disorders can include muscular disorders such as muscular dystrophy (e.g., Duchenne muscular dystrophy or myotonic dystrophy), spinal muscular atrophy, congenital myopathies, central core disease, rod myopathy, central nuclear myopathy, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, denervation, paralysis, and muscle weakness (e.g., ataxia, myotonia, and myokymia) and infantile spinal muscular atrophy (Werdnig-Hoffinan disease).  
     [0559] As 21784 mRNA was found to be expressed in heart tissue, the molecules of the invention may mediate disorders involving aberrant activities of the heart tissue, for example heart disorders. Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [0560] Calcium channel disorders also include pain disorders. Pain disorders include those that affect pain signaling mechanisms. As used herein, the term “pain signaling mechanisms” includes the cellular mechanisms involved in the development and regulation of pain, e.g., pain elicited by noxious chemical, mechanical, or thermal stimuli, in a subject, e.g., a mammal such as a human. In mammals, the initial detection of noxious chemical, mechanical, or thermal stimuli, a process referred to as “nociception”, occurs predominantly at the peripheral terminals of specialized, small diameter sensory neurons. These sensory neurons transmit the information to the central nervous system, evoking a perception of pain or discomfort and initiating appropriate protective reflexes. The 21784 molecules of the present invention may be present on these sensory neurons and, thus, may be involved in detecting these noxious chemical, mechanical, or thermal stimuli and transducing this information into membrane depolarization events. Thus, the 21784 molecules by participating in pain signaling mechanisms, may modulate pain elicitation and act as targets for developing novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents to control pain. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain,  New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [0561] 21784 mRNA was found to be expressed in kidney cells. Thus, the molecules of the invention may mediate disorders involving aberrant activities of these cells, for example kidney disorders. Disorders involving the kidney include, but are not limited to, congenital anomalies including, but not limited to, cystic diseases of the kidney, that include but are not limited to, cystic renal dysplasia, autosomal dominant (adult) polycystic kidney disease, autosomal recessive (childhood) polycystic kidney disease, and cystic diseases of renal medulla, which include, but are not limited to, medullary sponge kidney, and nephronophthisis-uremic medullary cystic disease complex, acquired (dialysis-associated) cystic disease, such as simple cysts; glomerular diseases including pathologies of glomerular injury that include, but are not limited to, in situ immune complex deposition, that includes, but is not limited to, anti-GBM nephritis, Heyrnann nephritis, and antibodies against planted antigens, circulating immune complex nephritis, antibodies to glomerular cells, cell-mediated immunity in glomerulonephritis, activation of alternative complement pathway, epithelial cell injury, and pathologies involving mediators of glomerular injury including cellular and soluble mediators, acute glomerulonephritis, such as acute proliferative (poststreptococcal, postinfectious) glomerulonephritis, including but not limited to, poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis and nonstreptococcal acute glomerulonephritis, rapidly progressive (crescentic) glomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, membranous glomerulonephritis (membranous nephropathy), minimal change disease (lipoid nephrosis), focal segmental glomerulosclerosis, membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis, IgA nephropathy (Berger disease), focal proliferative and necrotizing glomerulonephritis (focal glomerulonephritis), hereditary nephritis, including but not limited to, Alport syndrome and thin membrane disease (benign familial hematuria), chronic glomerulonephritis, glomerular lesions associated with systemic disease, including but not limited to, systemic lupus erythematosus, Henoch-Schönlein purpura, bacterial endocarditis, diabetic glomerulosclerosis, amyloidosis, fibrillary and immunotactoid glomerulonephritis, and other systemic disorders; diseases affecting tubules and interstitium, including acute tubular necrosis and tubulointerstitial nephritis, including but not limited to, pyelonephritis and urinary tract infection, acute pyelonephritis, chronic pyelonephritis and reflux nephropathy, and tubulointerstitial nephritis induced by drugs and toxins, including but not limited to, acute drug-induced interstitial nephritis, analgesic abuse nephropathy, nephropathy associated with nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and other tubulointerstitial diseases including, but not limited to, urate nephropathy, hypercalcemia and nephrocalcinosis, and multiple myeloma; diseases of blood vessels including benign nephrosclerosis, malignant hypertension and accelerated nephrosclerosis, renal artery stenosis, and thrombotic microangiopathies including, but not limited to, classic (childhood) hemolytic-uremic syndrome, adult hemolytic-uremic syndrome/thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, idiopathic HUS/TTP, and other vascular disorders including, but not limited to, atherosclerotic ischemic renal disease, atheroembolic renal disease, sickle cell disease nephropathy, diffuise cortical necrosis, and renal infarcts; urinary tract obstruction (obstructive uropathy); urolithiasis (renal calculi, stones); and tumors of the kidney including, but not limited to, benign tumors, such as renal papillary adenoma, renal fibroma or hamartoma (renomedullary interstitial cell tumor), angiomyolipoma, and oncocytoma, and malignant tumors, including renal cell carcinoma (hypemephroma, adenocarcinoma of kidney), which includes urothelial carcinomas of renal pelvis.  
     [0562] The 21784 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 15 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “21784 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “21784 nucleic acids.” 21784 molecules refer to 21784 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [0563] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [0564] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [0565] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodiuim citrate (SSC) at about 45° C, followed by two washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [0566] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [0567] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 21784 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 21784 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [0568] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 21784 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 21784 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-21784 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-21784 chemicals. When the 21784 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [0569] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 21784 without abolishing or substantially altering a 21784 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 21784 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 21784, results in abolishing a 21784 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 21784 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [0570] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 21784 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 21784 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 21784 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [0571] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 21784 protein includes a fragment of a 21784 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 21784 molecule and a non-21784 molecule or between a first 21784 molecule and a second 21784 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 21784 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 21784 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15, which include less amino acids than the full length 21784 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 21784 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 21784 protein, e.g., the ability to associate or attach to a cell membrane. A biologically active portion of a 21784 protein can be a polypeptide that is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 21784 protein can be used as targets for developing agents that modulate a 21784 mediated activity, e.g., a calcium channel mediated activity described herein.  
     [0572] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [0573] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [0574] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [0575] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [0576] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [0577] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 21784 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 21784 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [0578] Particularly preferred 21784 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 15 are termed substantially identical.  
     [0579] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 14 or 16 are termed substantially identical.  
     [0580] “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wild type pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [0581] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [0582] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [0583] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [0584] Isolated 21784 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [0585] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 21784 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 21784 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 21784 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 21784 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [0586] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 21784 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 14, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 16), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 14 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 16) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to the mature protein from about amino acid 32 to amino acid 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0587] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 or 16, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [0588] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [0589] 21784 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [0590] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or 16. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 21784 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 21784 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 14, which encode a calcium channel domain of human 21784. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 21784 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 21784 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 21784 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [0591] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment that includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 300, 380, 400, 500, 600, 630, 650 or 700 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [0592] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 21784 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to transmembrane domain, at locations in the translated 21784 polypeptide described herein.  
     [0593] 21784 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16.  
     [0594] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 5 or 10, and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, base pairs in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or less than in 5 or 10 bases, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0595] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes, e.g., a transmembrane domain located from about amino acids 455 to about 475, amino acids 927-947, or amino acids 1072-1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0596] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 21784 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a transmembrane domain located from about amino acids 455 to about 475, amino acids 927-947, or amino acids 1072-1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0597] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [0598] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 21784 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or 16, which encodes a polypeptide having a 21784 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 21784 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 21784 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 21784 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 21784 includes a transmembrane domain located from about amino acids 455 to about 475, amino acids 927-947, or amino acids 1072-1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 21784 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [0599] In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence that is other than the sequence of AA188635, AJ272268, AX098896, AX099316, AX098884, AX099304, AX098883, AX099303, AX098882, AX099302.  
     [0600] In preferred embodiments, the fragment comprises the sequence from 311 to 3304 plus at least 1, preferably 3, 15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, 210, 240, 270, or 282 nucleotides from nucleotides 29 to 282 of SEQ ID NO: 14.  
     [0601] In preferred embodiments, the fragment comprises the coding region of 21784, e.g., the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16.  
     [0602] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2100, 2200, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, 3200, 3300, 3400, 3500, 3600, 3700 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 16.  
     [0603] 21784 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [0604] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 21784 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 15. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0605] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [0606] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [0607] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 14 or 16, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [0608] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 21784 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 21784 gene.  
     [0609] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with modulating cell proliferation, differentiation, or mophogenesis, modulating membrane excitability, influencing the resting potential of membranes, modulating wave forms and frequencies of action potentials, modulating thresholds of excitation, modulating neurite outgrowth and synaptogenesis, modulating signal transduction, and modulating gene expression.  
     [0610] Allelic variants of 21784, e.g., human 21784, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 21784 protein within a population that maintain the ability to interact with other calcium chalnnel subunits and form functional calcium channels. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 15, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 21784, e.g., human 21784, protein within a population that do not have the ability to interact with other calcium channel subunits. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [0611] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 21784 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 21784 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [0612] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 21784 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [0613] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 21784. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 21784 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 21784 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 16). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 21784 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [0614] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 21784 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 21784 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 21784 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [0615] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [0616] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 21784 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [0617] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [0618] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 21784-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 21784 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 14 or SEQ ID NO: 16), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 21784-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 21784 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [0619] 21784 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 21784 (e.g., the 21784 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 21784 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [0620] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [0621] A 21784 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmé(2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [0622] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. NatL. Acad. Sci.  93: 14670-675.  
     [0623] PNAs of 21784 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 21784 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [0624] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [0625] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 21784 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 21784 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [0626] Isolated 21784 Polypeptides  
     [0627] In another aspect, the invention features an isolated 21784 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-21784 antibodies. 21784 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 21784 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [0628] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [0629] In a preferred embodiment, a 21784 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [0630] (i) it has a signal peptide;  
     [0631] (ii) it associates or attaches to a cell membrane;  
     [0632] (iii) it associates with other calcium channel subunits (e.g., (α 1 , γ, and β subunits) to form a calcium channel, and/or to modulate calcium channel activity;  
     [0633] (iv) it has an amino acid composition of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0634] (v) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 60%, preferably at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 15;  
     [0635] (vi) it can be found in human tissue;  
     [0636] (vii) it has at least one, two, and preferably three transmembrane domains with a sequence similarity of about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% with amino acid residues 455 to 475, 927 to 947, or 1072 to 1089 of SEQ ID NO: 15; or  
     [0637] (viii) it has at least 10, preferably at least 12, and most preferably at least 15 of the 20 cysteines found in the amino acid sequence of the native protein.  
     [0638] In a preferred embodiment the 21784 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID:2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 15 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 15. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In another preferred embodiment, one or more differences are in transmembrane or non-transmembrane domains.  
     [0639] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 21784 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 15, yet retain biological activity.  
     [0640] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 15.  
     [0641] A 21784 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15 in regions defined by amino acids about 1 to about 454, 476 to about 926, and from amino acid 948 to about 1071 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 15 in regions defined by amino acids about 217 to about 443 of SEQ ID NO: 15. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [0642] Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 21784 protein.  
     [0643] In a preferred embodiment, the 21784 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15. In other embodiments, the 21784 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 15. In yet another embodiment, the 21784 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 15 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 15, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [0644] 21784 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [0645] In another aspect, the invention provides 21784 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 21784 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 21784 polypeptide linked to a non-21784 polypeptide. A “non-21784 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 21784 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 21784 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 21784 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 21784 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 21784 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 21784 protein. The non-21784 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 21784 polypeptide.  
     [0646] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-21784 fusion protein in which the 21784 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 21784. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 21784 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 21784 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [0647] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [0648] The 21784 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 21784 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 21784 substrate. 21784 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 21784 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 21784 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 21784 protein.  
     [0649] Moreover, the 21784-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-21784 antibodies in a subject, to purify 21784 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 21784 with a 21784 substrate.  
     [0650] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 21784-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 21784 protein.  
     [0651] Variants of 21784 Proteins  
     [0652] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 21784 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 21784 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 21784 protein. An agonist of the 21784 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 21784 protein. An antagonist of a 21784 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 21784 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 21784-mediated activity of a 21784 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 21784 protein.  
     [0653] Variants of a 21784 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 21784 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [0654] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 21784 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 21784 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [0655] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 21784 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 21784 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [0656] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 21784 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 21784 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 21784 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 21784 substrate can be detected. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 21784 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [0657] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 21784 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 21784 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 21784 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 21784 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [0658] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 21784 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 21784 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 21784 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [0659] Anti-21784 Antibodies  
     [0660] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-21784 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [0661] The anti-21784 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [0662] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH—terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [0663] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 21784 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-21784 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [0664] The anti-21784 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [0665] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-21784 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [0666] In one embodiment, the anti-21784 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [0667] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS  90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [0668] An anti-21784 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [0669] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J. Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988,  J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [0670] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 21784 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [0671] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [0672] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 21784 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [0673] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [0674] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized imrunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [0675] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 21784 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, or membrane associated antigen.  
     [0676] A full-length 21784 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 21784 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-21784 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 21784 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15 and encompasses an epitope of 21784. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [0677] Fragments of 21784 which include residues about 61 to 78, about 311 to 326, or about 712 to 721 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 21784 protein. Similarly, fragments of 21784 which include residues about 10 to 30, about 810 to 820, or about 1005 to 1031 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 21784 protein; fragments of 21784 which include, for example, residues 948 to 1071 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 21784 protein; fragments of 21784 which include, for example, residues 476 to 926 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 21784 protein.  
     [0678] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [0679] Antibodies which bind only native 21784 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 21784 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies which bind to native but not denatured 21784 protein.  
     [0680] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 21784 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 21784 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 21784 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [0681] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 21784 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 21784 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 21784 protein. In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [0682] The anti-21784 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann N Y Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 21784 protein.  
     [0683] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has: effector function; and can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not; recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [0684] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example., it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [0685] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-21784 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the activity of a 21784 polypeptide.  
     [0686] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [0687] An anti-21784 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 21784 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-21784 antibody can be used to detect 21784 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-21784 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labelling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [0688] The invention also includes a nucleic acids which encodes an anti-21784 antibody, e.g., an anti-21784 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and sells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [0689] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-21784 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 21784 antibody.  
     [0690] 21784 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [0691] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [0692] A vector can include a 21784 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 21784 proteins, mutant forms of 21784 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [0693] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 21784 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli,  insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [0694] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [0695] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 21784 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 21784 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [0696] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [0697] The 21784 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [0698] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [0699] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [0700] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Baneiji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [0701] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [0702] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 21784 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 21784 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [0703] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 21784 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell  I23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [0704] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [0705] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 21784 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 21784 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 21784 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 21784 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 21784 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [0706] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 21784 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 21784. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 21784 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 21784, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 21784 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 21784, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 21784 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [0707] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 21784 polypeptide.  
     [0708] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., human hematopoietic or fibroblast cells, in which an endogenous 21784 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 21784 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 21784 gene. For example, an endogenous 21784 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [0709] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding a 21784 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 21784 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for a 21784 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [0710] 21784 Transgenic Animals  
     [0711] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 21784 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 21784 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 21784 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [0712] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 21784 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 21784 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 21784 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 21784 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [0713] 21784 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [0714] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [0715] Uses of 21784  
     [0716] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [0717] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 21784 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 21784 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 21784 gene, and to modulate 21784 activity, as described further below. The 21784 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 21784 substrate or production of 21784 inhibitors. In addition, the 21784 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 21784 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 21784 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 21784 protein or production of 21784 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 21784 wild type protein (e.g., a central nervous system or a muscular disorder). Moreover, the anti-21784 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 21784 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 21784 proteins, and modulate 21784 activity.  
     [0718] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 21784 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 21784 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 21784 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 21784 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 21784 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [0719] 21784 Screening Assays  
     [0720] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 21784 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 21784 expression or 21784 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 21784 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 21784 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [0721] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 21784 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 21784 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [0722] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [0723] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [0724] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (I991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [0725] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 21784 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 21784 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 21784 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, proteolytic activity. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [0726] The ability of the test compound to modulate 21784 binding to a compound, e.g., a 21784 substrate, or to bind to 21784 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 21784 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 21784 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 21784 binding to a 21784 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 21784 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [0727] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 21784 substrate) to interact with 21784 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 21784 without the labeling of either the compound or the 21784. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 21784.  
     [0728] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 21784 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 21784 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 21784 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-21784 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [0729] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 21784 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1 -propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [0730] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [0731] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [0732] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 21784 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [0733] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [0734] It may be desirable to immobilize either 21784, an anti-21784 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 21784 protein, or interaction of a 21784 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/21784 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 21784 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 21784 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [0735] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 21784 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 21784 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [0736] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [0737] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 21784 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 21784 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 21784 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 21784 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 21784 protein or target molecule.  
     [0738] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [0739] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 21784 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 21784 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 21784 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 21784 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 21784 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [0740] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 21784 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 21784 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 21784 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [0741] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [0742] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [0743] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [0744] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [0745] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [0746] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [0747] In yet another aspect, the 21784 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 21784 (“21784-binding proteins” or “21784-bp”) and are involved in 21784 activity. Such 21784-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 21784 proteins or 21784 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 21784-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [0748] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 21784 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 21784 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 21784-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 21784 protein.  
     [0749] In another embodiment, modulators of 21784 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 21784 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 21784 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 21784 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 21784 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 21784 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 21784 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 21784 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 21784 mRNA or protein.  
     [0750] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 21784 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for cancer.  
     [0751] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 21784 modulating agent, an antisense 21784 nucleic acid molecule, a 21784-specific antibody, or a 21784-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [0752] 21784 Detection Assays  
     [0753] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 21784 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [0754] 21784 Chromosome Mapping  
     [0755] The 21784 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 21784 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 21784 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [0756] Briefly, 21784 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 21784 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 21784 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [0757] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [0758] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 21784 to a chromosomal location.  
     [0759] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [0760] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [0761] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature,  325:783-787.  
     [0762] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 21784 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [0763] 21784 Tissue Typing  
     [0764] 21784 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [0765] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 21784 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [0766] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 14 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 16 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [0767] If a panel of reagents from 21784 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [0768] Use of Partial 21784 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [0769] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [0770] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 14 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 14 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [0771] The 21784 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 21784 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [0772] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 21784 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [0773] Predictive Medicine of 21784  
     [0774] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [0775] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 21784.  
     [0776] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 21784 gene; a disorder of the central nervous system.  
     [0777] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [0778] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 21784 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [0779] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 21784 gene;  
     [0780] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 21784 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [0781] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 21784 polypeptide.  
     [0782] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 21784 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [0783] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 14, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 21784 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [0784] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 21784 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 21784.  
     [0785] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [0786] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 21784 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [0787] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 21784 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [0788] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 21784  
     [0789] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 21784 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 21784 molecules.  
     [0790] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [0791] The presence, level, or absence of 21784 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 21784 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 21784 protein such that the presence of 21784 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 21784 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 21784 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 21784 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 21784 genes.  
     [0792] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 21784 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [0793] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 21784 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 14, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 21784 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [0794] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 21784 genes.  
     [0795] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 21784 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [0796] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 21784 gene being analyzed.  
     [0797] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 21784 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 21784 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 21784 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 21784 transcript levels.  
     [0798] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 21784. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [0799] The detection methods can be used to detect 21784 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 21784 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 21784 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-21784 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-21784 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [0800] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 21784 protein, and comparing the presence of 21784 protein in the control sample with the presence of 21784 protein in the test sample.  
     [0801] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 21784 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 21784 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 21784 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [0802] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [0803] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [0804] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as pain or deregulated cell proliferation.  
     [0805] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 21784 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 21784 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [0806] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a cell proliferative or differentiative disorder.  
     [0807] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 21784 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 21784 (e.g., other genes associated with a 21784-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [0808] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 21784 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a disorder in a subject wherein an increase or decrease in 21784 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a disorder. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for a disorder in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [0809] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 21784 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [0810] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 21784 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [0811] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [0812] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 21784 expression.  
     [0813] 21784 Arrays and Uses Thereof  
     [0814] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 21784 molecule (e.g., a 21784 nucleic acid or a 21784 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [0815] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 21784 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 21784. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 21784 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 21784 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 21784 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 21784 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [0816] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [0817] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 21784 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 21784 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-21784 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [0818] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 21784. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 21784-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [0819] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 21784. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 21784. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [0820] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 21784 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [0821] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [0822] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 21784-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 21784-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 21784-associated disease or disorder  
     [0823] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 21784) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [0824] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 21784 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80,85, 90, 95 or 99 % identical to a 21784 polypeptide or fragment thereof For example, multiple variants of a 21784 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [0825] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 21784 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 21784 polypeptide or the presence of a 21784-binding protein or ligand.  
     [0826] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 21784 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [0827] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 21784 or from a cell or subject in which a 21784 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 21784 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 21784 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 21784 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 21784 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 21784 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 21784 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [0828] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 21784 or from a cell or subject in which a 21784-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 21784 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 21784 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 21784 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 21784 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 21784 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [0829] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 21784, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 21784 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 21784 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 21784.  
     [0830] Detection of 21784 Variations or Mutations  
     [0831] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 21784 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 21784 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a neurodegenerative disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 21784-protein, or the mis-expression of the 21784 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 21784 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 21784 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 21784 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 21784 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 21784 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 21784 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 21784 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 21784-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 21784 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 21784-protein.  
     [0832] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 21784-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 21784 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 21784-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [0833] In another embodiment, mutations in a 21784 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [0834] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 21784 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 21784 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 21784 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7: 244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2: 753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 21784 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [0835] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 21784 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 21784 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [0836] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 21784 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [0837] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 21784 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [0838] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 21784 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 21784 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [0839] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [0840] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [0841] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [0842] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 21784 nucleic acid.  
     [0843] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 14 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 14. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [0844] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 21784. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [0845] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a. nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [0846] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 21784 nucleic acid.  
     [0847] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 21784 gene.  
     [0848] Use of 21784 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [0849] The 21784 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 21784 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 21784 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35: 258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [0850] The 21784 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 21784 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-21784 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 21784 protein marker, or 21784-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 21784 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [0851] The 21784 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 21784 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 21784 DNA may correlate 21784 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [0852] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 21784  
     [0853] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-21784 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [0854] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [0855] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [0856] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [0857] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [0858] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [0859] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [0860] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [0861] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [0862] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [0863] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [0864] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [0865] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [0866] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [0867] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [0868] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [0869] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020), CC-1065 (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, 5,846,545) and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids). Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine, yttrium and praseodymium.  
     [0870] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors. Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [0871] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [0872] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [0873] Methods of Treatment for 21784  
     [0874] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [0875] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 21784 molecules of the present invention or 21784 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [0876] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 21784 or an agent which modulates 21784 expression or at least one 21784 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 21784 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 21784 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 21784 aberrance, for example, a 21784, 21784 agonist or 21784 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [0877] It is possible that some 21784 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [0878] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [0879] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth. Examples of such cells include cells having an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [0880] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [0881] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [0882] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [0883] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin. A hematopoietic neoplastic disorder can arise from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus, L. (1991)  Crit Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol.  11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom&#39;s macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin&#39;s disease and Reed-Sternberg disease.  
     [0884] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 21784 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 21784 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 21784 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 21784 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [0885] The 21784 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [0886] Disorders which may be treated or diagnosed by methods described herein include, but are not limited to, disorders associated with an accumulation in the liver of fibrous tissue, such as that resulting from an imbalance between production and degradation of the extracellular matrix accompanied by the collapse and condensation of preexisting fibers. The methods described herein can be used to diagnose or treat hepatocellular necrosis or injury induced by a wide variety of agents including processes which disturb homeostasis, such as an inflammatory process, tissue damage resulting from toxic injury or altered hepatic blood flow, and infections (e.g., bacterial, viral and parasitic). For example, the methods can be used for the early detection of hepatic injury, such as portal hypertension or hepatic fibrosis. In addition, the methods can be employed to detect liver fibrosis attributed to inborn errors of metabolism, for example, fibrosis resulting from a storage disorder such as Gaucher&#39;s disease (lipid abnormalities) or a glycogen storage disease, A1-antitrypsin deficiency; a disorder mediating the accumulation (e.g., storage) of an exogenous substance, for example, hemochromatosis (iron-overload syndrome) and copper storage diseases (Wilson&#39;s disease), disorders resulting in the accumulation of a toxic metabolite (e.g., tyrosinemia, fructosemia and galactosemia) and peroxisomal disorders (e.g., Zellweger syndrome). Additionally, the methods described herein may be useful for the early detection and treatment of liver injury associated with the administration of various chemicals or drugs, such as for example, methotrexate, isonizaid, oxyphenisatin, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, tolbutamide or alcohol, or which represents a hepatic manifestation of a vascular disorder such as obstruction of either the intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile flow or an alteration in hepatic circulation resulting, for example, from chronic heart failure, veno-occlusive disease, portal vein thrombosis or Budd-Chiari syndrome.  
     [0887] Additionally, 21784 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 21784 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 21784 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [0888] 21784 mRNA was found to be moderately expressed in the arteries and veins. Thus the molecules of the invention may mediate disorders involving aberrant activities of these cells, for example blood vessel disorders. Disorders involving blood vessels include, but are not limited to, responses of vascular cell walls to injury, such as endothelial dysfunction and endothelial activation and intimal thickening; vascular diseases including, but not limited to, congenital anomalies, such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, and hypertensive vascular disease, such as hypertension; inflammatory disease—the vasculitides, such as giant cell (temporal) arteritis, Takayasu arteritis, polyarteritis nodosa (classic), Kawasaki syndrome (mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome), microscopic polyanglitis (microscopic polyarteritis, hypersensitivity or leukocytoclastic anglitis), Wegener granulomatosis, thromboanglitis obliterans (Buerger disease), vasculitis associated with other disorders, and infectious arteritis; Raynaud disease; aneurysms and dissection, such as abdominal aortic aneurysms, syphilitic (luetic) aneurysms, and aortic dissection (dissecting hematoma); disorders of veins and lymphatics, such as varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, obstruction of superior vena cava (superior vena cava syndrome), obstruction of inferior vena cava (inferior vena cava syndrome), and lymphangitis and lymphedema; tumors, including benign tumors and tumor-like conditions, such as hemangioma, lymphangioma, glomus tumor (glomangioma), vascular ectasias, and bacillary angiomatosis, and intermediate-grade (borderline low-grade malignant) tumors, such as Kaposi sarcoma and hemangloendothelioma, and malignant tumors, such as angiosarcoma and hemangiopericytoma; and pathology of therapeutic interventions in vascular disease, such as balloon angioplasty and related techniques and vascular replacement, such as coronary artery bypass graft surgery.  
     [0889] 21784 mRNA was found to be moderately expressed in ovary cells. Thus the molecules of the invention may mediate disorders involving aberrant activities of these cells, for example disorders of the ovary. Disorders involving the ovary include, for example, polycystic ovarian disease, Stein-leventhal syndrome, Pseudomyxoma peritonei and stromal hyperthecosis; ovarian tumors such as, tumors of coelomic epithelium, serous tumors, mucinous tumors, endometeriod tumors, clear cell adenocarcinoma, cystadenofibroma, brenner tumor, surface epithelial tumors; germ cell tumors such as mature (benign) teratomas, monodermal teratomas, immature malignant teratomas, dysgerminoma, endodermal sinus tumor, choriocarcinoma; sex cord-stomal tumors such as, granulosa-theca cell tumors, thecoma-fibromas, androblastomas, hill cell tumors, and gonadoblastoma; and metastatic tumors such as Krukenberg tumors.  
     [0890] As discussed, successful treatment of 21784 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 21784 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [0891] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [0892] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [0893] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 21784 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 21784 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1: 5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 21784 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [0894] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 21784 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [0895] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 21784 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 21784 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chattejee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 21784 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 21784 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [0896] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [0897] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 21784 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [0898] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 21784 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 21784 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [0899] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [0900] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 21784 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 21784 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 21784 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 21784 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 21784 protein (e.g., a 21784 substrate or receptor), a 21784 antibody, a 21784 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 21784 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [0901] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 21784 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 21784 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 21784. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 21784 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 21784 nucleic acid molecules, anti-21784 antibodies, and 21784 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 21784 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 21784 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 21784 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 21784 expression or activity.  
     [0902] Stimulation of 21784 activity is desirable in situations in which 21784 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 21784 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 21784 activity is desirable in situations in which a 21784 is downregulated and/or in which increased 21784 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 21784 activity is desirable in situations in which 21784 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 21784 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [0903] Pharmacogenomics for 21784  
     [0904] The 21784 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 21784 activity (e.g., 21784 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 21784 associated disorders (e.g., central nervous system disorders or muscular disorders) associated with aberrant or unwanted 21784 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 21784 molecule or 21784 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 21784 molecule or 21784 modulator.  
     [0905] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [0906] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [0907] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 21784 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [0908] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 21784 molecule or 21784 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [0909] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 21784 molecule or 21784 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [0910] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 21784 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 21784 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [0911] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 21784 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 21784 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 21784 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 21784 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 21784 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 21784 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 21784 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 21784 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 21784 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 21784 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 21784-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [0912] 21784 Informatics  
     [0913] The sequence of a 21784 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 21784. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 21784 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [0914] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [0915] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [0916] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [0917] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [0918] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 21784, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 21784 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 21784 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 21784. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [0919] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 21784 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [0920] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [0921] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [0922] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 21784 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [0923] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 21784 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 21784 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 21784 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 21784 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 21784 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [0924] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 21784 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 21784 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0925] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 21784 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 21784 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 21784 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 21784 sequence of the subject to the 21784 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 21784-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [0926] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 21784 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder associated with 21784, said method comprising the steps of receiving 21784 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 21784 and/or corresponding to a 21784-associated disease or disorder (e.g., central nervous system disorder or muscular disorders), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 21784 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0927] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 21784 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 21784 and/or related to a 21784-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 21784 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 21784-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 21784-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [0928] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [0929] Background of the 56201 Invention  
     [0930] Ion channels are integral transmembrane proteins that facilitate the diffusion of ions across the lipid bilayer membrane in which they are embedded. Ion channels may be either non-selective, in which case several different types of ions can pass through the channel, or selective, in which case only a single type of ion, for example, sodium, potassium, or calcium ions, may pass through the channel. Sodium ion channels are typically composed of a large (e.g., 260 kilodalton in rat brain) pore-forming subunit designated α and one or more smaller subunits designated β (Catterall (2000),  Neuron  26:13-25; Balser (1999),  Cardiovascular Research  42:327-38). The α subunit of sodium ion channels contains four homologous domains that are arranged in a circle such that each subunit passes through the lipid bilayer and forms one quarter of the pore. Similarly, calcium and potassium ion channels are composed of four proteins that create a circular pore in the membrane. The proteins that make up the pores of calcium and potassium ion channels are homologous to the domains of the sodium ion channel a subunit, indicating that there is a conserved structure for certain types of selective ion channels. In the case of sodium ion channels, the association of the β subunit(s) with the α subunit influences the permeability of the channel proteins with regard to sodium ions.  
     [0931] Transmembrane flux of ions is important for the generation and maintenance of transmembrane action potentials, which are necessary for transmission of signals along the membranes of excitable cells such as muscle and nerve cells. Voltage-sensitive (sometimes referred to as voltage-gated) ion channels mediate the rapid influx of ions during distinct phases of an action potential, depending upon the type of ion that they are specific for, and they also mediate re-polarization of the membranes of excitable cells.  
     [0932] The voltage-sensitive sodium ion channels of excitable cells are believed to exist in three interchangeable forms (Catterall (2000), Neuron 26:13-25; Balser (1999), Cardiovascular Research 42:327-38). In a resting state, the sodium ion channel protein(s) inhibits passage of sodium ions from one side of the membrane to the other. As the membrane potential becomes less negative, the sodium ion channel is ‘activated.’ In its activated state, the sodium ion channel permits passage of sodium ions through the lipid bilayer at a much greater rate than in its resting state. Shortly after the sodium channel is activated, it becomes ‘inactivated,’ in which state passage of sodium ions is once again inhibited. The sodium channel remains in the inactivated state until the membrane becomes re-polarized. Thus, the sodium channel cannot be re-activated until the membrane potential returns to approximately the value it had when the channel was in the resting state.  
     [0933] Summary of the 56201 Invention  
     [0934] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel sodium ion channel family member, referred to herein as “56201”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 56201 is recited in SEQ ID NO: 20, and the amino acid sequence of a 56201 polypeptide is recited in SEQ ID NO: 21 (see also Example 11, below). In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are recited in SEQ ID NO: 22.  
     [0935] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 56201 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 56201 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 56201 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 22, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 22, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 22, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 56201 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [0936] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 56201 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included are vectors and host cells containing the 56201 nucleic acid molecules of the invention, e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 56201 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [0937] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 56201-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [0938] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 56201 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [0939] In another aspect, the invention features, 56201 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 56201-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 56201 polypeptides having a 56201 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 56201 proteins including at least one sodium ion channel domain and, preferably, having a 56201 activity, e.g., a 56201 activity as described herein.  
     [0940] In other embodiments, the invention provides 56201 polypeptides, e.g., a 56201 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, SEQ ID NO: 22, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 56201 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [0941] In a related aspect, the invention provides 56201 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-56201 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [0942] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 56201 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an extracellular region of a 56201 polypeptide. In one embodiment, the antibodies or antigen-binding fragment thereof competitively inhibit the binding of a second antibody to a 56201 polypeptide or a fragment thereof, e.g., an extracellular region of a 56201 polypeptide.  
     [0943] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 56201 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [0944] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 56201 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 56201 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving aberrant or deficient sodium channel kinetics, e.g., paramyotonia congenita and hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, or conditions involving abnormal generation or maintenance of membrane potential or transmembrane ion gradients which can lead to epilepsy, psychiatric diseases, or dementia.  
     [0945] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 56201 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [0946] In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for inhibiting the abnormal flow of sodium ions across a lipid bilayer of a 56201-expressing cell, e.g., a neuron or muscle cell. The method includes contacting the cell with a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 56201 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effective in vitro or ex vivo. In other embodiments, the contacting step is effected in vivo, e.g., in a subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human), as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a neuron or muscle cell.  
     [0947] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 56201 polypeptide. Preferably, the inhibitor is chosen from a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small organic molecule, a small inorganic molecule and an antibody. In another embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 56201 nucleic acid, e.g., an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule.  
     [0948] In another aspect, the invention features methods for treating or preventing a disorder characterized by aberrant sodium ion transport in a 56201-expressing cell, in a subject. Preferably, the method includes comprising administering to the subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 56201 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the disorder involves aberrant or deficient sodium channel kinetics, e.g., paramyotonia congenita and hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, or conditions involving abnormal generation or maintenance of membrane potential or transmembrane ion gradients which can lead to epilepsy, psychiatric diseases, or dementia.  
     [0949] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a neural or muscular disorder, e.g., paramyotonia congenita and hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, or conditions involving abnormal generation or maintenance of membrane potential or transmembrane ion gradients which can lead to epilepsy, psychiatric diseases, or dementia. The method includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocol under evaluation (e.g., treating a subject with a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the relative severity of the disorder before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the severity of the disorder after treatment, relative to the severity before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder.  
     [0950] In another embodiment, the method for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a neural or muscular disorder, e.g., paramyotonia congenita and hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, or conditions involving abnormal generation or maintenance of membrane potential or transmembrane ion gradients which can lead to epilepsy, psychiatric diseases, or dementia, includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocal under evaluation e.g., treating a subject with a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the expression of a 56201 nucleic acid or polypeptide before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of a 56201 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level of expression before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. The level of 56201 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein.  
     [0951] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step includes obtaining a sample (e.g., a tissue sample, e.g., a biopsy, or a fluid sample) from the subject, before and after treatment and comparing the level of expressing of a 56201 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide before and after treatment.  
     [0952] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a therapeutic or prophylactic agent (e.g., an anti-neoplastic agent). The method includes: contacting a sample with an agent (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) and, evaluating the expression of 56201 nucleic acid or polypeptide in the sample before and after the contacting step. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of 56201 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide in the sample obtained after the contacting step, relative to the level of expression in the sample before the contacting step, is indicative of the efficacy of the agent. The level of 56201 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the sample includes cells obtained from a neural or muscular tissue.  
     [0953] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 56201 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [0954] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 56201 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 56201 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 56201 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [0955] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     Detailed Description of 56201  
     [0956] The human 56201 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 20, as recited in Example 11), which is approximately 1356 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1197 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 398 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 21, as recited in Example 11).  
     [0957] Human 56201 contains the following regions or other structural features:  
     [0958] an ion channel domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00520) located at about amino acid residues 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [0959] six predicted transmembrane domains located at about amino acids 46 to 70, 80 to 104, 114 to 131, 142 to 163, 175 to 199, and 246 to 269 of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [0960] one predicted pore-lining peptide located at about amino acid residues 210 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [0961] two predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 28 to 30, and 274 to 276 of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [0962] four predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 16 to 19, 319 to 322, 332 to 335, and 354 to 357 of SEQ ID NO: 21; and  
     [0963] two predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00007) located at about amino acids 101 to 109, and 365 to 371 of SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [0964] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [0965] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 56201 (clone “Fbh56201FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [0966] The 56201 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the voltage-gated ion channel family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [0967] The voltage-gated ion channel family of proteins is characterized by a common fold, which includes six transmembrane domains and a pore-lining peptide located between the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains (Catterall (2000), supra; Balser (1999), supra). An assembly of four such folds (or domains) constitutes an ion channel. The four domains can be linked together as a single molecule, which is often the case for sodium ion channels, or they can be individual proteins. The N- and C-termini of each domain of a voltage-gated ion channel are located in the cytoplasm, along with the peptide regions that connect the second and third transmembrane domains and the forth and fifth transmembrane domains. The peptide regions that connect the first and second and the third and fourth transmembrane domains are located in the extracellular space. The pore-lining peptide is also located on the extracellular surface of the ion channel, but it is inserted into the lipid bilayer such that it lines the pore formed by the six transmembrane domains. The pore-lining peptide helps determine the ion selectivity of the channel. The fourth transmembrane domain contains several charged residues and functions to open the channel in response to an appropriate voltage gradient across the plasma membrane.  
     [0968] Protein kinase C (PKC) and tyrosine kinase phosphorylations sites are located in the cytoplasmic regions of some ion channels and are known to modulate various aspects of channel function, including peak ion current and the timing of channel inactivation (Catterall (2000), supra). For example, phosphorylation of sodium ion channels by PKC can reduce the speed of channel inactivation and reduce the magnitude of peak sodium ion currents. The cytopasmic peptide loop that connects domains III and IV of the sodium channel a subunit, which is known as the inactivation gate, is responsible for inactivation of the channel. Phosphorylation of the inactivation gate by PKC is responsible for reduction in the rate of sodium ion channel inactivation. Similarly, the intracellular peptide loop that connects domains I and II of the sodium channel a subunit can be phosphorylated by PKC, resulting in a reduction of the peak sodium ion current. Finally, phosphorylation of sodium ion channels by tyrosine kinases can produce a negative shift in the voltage dependence of channel inactivation (Catterall (2000), supra).  
     [0969] A 56201 polypeptide can include an “ion channel domain” or regions homologous with an “ion channel domain”.  
     [0970] As used herein, the term “ion channel domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 150 to 300 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ion channel profile (ion_trans, PFAM HMM) of at least 30. Preferably, a ion channel domain includes at least about 175 to 275 amino acids, more preferably about 200 to 275 amino acid residues, or about 210 to 250 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ion channel domain (HMM) of at least 50 or greater. The ion channel domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00520 (http;//genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). An alignment of the ion channel domain (amino acids 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21) of human 56201 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 23) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 11.  
     [0971] In a preferred embodiment 56201 polypeptide or protein has a “ion channel domain” or a region which includes at least about 150 to 300, more preferably about 200 to 275, or 210 to 250 amino acid residues and has at least about 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “ion channel domain,” e.g., the ion channel domain of human 56201 (e.g., residues 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21).  
     [0972] To identify the presence of a “ion channel” domain in a 56201 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against the PFAM database of HMMs (e.g., the PFAM database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Software/Pfam/HMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the PFAM database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28(3):405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al. (1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183:146-159; Gribskov et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:4355-4358; Krogh et al. (1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al.(1993)  Protein Sci.  2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a “ion channel” domain in the amino acid sequence of human 56201 at about residues 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21 (see FIG. 11).  
     [0973] In one embodiment, a 56201 protein includes at least one pore-lining peptide located between the fifth and sixth transmembrane domains, located at about amino acid residues 210 to 231 of SEQ ID NO: 21. As used herein, the term “pore-lining peptide” includes a sequence of at least 5 amino acid residues defined by the sequence: T-X-(D/E)-G-W (SEQ ID NO: 25). A pore-lining peptide, as defined, can be involved in the ion selectivity, e.g., sodium ion selectivity, of an ion channel. Pore-lining peptides have been described in Balser (1999), supra, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [0974] In a preferred embodiment, a 56201 polypeptide or protein has at least one pore-lining peptide, or a region which includes at least five amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 80%, or 100% homology with a “pore-lining peptide”, a pore-lining peptide of human 56201 (e.g., amino acid residues 225 to 229 of SEQ ID NO: 21).  
     [0975] A 56201 molecule can further include several transmembrane regions. As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of at least about 14 amino acid residues in length that spans a phospholipid membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes at least about 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, or 24 amino acid residues and spans a phospholipid membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an α-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, valines, alanines, phenylalanines, methionines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, Zagotta W. N. et al., (1996)  Annual Rev. Neuronsci.  19: 235-63.  
     [0976] In a preferred embodiment, a 56201 polypeptide or protein has one, two, three, four, five, most preferably six transmembrane domains or regions which includes at least 18, 19, or 20 amino acid residues and have at least about 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “transmembrane domain,” e.g., at least one transmembrane domain of human 56201 (e.g., from about amino acid residues 46 to 70, 80 to 104, 114 to 131, 142 to 163, 175 to 199, and 246 to 269 of SEQ ID NO: 21).  
     [0977] A 56201 family member can include at least one ion channel domain; at least one pore-lining peptide; and at least one, two, three, four, five, preferably six transmembrane domains. Furthermore, a 56201 family member can include at least one, preferably two predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, preferably four predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); and at least one, preferably two predicted tyrosine phosphorylation sites (PS00007).  
     [0978] As the 56201 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 56201-mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 56201-mediated or related disorders, as described below.  
     [0979] As used herein, a “56201 activity”, “biological activity of 56201” or “functional activity of 56201”, refers to an activity exerted by a 56201 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. For example, a 56201 activity can be an activity exerted by 56201 in a physiological milieu on, e.g., a 56201-responsive cell or on a 56201 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate. A 56201 activity can be determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 56201 activity is a direct activity, such as the opening of a pore in a lipid bilayer through which ions can pass. In an exemplary embodiment, 56201 is an ion channel, e.g., a voltage-gated sodium ion channel.  
     [0980] A 56201 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by the movement of ions, e.g. sodium ions, across a lipid bilayer, e.g., the plasma membrane. The features of the 56201 molecules of the present invention can provide similar biological activities as ion channel family members. For example, the 56201 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) mediate membrane permeability to ions; (2) mediate membrane permeability to sodium ions; (3) modulate the generation, alteration, and maintenance of transmembrane sodium ion gradients; (4) modulate transmission of electrochemical impulses along biological membranes; (5) modulate the rising phase of the action potential in the membranes of electrically excitable cells; (6) modulate smooth, cardiac, striated, and skeletal muscle contraction, including normal voluntary and involuntary movements, such as heartbeat, digestion, and vascular tone; or (7) modulate neuronal development and cell connectivity.  
     [0981] Analogous to sodium channel proteins, the 56201 protein contains the essential elements for ion conduction and voltage-dependent gating. At least eight human genes encoding sodium channel I subunits have been identified, e.g., in the central nervous system (CNS), peripheral nervous system (PNS), skeletal muscle and heart (Genbank accession numbers: X03638, X03639, Y00766, M26643, M27902, L39018, U79568, and X92148). More particularly, the 56201 protein mediates permeability of lipid bilayers, e.g., the plasma membrane, to sodium ions. Based on sequence homology, ligands of sodium channel I subunits are expected to function as ligands for 56201 protein. However, 56201 protein also has its own specific ligands and activities in addition to those reported for sodium channel I subunits.  
     [0982] Sodium channel proteins are involved in generation, alteration, and maintenance of transmembrane sodium ion gradients. Changes in transmembrane sodium ion gradients enable excitable cells (e.g. nerve cells, muscle cells, and neuronal cells of the central nervous system) to transmit impulses along their lengths. Sodium channel proteins are therefore implicated in a wide variety of normal and abnormal cellular processes, which involve transmission of electrochemical impulses along biological membranes. Such processes include, for example, normal and abnormal transmission of afferent and efferent nerve impulses and normal and abnormal transmission of voluntary and involuntary muscle contractile impulses, and any disorders which result from neuronal or muscular dysfunction.  
     [0983] Exemplary nerve and neuronal cellular processes with which sodium channel proteins such as the I subunit described herein are involved include generation and transmission of pain and other sensory or perceptive nerve impulses, generation and maintenance of epileptic seizures, and establishment and endurance of neurodegenerative and mood disorders. Sodium channel proteins also have a role in a variety of disorders of mixed neuronal and psychological etiology including, for example, sleep disorders such as insomnia, hiccup, disorders of smell and taste, vision and eye movement disorders, hearing loss, vertigo, motor weakness, ataxias, neuropathic arthropathy disorders of the neuronal motor unit, nerve root disorders, and peripheral and hereditary neuropathies.  
     [0984] Exemplary muscle cell processes with which sodium channel proteins such as the I subunit described herein are involved include smooth, cardiac, striated, and skeletal muscle contraction, including normal voluntary and involuntary movements, such as heartbeat, digestion, and vascular tone. Aberrant muscular processes in which the protein of the invention have a role include, for example, arterial and renovascular hypertension, shock, cardiac insufficiency, heart failure, cardiac arrhythmias, cardiomyopathy, cardiac arrest, and skeletal muscle disorders, e.g., perkalemic periodic paralysis and paramyotonia congenita.  
     [0985] Based on the above-described sequence similarities, the 56201 molecules of the present invention are predicted to have similar biological activities as sodium channel protein family members. Thus, the 56201 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling disorders associated with abnormal transmission of afferent and efferent nerve impulses and abnormal transmission of voluntary and involuntary muscle contractile impulses, and any disorders which result from neuronal or muscular dysfunction like, for example, those described above.  
     [0986] The 56201 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 21 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “56201 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “56201 nucleic acids.” 56201 molecules refer to 56201 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [0987] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [0988] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [0989] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C., followed by two washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6× SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [0990] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [0991] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein.  
     [0992] As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 56201 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 56201 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [0993] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 56201 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 56201 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-56201 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-56201 chemicals. When the 56201 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [0994] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 56201 without abolishing or substantially altering a 56201 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 56201 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 56201, results in abolishing a 56201 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 56201 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [0995] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 56201 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 56201 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 56201 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [0996] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 56201 protein includes a fragment of a 56201 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 56201 molecule and a non-56201 molecule or between a first 56201 molecule and a second 56201 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 56201 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 56201 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21, which include less amino acids than the full length 56201 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 56201 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 56201 protein, e.g., sodium ion transport across a lipid bilayer. A biologically active portion of a 56201 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 56201 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a 56201 mediated activity, e.g., sodium ion transport across a lipid bilayer.  
     [0997] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [0998] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [0999] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [1000] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [1001] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller (1989), CABIOS 4:11-17, which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [1002] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 56201 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 56201 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [1003] Particular 56201 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 21 are termed substantially identical.  
     [1004] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 20 or 22 are termed substantially identical.  
     [1005] “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [1006] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [1007] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [1008] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [1009] Isolated 56201 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1010] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 56201 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 56201 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 56201 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 56201 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [1011] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 56201 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 20, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 22), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 20 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 22) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 46 to 267.  
     [1012] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NOS: 20 or 22, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [1013] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [1014] 56201 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [1015] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NOS: 20 or 22. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 56201 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 56201 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 20, which encode a sodium ion channel domain of human 56201. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 56201 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 56201 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 56201 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [1016] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 100, 200, 250, 300, or 350 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention, e.g., AA527520, AI027609, AI219834, and AC004764.  
     [1017] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 56201 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to an ion channel domain, e.g., about nucleotides 205 to 876 of SEQ ID NO: 20. In addition, a 56201 nucleic acid could include a sequence corresponding to an N-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., about nucleotides 70 to 393 of SEQ ID NO: 20, or a C-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., about nucleotides 877 to 1263 of SEQ ID NO: 20. Additional nucleotide fragments can include about nucleotides 70 to 876 or 205 to 1263 of SEQ ID NO: 20.  
     [1018] 56201 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22.  
     [1019] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 5 or 10, and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, base pairs in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or less than in 5 or 10 bases, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1020] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes:  
     [1021] an ion channel domain, e.g., about nucleotides 205 to 876 of SEQ ID NO: 20;  
     [1022] an N-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., about nucleotides 70 to 393 of SEQ ID NO: 20; or  
     [1023] a C-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., about nucleotides 877 to 1263 of SEQ ID NO: 20.  
     [1024] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 56201 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a region that encodes an ion channel domain, e.g., from about nucleotides 205 to 876 of SEQ ID NO: 20; a region that encodes an N-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., from about nucleotides 70 to 393; or a region that encodes a C-terminal fragment of a 56201 molecule, e.g., from about nucleotides 877 to 1263.  
     [1025] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [1026] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 56201 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS: 20 or 22, which encodes a polypeptide having a 56201 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 56201 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 56201 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 56201 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 56201 includes an ion channel domain, e.g., amino acid residues about 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21; an N-terminal sub-domain of an ion channel domain, e.g., about amino acid residues 1 to 74 of SEQ ID NO: 21; or a C-terminal sub-domain of an ion channel, e.g., about amino acid residues 210 to 398 of SEQ ID NO: 21. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 56201 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1027] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 20, or SEQ ID NO: 22. In a preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid fragment includes at least one contiguous nucleotide from the region of about nucleotides 1 to 204, 70 to 300, 205 to 390, 301 to 675, 391 to 675, 490 to 690, 586 to 795, 676 to 876, 796 to 999, 877 to 1101, and 1000 to 1338.  
     [1028] In a preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid fragment differs, e.g., by at least one, two, or more nucleotides, from the sequence of AA527520, AI027609, and AI219834.  
     [1029] 56201 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [1030] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 56201 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 21. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1031] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [1032] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [1033] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 20 or 22, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1034] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 56201 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 56201 gene.  
     [1035] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with the ability to regulate transport of specific ions, e.g., sodium ions, across a lipid bilayer.  
     [1036] Allelic variants of 56201, e.g., human 56201, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 56201 protein within a population that maintain the ability to regulate transport of ions, e.g., sodium ions, across a lipid bilayer. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 21, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 56201, e.g., human 56201, protein within a population that do not have the ability to regulate transport of ions across a lipid bilayer. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [1037] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 56201 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 56201 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [1038] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 56201 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1039] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 56201. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 56201 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 56201 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 22). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 56201 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [1040] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 56201 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 56201 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 56201 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1041] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [1042] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 56201 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [1043] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [1044] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 56201-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 56201 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 20 or SEQ ID NO: 22), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 56201-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 56201 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [1045] 56201 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 56201 (e.g., the 56201 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 56201 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N.Y Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [1046] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [1047] A 56201 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmé (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [1048] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  93: 14670-675.  
     [1049] PNAs of 56201 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 56201 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [1050] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [1051] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 56201 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 56201 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [1052] Isolated 56201 Polypeptides  
     [1053] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 56201 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-56201 antibodies. 56201 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 56201 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [1054] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [1055] In a preferred embodiment, a 56201 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [1056] (i) it has the ability to regulate transport of specific ions, e.g., sodium ions, across a lipid bilayer, e.g., the plasma membrane;  
     [1057] (ii) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of a 56201 polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [1058] (iii) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide a of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [1059] (iv) it can be found in neurons or muscle cells;  
     [1060] (v) it has an ion channel domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% with amino acid residues about 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21;  
     [1061] (vi) it has a pore lining peptide that contains a T-X-[D/E]-G-W (SEQ ID NO: 25) motif;  
     [1062] (vii) it has at least one, preferable two Protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located in intracellular portions of the molecule;  
     [1063] (viii) it has at least one, preferably two, three, more preferably four Casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located in intracellular portions of the molecule; or  
     [1064] (ix) it has at least one, preferably two tyrosine kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00007) located in intracellular portions of the molecule.  
     [1065] In a preferred embodiment the 56201 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 21 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 21. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the ion channel domain, e.g., about amino acids 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21. In another preferred embodiment one or more differences are in the ion channel domain, e.g., about amino acids 46 to 267 of SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [1066] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 56201 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 21, yet retain biological activity.  
     [1067] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [1068] A 56201 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21 in regions defined by amino acids about 1 to 200 and 246 to 398 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 21 in regions defined by amino acids about 201 to 245 of SEQ ID NO: 21. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [1069] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 56201 protein includes an ion channel domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 56201 protein.  
     [1070] In a preferred embodiment, the 56201 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21. In other embodiments, the 56201 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 21. In yet another embodiment, the 56201 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 21 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 21, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [1071] 56201 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [1072] In another aspect, the invention provides 56201 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 56201 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 56201 polypeptide linked to a non-56201 polypeptide. A “non-56201 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 56201 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 56201 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 56201 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 56201 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 56201 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 56201 protein. The non-56201 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 56201 polypeptide.  
     [1073] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-56201 fusion protein in which the 56201 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 56201. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 56201 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 56201 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [1074] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [1075] The 56201 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 56201 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 56201 substrate. 56201 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 56201 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 56201 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 56201 protein.  
     [1076] Moreover, the 56201-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-56201 antibodies in a subject, to purify 56201 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 56201 with a 56201 substrate.  
     [1077] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 56201-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 56201 protein.  
     [1078] Variants of 56201 Proteins  
     [1079] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 56201 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 56201 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 56201 protein. An agonist of the 56201 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 56201 protein. An antagonist of a 56201 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 56201 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 56201-mediated activity of a 56201 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 56201 protein.  
     [1080] Variants of a 56201 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 56201 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [1081] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 56201 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 56201 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [1082] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 56201 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 56201 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [1083] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 56201 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 56201 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 56201 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 56201 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring channel conductance. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 56201 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [1084] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 56201 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 56201 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 56201 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 56201 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1085] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 56201 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 56201 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 56201 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1086] Anti-56201 Antibodies  
     [1087] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-56201 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [1088] The anti-56201 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [1089] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH-terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [1090] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 56201 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-56201 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [1091] The anti-56201 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [1092] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-56201 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [1093] In one embodiment, the anti-56201 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [1094] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS  90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [1095] An anti-56201 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [1096] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fe, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988,  J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [1097] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 56201 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [1098] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [1099] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and US 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 56201 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [1100] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [1101] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [1102] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 56201 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., crude tissue preparations, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, or cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [1103] A full-length 56201 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 56201 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-56201 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 56201 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 21 and encompasses an epitope of 56201. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [1104] Fragments of 56201 which include residues about 14 to 131, about 175 to 199, or about 246 to 269 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 56201 protein. Similarly, fragments of 56201 which include residues about 110 to 120, about 205 to 215, or about 230 to 240 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 56201 protein; fragments of 56201 which include residues about 71 to 79, about 131 to 141, or about 200 to 245 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 56201 protein; fragments of 56201 which include residues about 1 to 45, about 164 to 174, or about 270 to 398 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 56201 protein; a fragment of 56201 which include residues about 46 to 267 can be used to make an antibody against the ion channel region of the 56201 protein; a fragment of 56201 which includes residues 200 to 245 can be used to make an antibody against the pore-lining peptide of the ion channel; and fragments of 56201 which include residues 1 to 45, 142 to 163, or 270 to 398 can be used to make antibodies against sequences that regulate the properties of the ion channel, e.g., the conductance response to stimuli, e.g., voltage gradients or phosphorylation.  
     [1105] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [1106] Antibodies which bind only native 56201 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 56201 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies which bind to native but not denatured 56201 protein.  
     [1107] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 56201 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 56201 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 56201 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [1108] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 56201 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 56201 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 56201 protein. In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [1109] The anti-56201 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann N Y Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 56201 protein.  
     [1110] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has: effector function; and can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not; recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [1111] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example., it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [1112] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-56201 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the ion transporting activity of a 56201 polypeptide. For example, the antibody can bind at or in proximity to the active site, e.g., to an epitope that includes a residue located from about 200 to 245 of SEQ ID NO: 21.  
     [1113] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [1114] An anti-56201 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 56201 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-56201 antibody can be used to detect 56201 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-56201 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labelling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [1115] The invention also includes a nucleic acids which encodes an anti-56201 antibody, e.g., an anti-56201 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and sells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [1116] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-56201 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 56201 antibody.  
     [1117] 56201 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [1118] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [1119] A vector can include a 56201 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 56201 proteins, mutant forms of 56201 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [1120] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 56201 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli,  insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [1121] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [1122] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 56201 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 56201 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [1123] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [1124] The 56201 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [1125] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [1126] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [1127] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [1128] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [1129] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 56201 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 56201 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [1130] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 56201 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [1131] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [1132] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 56201 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 56201 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 56201 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 56201 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 56201 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [1133] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 56201 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 56201. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 56201 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 56201, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 56201 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 56201, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 56201 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [1134] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a neuronal or muscle stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 56201 polypeptide.  
     [1135] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., a neuron, a muscle cell, or fibroblast cells, in which an endogenous 56201 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 56201 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 56201 gene. For example, an endogenous 56201 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [1136] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding a 56201 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 56201 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for a 56201 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [1137] 56201 Transgenic Animals  
     [1138] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 56201 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 56201 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 56201 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [1139] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 56201 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 56201 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 56201 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 56201 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [1140] 56201 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [1141] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [1142] Uses of 56201  
     [1143] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [1144] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 56201 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 56201 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 56201 gene, and to modulate 56201 activity, as described further below. The 56201 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 56201 substrate or production of 56201 inhibitors. In addition, the 56201 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 56201 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 56201 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 56201 protein or production of 56201 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 56201 wild type protein (e.g., a neural or muscular disorder, e.g., paramyotonia congenita and hyperkalemic periodic paralysis, or conditions involving abnormal generation or maintenance of membrane potential or transmembrane ion gradients which can lead to epilepsy, psychiatric diseases, or dementia.). Moreover, the anti-56201 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 56201 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 56201 proteins, and modulate 56201 activity.  
     [1145] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 56201 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 56201 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 56201 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 56201 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 56201 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [1146] 56201 Screening Assays  
     [1147] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 56201 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 56201 expression or 56201 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 56201 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 56201 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [1148] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 56201 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 56201 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [1149] In one embodiment, an activity of a 56201 protein can be assayed by introducing a 56201 nucleic acid into a  X. laevis  oocyte, expression the nucleic acid such that 56201 protein is produced, and monitoring the conductance of the channel in response to specific stimuli, e.g., a voltage gradient. Assays of this type have been described in Goldin et al., (1986),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  83(19):7503-7, Noda et al. (1986),  Nature  320:188-92, and Noda et al. (1986),  Nature  322:826-28, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [1150] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [1151] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [1152] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (1991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [1153] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 56201 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 56201 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 56201 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, ion channel conductance. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [1154] The ability of the test compound to modulate 56201 binding to a compound, e.g., a 56201 substrate, or to bind to 56201 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 56201 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 56201 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 56201 binding to a 56201 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 56201 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [1155] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 56201 substrate) to interact with 56201 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 56201 without the labeling of either the compound or the 56201. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 56201.  
     [1156] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 56201 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 56201 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 56201 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-56201 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [1157] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 56201 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [1158] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [1159] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [1160] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 56201 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [1161] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [1162] It may be desirable to immobilize either 56201, an anti-56201 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 56201 protein, or interaction of a 56201 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/56201 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 56201 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 56201 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [1163] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 56201 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 56201 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [1164] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [1165] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 56201 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 56201 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 56201 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 56201 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 56201 protein or target molecule.  
     [1166] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [1167] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 56201 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 56201 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 56201 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 56201 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 56201 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [1168] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment-are the 56201 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 56201 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 56201 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [1169] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [1170] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [1171] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [1172] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [1173] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [1174] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [1175] In yet another aspect, the 56201 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 56201 (“56201-binding proteins” or “56201-bp”) and are involved in 56201 activity. Such 56201-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 56201 proteins or 56201 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 56201-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [1176] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 56201 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 56201 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 56201-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 56201 protein.  
     [1177] In another embodiment, modulators of 56201 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 56201 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 56201 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 56201 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 56201 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 56201 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 56201 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 56201 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 56201 mRNA or protein.  
     [1178] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 56201 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for a neural or muscular disorder, e.g., epilepsy or cardiac arrythmia.  
     [1179] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 56201 modulating agent, an antisense 56201 nucleic acid molecule, a 56201-specific antibody, or a 56201-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [1180] 56201 Detection Assays  
     [1181] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 56201 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [1182] 56201 Chromosome Mapping  
     [1183] The 56201 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 56201 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 56201 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [1184] Briefly, 56201 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 56201 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 56201 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [1185] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [1186] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 56201 to a chromosomal location.  
     [1187] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [1188] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [1189] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al (1987)  Nature,  325:783-787.  
     [1190] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 56201 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [1191] 56201 Tissue Typing  
     [1192] 56201 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [1193] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 56201 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [1194] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 20 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 22 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [1195] If a panel of reagents from 56201 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [1196] Use of Partial 56201 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [1197] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [1198] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 20 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 20 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [1199] The 56201 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 56201 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [1200] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 56201 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [1201] Predictive Medicine of 56201  
     [1202] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [1203] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 56201.  
     [1204] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 56201 gene; or a disorder of the nervous system or muscular disorder.  
     [1205] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [1206] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 56201 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [1207] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 56201 gene;  
     [1208] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 56201 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [1209] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 56201 polypeptide.  
     [1210] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 56201 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [1211] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 20, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 56201 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [1212] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 56201 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 56201.  
     [1213] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [1214] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 56201 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [1215] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 56201 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [1216] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 56201  
     [1217] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 56201 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 56201 molecules.  
     [1218] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [1219] The presence, level, or absence of 56201 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 56201 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 56201 protein such that the presence of 56201 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 56201 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 56201 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 56201 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 56201 genes.  
     [1220] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 56201 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [1221] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 56201 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 20, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 56201 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [1222] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 56201 genes.  
     [1223] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 56201 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [1224] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 56201 gene being analyzed.  
     [1225] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 56201 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 56201 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 56201 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 56201 transcript levels.  
     [1226] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 56201. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [1227] The detection methods can be used to detect 56201 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 56201 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 56201 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-56201 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-56201 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [1228] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 56201 protein, and comparing the presence of 56201 protein in the control sample with the presence of 56201 protein in the test sample.  
     [1229] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 56201 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 56201 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 56201 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [1230] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [1231] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [1232] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as epilepsy or cardiac arrhythmia.  
     [1233] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 56201 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 56201 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [1234] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a neuron or muscle cell disorder.  
     [1235] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 56201 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 56201 (e.g., other genes associated with a 56201-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [1236] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 56201 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a [disordera] disorder in a subject wherein a change in 56201 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a neural or muscular disorder. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for a neural or muscular disorder in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [1237] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 56201 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [1238] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 56201 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [1239] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [1240] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 56201 expression.  
     [1241] 56201 Arrays and Uses Thereof  
     [1242] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 56201 molecule (e.g., a 56201 nucleic acid or a 56201 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [1243] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 56201 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 56201. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 56201 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 56201 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 56201 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 56201 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [1244] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [1245] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 56201 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 56201 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-56201 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [1246] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 56201. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 56201-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [1247] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 56201. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 56201. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [1248] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 56201 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [1249] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [1250] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 56201-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 56201-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 56201-associated disease or disorder  
     [1251] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 56201) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [1252] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 56201 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80,85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to a 56201 polypeptide or fragment thereof. For example, multiple variants of a 56201 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [1253] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 56201 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 56201 polypeptide or the presence of a 56201-binding protein or ligand.  
     [1254] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 56201 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [1255] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 56201 or from a cell or subject in which a 56201 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 56201 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 56201 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 56201 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 56201 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 56201 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 56201 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [1256] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 56201 or from a cell or subject in which a 56201-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 56201 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 56201 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 56201 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 56201 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 56201 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [1257] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 56201, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 56201 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 56201 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 56201.  
     [1258] Detection of 56201 Variations or Mutations  
     [1259] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 56201 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 56201 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a neural or muscular disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 56201-protein, or the mis-expression of the 56201 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 56201 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 56201 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 56201 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 56201 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 56201 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 56201 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 56201 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 56201-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 56201 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 56201-protein.  
     [1260] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 56201-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 56201 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 56201-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [1261] In another embodiment, mutations in a 56201 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [1262] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 56201 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 56201 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 56201 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7: 244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2: 753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 56201 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [1263] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 56201 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 56201 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [1264] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 56201 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [1265] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 56201 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [1266] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 56201 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 56201 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [1267] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [1268] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [1269] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [1270] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 56201 nucleic acid.  
     [1271] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 20 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 20. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [1272] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 56201. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [1273] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [1274] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 56201 nucleic acid.  
     [1275] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 56201 gene.  
     [1276] Use of 56201 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [1277] The 56201 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 56201 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 56201 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35: 258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [1278] The 56201 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 56201 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-56201 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 56201 protein marker, or 56201-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 56201 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [1279] The 56201 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 56201 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 56201 DNA may correlate 56201 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [1280] 56201 Pharmaceutical Compositions  
     [1281] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-56201 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [1282] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [1283] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [1284] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [1285] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [1286] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [1287] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [1288] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [1289] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No.4,522,811.  
     [1290] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [1291] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [1292] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [1293] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [1294] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [1295] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [1296] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated. An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine and vinblastine).  
     [1297] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.  
     [1298] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [1299] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [1300] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [1301] 56201 Methods of Treatment  
     [1302] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [1303] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 56201 molecules of the present invention or 56201 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [1304] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 56201 or an agent which modulates 56201 expression or at least one 56201 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 56201 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 56201 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 56201 aberrance, for example, a 56201, 56201 agonist or 56201 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [1305] It is possible that some 56201 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [1306] The 56201 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of neural disorders, muscle disorders, pain disorders, disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders, cardiovascular disorders, viral disorders, and cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders.  
     [1307] Example of neural disorders not described above include, but are not limited to, disorders involving neurons, and disorders involving glia, such as astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and microglia; cerebral edema, raised intracranial pressure and herniation, and hydrocephalus; malformations and developmental diseases, such as neural tube defects, forebrain anomalies, posterior fossa anomalies, and syringomyelia and hydromyelia; perinatal brain injury; cerebrovascular diseases, such as those related to hypoxia, ischemia, and infarction, including hypotension, hypoperfusion, and low-flow states—global cerebral ischemia and focal cerebral ischemia—infarction from obstruction of local blood supply, intracranial hemorrhage, including intracerebral (intraparenchymal) hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage and ruptured berry aneurysms, and vascular malformations, hypertensive cerebrovascular disease, including lacunar infarcts, slit hemorrhages, and hypertensive encephalopathy; infections, such as acute meningitis, including acute pyogenic (bacterial) meningitis and acute aseptic (viral) meningitis, acute focal suppurative infections, including brain abscess, subdural empyema, and extradural abscess, chronic bacterial meningoencephalitis, including tuberculosis and mycobacterioses, neurosyphilis, and neuroborreliosis (Lyme disease), viral meningoencephalitis, including arthropod-borne (Arbo) viral encephalitis, Herpes simplex virus Type 1, Herpes simplex virus Type 2, Varicalla-zoster virus (Herpes zoster), cytomegalovirus, poliomyelitis, rabies, and human immunodeficiency virus 1, including HIV-1 meningoencephalitis (subacute encephalitis), vacuolar myelopathy, AIDS-associated myopathy, peripheral neuropathy, and AIDS in children, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, fungal meningoencephalitis, other infectious diseases of the nervous system; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (prion diseases); demyelinating diseases, including multiple sclerosis, multiple sclerosis variants, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalomyelitis, and other diseases with demyelination; degenerative diseases, such as degenerative diseases affecting the cerebral cortex, including Alzheimer disease and Pick disease, degenerative diseases of basal ganglia and brain stem, including Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson disease (paralysis agitans), progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degenration, multiple system atrophy, including striatonigral degenration, Shy-Drager syndrome, and olivopontocerebellar atrophy, and Huntington disease; spinocerebellar degenerations, including spinocerebellar ataxias, including Friedreich ataxia, and ataxia-telanglectasia, degenerative diseases affecting motor neurons, including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (motor neuron disease), bulbospinal atrophy (Kennedy syndrome), and spinal muscular atrophy; inborn errors of metabolism, such as leukodystrophies, including Krabbe disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, and Canavan disease, mitochondrial encephalomyopathies, including Leigh disease and other mitochondrial encephalomyopathies; toxic and acquired metabolic diseases, including vitamin deficiencies such as thiamine (vitamin B1) deficiency and vitamin B12 deficiency, neurologic sequelae of metabolic disturbances, including hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and hepatic encephatopathy, toxic disorders, including carbon monoxide, methanol, ethanol, and radiation, including combined methotrexate and radiation-induced injury; tumors, such as gliomas, including astrocytoma, including fibrillary (diffuse) astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforme, pilocytic astrocytoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, and brain stem glioma, oligodendroglioma, and ependymoma and related paraventricular mass lesions, neuronal tumors, poorly differentiated neoplasms, including medulloblastoma, other parenchymal tumors, including primary brain lymphoma, germ cell tumors, and pineal parenchymal tumors, meningiomas, metastatic tumors, paraneoplastic syndromes, peripheral nerve sheath tumors, including schwannoma, neurofibroma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannoma), and neurocutaneous syndromes (phakomatoses), including neurofibromotosis, including Type 1 neurofibromatosis (NF1) and TYPE 2 neurofibromatosis (NF2), tuberous sclerosis, and Von Hippel-Lindau disease.  
     [1308] Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987) Pain, New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [1309] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 56201 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 56201 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 56201 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 56201 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [1310] The 56201 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [1311] Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [1312] 56201 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 56201 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 56201 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [1313] In addition, 56201 molecules may play an important role in the regulation of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders. Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [1314] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [1315] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [1316] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [1317] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [1318] As discussed, successful treatment of 56201 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 56201 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [1319] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [1320] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [1321] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 56201 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 56201 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1: 5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 56201 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [1322] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 56201 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [1323] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 56201 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 56201 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 56201 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 56201 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [1324] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [1325] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 56201 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [1326] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [1327] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 56201 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 56201 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [1328] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [1329] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 56201 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 56201 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 56201 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 56201 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 56201 protein (e.g., a 56201 substrate or receptor), a 56201 antibody, a 56201 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 56201 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [1330] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 56201 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 56201 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 56201. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 56201 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 56201 nucleic acid molecules, anti-56201 antibodies, and 56201 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 56201 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 56201 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 56201 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 56201 expression or activity.  
     [1331] Stimulation of 56201 activity is desirable in situations in which 56201 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 56201 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 56201 activity is desirable in situations in which a 56201 is downregulated and/or in which increased 56201 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 56201 activity is desirable in situations in which 56201 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 56201 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [1332] 56201 Pharmacogenomics  
     [1333] The 56201 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 56201 activity (e.g., 56201 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 56201 associated disorders (e.g.,neural or muscular disorder) associated with aberrant or unwanted 56201 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 56201 molecule or 56201 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 56201 molecule or 56201 modulator.  
     [1334] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [1335] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [1336] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 56201 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [1337] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 56201 molecule or 56201 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [1338] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 56201 molecule or 56201 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [1339] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 56201 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 56201 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [1340] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 56201 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 56201 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 56201 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 56201 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 56201 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 56201 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 56201 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 56201 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 56201 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 56201 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 56201-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [1341] 56201 Informatics  
     [1342] The sequence of a 56201 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 56201. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 56201 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [1343] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [1344] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [1345] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [1346] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [1347] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 56201, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 56201 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 56201 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 56201. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [1348] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 56201 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [1349] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [1350] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [1351] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 56201 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [1352] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 56201 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 56201 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 56201 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 56201 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 56201 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [1353] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 56201 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 56201 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1354] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 56201 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 56201 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 56201 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 56201 sequence of the subject to the 56201 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 56201-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [1355] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 56201 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder associated with 56201, said method comprising the steps of receiving 56201 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 56201 and/or corresponding to a 56201-associated disease or disorder (e.g., neural or muscular disorders), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 56201 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1356] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 56201 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 56201 and/or related to a 56201-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 56201 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 56201-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 56201-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1357] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [1358] Background of the 32620 Invention  
     [1359] Symporters are integral membranes that transport molecules across the lipid bilayer. Symporters couple the movement of one solute with another in order to mobilize the first solute across the membrane. Thus, symporters do not directly require ATP as an energy source unlike ATP-dependent transporters. The energy source that one class of symporters uses is the ion gradient that is maintained across the membrane. This ion gradient is manifest as an electric potential. A typical resting mammalian cell can have a transmembrane electric potential of about 50 to about 150 mV. ATP dependent transporters maintain this potential by extruding ions and protons from the cell. A Na + -K +  ATP dependent pump is largely responsible for the sodium gradient such that sodium concentrations are higher on the extracellular face of the membrane.  
     [1360] Sodium-sugar symporters are a particularly important family of symporters. These integral membrane proteins are typically believed to have twelve transmembrane spans, but can have eleven, twelve, thirteen, or fourteen transmembrane spans (Turk et al. (1996)  J Biol Chem  271:1925-1934). They couple the movement of sodium ions down the sodium gradient into the cell with the movement of glucose into the cell. All cells require sugars as an energy source. Thus, this transport process is critical. Moreover, the process is especially critical in cells responsible for obtaining sugars for the rest of the body. In the digestive tract, intestinal brush border cells are responsible for acquiring sugars from digested foods and transporting them into the bloodstream. In the excretory system, glomerular cells in the proximal tubules of the kidney reabsorb sugars, especially glucose, from the glomerular filtrate in order to prevent their excretion. In humans, the key sodium-sugar symporters are SGLT1 and SGLT2. SGLT1 and SGLT2 are found in the S1 and S2 segments of kidney tubules.  
     [1361] Summary of the 32620 Invention  
     [1362] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel sodium-sugar symporter family member, referred to herein as “32620”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 32620 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 26, and the amino acid sequence of a 32620 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 27. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 28.  
     [1363] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 32620 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 32620 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 32620 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 28, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 28, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 28, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 32620 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [1364] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 32620 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 32620 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 32620 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [1365] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 32620-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [1366] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 32620 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [1367] A nucleic acid of the invention can be attached to a solid support, e.g., a bead, matrix, or planar surface.  
     [1368] In another aspect, the invention features, 32620 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 32620-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 32620 polypeptides having a 32620 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 32620 proteins including at least one sodium-sugar symporter domain, and, preferably, having a 32620 activity, e.g., the ability to transport sugars, e.g., D-glucose, D-fructose or D-galactose, into and out of a cell, e.g., a neuronal or glial cell (e.g., a brain cell (e.g., cortical or hypothalamic cell), a spinal cord cell).  
     [1369] In other embodiments, the invention provides 32620 polypeptides, e.g., a 32620 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 28, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 32620 protein or an active fragment thereof. In one embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide is attached to a solid support.  
     [1370] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include a 32620 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
     [1371] In a related aspect, the invention provides 32620 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-32620 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [1372] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 32620 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an extracellular domain of a 32620 polypeptide. The antibody or antigen-binding fragment can be attached to a solid support, a label, a drug, or toxin.  
     [1373] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [1374] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving aberrant or deficient, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, sugar transporter mediated activity. Sugar transporter associated disorders typically result in, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, sugar levels in a cell, e.g., a brain, spinal, glial, or nerve cell.  
     [1375] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1376] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1377] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for agents, e.g., compounds, that modulate the expression or activity of the 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acids, e.g., compounds that modulate the activity of a 32620-expressing cell, e.g., a neuronal or glial cell, e.g., a brain (cortical or hypothalamic) cell, or a spinal cord cell.  
     [1378] In one embodiment, normal pain response, or aberrant or altered pain response is modulated. The effect of an agent, e.g., a compound, on the pain response can be evaluated by an analgesic test, e.g., the hot plate test, tail flick test, writhing test, paw pressure test, all electric stimulation test, tail withdrawal test, or formalin test. In one embodiment, the agent, e.g., compound, modulates (e.g., increases or decreases) 32620 activity. In a preferred embodiment, the agent, e.g., compound, modulates the endogenous levels of a 32620 substrate.  
     [1379] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant, e.g., decreased or increased expression of the 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving pain response, aberrant or altered pain response, or pain related disorders.  
     [1380] In still another aspect, the invention features a method of modulating (e.g., enhancing or inhibiting) an activity of a cell, e.g., a 32620-expressing cell (e.g., a neural or glial cell), or a pain response in a subject. The method includes contacting the cell with, or administered to the subject, an agent, e.g., a compound, that modulates the activity or expression of a 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid, in an amount effective to modulate the activity or the response. In a preferred embodiment, the agent modulates (e.g., increases or decreases) expression of the 32620 nucleic acid by, e.g., modulating transcription, mRNA stability, etc.  
     [1381] In a preferred embodiment, the cell, e.g., the 32620-expressing cell, is a central or peripheral nervous system cell, e.g., a cortical or hypothalamic cell, or a cell in an area involved in pain control, e.g., a cell in the substantia gelatinosa of the spinal cord, or a cell in the periaqueductal gray matter.  
     [1382] In a preferred embodiment, the agent, e.g., the compound, and the 32620-polypeptide or nucleic acid are contacted in vitro or ex vivo. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effected in vivo in a subject, e.g., as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol. The contacting or administering step(s) can be repeated.  
     [1383] Preferably, the subject is a human, e.g., a patient with a neurological disorder, or a patient suffering from pain or a pain-associated disorder, e.g., a disorder as disclosed herein. For example, the subject can be a neurological disorder, e.g., a patient with a neurological disorder as described herein, or a patient with pain elicited from tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, ischemia; pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches, e.g., migrane; pain associated with surgery; pain related to inflammation, e.g., irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain. The subject can be a patient with complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS), reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD), causalgia, neuralgia, central pain and dysesthesia syndrome, carotidynia, neurogenic pain, refractory cervicobrachial pain syndrome, myofascial pain syndrome, craniomandibular pain dysfunction syndrome, chronic idiopathic pain syndrome, Costen&#39;s pain-dysfunction, acute chest pain syndrome, gynecologic pain syndrome, patellofemoral pain syndrome, anterior knee pain syndrome, recurrent abdominal pain in children, colic, low back pain syndrome, neuropathic pain, phantom pain from amputation, phantom tooth pain, or pain asymbolia. The subject can be a cancer patient, e.g., a patient with brain cancer. In other embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal, e.g., an experimental animal, e.g., an arthritic rat model of chronic pain, a chronic constriction injury (CCI) rat model of neuropathic pain, or a rat model of unilateral inflammatory pain by intraplantar injection of Freund&#39;s complete adjuvant (FCA).  
     [1384] In preferred embodiments, the agent is a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small molecule, e.g., a member of a combinatorial library, or an antibody, or any combination thereof. The antibody can be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety selected from the group consisting of a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent and a radioactive metal ion.  
     [1385] In additional preferred embodiments, the agent is an antisense molecule, a ribozyme, a triple helix molecule, or a 32620 nucleic acid, or any combination thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the agent is administered in combination with a cytotoxic agent.  
     [1386] In another aspect, the invention features a method of treating or preventing, in a subject, a 32620-associated disorder. The method includes administering to the subject, e.g., a subject at risk of, or afflicted with, a 32620-associated disorder, an agent, e.g., a compound as described herein, that modulates the activity or expression of a 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid, in an amount effective to treat or prevent the disorder. The agent can be administered by epidural or other route described herein.  
     [1387] In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a neurological disorder, or a pain related disorder.  
     [1388] In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a subject as described herein, e.g., a human.  
     [1389] In still another aspect, the invention features a method for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a disorder disclosed herein, in a subject. The method includes treating a subject with a protocol under evaluation; assessing the expression of a 32620 nucleic acid or 32620 polypeptide, such that a change in the level of 32620 nucleic acid or 32620 polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. Preferably, the subject is a human, e.g., a patient at risk of, or having, a neurological or a pain disorder.  
     [1390] The invention also features a method of diagnosing a disorder, e.g., a disorder disclosed herein, in a subject. The method includes evaluating the expression or activity of a 32620 nucleic acid or a 32620 polypeptide, such that, a difference in the level of 32620 nucleic acid or 32620 polypeptide relative to a normal subject or a cohort of normal subjects is indicative of the disorder.  
     [1391] In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a neurological or a pain-related disorder.  
     [1392] In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human.  
     [1393] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step occurs in vitro or ex vivo. For example, a sample, e.g., a blood sample, biopsy sample, or cerebro-spinal fluid sample, is obtained from the subject. In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step occurs in vivo. For example, by administering to the subject a detectably labeled agent that interacts with the 32620 nucleic acid or polypeptide, such that a signal is generated relative to the level of activity or expression of the 32620 nucleic acid or polypeptide.  
     [1394] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 32620 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1395] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1396] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method for identifying an agent, e.g., a compound, which modulates the activity of a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., a 32620 polypeptide as described herein, or the expression of a 32620 nucleic acid, e.g., a 32620 nucleic acid as described herein, including contacting the 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid with a test agent (e.g., a test compound); and determining the effect of the test compound on the activity of the 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid to thereby identify a compound which modulates the activity of the 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid.  
     [1397] In a preferred embodiment, the activity of the 32620 polypeptide is modulation of neurological activity or pain response.  
     [1398] In preferred embodiments, the agent is a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small molecule, e.g., a member of a combinatorial library, or an antibody, or any combination thereof.  
     [1399] In additional preferred embodiments, the agent is an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule, or a 32620 nucleic acid, or any combination thereof.  
     [1400] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 32620 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 32620 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 32620 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [1401] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     [1402] Detailed Description of 32620  
     [1403] The human 32620 sequence (FIG. 13; SEQ ID NO: 26), which is approximately 2326 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2028 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as coding of SEQ ID NO: 26 in FIG. 13; SEQ ID NO: 28). The coding sequence encodes a 675 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1404] A human 32620 contains the following regions or other structural features:  
     [1405] a sodium-sugar symporter domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00474) located at about amino acid residues 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1406] twelve predicted transmembrane domains at about amino acids 28 to 48, 105 to 122, 136 to 155, 177 to 201, 209 to 229, 271 to 287, 376 to 400, 417 to 439, 447 to 471, 479 to 502, 521 to 542, and 651 to 669 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1407] two predicted extracellular domains at about amino acids 1 to 27, and 670 to 675 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1408] five predicted extracellular loops at about amino acids 123 to 135, 202 to 208, 288 to 375, 440 to 446, and 503 to 520 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1409] six predicted intracellular loops at about amino acids 49 to 104, 156 to 176, 230 to 270, 401 to 416, 472 to 478, and 543 to 650 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1410] seven predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) at about amino acids 47 to 49, 50 to 52, 54 to 56, 242 to 244, 413 to 415, 602 to 604, and 611 to 613 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1411] eight predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about at amino acids 50 to 53, 99 to 102, 127 to 130, 173 to 176, 413 to 416, 558 to 561, 645 to 648, and 654 to 657 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1412] one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007) located at about amino acids 494 to 501 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1413] one predicted cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004) located at about amino acid 51 to 54 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1414] four predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) located at about amino acids 243 to 246, 247 to 250, 301 to 304, and 601 to 604; and  
     [1415] thirteen predicted N-myristylation sites (PS00008) from about amino acids 23 to 28, 43 to 48, 86 to 91, 95 to 100, 123 to 128, 195 to 200, 227 to 232, 273 to 278, 308 to 313, 375 to 380, 479 to 484, 487 to 492, and 583 to 588 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1416] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [1417] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 32620 (clone Fbh32620FL1) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [1418] The 32620 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the sodium-sugar symporter family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [1419] Sodium-sugar symporter family members are characterized by a common fold, having twelve predicted transmembrane spans. Proteins of this family can have eleven, twelve, thirteen, or fourteen actual transmembrane spans (Turk et al. (1996) 271:1925-1934). The sugar recognition domain is predicted to reside in the last about 150 to 110 amino acids of the protein (Panayotova-Heiermann, supra.). In addition, two conserved amino acids are implicated in sodium coupling, a glycine on the intracellular side of the first transmembrane span, and an arginine located in the extracellular loop between the sixth and seventh transmembrane spans (see annotation of SwissProt:P31639; Wells et al. (1992)  Am. J. Physiol.  263:F459-F465).  
     [1420] A 32620 polypeptide can include a “sodium-sugar symporter domain” or regions homologous with a “sodium-sugar symporter domain”.  
     [1421] As used herein, the term “sodium-sugar symporter domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 300 to 700 and having a bit score for the alignment of sequence to the sequence of the sodium-sugar symporters domain (HMM) of at least 300. In a preferred embodiment, a sodium-sugar symporters domain includes an amino acid sequence of about preferably about 350 to 600, more preferably about 400 to 500, even more preferably about 425 to 430, amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the sodium-sugar symporter domain (HMM) of at least 400, preferably 500, and more preferably 600. The sodium-sugar symporter domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00474 (http;//genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). By these criteria, human 32620 has a sodium-sugar symporter domain located at about residues 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27. An alignment of the sodium-sugar symporter domain (amino acids 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27) of human 32620 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 29) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 15.  
     [1422] A sodium-sugar symporter domain protein can include a perfect or imperfect match to the Prosite sodium:solute symporter signature 1 (PS00456; [GS]-x(2)-[LIY]-x(3)-[LIVMFYWSTAG](10)-[LIY]-[STAV]-x(2)-G-G-[LMF]-x-[SAP] wherein x is any amino acid, and a number in parenthesis indicates the amino acid is repeat that number of times; SEQ ID NO: 31). Preferably, a sodium-sugar symporter domain protein has three, two, one, or no mismatches relative to the signature. For example, human 32620 has a nearly perfect match (15 of 16) to the PS00456 signature from about amino acids 174 to 199 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1423] A sodium-sugar symporter domain protein can also include a perfect or imperfect match to the Prosite sodium:solute symporter signature 2 (PS00457; [GAST]-[LIVM]-x(3)-[KR]-x(4)-G-A-x(2)-[GAS]-[LIVMGS]-[LIVMW]-[LIVMGAT]-G-x-[LIVMGA]; wherein x is any amino acid, and a number in parenthesis indicates the amino acid is repeat that number of times; SEQ ID NO: 32). Preferably, a sodium-sugar symporter domain protein has three, two, one, or no mismatches relative to the signature. For example, human 32620 has a nearly perfect match (9 of 11) to the PS00457 signature from about amino acids 469 to 489 of SEQ ID NO: 27. Preferably, human 32620 has a conserved glycine at about amino acid 43 of SEQ ID NO: 27, and a conserved arginine at about amino acid 295 of SEQ ID NO: 27. These residues are implicated in the sodium coupling mechanism.  
     [1424] In a preferred embodiment 32620 polypeptide or protein has a “sodium-sugar symporter domain” or a region which includes at least about 350 to 800 more preferably about 400 to 500 or 420 to 450 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “sodium-sugar symporter domain,” e.g., the sodium-sugar symporter domain of human 32620 (e.g., residues 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1425] To identify the presence of a “sodium-sugar symporter” domain in a 32620 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Software/Pfam/HMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28(3):405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al.(1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183:146-159; Gribskov et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:4355-4358; Krogh et al. (1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al. (1993)  Protein Sci.  2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a “sodium-sugar symporter domain” in the amino acid sequence of human 32620 at about residues 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27 (see FIG. 13).  
     [1426] A 32620 molecule can further include: at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, thirteen, fourteen, and preferably twelve predicted transmembrane domains; at least one, preferably two predicted extracellular domains; at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five predicted extracellular loops; at least one, two, three, four, five and preferably six predicted intracellular loops; at least one, two, three, four, five, six, and preferably seven predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites; at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, and preferably eight predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites; at least one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation sites; at least one predicted cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites; at least one, two, three, and preferably four predicted N-glycosylation sites; and at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, and preferably thirteen predicted N-myristylation sites.  
     [1427] In one embodiment, a 32620 protein includes at least one extracellular domain. When located at the N-terminal domain the extracellular domain is referred to herein as an “N-terminal extracellular domain” in the amino acid sequence of the protein. As used herein, an “N-terminal extracellular domain” includes an amino acid sequence having about 1-100, preferably about 1-50, more preferably about 1-40, even more preferably about 1-30 amino acid residues in length and is located outside of a cell or extracellularly. The C-terminal amino acid residue of a “N-terminal extracellular domain” is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 32620 or 32620-like protein. For example, an N-terminal extracellular domain is located at about amino acid residues 1-27 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1428] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide or protein has an “N-terminal extracellular domain” or a region which includes at least about 1-100, preferably about 1-50, more preferably about 1-40, even more preferably about 1-30 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “N-terminal extracellular domain,” e.g., the N-terminal extracellular domain of human 32620 (e.g., residues 1-27 of SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1429] In another embodiment, a 32620 protein includes at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, or preferably, twelve transmembrane domains. As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 15 amino acid residues in length that spans the plasma membrane. More preferably, a amino acid residues in length that spans the plasma membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30 or 35 amino acid residues and spans the plasma membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an α-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, http://pfam.wustl.edu/cgi-bin/getdesc?name=7tm-1, and Zagotta W. N. et al, (1996)  Annual Rev. Neuronsci.  19: 235-63, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 28-48, 105-122, 136-155, 177-201, 209-229, 271-287, 376-400, 417-439, 447-471, 479-502, and 521-542 of SEQ ID NO: 27 comprise transmembrane domains in a 32620 protein.  
     [1430] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide or protein has at least one transmembrane domain or a region which includes at least 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 30 or 35 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “transmembrane domain,” e.g., at least one transmembrane domain of human 32620 (e.g., residues 28-48, 105-122, 136-155, 177-201, 209-229, 271-287, 376-400, 417-439, 447-471, 479-502, and 521-542 of SEQ ID NO: 27). Preferably, the transmembrane domain interacts with a molecule traversing the plasma membrane, e.g., a sugar molecule, e.g., D-glucose, D-fructose or D-galactose.  
     [1431] In another embodiment, a 32620 protein include at least one, two, three, four and preferably five extracellular loops. As defined herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 4-100, preferably about 6-90, more preferably about 6, 15-87, and even more preferably about 6, 12, 17 or 87 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 32620 or 32620-like molecule, and the C-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 32620 or 32620-like molecule. As used herein, an “extracellular loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell, or extracellularly. For example, an extracellular loop can be found at about amino acids 123-135, 202-208, 288-375, 440-446, and 503-520 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1432] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide or protein has at least one extracellular loop or a region which includes at least about 4-100, preferably about 6-90, more preferably about 6, 15-87, and even more preferably about 6, 12, 17 or 87 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “extracellular loop,” e.g., at least one extracellular loop of human 32620 (e.g., residues 123-135, 202-208, 288-375, 440-446, and 503-520 of SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1433] In another embodiment, a 32620 protein includes at least one, two, three, four, five and preferably six cytoplasmic loops. As used herein, a “cytoplasmic loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5-70, more preferably about 6-60, more preferably about 6, 7, 20-55, and most preferably about 6, 7, 20, 40 or 55 amino acid residues located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. For example, a cytoplasmic loop is found at about amino acids 49-104, 156-176, 230-270, 401-416, 472-478, and 543-650 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1434] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide or protein has at least one cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5-70, more preferably about 6-60, more preferably about 6, 7, 20-55, and most preferably about 6, 7, 20, 40 or 55 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “cytoplasmic loop,” e.g., at least one cytoplasmic loop of human 32620 (e.g., residues 49-104, 156-176, 230-270, 401-416, 472-478, and 543-650 of SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1435] In another embodiment, a 32620 protein includes a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain”, also referred to herein as a C-terminal cytoplasmic tail, in the sequence of the protein. As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 3, preferably about 4-10, more preferably about 5-6 amino acid residues, and is located outside a cell or extracellularly. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 32620 or 32620-like protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is found at about amino acid residues 670-675 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1436] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide or protein has a C-terminal extracellular domain or a region which includes at least about 3, preferably about 4-10, more preferably about 5-6 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “C-terminal extracellular domain,” e.g., the C-terminal extracellular domain of human 32620 (e.g., residues 670-675 of SEQ ID NO: 27).  
     [1437] As the 32620 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 32620-mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 32620-mediated or related disorders, as described below.  
     [1438] As used herein, a “32620 activity”, “biological activity of 32620” or “functional activity of 32620”, refers to an activity exerted by a 32620 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule on e.g., a 32620-responsive cell or on a 32620 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate, as determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 32620 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 32620 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which a 32620 protein binds or interacts in nature, e.g., a sugar (e.g., monosaccharide, such as D-glucose, D-fructose, and/or D-galactose). A 32620 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 32620 protein with a 32620 receptor.  
     [1439] Based on the above-described structural features, the 32620 molecules of the present invention can have biological activities of sodium-sugar symporter family members. For example, the 32620 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) the ability to transport a sugar molecule (e.g., a monosaccharide, such as D-glucose, D-fructose, and/or D-galactose) across a cell membrane (e.g., a nerve, glial, liver, or kidney cell membrane); (2) the ability to transport an ion across a membrane, e.g., a sodium ion; (3) the ability to stimulate molecules that regulate glucose homeostasis (e.g., insulin and glucagon), from cells, e.g., nerve or glial cells; (4) the ability to participate in signal transduction pathways associated with sugar metabolism; (5) the ability to influence insulin and/or glucagon secretion; or (6) the ability to modulate sugar homeostasis in a cell, e.g., a neuronal or glial cell.  
     [1440] As the 32620 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 32620-mediated activities, they may be useful for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 32620-mediated or related disorders. For example, the 32620 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents controlling neurological disorders, as well as pain, pain disorders, and inflammatory disorders.  
     [1441] 32620 mRNA is abundantly expressed in the tissues of brain cortex and hypothalamus, thus, 32620 polypeptides can be associated with brain or other neurological disorders. Disorders involving the brain include, but are not limited to, disorders involving neurons, and disorders involving glia, such as astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and microglia; cerebral edema, raised intracranial pressure and herniation, and hydrocephalus; malformations and developmental diseases, such as neural tube defects, forebrain anomalies, posterior fossa anomalies, and syringomyelia and hydromyelia; perinatal brain injury; cerebrovascular diseases, such as those related to hypoxia, ischemia, and infarction, including hypotension, hypoperfusion, and low-flow states—global cerebral ischemia and focal cerebral ischemia—infarction from obstruction of local blood supply, intracranial hemorrhage, including intracerebral (intraparenchymal) hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage and ruptured berry aneurysms, and vascular malformations, hypertensive cerebrovascular disease, including lacunar infarcts, slit hemorrhages, and hypertensive encephalopathy; infections, such as acute meningitis, including acute pyogenic (bacterial) meningitis and acute aseptic (viral) meningitis, acute focal suppurative infections, including brain abscess, subdural empyema, and extradural abscess, chronic bacterial meningoencephalitis, including tuberculosis and mycobacterioses, neurosyphilis, and neuroborreliosis (Lyme disease), viral meningoencephalitis, including arthropod-borne (Arbo) viral encephalitis, Varicalla-zoster virus ( Herpes zoster ), cytomegalovirus, poliomyelitis, rabies, and human immunodeficiency virus 1, including HIV-1 meningoencephalitis (subacute encephalitis), vacuolar myelopathy, AIDS-associated myopathy, peripheral neuropathy, and AIDS in children, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, fungal meningoencephalitis, other infectious diseases of the nervous system; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (prion diseases); demyelinating diseases, including multiple sclerosis, multiple sclerosis variants, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalomyelitis, and other diseases with demyelination; degenerative diseases, such as degenerative diseases affecting the cerebral cortex, including Alzheimer disease and Pick disease, degenerative diseases of basal ganglia and brain stem, including Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson disease (paralysis agitans), progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degenration, multiple system atrophy, including striatonigral degenration, Shy-Drager syndrome, and olivopontocerebellar atrophy, and Huntington disease; spinocerebellar degenerations, including spinocerebellar ataxias, including Friedreich ataxia, and ataxia-telanglectasia, degenerative diseases affecting motor neurons, including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (motor neuron disease), bulbospinal atrophy (Kennedy syndrome), and spinal muscular atrophy; inborn errors of metabolism, such as leukodystrophies, including Krabbe disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, and Canavan disease, mitochondrial encephalomyopathies, including Leigh disease and other mitochondrial encephalomyopathies; toxic and acquired metabolic diseases, including vitamin deficiencies such as thiamine (vitamin B 1 ) deficiency and vitamin B 12  deficiency, neurologic sequelae of metabolic disturbances, including hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and hepatic encephatopathy, toxic disorders, including carbon monoxide, methanol, ethanol, and radiation, including combined methotrexate and radiation-induced injury; tumors, such as gliomas, including astrocytoma, including fibrillary (diffuse) astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforme, pilocytic astrocytoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, and brain stem glioma, oligodendroglioma, and ependymoma and related paraventricular mass lesions, neuronal tumors, poorly differentiated neoplasms, including medulloblastoma, other parenchymal tumors, including primary brain lymphoma, germ cell tumors, and pineal parenchymal tumors, meningiomas, metastatic tumors, paraneoplastic syndromes, peripheral nerve sheath tumors, including schwannoma, neurofibroma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannoma), and neurocutaneous syndromes (phakomatoses), including neurofibromotosis, including Type 1 neurofibromatosis (NF1) and TYPE 2 neurofibromatosis (NF2), tuberous sclerosis, and Von Hippel-Lindau disease.  
     [1442] Examples of pain conditions include, but are not limited to, pain elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia; pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain, or arthritis; tooth pain; headaches, e.g., migrane; pain associated with surgery; pain related to inflammation, e.g., irritable bowel syndrome; chest pain; or hyperalgesia, e.g., excessive sensitivity to pain (described in, for example, Fields (1987) Pain, New York:McGraw-Hill). Other examples of pain disorders or pain syndromes include, but are not limited to, complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS), reflex sympathetic dystrophy (RSD), causalgia, neuralgia, central pain and dysesthesia syndrome, carotidynia, neurogenic pain, refractory cervicobrachial pain syndrome, myofascial pain syndrome, craniomandibular pain dysfunction syndrome, chronic idiopathic pain syndrome, Costen&#39;s pain-dysfunction, acute chest pain syndrome, nonulcer dyspepsia, interstitial cystitis, gynecologic pain syndrome, patellofemoral pain syndrome, anterior knee pain syndrome, recurrent abdominal pain in children, colic, low back pain syndrome, neuropathic pain, phantom pain from amputation, phantom tooth pain, or pain asymbolia (the inability to feel pain). Other examples of pain conditions include pain induced by parturition, or post partum pain.  
     [1443] Agents that modulate 32620 polypeptide or nucleic acid activity or expression can be used to treat pain elicited by any medical condition. A subject receiving the treatment can be additionally treated with a second agent, e.g., an anti-inflammatory agent, an antibiotic, or a chemotherapeutic agent, to further ameliorate the condition.  
     [1444] The 32620 molecules can also act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents controlling pain caused by other disorders, e.g., cancer. Accordingly, the 32620 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, or pain therefrom.  
     [1445] The 32620 protein may be also associated with a sugar transporter associated disorder. As used herein, the term “sugar transporter associated disorder” includes a disorder, disease, or condition which is characterized by an aberrant, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, sugar transporter mediated activity. Sugar transporter associated disorders typically result in, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, sugar levels in a cell. Examples of sugar transporter associated disorders include disorders associated with sugar homeostasis, such as obesity, anorexia, type-1 diabetes, type-2 diabetes, hypoglycemia, glycogen storage disease (Von Gierke disease), type I glycogenosis, bipolar disorder, seasonal affective disorder, and cluster B personality disorders.  
     [1446] The 32620 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 27 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “32620 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “32620 nucleic acids.” 32620 molecules refer to 32620 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [1447] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [1448] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [1449] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C., followed by two washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [1450] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [1451] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 32620 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 32620 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [1452] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 32620 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 32620 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-32620 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-32620 chemicals. When the 32620 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [1453] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 32620 without abolishing or substantially altering a 32620 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 32620 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 32620, results in abolishing a 32620 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 32620 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [1454] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 32620 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 32620 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 32620 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [1455] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 32620 protein includes a fragment of a 32620 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 32620 molecule and a non-32620 molecule or between a first 32620 molecule and a second 32620 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 32620 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 32620 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27, which include less amino acids than the full length 32620 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 32620 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 32620 protein, e.g., sugar transport. A biologically active portion of a 32620 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 32620 protein can be used as targets for developing agents that modulate a 32620-mediated activity, e.g., sugar transport.  
     [1456] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [1457] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [1458] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [1459] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [1460] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [1461] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 32620 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 32620 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [1462] Particularly preferred 32620 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 27 are termed substantially identical.  
     [1463] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 26 or 28 are termed substantially identical.  
     [1464] “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [1465] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [1466] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [1467] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [1468] Isolated 32620 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1469] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 32620 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 32620 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 32620 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 32620 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [1470] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 32620 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 26, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 28), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 26 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 28) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1471] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a glutamic acid at the position corresponding to amino acid 62 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In another preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid encodes an asparagine at the position corresponding to amino acid 64 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In a much preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid encodes glutamic acid at the position corresponding to amino acid 62 and an asparagine at the position corresponding to amino acid 64 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1472] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NOS: 26 or 28, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [1473] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [1474] 32620 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [1475] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26 or 28. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 32620 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 32620 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 26, which encode a sodium-sugar symporter domain of human 32620. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 32620 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 32620 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 32620 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [1476] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment that includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 100 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [1477] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 32620 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a sodium-sugar symporter domain.  
     [1478] 32620 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______.  
     [1479] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 5 or 10, and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, base pairs in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or less than in 5 or 10 bases, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1480] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes a sodium-sugar symporter domain, e.g., amino acids about 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 32620 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a nucleic acid encoding a sodium-sugar symporter domain from about amino acid 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27 (or a portion thereof, e.g., 58-70, 70-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-487 of SEQ ID NO: 27), an extracellular loop at about amino acids 123 to 135, 202 to 208, 288 to 375, 440 to 446, and 503 to 520 of SEQ ID NO: 27, or an intracellular loop at about amino acids 49 to 104, 156 to 176, 230 to 270, 401 to 416, 472 to 478, and 543 to 650 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1481] In one embodiment, the probe or primer is attached to a solid support, e.g., a solid support described herein.  
     [1482] One exemplary kit of primers includes a forward primer that anneals to the coding strand and a reverse primer that anneals to the non-coding strand. The forward primer can anneal to the start codon, e.g., the nucleic acid sequence encoding amino acid residue 1 of SEQ ID NO: 27. The reverse primer can anneal to the ultimate codon, e.g., the codon immediately before the stop codon, e.g., the codon encoding amino acid residue 675 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In a preferred embodiment, the annealing temperatures of the forward and reverse primers differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, or 2° C.  
     [1483] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [1484] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 32620 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOS: 26 or 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______, which encodes a polypeptide having a 32620 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 32620 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 32620 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 32620 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 32620 includes a sodium-sugar symporter domain, e.g., amino acid residues about 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27 (or a fragment thereof). A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 32620 polypeptide may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1485] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 750, 760, 775, 800, 900, 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 2100 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 26, or SEQ ID NO: 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______.  
     [1486] 32620 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [1487] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 32620 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 27. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1488] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [1489] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [1490] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NOS: 26 or 28, or the sequence in ATCC Accession Number ______, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the in the subject nucleic acid. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1491] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 32620 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 32620 gene.  
     [1492] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with sugar transport.  
     [1493] Allelic variants of 32620, e.g., human 32620, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 32620 protein within a population that maintain the ability to bind sugars. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 27, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 32620, e.g., human 32620, protein within a population that do not have the ability to transport sugars. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [1494] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 32620 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 32620 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ______ are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [1495] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 32620 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1496] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 32620. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 32620 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 32620 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 28). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 32620 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [1497] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 32620 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 32620 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 32620 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1498] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [1499] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 32620 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [1500] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [1501] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 32620-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 32620 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 26 or SEQ ID NO: 28), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 32620-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 32620 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [1502] 32620 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 32620 (e.g., the 32620 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 32620 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [1503] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [1504] A 32620 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4 (1): 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93: 14670-675.  
     [1505] PNAs of 32620 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 32620 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [1506] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents (See, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [1507] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 32620 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 32620 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [1508] Isolated 32620 Polypeptides  
     [1509] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 32620 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-32620 antibodies. 32620 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 32620 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically. A 32620 protein or fragment thereof can be attached to a solid support, e.g., a bead, matrix, or planar surface, e.g., a protein array.  
     [1510] Polypeptides of the invention include those that arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [1511] In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [1512] (i) it has the ability to transport sugars, e.g., glucose or galactose, across the plasma membrane;  
     [1513] (ii) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1514] (iii) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 60%, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1515] (iv) it can be found in tissue of the brain cortex, hypothalamus, and spinal cord;  
     [1516] (v) it has a sodium-sugar symporter domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% with amino acid residues about 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1517] (vi) it has a 9 of 11 amino acid match to the Prosite sodium:solute symporter signature 1 (PS00456) at about amino acids 174 to 199 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1518] (vi) it has a 15 of 16 amino acid match to the Prosite sodium:solute symporter signature 2 (PS00457) at about amino acids 469 to 489 of SEQ ID NO: 27;  
     [1519] (vii) it has a conserved glycine at about amino acid 43 of SEQ ID NO: 27, and a conserved arginine at about amino acid 295 of SEQ ID NO: 27; or  
     [1520] (viii) it has at least eleven, preferably greater than eleven, e.g., twelve, thirteen, or fourteen transmembrane domains.  
     [1521] In a preferred embodiment the 32620 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID:2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15,- 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 27 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 27. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the sodium-sugar symporter domain. In another preferred embodiment one or more differences are in the sodium-sugar symporter domain.  
     [1522] In a preferred embodiment, the protein includes a glutamic acid at the position corresponding to amino acid 62 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In another preferred embodiment, the protein includes an asparagine at the position corresponding to amino acid 64 of SEQ ID NO: 27. In a much preferred embodiment, the protein includes glutamic acid at the position corresponding to amino acid 62 and an asparagine at the position corresponding to amino acid 64 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1523] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 32620 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 27, yet retain biological activity.  
     [1524] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 27. In other embodiments, the protein includes fragment of a 32620 polypeptide or a region homologous thereto (e.g., about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 27). Examples of fragments of 32620 polypeptide include a sodium-sugar symporter domain, e.g., from about amino acids 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27 or a portion thereof, e.g., 58-70, 70-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, or 400-487 of SEQ ID NO: 27; a transmembrane domain, e.g., at about amino acids 28 to 48, 105 to 122, 136 to 155, 177 to 201, 209 to 229, 271 to 287, 376 to 400, 417 to 439, 447 to 471, 479 to 502, 521 to 542, or 651 to 669 of SEQ ID NO: 27; an extracellular domains, e.g., at about amino acids 1 to 27, and 670 to 675 of SEQ ID NO: 27; an extracellular loop, e.g., at about amino acids 123 to 135, 202 to 208, 288 to 375, 440 to 446, or 503 to 520 of SEQ ID NO: 27; or an intracellular loop, e.g., at about amino acids 49 to 104, 156 to 176, 230 to 270, 401 to 416, 472 to 478, or 543 to 650 of SEQ ID NO: 27.  
     [1525] A 32620 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27 in regions defined by amino acids about 58 to 487 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 27 in regions defined by amino acids about 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [1526] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 32620 protein includes a sodium-sugar symporter domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 32620 protein.  
     [1527] In a preferred embodiment, the 32620 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27. In other embodiments, the 32620 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 27. In yet another embodiment, the 32620 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 27 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 27, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [1528] 32620 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [1529] In another aspect, the invention provides 32620 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 32620 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 32620 polypeptide linked to a non-32620 polypeptide. A “non-32620 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 32620 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 32620 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 32620 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 32620 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 32620 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 32620 protein. The non-32620 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 32620 polypeptide.  
     [1530] The fusion protein can include a moiety that has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-32620 fusion protein in which the 32620 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 32620. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 32620 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 32620 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [1531] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [1532] The 32620 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 32620 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 32620 substrate. 32620 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 32620 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 32620 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 32620 protein.  
     [1533] Moreover, the 32620-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-32620 antibodies in a subject, to purify 32620 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 32620 with a 32620 substrate.  
     [1534] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 32620-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 32620 protein.  
     [1535] Variants of 32620 Proteins  
     [1536] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 32620 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 32620 protein. An agonist of the 32620 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 32620 protein. An antagonist of a 32620 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 32620 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 32620-mediated activity of a 32620 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 32620 protein.  
     [1537] Variants of a 32620 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 32620 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [1538] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 32620 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 32620 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [1539] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 32620 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique that enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 32620 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [1540] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 32620 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 32620 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 32620 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 32620 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring sugar transport. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 32620 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [1541] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 32620 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 32620 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1542] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 32620 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 32620 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 32620 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1543] Anti-32620 Antibodies  
     [1544] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-32620 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [1545] The anti-32620 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [1546] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH-terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [1547] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 32620 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-32620 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [1548] The anti-32620 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [1549] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-32620 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [1550] In one embodiment, the anti-32620 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Methods of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [1551] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS  90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [1552] An anti-32620 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [1553] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fe constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fe constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J. Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988,  J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [1554] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 32620 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [1555] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [1556] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region that are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 32620 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [1557] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [1558] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [1559] A full-length 32620 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 32620 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-32620 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 32620 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 27 and encompasses an epitope of 32620. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [1560] Fragments of 32620 which include residues about 46 to 54, about 473 to 478, or about 505 to 512 of SEQ ID NO: 27 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 32620 protein. Similarly, fragments of 32620 which include residues about 29 to 45, about 177 to 190, or about 417 to 439 of SEQ ID NO: 27 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 32620 protein; fragments of 32620 which include residues 1 to 27, 123 to 135, 202 to 208, 288 to 375, 440 to 446, 503 to520, and 670 to 675 of SEQ ID NO: 27 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 32620 protein; fragments of 32620 which include residues about 49 to 104, 156 to 176, 230 to 270, 401 to 416, 472 to 478, and 543 to 650 of SEQ ID NO: 27 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 32620 protein; a fragment of 32620 which include residues about 58 to 487 of SEQ ID NO: 27 (or a portion thereof, e.g., 58-70, 70-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200-250, 250-300, 300-350, 350-400, 400-487 of SEQ ID NO: 27) can be used to make an antibody against the sodium-sugar symporter region of the 32620 protein.  
     [1561] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [1562] Antibodies which bind only native 32620 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 32620 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies that bind to native but not denatured 32620 protein.  
     [1563] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 32620 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 32620 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 32620 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [1564] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 32620 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 32620 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 32620 protein.  
     [1565] In a preferred embodiment the antibody binds an epitope on any domain or region on 32620 proteins described herein.  
     [1566] Chimeric, humanized, but most preferably, completely human antibodies are desirable for applications which include repeated administration, e.g., therapeutic treatment (and some diagnostic applications) of human patients.  
     [1567] The anti-32620 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann N Y Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 32620 protein.  
     [1568] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has effector function and/or can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [1569] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example, it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [1570] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-32620 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the transport activity of a 32620 polypeptide.  
     [1571] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e.g., ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels that produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [1572] An anti-32620 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 32620 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-32620 antibody can be used to detect 32620 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-32620 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labelling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [1573] The invention also includes a nucleic acid which encodes an anti-32620 antibody, e.g., an anti-32620 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and cells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [1574] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-32620 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 32620 antibody.  
     [1575] 32620 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [1576] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [1577] A vector can include a 32620 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 32620 proteins, mutant forms of 32620 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [1578] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 32620 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli,  insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [1579] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [1580] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 32620 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 32620 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [1581] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [1582] The 32620 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [1583] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [1584] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [1585] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus. For a discussion of the regulation of gene expression using antisense genes see Weintraub, H. et al., Antisense RNA as a molecular tool for genetic analysis,  Reviews—Trends in Genetics,  Vol. 1(1) 1986.  
     [1586] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 32620 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 32620 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [1587] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 32620 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  CellI 23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [1588] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [1589] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 32620 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 32620 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 32620 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 32620 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 32620 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [1590] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 32620 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 32620. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 32620 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 32620, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 32620 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that misexpresses an endogenous 32620, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders which are related to mutated or mis-expressed 32620 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [1591] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid that encodes a subject 32620 polypeptide.  
     [1592] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., human hematopoietic or fibroblast cells, in which an endogenous 32620 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 32620 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 32620 gene. For example, an endogenous 32620 gene that is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [1593] 32620 Transgenic Animals  
     [1594] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 32620 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 32620 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 32620 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [1595] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 32620 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 32620 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 32620 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 32620 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [1596] 32620 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [1597] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [1598] Uses of 32620  
     [1599] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [1600] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 32620 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 32620 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 32620 gene, and to modulate 32620 activity, as described further below. The 32620 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 32620 substrate or production of 32620 inhibitors. In addition, the 32620 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 32620 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 32620 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 32620 protein or production of 32620 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 32620 wild type protein (e.g., a kidney or an intestinal disorders). Moreover, the anti-32620 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 32620 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 32620 proteins, and modulate 32620 activity.  
     [1601] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 32620 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 32620 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 32620 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 32620 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 32620 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [1602] 32620 Screening Assays  
     [1603] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 32620 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 32620 expression or 32620 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 32620 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 32620 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [1604] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 32620 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 32620 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [1605] In one embodiment, an activity of a 32620 protein can be assayed as follows.  Xenopus laevis  oocytes are injected with mRNA encoding the 32620 protein or a eukaryotic expression vector able to express such an mRNA, using a Drummond Nanoject (Drummond Scientific, Broomall, Pa. into the animal pole of defolliculated oocytes as described by Swick et al. ((1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA.  89:1812-1816). The injected oocytes are kept in MBS with 2.5 mM sodium pyruvate for 2-3 days, then transferred to microtitre wells about 12 to 24 hours prior to being assayed. Transport function of oocyte-expressed 32620 polypeptide is assessed by radiotracer uptakes from 50 μMD-[α-methyl- 14 C]glucopyranoside as described (Lostao et al. (1994)  J. Membr. Biol.  142:161-170).  
     [1606] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [1607] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [1608] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (I991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [1609] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 32620 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 32620 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 32620 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, sugar transport. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [1610] The ability of the test compound to modulate 32620 binding to a compound, e.g., a 32620 substrate, or to bind to 32620 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 32620 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 32620 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 32620 binding to a 32620 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 32620 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [1611] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 32620 substrate) to interact with 32620 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 32620 without the labeling of either the compound or the 32620. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 32620.  
     [1612] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 32620 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 32620 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 32620 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-32620 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [1613] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 32620 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [1614] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [1615] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [1616] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 32620 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [1617] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [1618] It may be desirable to immobilize either 32620, an anti-32620 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 32620 protein, or interaction of a 32620 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/32620 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 32620 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 32620 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [1619] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 32620 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 32620 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [1620] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [1621] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 32620 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 32620 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 32620 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 32620 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 32620 protein or target molecule.  
     [1622] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11: 141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [1623] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 32620 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 32620 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 32620 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 32620 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 32620 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [1624] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 32620 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 32620 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 32620 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [1625] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [1626] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [1627] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [1628] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [1629] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [1630] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [1631] In yet another aspect, the 32620 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 32620 (“32620-binding proteins” or “32620-bp”) and are involved in 32620 activity. Such 32620-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 32620 proteins or 32620 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 32620-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [1632] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 32620 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 32620 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 32620-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 32620 protein.  
     [1633] In another embodiment, modulators of 32620 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 32620 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 32620 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 32620 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 32620 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 32620 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 32620 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 32620 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 32620 mRNA or protein.  
     [1634] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 32620 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for pain disorder, e.g., e.g., an arthritic rat model of chronic pain, a chronic constriction injury (CCI) rat model of neuropathic pain, or a rat model of unilateral inflammatory pain by intraplantar injection of Freund&#39;s complete adjuvant (FCA).  
     [1635] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 32620 modulating agent, an antisense 32620 nucleic acid molecule, a 32620-specific antibody, or a 32620-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [1636] 32620 Detection Assays  
     [1637] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 32620 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [1638] 32620 Chromosome Mapping  
     [1639] The 32620 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 32620 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 32620 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [1640] Briefly, 32620 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 32620 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 32620 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [1641] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [1642] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 32620 to a chromosomal location.  
     [1643] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [1644] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [1645] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature  325:783-787.  
     [1646] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 32620 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [1647] 32620 Tissue Typing  
     [1648] 32620 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [1649] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 32620 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [1650] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 26 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 28 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [1651] If a panel of reagents from 32620 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [1652] Use of Partial 32620 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [1653] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [1654] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 26 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 26 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [1655] The 32620 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 32620 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [1656] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 32620 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [1657] Predictive Medicine of 32620  
     [1658] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [1659] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 32620.  
     [1660] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 32620 gene; a disorder of the renal or gastrointestinal system.  
     [1661] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [1662] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 32620 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [1663] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 32620 gene;  
     [1664] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 32620 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [1665] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 32620 polypeptide.  
     [1666] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 32620 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [1667] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 26, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 32620 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [1668] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 32620 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 32620.  
     [1669] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [1670] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 32620 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [1671] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 32620 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [1672] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 32620  
     [1673] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 32620 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 32620 molecules.  
     [1674] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [1675] The presence, level, or absence of 32620 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 32620 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 32620 protein such that the presence of 32620 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 32620 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 32620 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 32620 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 32620 genes.  
     [1676] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 32620 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [1677] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a fill-length 32620 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 26, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 32620 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [1678] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 32620 genes.  
     [1679] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 32620 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al, (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [1680] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 32620 gene being analyzed.  
     [1681] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 32620 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 32620 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 32620 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 32620 transcript levels.  
     [1682] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 32620. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [1683] The detection methods can be used to detect 32620 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 32620 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 32620 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-32620 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-32620 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [1684] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 32620 protein, and comparing the presence of 32620 protein in the control sample with the presence of 32620 protein in the test sample.  
     [1685] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 32620 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 32620 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 32620 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [1686] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [1687] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [1688] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as pain or deregulated cell proliferation.  
     [1689] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 32620 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 32620 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [1690] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a pain or solute transport disorder.  
     [1691] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 32620 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 32620 (e.g., other genes associated with a 32620-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [1692] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 32620 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a pain disorder in a subject wherein an alteration in 32620 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a pain. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for pain in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [1693] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 32620 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [1694] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 32620 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [1695] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [1696] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 32620 expression.  
     [1697] 32620 Arrays and Uses thereof  
     [1698] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 32620 molecule (e.g., a 32620 nucleic acid or a 32620 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [1699] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 32620 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 32620. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 32620 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 32620 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 32620 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 32620 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [1700] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [1701] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 32620 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 32620 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-32620 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [1702] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 32620. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 32620-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [1703] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 32620. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 32620. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [1704] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 32620 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [1705] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [1706] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 32620-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 32620-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 32620-associated disease or disorder  
     [1707] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 32620) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [1708] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 32620 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80,85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to a 32620 polypeptide or fragment thereof. For example, multiple variants of a 32620 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [1709] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 32620 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 32620 polypeptide or the presence of a 32620-binding protein or ligand.  
     [1710] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 32620 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection-of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [1711] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 32620 or from a cell or subject in which a 32620 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 32620 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 32620 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 32620 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 32620 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 32620 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 32620 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [1712] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 32620 or from a cell or subject in which a 32620-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 32620 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 32620 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 32620 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 32620 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 32620 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [1713] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 32620, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 32620 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 32620 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 32620.  
     [1714] Detection of 32620 Variations or Mutations  
     [1715] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 32620 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 32620 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a neurological or a pain disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 32620-protein, or the mis-expression of the 32620 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 32620 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 32620 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 32620 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 32620 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 32620 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 32620 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 32620 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 32620-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 32620 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 32620-protein.  
     [1716] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 32620-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 32620 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 32620-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [1717] In another embodiment, mutations in a 32620 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [1718] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 32620 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 32620 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 32620 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al (1996)  Human Mutation  7: 244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2: 753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 32620 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [1719] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 32620 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 32620 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [1720] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 32620 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [1721] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 32620 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [1722] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 32620 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 32620 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [1723] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1.987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [1724] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [1725] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [1726] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 32620 nucleic acid.  
     [1727] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 26 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 26. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [1728] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 32620. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [1729] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [1730] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 32620 nucleic acid.  
     [1731] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 32620 gene.  
     [1732] Use of 32620 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [1733] The 32620 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 32620 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 32620 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35: 258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [1734] The 32620 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 32620 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-32620 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 32620 protein marker, or 32620-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 32620 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [1735] The 32620 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 32620 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 32620 DNA may correlate 32620 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [1736] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 32620  
     [1737] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-32620 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [1738] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [1739] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [1740] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation-are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [1741] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [1742] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [1743] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [1744] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [1745] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [1746] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [1747] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [1748] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [1749] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [1750] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [1751] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [1752] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [1753] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020), CC-1 065 (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, 5,846,545) and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids). Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine, yttrium and praseodymium.  
     [1754] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.  
     [1755] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [1756] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [1757] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [1758] Methods of Treatment for 32620  
     [1759] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [1760] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 32620 molecules of the present invention or 32620 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [1761] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 32620 or an agent which modulates 32620 expression or at least one 32620 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 32620 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 32620 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 32620 aberrance, for example, a 32620, 32620 agonist or 32620 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [1762] It is possible that some 32620 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [1763] The 32620 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders, cardiovascular disorders, liver disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders.  
     [1764] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [1765] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [1766] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [1767] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof.  
     [1768] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 32620 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 32620 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 32620 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 32620 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [1769] The 32620 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [1770] Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [1771] Disorders which may be treated or diagnosed by methods described herein include, but are not limited to, disorders associated with an accumulation in the liver of fibrous tissue, such as that resulting from an imbalance between production and degradation of the extracellular matrix accompanied by the collapse and condensation of preexisting fibers. The methods described herein can be used to diagnose or treat hepatocellular necrosis or injury induced by a wide variety of agents including processes which disturb homeostasis, such as an inflammatory process, tissue damage resulting from toxic injury or altered hepatic blood flow, and infections (e.g., bacterial, viral and parasitic). For example, the methods can be used for the early detection of hepatic injury, such as portal hypertension or hepatic fibrosis. In addition, the methods can be employed to detect liver fibrosis attributed to inborn errors of metabolism, for example, fibrosis resulting from a storage disorder such as Gaucher&#39;s disease (lipid abnormalities) or a glycogen storage disease, A1-antitrypsin deficiency; a disorder mediating the accumulation (e.g., storage) of an exogenous substance, for example, hemochromatosis (iron-overload syndrome) and copper storage diseases (Wilson&#39;s disease), disorders resulting in the accumulation of a toxic metabolite (e.g., tyrosinemia, fructosemia and galactosemia) and peroxisomal disorders (e.g., Zellweger syndrome). Additionally, the methods described herein may be useful for the early detection and treatment of liver injury associated with the administration of various chemicals or drugs, such as for example, methotrexate, isonizaid, oxyphenisatin, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, tolbutamide or alcohol, or which represents a hepatic manifestation of a vascular disorder such as obstruction of either the intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile flow or an alteration in hepatic circulation resulting, for example, from chronic heart failure, veno-occlusive disease, portal vein thrombosis or Budd-Chiari syndrome.  
     [1772] Additionally, 32620 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 32620 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 32620 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [1773] Additionally, 32620 may play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain,  New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [1774] As discussed, successful treatment of 32620 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 32620 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [1775] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [1776] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [1777] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 32620 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 32620 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1: 5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 32620 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [1778] Aberrant expression of 32620 protein may also be associated with renal or intestinal disorders. For example, 32620 proteins may modulate absorption sugars, such as glucose and galactose, from the intestinal lumen and from the glomerular filtrate. Thus, the 32620 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling kidney or intestinal disorders.  
     [1779] Examples of kidney disorders can include chronic renal disease, acute renal failure, nephrotoxic renal failure, diabetes insipidus, autosomal dominant (adult) polycystic kidney disease, glomerular diseases, glomerulonephritis, and tumors of the kidney.  
     [1780] Examples of intestinal disorders can include ulcers, glucose-galactose malabsorption disease, other intestinal malabsorption disorders, enterocolitis, idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, and tumors of the colon and stomach.  
     [1781] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 32620 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [1782] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 32620 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 32620 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 32620 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 32620 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [1783] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [1784] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 32620 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [1785] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [1786] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 32620 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 32620 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [1787] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [1788] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 32620 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 32620 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 32620 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 32620 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 32620 protein (e.g., a 32620 substrate or receptor), a 32620 antibody, a 32620 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 32620 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [1789] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 32620 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 32620 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 32620. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 32620 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 32620 nucleic acid molecules, anti-32620 antibodies, and 32620 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 32620 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 32620 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 32620 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 32620 expression or activity.  
     [1790] Stimulation of 32620 activity is desirable in situations in which 32620 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 32620 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 32620 activity is desirable in situations in which a 32620 is downregulated and/or in which increased 32620 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 32620 activity is desirable in situations in which 32620 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 32620 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [1791] 32620 Pharmacogenomics  
     [1792] The 32620 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 32620 activity (e.g., 32620 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 32620 associated disorders (e.g., kidney and gastrointestinal disorders) associated with aberrant or unwanted 32620 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 32620 molecule or 32620 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 32620 molecule or 32620 modulator.  
     [1793] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [1794] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [1795] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 32620 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [1796] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 32620 molecule or 32620 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [1797] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 32620 molecule or 32620 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [1798] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 32620 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 32620 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [1799] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 32620 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 32620 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 32620 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 32620 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 32620 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 32620 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 32620 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 32620 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 32620 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 32620 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 32620-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [1800] 32620 Informatics  
     [1801] The sequence of a 32620 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 32620. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 32620 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [1802] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [1803] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [1804] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [1805] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [1806] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 32620, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 32620 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 32620 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 32620. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [1807] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 32620 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [1808] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [1809] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [1810] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 32620 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [1811] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 32620 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 32620 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 32620 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 32620 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 32620 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [1812] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 32620 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 32620 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1813] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 32620 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 32620 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 32620 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 32620 sequence of the subject to the 32620 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 32620-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [1814] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 32620 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder associated with 32620, said method comprising the steps of receiving 32620 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 32620 and/or corresponding to a 32620-associated disease or disorder (e.g., pain), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 32620 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1815] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 32620 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 32620 and/or related to a 32620-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 32620 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 32620-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 32620-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [1816] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [1817] Background of the 44589 Invention  
     [1818] The ATP-binding cassette (ABC) family comprises a group of structurally related proteins that typically contain one or two transmembrane regions (each region containing several membrane spanning domains) and one or two nucleotide binding domains characterized by Walker motifs A and B and an ATP-binding cassette signature. The majority of the members of the ABC family share a similar structure consisting of 12 transmembrane domains and two nucleotide binding domains, either joined in the same molecule or expressed as half molecules in the form of heterodimers. Members of the ABC family possess diverse biological functions such as transporters, channels, and receptors (Kast et. al (1996)  J. Biol. Chem.  271:9240-9248).  
     [1819] Some members of the ABC family confer cellular resistance to toxic substances. This resistance is mediated by the ABC transporter&#39;s binding to a toxic substance and using the energy of ATP hydrolysis to reduce intracellular accumulation of the substance through an active efflux mechanism (Kast et. al (1996)  J. Biol. Chem.  271:9240-9248). Examples of these ABC transporters include: members of the multidrug resistance-associated protein (MRP) family (MRP1, MRP2, MRP3, MRP4, and MRP5); members of the P-glycoprotein (Pgp) family (MDR1 and MDR2); BCRP; and MXR1 and MXR2. Cellular resistance to cytotoxic drugs (multidrug resistance) creates significant obstacles to the effective use of chemotherapeutic agents in treating many types of human tumors. Multidrug resistance of certain tumors is caused by the overexpression of members of Pgp and the MRP gene families.  
     [1820] Some members of the ATP family participate in ion channel formation and/or regulation. Examples of these proteins include: members of the sulfonylurea receptor (SUR) family (SUR1, SUR2A, and SUR2B; subunits of ATP-sensitive potassium channels); cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR; chloride channel); and members of the MRP family (e.g., MRP-5; anion transporter and provides cellular resistance to CdCl 2  and potassium antimonyl tartrate). ATP-sensitive potassium channels serve as a link between cellular metabolism and membrane electrical activity in excitable cells. The pharmacologic characteristics of ATP-sensitive potassium channels include blockade by the sulfonylurea class of agents, e.g., glibenclamide (McAleer et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274:23541-23548; Nasonkin et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274:29420-29425).  
     [1821] Summary of the 44589 Invention  
     [1822] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel ABC Transporter family member, referred to herein as “44589”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 44589 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 33, and the amino acid sequence of a 44589 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 34. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 35.  
     [1823] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 44589 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 44589 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 44589 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 44589 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [1824] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 44589 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 44589 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 44589 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [1825] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 44589-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [1826] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 44589 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [1827] In another aspect, the invention features, 44589 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 44589-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 44589 polypeptides having a 44589 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 44589 proteins including at least one ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or one ABC transporter transmembrane region and, preferably, having a 44589 activity, e.g., a 44589 activity as described herein.  
     [1828] In other embodiments, the invention provides 44589 polypeptides, e.g., a 44589 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 44589 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [1829] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include a 44589 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
     [1830] In a related aspect, the invention provides 44589 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-44589 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [1831] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 44589 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain, an ABC transporter transmembrane region, an extracellular region, or an intracellular region of a 44589 polypeptide.  
     [1832] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 44589 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [1833] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 44589 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 44589 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving aberrant or deficient cellular proliferation or differentiation, e.g., cancer.  
     [1834] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 44589 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1835] In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or inducing the killing, of a 44589-expressing cell, e.g., a hyper-proliferative 44589-expressing cell. The method includes contacting the cell with a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 44589 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effective in vitro or ex vivo. In other embodiments, the contacting step is effected in vivo, e.g., in a subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human), as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a hyperproliferative cell, e.g., a cell found in a solid tumor, a soft tissue tumor, or a metastatic lesion. For example, the hyperproliferative cell can be found in the breast, prostate, or liver.  
     [1836] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 44589 polypeptide. Preferably, the inhibitor is chosen from a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small organic molecule, a small inorganic molecule and an antibody (e.g., an antibody conjugated to a therapeutic moiety selected from a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent arid a radioactive metal ion). In another preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of a 44589 nucleic acid, e.g., an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule.  
     [1837] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is administered in combination with a cytotoxic agent. Examples of cytotoxic agents include anti-microtubule agent, a topoisomerase I inhibitor, a topoisomerase II inhibitor, an anti-metabolite, a mitotic inhibitor, an alkylating agent, an intercalating agent, an agent capable of interfering with a signal transduction pathway, an agent that promotes apoptosis or necrosis, and radiation.  
     [1838] In another aspect, the invention features methods for treating or preventing a disorder characterized by aberrant cellular proliferation or differentiation of a 44589-expressing cell, in a subject. Preferably, the method includes administering to the subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 44589 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a cancerous or pre-cancerous condition.  
     [1839] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., a proliferative disorder or a liver disorder. The method includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocol under evaluation (e.g., treating a subject with one or more of: chemotherapy, radiation, and/or a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the expression of a 44589 nucleic acid or polypeptide before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of a 44589 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level of expression before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. The level of 44589 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein.  
     [1840] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step includes obtaining a sample (e.g., a tissue sample, e.g., a biopsy, or a fluid sample) from the subject, before and after treatment and comparing the level of expressing of a 44589 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide before and after treatment.  
     [1841] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a therapeutic or prophylactic agent (e.g., an anti-neoplastic agent). The method includes: contacting a sample with an agent (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein, a cytotoxic agent) and, evaluating the expression of 44589 nucleic acid or polypeptide in the sample before and after the contacting step. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of 44589 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide in the sample obtained after the contacting step, relative to the level of expression in the sample before the contacting step, is indicative of the efficacy of the agent. The level of 44589 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the sample includes cells obtained from a cancerous tissue, e.g. a cancerous breast tissue, or a liver tissue.  
     [1842] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 44589 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [1843] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 44589 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 44589 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 44589 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [1844] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     [1845] Detailed Description of 44589  
     [1846] The human 44589 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 33, as recited in Example 21), which is approximately 4638 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 4083 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 1360 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 34, as recited in Example 21).  
     [1847] 44589 contains the following regions or structural features: a first ABC transporter ATP cassette domain (FIG. 17A; PFAM Accession PF00005) located at about amino acid residues 515-686 of SEQ ID NO: 34; a second ABC transporter ATP cassette domain (FIG. 17B; PFAM Accession PF00005) located at about amino acid residues 1146-1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34; a first ABC transporter transmembrane region (FIG. 17C; PFAM Accession PF00664) located at about amino acid residues 163-445 of SEQ ID NO: 34; and a second ABC transporter transmembrane region (FIG. 17D; PFAM Accession PF00664) located at about amino acid residues 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34. Each of the ABC transporter transmembrane regions of 44589 contains a unit of six transmembrane helices. Thus, 44589 has a total of 12 transmembrane helices. The six transmembrane domains of the first ABC transporter transmembrane region are located at about amino acids 163-185, 199-215, 283-303, 310-333, 353-369, and 396-416 of SEQ ID NO: 34. The six transmembrane domains of the second ABC transporter transmembrane region are located at about amino acids 781-805, 842-863, 919-935, 942-958, 1030-1047, and 1052-1069 of SEQ ID NO: 34. 44589 also contains seven predicted cytoplasmic regions (located at about amino acids 1-162, 216-282, 334-352, 417-780, 864-918, 959-1029, and 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34) and six predicted extracellular regions (located at about amino acids 186-198, 304-309, 370-395, 806-841, 936-941, and 1048-1051 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1848] The 44589 protein also includes the following domains: eight predicted N-glycosylation sites (PS00001) at about amino acids 11-14, 611-614, 691-694, 816-819, 822-825, 970-973, 1140-1143, and 1255-1258 of SEQ ID NO: 34; one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002) at about amino acids 257-260 of SEQ ID NO: 34; three predicted cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004) located at about amino acids 3-6, 867-870, and 1004-1007 of SEQ ID NO: 34; nineteen predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) at about amino acids 2-4, 107-109, 126-128, 142-144, 526-528, 628-630, 658-660, 723-725, 767-769, 817-819, 866-868, 1020-1022, 1053-1055, 1072-1074, 1142-1144, 1157-1159, 1209-1211, 1297-1299, and 1358-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34; sixteen predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino acids 37-40, 44-47, 110-113, 121-124, 256-259, 444-447, 640-643, 693-696, 739-742, 756-759, 817-820, 824-827, 887-890, 1084-1087, 1257-1260, and 1297-1300 of SEQ ID NO: 34; twenty predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) from about amino acids 14-19, 20-25, 145-150, 170-175, 202-207, 260-265, 393-398, 418-423, 467-472, 515-520, 522-527, 547-552, 609-614, 812-817, 855-860, 1138-1143, 1156-1161, 1181-1186, 1253-1258, and 1345-1350 of SEQ ID NO: 34; two predicted ATP/GTP-binding site motif A (P-loop) sites (PS00017) located at about amino acids 522-529 and 1153-1160 of SEQ ID NO: 34; and two predicted ABC transporter family signatures (PS00185) located at about amino acids 616-626 and 1256-1270 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1849] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [1850] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 44589 (clone “Fbh44589FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [1851] The 44589 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the ABC Transporter family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [1852] Members of the ABC transporter family of proteins are characterized by a common structure and related functions. ABC transporters form a large family of proteins responsible for translocation of a variety of compounds across biological membranes. ABC transporters share a conserved domain of approximately 200 amino acids, known as an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain, which includes an ATP-binding site. Many eukaryotic proteins of medical significance belong to the ABC transporter family, such as the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR), the P-glycoprotein (or multidrug-resistance protein) and the heterodimeric transporter associated with antigen processing (Tap1-Tap2).  
     [1853] ABC transporters are typically composed of two copies of an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and two copies of a ABC transporter transmembrane region. These four domains may be contained in a single polypeptide or may be present in different polypeptide chains. Many members of the ATP Transporter family are involved in the active transport of small hydrophilic molecules across the cytoplasmic membrane.  
     [1854] The nucleotide binding domain of ATP Transporters contains two characteristic Walker consensus motifs, designated ATP-binding motif A and motif B. The ATP binding motif A is also referred to as a P-loop. The conserved P-loop is a glycine-rich region, which typically forms a flexible loop between a beta-strand and an alpha-helix. The P-loop interacts with one of the phosphate groups of the nucleotide. A consensus P-loop sequence is as follows: [AG]-x(4)-G-K-[ST]. The two P-loops of 44589 are located at about amino acid residues 522-529 and 1153-1160 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1855] A 44589 polypeptide can include an “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain” or regions homologous with an “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain”.  
     [1856] As used herein, the term “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 70 to 300 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ABC transporter ATP cassette domain profile (Pfam HMM) of at least 100. Preferably, an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain includes at least about 100 to 250 amino acids, more preferably about 150 to 200 amino acid residues, or about 165 to 185 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ABC transporter ATP cassette domain (HMM) of at least 315 or greater. The ABC transporter ATP cassette domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00005 (http;//genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). Alignments of the ABC transporter ATP cassette domains (amino acids 515 to 686 and 1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34) of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 36) derived from a hidden Markov model are depicted in FIG. 17A (515 to 686 of SEQ ID NO: 34) and FIG. 17B (1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1857] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has a “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain” or a region which includes at least about 100 to 250, more preferably about 150 to 200 or 165 to 185 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain,” e.g., the ABC transporter ATP cassette domain of human 44589 (e.g., residues 515 to 686 or 1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1858] A 44589 molecule can further include an “ABC transporter transmembrane region” or regions homologous with a “ABC transporter transmembrane region”.  
     [1859] As used herein, the term “ABC transporter transmembrane region” includes an amino acid sequence of about 200 to 400 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ABC transporter transmembrane region (HMM) of at least 40. Preferably, an ABC transporter transmembrane region includes at least about 250 to 330 amino acids, more preferably about 260 to 320 amino acid residues, or about 280 to 300 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the ABC transporter transmembrane region (HMM) of at least 60 or greater. The ABC transporter transmembrane region (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00664. Alignments of the ABC transporter transmembrane regions (amino acids 163 to 445 and 784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34) of human 44589 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 37) derived from a hidden Markov model are depicted in FIG. 17C (163 to 445 of SEQ ID NO: 34) and FIG. 17D (784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1860] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has an “ABC transporter transmembrane region” or a region which includes at least about 250 to 330, more preferably about 260 to 320 or 280 to 300 amino acid residues and has at least about 50%, 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “ABC transporter transmembrane region,” e.g., an ABC transporter transmembrane region of human 44589 (e.g., residues 163 to 445 or 784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1861] To identify the presence of an “ABC transporter ATP cassette domain” or an “ABC transporter transmembrane region” in a 44589 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against the Pfam database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Software/Pfam/HMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28(3):405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al. (1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183:146-159; Gribskov et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:4355-4358; Krogh et al. (1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al. (1993)  Protein Sci.  2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of two “ABC transporter ATP cassette” domains in the amino acid sequence of human 44589 at about residues 515 to 686 and 1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34 (see FIGS. 17A and 17B). Two “ABC transporter transmembrane” regions in the amino acid sequence of human 44589 were identified at about residues 163 to 445 and 784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34 (see FIGS. 17C and 17D).  
     [1862] In one embodiment, a 44589 protein includes at least one cytoplasmic domain. When located at the N-terminal domain the cytoplasmic domain is referred to herein as an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” in the amino acid sequence of the protein. As used herein, an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having about 1-250, preferably about 1-225, more preferably about 1-200, even more preferably about 1-180 amino acid residues in length and is located inside of a cell or intracellularly. The C-terminal amino acid residue of a “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 44589 or 44589-like protein. For example, an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 1-162 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1863] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” or a region which includes at least about 1-250, more preferably about 1-225, 1-200, 1-180 or 1-162 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., the N-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 44589 (e.g., residues 1-162 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1864] In another embodiment, a 44589 protein includes at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, or preferably, twelve transmembrane domains. As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 15 amino acid residues in length that spans the plasma membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 15, 20, 23, 24, 25, 30 or 35 amino acid residues and spans the plasma membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an a-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, http://pfam.wustl.edu/cgi-bin/getdesc?name=7tm-1, and Zagotta W. N. et al, (1996)  Annual Rev. Neuronsci.  19: 235-63, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Amino acid residues 163-185, 199-215, 283-303, 310-333, 353-369, 396-416, 781-805, 842-863, 919-935, 942-958, 1030-1047, and 1052-1069 of SEQ ID NO: 34 comprise transmembrane domains in a 44589 protein.  
     [1865] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has at least one transmembrane domain or a region which includes at least 15, 20, 23, 24, 25, 30 or 35 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “transmembrane domain,” e.g., at least one transmembrane domain of human 44589 (e.g., residues 163-185, 199-215, 283-303, 310-333, 353-369, 396-416, 781-805, 842-863, 919-935, 942-958, 1030-1047, and 1052-1069 of SEQ ID NO: 34). Preferably, the transmembrane domain interacts with a molecule traversing the plasma membrane, e.g., an ion and/or a toxic substance such as a drug molecule.  
     [1866] In another embodiment, a 44589 protein include at least one extracellular loop. As defined herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, more preferably about 10-20, and even more preferably about 20-30 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 44589 or 44589-like molecule, and the C-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 44589 or 44589-like molecule. As used herein, an “extracellular loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell, or extracellularly. For example, an extracellular loop can be found at about amino acids 186-198, 304-309, 370-395, 806-841, 936-941, and 1048-1051 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1867] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has at least one extracellular loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, more preferably about 10-20, more preferably about 20-30, and most preferably about 30-40 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “extracellular loop,” e.g., at least one extracellular loop of human 44589 (e.g., residues 186-198, 304-309, 370-395, 806-841, 936-941, and 1048-1051 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1868] In another embodiment, a 44589 protein includes at least one cytoplasmic loop, also referred to herein as a cytoplasmic domain. As used herein, a “cytoplasmic loop” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, more preferably about 10-20, more preferably about 20-30, and most preferably about 30-40 amino acid residues located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. For example, a cytoplasmic loop is found at about amino acids 1-162, 216-282, 334-352, 417-780, 864-918, 959-1029, and 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1869] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has at least one cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, more preferably about 10-20, more preferably about 20-30, and most preferably about 30-40 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “cytoplasmic loop,” e.g., at least one cytoplasmic loop of human 44589 (e.g., residues 1-162, 216-282, 334-352, 417-780, 864-918, 959-1029, and 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34). Preferably, the cytoplasmic loop is capable of interacting with a nucleotide, e.g., ATP.  
     [1870] In another embodiment, a 44589 protein includes a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain”, also referred to herein as a C-terminal cytoplasmic tail, in the sequence of the protein. As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 50, preferably about 50-150, more preferably about 50-300 amino acid residues, and is located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 44589 or 44589-like protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is found at about amino acid residues 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1871] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide or protein has a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 5, preferably about 50-150, more preferably about 50-300 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 44589 (e.g., residues 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34).  
     [1872] Accordingly, a 44589 family member can include at least one, and preferably six, or twelve, transmembrane domains and/or at least one cytoplasmic loop, and/or at least one extracellular loop. In another embodiment, the 44589 further includes an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain and/or a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain. In another embodiment, the 44589 can include twelve transmembrane domains, seven cytoplasmic loops, six extracellular loops and can further include an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain and/or a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain.  
     [1873] A 44589 family member can include: at least one and preferably two ABC transporter ATP cassette domains; and at least one and preferably two ABC transporter transmembrane regions.  
     [1874] A 44589 family member can further include at least one and preferably two ATP/GTP-binding site motifs A (P-loops).  
     [1875] A 44589 family member can further include: at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, and preferably eight N-glycosylation sites (PS00001); at least one glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002); at least one, two, and preferably three cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation sites (PS00004); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and preferably 19 Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and preferably 16 Casein Kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, and preferably 20 N-myristoylation sites (PS00008); and at least one and preferably two ABC transporter family signatures (PS00185).  
     [1876] As the 44589 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 44589-mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 44589-mediated or related disorders, as described below.  
     [1877] As used herein, a “44589 activity”, “biological activity of 44589” or “functional activity of 44589”, refers to an activity exerted by a 44589 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. For example, a 44589 activity can be an activity exerted by 44589 in a physiological milieu on, e.g., a 44589-responsive cell or on a 44589 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate. A 44589 activity can be determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 44589 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 44589 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which a 44589 protein binds or interacts in nature. Exemplary embodiments of a 44589 target molecule include an ion, a toxic substance, and/or a nucleotide, e.g., ATP.  
     [1878] A 44589 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 44589 protein with an ion, a toxic substance, and/or a nucleotide. The features of the 44589 molecules of the present invention can provide similar biological activities as ABC Transporter family members. For example, the 44589 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) mediating the active transport of biological molecules, e.g., ions, across a cell membrane, e.g., a plasma membrane; (2) mediating the active efflux of cytotoxic substances, e.g., drug molecules such as chemotherapeutic agents, from a cell; (3) participating in ion channel formation; (4) participating in ion channel regulation; (5) binding to a nucleotide, e.g., ATP; (6) hydrolyzing a nucleotide, e.g., ATP; (7) using the energy of ATP hydrolysis to reduce intracellular drug accumulation; (8) contributing to the chemoresistance of a tumor cell; or (9) being subject to blockade by the sulfoyl urea class of agents.  
     [1879] The 44589 protein may act as a pump that removes toxic substances from a cell. For example, the 44589 protein is homologous to both the Pgp (MDR) and MRP family of proteins (see e.g., FIGS.  18 A-18D). Innate or acquired expression of Pgp (MDR) and/or MRP proteins in a cancer cell aids the cell in resisting treatment with certain chemotherapeutic agents. Inhibiting the activity of 44589 is therefore an important strategy for, e.g., increasing the chemosensitivity of a cancer cell.  
     [1880] Based on the relatedness of the 44589 protein to the MRP5 and Sulfonylurea receptor (SUR) proteins, 44589 is predicted to have similar activities. Thus, the 44589 protein may function as an ion channel. MRP5 has been shown to function as an anion transporter, as well as a transporter of CdCl 2  and potassium antimonyl tartrate (McAleer et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274:23541-23548). SURs are required subunits of ATP-sensitive potassium channels, which serve as a vital link between cellular metabolism and membrane electrical activity in excitable cells (e.g., pancreatic islets, cardiac muscle, smooth muscle, skeletal muscle, neurons, and epithelia). ATP-sensitive potassium channels are involved in processes such as the control of insulin secretion from pancreatic beta islet cells, the response of cardiac and cerebral cells to ischemia, regulation of vascular smooth muscle tone, and modulation of transmitter release at brain synapses. Specifically, SUR1 is a subunit of the pancreatic beta-cell ATP-sensitive potassium channel and plays a key role in the regulation of glucose-induced insulin secretion. Pharmacologically, ATP-sensitive potassium channels can be blocked by the sulfonylurea class of agents, e.g., glibenclamide. The ATP-sensitive potassium channel is a complex of two subunits, a SUR and an inward rectifier Kir6.2 subunit (Nasonkin et al. (1999)  J. Biol. Chem.  274:29420-29425. Based upon sequence relatedness, 44589 may participate in the formation of ATP-sensitive potassium channels and may be sensitive to blockade by the sulfonylurea class of agents.  
     [1881] 44589 may be associated with diseases and/or syndromes associated with misfunction and/or misexpression of members of the ABC transporter family. Several diseases are associated with activity of members of the ABC transporter family. For example, expression of some members of the ABC transporter family, e.g., MDR1, MRP1, and MRP2, is upregulated in various tumor types and is believed to contribute to the resistance of some tumor cells to anticancer chemotherapeutic agents, e.g., cisplatin (Hinoshita et al. (2000)  Clin. Cancer Res.  6:2401-2407). A mutation in MRP2 has been detected in Dubin-Johnson syndrome, a pathology characterized by a defect in hepatic multispecific organic ion transport (Kast and Gros (1997)  J. Biol. Chem.  272:26479-26487). Stargardt disease, a macular dystrophy of childhood characterized by bilateral loss of central vision over a period of several months, has been attributed to inherited mutations in the retinal specific ATP binding transporter gene (ABCR) (Rozet et al. (1999)  J. Med. Genet.  36:447-451).  
     [1882] The 44589 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders and/or liver disorders.  
     [1883] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [1884] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth. Examples of such cells include cells having an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [1885] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [1886] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [1887] Examples of proliferative breast diseases include, but are not limited to, epithelial hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, and small duct papillomas; tumors including, but not limited to, stromal tumors such as fibroadenoma, phyllodes tumor, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papilloma; carcinoma of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget&#39;s disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, no special type, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma, and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms.  
     [1888] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [1889] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin. A hematopoietic neoplastic disorder can arise from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus, L. (1991)  Crit Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol.  11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom&#39;s macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin&#39;s disease and Reed-Sternberg disease.  
     [1890] Disorders involving the liver include, but are not limited to, hepatic injury; jaundice and cholestasis, such as bilirubin and bile formation; hepatic failure and cirrhosis, such as cirrhosis, portal hypertension, including ascites, portosystemic shunts, and splenomegaly; infectious disorders, such as viral hepatitis, including hepatitis A-E infection and infection by other hepatitis viruses, clinicopathologic syndromes, such as the carrier state, asymptomatic infection, acute viral hepatitis, chronic viral hepatitis, and fulminant hepatitis; autoimmune hepatitis; drug- and toxin-induced liver disease, such as alcoholic liver disease; inborn errors of metabolism and pediatric liver disease, such as hemochromatosis, Wilson disease, α 1 -antitrypsin deficiency, and neonatal hepatitis; intrahepatic biliary tract disease, such as secondary biliary cirrhosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, and anomalies of the biliary tree; circulatory disorders, such as impaired blood flow into the liver, including hepatic artery compromise and portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, impaired blood flow through the liver, including passive congestion and centrilobular necrosis and peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein outflow obstruction, including hepatic vein thrombosis (Budd-Chiari syndrome) and veno-occlusive disease; hepatic disease associated with pregnancy, such as preeclampsia and eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, and intrehepatic cholestasis of pregnancy; hepatic complications of organ or bone marrow transplantation, such as drug toxicity after bone marrow transplantation, graft-versus-host disease and liver rejection, and nonimmunologic damage to liver allografts; tumors and tumorous conditions, such as nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and malignant tumors, including primary carcinoma of the liver and metastatic tumors.  
     [1891] The 44589 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 34 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “44589 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “44589 nucleic acids.” 44589 molecules refer to 44589 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [1892] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [1893] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [1894] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C., followed by two washes in 0.2× SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [1895] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [1896] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 44589 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 44589 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [1897] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 44589 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 44589 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-44589 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-44589 chemicals. When the 44589 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [1898] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 44589 without abolishing or substantially altering a 44589 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 44589 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 44589, results in abolishing a 44589 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 44589 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [1899] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 44589 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 44589 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 44589 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [1900] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 44589 protein includes a fragment of a 44589 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 44589 molecule and a non-44589 molecule or between a first 44589 molecule and a second 44589 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 44589 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 44589 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34, which include less amino acids than the full length 44589 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 44589 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 44589 protein, e.g., the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. A biologically active portion of a 44589 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 44589 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a 44589 mediated activity, e.g., the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP.  
     [1901] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [1902] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [1903] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [1904] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [1905] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [1906] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 44589 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 44589 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [1907] Particularly preferred 44589 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 34 are termed substantially identical.  
     [1908] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 33 or 3 are termed substantially identical. “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [1909] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [1910] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [1911] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [1912] Isolated 44589 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1913] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 44589 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 44589 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 44589 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 44589 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [1914] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 44589 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 33, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 35), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 33 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 35) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 515 to 686 of SEQ ID NO: 34. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 1146 to 1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 163 to 445 of SEQ ID NO: 34. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 784 to 1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1915] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 or 35, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [1916] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [1917] 44589 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [1918] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 or 35. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 44589 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 44589 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 33, which encode an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or the ABC transporter transmembrane region of human 44589. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 44589 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 44589 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 44589 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [1919] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, or 1300 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [1920] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 44589 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or the ABC transporter transmembrane region.  
     [1921] 44589 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35. Preferably, an oligonucleotide is less than about 200, 150, 120, or 100 nucleotides in length.  
     [1922] In one embodiment, the probe or primer is attached to a solid support, e.g., a solid support described herein.  
     [1923] One exemplary kit of primers includes a forward primer that anneals to the coding strand and a reverse primer that anneals to the non-coding strand. The forward primer can anneal to the start codon, e.g., the nucleic acid sequence encoding amino acid residue 1 of SEQ ID NO: 34. The reverse primer can anneal to the ultimate codon, e.g., the codon immediately before the stop codon, e.g., the codon encoding amino acid residue 1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34. In a preferred embodiment, the annealing temperatures of the forward and reverse primers differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, or 2° C.  
     [1924] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 10, 12, 15, 18, 20 and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, nucleotides in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or 2, or less than 5 or 10 nucleotides, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1925] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes: an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain which extends from about amino acids 515-686 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain which extends from about amino acids 1146-1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ABC transporter transmembrane region which extends from about amino acids 163-445 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ABC transporter transmembrane region which extends from about amino acids 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ATP/GTP-binding site motif A (P-loop) which extends from about amino acids 522-529 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ATP/GTP-binding site motif A (P-loop) which extends from about amino acids 1153-1160 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ABC transporter family signature which extends from about amino acids 612-626 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an ABC transporter family signature which extends from about amino acids 1256-1270 of SEQ ID NO: 34; an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain which extends from about amino acids 1-162 of SEQ ID NO: 34; one or more of the six extracellular loops which extend from about amino acids 186-198, 304-309, 370-395, 806-841, 936-941, and 1048-1051 of SEQ ID NO: 34; one or more of the five cytoplasmic loops which extend from about amino acids 216-282, 334-352, 417-780, 864-918, and 959-1029 of SEQ ID NO: 34; or a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain which extend from about amino acids 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1926] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 44589 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain; an ABC transporter transmembrane region; a cytoplasmic domain; any or all of the extracellular loops and/or any or all of the cytoplasmic loops as defined above relative to SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1927] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [1928] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 44589 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 or 35, which encodes a polypeptide having a 44589 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 44589 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 44589 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 44589 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 44589 includes an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or the ABC transporter transmembrane region, e.g., amino acid residues about 515 to 686, 1146-1329, 163-445, or 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 44589 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1929] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 4000, 4250, or 4500 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 33, or SEQ ID NO: 35.  
     [1930] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, or 1300 nucleotides from nucleotides 1-1379 or 459-1379 of SEQ ID NO: 33.  
     [1931] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35 and at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, or 500 consecutive nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 33.  
     [1932] In preferred embodiments, the fragment includes at least one, and preferably at least 5, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, or 4500 nucleotides encoding a protein including at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, or 1300 consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 34. In one embodiment, the encoded protein includes at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, or 375 consecutive amino acids from residues 1-393 of SEQ ID NO: 34  
     [1933] In preferred embodiments, the nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence that is other than a sequence described in WO 01/32706, BE089591, AI401832, AI676121, AW372862, or AW372855.  
     [1934] In preferred embodiments, the fragment comprises the coding region of 44589, e.g., the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35.  
     [1935] 44589 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [1936] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 44589 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 34. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. The encoded protein can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1937] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. Coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [1938] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [1939] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 33 or 35, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. The nucleic acid can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotide. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [1940] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 44589 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 44589 gene.  
     [1941] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP.  
     [1942] Allelic variants of 44589, e.g., human 44589, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 44589 protein within a population that maintain the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 34, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 44589, e.g., human 44589, protein within a population that do not have the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [1943] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 44589 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 44589 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [1944] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 44589 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [1945] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 44589. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 44589 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 44589 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 35). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 44589 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [1946] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 44589 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 44589 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 44589 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [1947] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [1948] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 44589 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [1949] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [1950] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 44589-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 44589 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 33 or SEQ ID NO: 35), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 44589-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 44589 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [1951] 44589 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 44589 (e.g., the 44589 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 44589 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N. Y Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [1952] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [1953] A 44589 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmé (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [1954] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  93: 14670-675.  
     [1955] PNAs of 44589 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 44589 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [1956] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. WO88/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [1957] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 44589 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 44589 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [1958] Isolated 44589 Polypeptides  
     [1959] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 44589 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-44589 antibodies. 44589 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 44589 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [1960] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [1961] In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [1962] (i) it has the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances;  
     [1963] (ii) it has the ability to bind a nucleotide, e.g., ATP;  
     [1964] (iii) it has the ability to hydrolyze a nucleotide, e.g., ATP;  
     [1965] (iv) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition, or other physical characteristic of a 44589 polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 34;  
     [1966] (v) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 60%, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 34;  
     [1967] (vi) it can be found inserted in the cell membrane;  
     [1968] (vii) it has an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical to amino acid residues about 515-686 and/or 1146-1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34;  
     [1969] (viii) it has an ABC transporter transmembrane region which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% identical to amino acid residues about 163-445 and/or 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34;  
     [1970] (ix) it can colocalize with a subunit of an ATP-dependent ion channel;  
     [1971] (x) it has the ability to promote the chemoresistance of cells in which it is expressed; or  
     [1972] (xi) it has at least 60% preferably 70%, and most preferably 90% of the cysteines found amino acid sequence of the native protein.  
     [1973] In a preferred embodiment the 44589 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID: 2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 34 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 34. (If this comparison requires aliginnent the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the ABC transporter ATP cassette domains and/or the ABC transporter transmembrane regions. In another preferred embodiment one or more differences are in the ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or the ABC transporter transmembrane region.  
     [1974] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 44589 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 34, yet retain biological activity.  
     [1975] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1976] A 44589 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34 in regions defined by amino acids about 1-163 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 34 in regions defined by amino acids about 515-686, 1146-1329, 163-445, and/or 784-1073. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [1977] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 44589 protein includes an ABC transporter ATP cassette domain and/or an ABC transporter transmembrane region. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 44589 protein.  
     [1978] In a preferred embodiment, the 44589 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34, or a fragment thereof (e.g., 515 to 686, 1146-1329, 163-445, or 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34). In other embodiments, the 44589 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 34, or a fragment thereof (e.g., 515 to 686, 1146-1329, 163-445, or 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34). In yet another embodiment, the 44589 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 34 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 34, as described in detail in the subsections above. In other embodiments, the 44589 protein includes a fragment of about 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 980, 990 consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 34 and includes at least 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 375, 380, or 390 consecutive amino acids from residues 1-393 of SEQ ID NO: 34. In other embodiments, the 44589 protein includes a fragment of about 989 or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [1979] 44589 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [1980] In another aspect, the invention provides 44589 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 44589 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 44589 polypeptide linked to a non-44589 polypeptide. A “non-44589 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 44589 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 44589 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 44589 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 44589 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 44589 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 44589 protein. The non-44589 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 44589 polypeptide.  
     [1981] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-44589 fusion protein in which the 44589 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 44589. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 44589 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 44589 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [1982] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [1983] The 44589 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 44589 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 44589 substrate. 44589 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 44589 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 44589 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 44589 protein.  
     [1984] Moreover, the 44589-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-44589 antibodies in a subject, to purify 44589 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 44589 with a 44589 substrate.  
     [1985] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 44589-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 44589 protein.  
     [1986] Variants of 44589 Proteins  
     [1987] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 44589 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 44589 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 44589 protein. An agonist of the 44589 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 44589 protein. An antagonist of a 44589 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 44589 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 44589-mediated activity of a 44589 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 44589 protein.  
     [1988] Variants of a 44589 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 44589 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [1989] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 44589 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 44589 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [1990] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 44589 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 44589 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [1991] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 44589 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 44589 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 44589 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 44589 substrate can be detected, e.g., the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 44589 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [1992] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 44589 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 44589 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 44589 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 44589 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1993] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 44589 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 44589 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 44589 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [1994] Anti-44589 Antibodies  
     [1995] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-44589 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [1996] The anti-44589 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [1997] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH—terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [1998] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 44589 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-44589 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [1999] The anti-44589 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [2000] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-44589 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [2001] In one embodiment, the anti-44589 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [2002] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS 90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [2003] An anti-44589 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [2004] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J. Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988,  J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [2005] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 44589 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [2006] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [2007] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 44589 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [2008] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [2009] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [2010] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 44589 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., crude tissue preparations, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, or cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [2011] A full-length 44589 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 44589 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-44589 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 44589 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 34 and encompasses an epitope of 44589. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [2012] Fragments of 44589 which include residues about 45-65 or 485-510 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 44589 protein. Similarly, fragments of 44589 which include residues about 300-340 or 920-960 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 44589 protein; fragments of 44589 which include residues about 186-198, 304-309, 370-395, 806-841, 936-941, or 1048-1051 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 44589 protein; fragments of 44589 which include residues about 1-162, 216-282, 334-352, 417-780, 864-918, 959-1029, or 1070-1360 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 44589 protein; a fragment of 44589 which include residues about 515-686 or 1146-1329 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make an antibody against the ABC transporter ATP cassette domain of the 44589 protein; and a fragment of 44589 which include residues about 163-445 or 784-1073 of SEQ ID NO: 34 can be used to make an antibody against the ABC transporter transmembrane region of the 44589 protein.  
     [2013] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [2014] Antibodies which bind only native 44589 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 44589 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies that bind to native, but not denatured 44589 protein.  
     [2015] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 44589 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 44589 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 44589 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [2016] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 44589 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 44589 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 44589 protein.  
     [2017] In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [2018] The anti-44589 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann N Y Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 44589 protein.  
     [2019] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has effector function and/or can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [2020] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example, it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [2021] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-44589 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the ability of a 44589 polypeptide to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. For example, the antibody can bind at or in proximity to the active site, e.g., to an epitope that includes a residue located from about 522-529, 1153-1160, 616-626, or 1256-1270 of SEQ ID NO: 34.  
     [2022] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [2023] An anti-44589 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 44589 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-44589 antibody can be used to detect 44589 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-44589 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labeling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [2024] The invention also includes a nucleic acid which encodes an anti-44589 antibody, e.g., an anti-44589 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and cells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [2025] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-44589 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 44589 antibody.  
     [2026] 44589 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [2027] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [2028] A vector can include a 44589 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 44589 proteins, mutant forms of 44589 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [2029] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 44589 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli,  insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [2030] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [2031] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 44589 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 44589 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [2032] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [2033] The 44589 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [2034] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [2035] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [2036] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [2037] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [2038] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 44589 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 44589 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [2039] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 44589 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  CellI 23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [2040] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [2041] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 44589 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 44589 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 44589 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 44589 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 44589 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [2042] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 44589 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 44589. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 44589 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 44589, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 44589 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 44589, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 44589 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [2043] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, a breast cell, or a liver cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 44589 polypeptide.  
     [2044] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, a breast cell, or a liver cell, or a fibroblast cell, in which an endogenous 44589 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 44589 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 44589 gene. For example, an endogenous 44589 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [2045] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding a 44589 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 44589 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for a 44589 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [2046] 44589 Transgenic Animals  
     [2047] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 44589 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 44589 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the-expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 44589 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [2048] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 44589 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 44589 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 44589 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 44589 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [2049] 44589 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [2050] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [2051] Uses of 44589  
     [2052] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [2053] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 44589 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 44589 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 44589 gene, and to modulate 44589 activity, as described further below. The 44589 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 44589 substrate or production of 44589 inhibitors. In addition, the 44589 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 44589 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 44589 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 44589 protein or production of 44589 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 44589 wild type protein (e.g., cancer). Moreover, the anti-44589 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 44589 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 44589 proteins, and modulate 44589 activity.  
     [2054] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 44589 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 44589 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 44589 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 44589 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 44589 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [2055] 44589 Screening Assays  
     [2056] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 44589 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 44589 expression or 44589 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 44589 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 44589 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [2057] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 44589 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 44589 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [2058] In one embodiment, the ability of a 44589 protein bind to and/or hydrolyze ATP can be assayed, as follows. Methods of detecting the hydrolysis of ATP by a protein containing a nucleotide binding domain are described in, for example, Li et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 271:28463-28468 and Gadsby et al. (1999) Physiol. Rev. 79:S77-S107.  
     [2059] A purified protein containing an nucleotide binding domain of 44589 can be evaluated for its ability to mediate ATPase activity in vitro. The assay can be performed in the presence of a test compound to determine the ability of the test compound to modulate the ATPase activity of the purified protein. In addition, or alternatively, the purified protein used in an ATPase activity assay can be a variant or a fragment of 44589, and the assay can be performed to determine the ATPase activity of the fragment or variant.  
     [2060] ATPase activity can measured as the production of [α 32 -P]ADP from [α 32 -P]ATP, using polyethyleneimine-cellulose chromatography for separation of the nucleotides. The assay can be carried out in a 15 μl reaction mixture containing 50 mM Tris, 50 mM NaCl, pH 7.5, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 10% glycerol, 0.5 mM CHAPS, and 8 μCi of [α 32 -P]ATP. Reaction mixtures are incubated at 30° C. and are stopped by the addition of 5 μl of 10% SDS. One μl samples are spotted on a polyethyleneimine-cellulose plate and developed in 1 M formic acid, 0.5 M LiCl. The location and quantitation of the radiolabeled ATP and ADP can determined with a Molecular Dynamics PhosphorImager. Data can be analyzed using the ImageQuant software package (Molecular Dynamics). See, e.g., Li et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 271:28463-28468 for additional details on methods detecting ATPase activity by nucleotide binding domain-containing proteins and variants thereof.  
     [2061] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [2062] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [2063] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (1991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [2064] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 44589 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 44589 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 44589 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, the ability to mediate the cellular transport of ions and/or toxic substances and/or the ability to bind ATP. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [2065] The ability of the test compound to modulate 44589 binding to a compound, e.g., a 44589 substrate, or to bind to 44589 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 44589 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 44589 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 44589 binding to a 44589 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 44589 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [2066] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 44589 substrate) to interact with 44589 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 44589 without the labeling of either the compound or the 44589. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 44589.  
     [2067] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 44589 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 44589 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 44589 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-44589 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [2068] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 44589 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [2069] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [2070] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [2071] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 44589 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [2072] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [2073] It may be desirable to immobilize either 44589, an anti-44589 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 44589 protein, or interaction of a 44589 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/44589 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigmna Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 44589 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 44589 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [2074] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 44589 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 44589 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [2075] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [2076] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 44589 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 44589 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 44589 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 44589 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 44589 protein or target molecule.  
     [2077] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [2078] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 44589 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 44589 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 44589 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 44589 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 44589 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [2079] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 44589 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 44589 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 44589 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [2080] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [2081] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [2082] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [2083] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [2084] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [2085] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [2086] In yet another aspect, the 44589 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 44589 (“44589-binding proteins” or “44589-bp”) and are involved in 44589 activity. Such 44589-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 44589 proteins or 44589 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 44589-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [2087] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 44589 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 44589 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 44589-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 44589 protein.  
     [2088] In another embodiment, modulators of 44589 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 44589 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 44589 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 44589 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 44589 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 44589 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 44589 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 44589 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 44589 mRNA or protein.  
     [2089] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 44589 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for cancer.  
     [2090] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 44589 modulating agent, an antisense 44589 nucleic acid molecule, a 44589-specific antibody, or a 44589-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [2091] 44589 Detection Assays  
     [2092] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 44589 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [2093] 44589 Chromosome Mapping  
     [2094] The 44589 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 44589 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 44589 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [2095] Briefly, 44589 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 44589 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 44589 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [2096] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [2097] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 44589 to a chromosomal location.  
     [2098] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [2099] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [2100] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature,  325:783-787.  
     [2101] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 44589 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the, chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [2102] 44589 Tissue Typing  
     [2103] 44589 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [2104] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 44589 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [2105] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 33 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 35 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [2106] If a panel of reagents from 44589 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [2107] Use of Partial 44589 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [2108] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [2109] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 33 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 33 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [2110] The 44589 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 44589 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [2111] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 44589 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [2112] Predictive Medicine of 44589  
     [2113] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [2114] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 44589.  
     [2115] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 44589 gene, e.g., cancer; a disorder of the hepatic system.  
     [2116] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [2117] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 44589 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [2118] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 44589 gene;  
     [2119] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 44589 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [2120] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 44589 polypeptide.  
     [2121] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 44589 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [2122] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 33, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 44589 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [2123] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 44589 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 44589.  
     [2124] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [2125] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 44589 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [2126] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 44589 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [2127] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 44589  
     [2128] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 44589 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 44589 molecules.  
     [2129] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [2130] The presence, level, or absence of 44589 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 44589 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 44589 protein such that the presence of 44589 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 44589 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 44589 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 44589 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 44589 genes.  
     [2131] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 44589 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [2132] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 44589 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 33, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100; 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 44589 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [2133] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 44589 genes.  
     [2134] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 44589 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [2135] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 44589 gene being analyzed.  
     [2136] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 44589 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 44589 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 44589 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 44589 transcript levels.  
     [2137] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 44589. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [2138] The detection methods can be used to detect 44589 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 44589 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 44589 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-44589 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-44589 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [2139] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 44589 protein, and comparing the presence of 44589 protein in the control sample with the presence of 44589 protein in the test sample.  
     [2140] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 44589 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 44589 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 44589 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [2141] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [2142] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [2143] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as cancer or deregulated cell proliferation.  
     [2144] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 44589 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 44589 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [2145] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer.  
     [2146] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 44589 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 44589 (e.g., other genes associated with a 44589-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [2147] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 44589 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer, in a subject wherein an increase in 44589 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer. Increased expression of 44589 can also be used as an indicator of drug resistance, e.g., resistance of a cancer cell to chemotherapeutic agents, in an individual diagnosed as having cancer. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [2148] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 44589 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [2149] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 44589 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [2150] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [2151] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 44589 expression.  
     [2152] 44589 Arrays and uses thereof  
     [2153] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 44589 molecule (e.g., a 44589 nucleic acid or a 44589 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [2154] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 44589 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 44589. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 44589 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 44589 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 44589 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 44589 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [2155] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [2156] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 44589 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 44589 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-44589 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [2157] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 44589. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 44589-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [2158] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 44589. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 44589. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [2159] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 44589 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [2160] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [2161] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 44589-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 44589-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 44589-associated disease or disorder  
     [2162] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 44589) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [2163] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 44589 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80,85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to a 44589 polypeptide or fragment thereof. For example, multiple variants of a 44589 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [2164] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 44589 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 44589 polypeptide or the presence of a 44589-binding protein or ligand.  
     [2165] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 44589 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [2166] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 44589 or from a cell or subject in which a 44589 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 44589 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 44589 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 44589 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 44589 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 44589 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 44589 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [2167] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 44589 or from a cell or subject in which a 44589-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 44589 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 44589 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 44589 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 44589 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 44589 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [2168] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 44589, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 44589 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 44589 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 44589.  
     [2169] Detection of 44589 Variations or Mutations  
     [2170] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 44589 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 44589 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 44589-protein, or the mis-expression of the 44589 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 44589 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 44589 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 44589 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 44589 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 44589 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 44589 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 44589 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 44589-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 44589 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 44589-protein.  
     [2171] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 44589-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 44589 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 44589-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [2172] In another embodiment, mutations in a 44589 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [2173] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 44589 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 44589 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 44589 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7: 244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2: 753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 44589 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [2174] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 44589 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 44589 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [2175] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 44589 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [2176] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 44589 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [2177] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 44589 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 44589 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [2178] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [2179] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [2180] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [2181] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 44589 nucleic acid.  
     [2182] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 33 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 33. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [2183] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 44589. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [2184] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [2185] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 44589 nucleic acid.  
     [2186] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 44589 gene.  
     [2187] Use of 44589 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [2188] The 44589 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 44589 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 44589 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35: 258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [2189] The 44589 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 44589 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-44589 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 44589 protein marker, or 44589-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 44589 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [2190] The 44589 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 44589 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 44589 DNA may correlate 44589 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [2191] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 44589  
     [2192] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-44589 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [2193] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [2194] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [2195] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [2196] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [2197] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [2198] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [2199] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [2200] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [2201] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [2202] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [2203] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [2204] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [2205] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [2206] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [2207] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [2208] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020), CC-1065 (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, 5,846,545) and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids). Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine, yttrium and praseodymium.  
     [2209] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.  
     [2210] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [2211] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [2212] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [2213] Methods of Treatment for 44589  
     [2214] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [2215] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 44589 molecules of the present invention or 44589 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [2216] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 44589 or an agent which modulates 44589 expression or at least one 44589 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 44589 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 44589 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 44589 aberrance, for example, a 44589, 44589 agonist or 44589 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [2217] It is possible that some 44589 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [2218] The 44589 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders, cardiovascular disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders.  
     [2219] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 44589 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 44589 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 44589 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 44589 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [2220] The 44589 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [2221] Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [2222] Additionally, 44589 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 44589 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 44589 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [2223] Additionally, 44589 may play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain,  New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [2224] As discussed, successful treatment of 44589 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 44589 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [2225] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [2226] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [2227] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 44589 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 44589 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1: 5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 44589 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [2228] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 44589 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [2229] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 44589 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 44589 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 44589 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 44589 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [2230] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [2231] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 44589 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [2232] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [2233] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 44589 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 44589 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50.    
     [2234] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [2235] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 44589 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 44589 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 44589 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 44589 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 44589 protein (e.g., a 44589 substrate or receptor), a 44589 antibody, a 44589 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 44589 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [2236] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 44589 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 44589 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 44589. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 44589 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 44589 nucleic acid molecules, anti-44589 antibodies, and 44589 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 44589 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 44589 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 44589 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 44589 expression or activity.  
     [2237] Stimulation of 44589 activity is desirable in situations in which 44589 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 44589 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 44589 activity is desirable in situations in which a 44589 is downregulated and/or in which increased 44589 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 44589 activity is desirable in situations in which 44589 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 44589 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [2238] 44589 Pharmacogenomics  
     [2239] The 44589 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 44589 activity (e.g., 44589 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 44589 associated disorders, e.g., a cell proliferation related disorder (e.g., cancer). In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 44589 molecule or 44589 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 44589 molecule or 44589 modulator.  
     [2240] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [2241] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [2242] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 44589 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [2243] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 44589 molecule or 44589 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [2244] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 44589 molecule or 44589 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [2245] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 44589 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 44589 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [2246] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 44589 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 44589 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 44589 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 44589 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 44589 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 44589 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 44589 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 44589 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 44589 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 44589 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 44589-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [2247] 44589 Informatics  
     [2248] The sequence of a 44589 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 44589. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 44589 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [2249] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [2250] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [2251] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [2252] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [2253] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 44589, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 44589 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 44589 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 44589. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [2254] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 44589 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [2255] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [2256] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [2257] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 44589 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [2258] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 44589 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 44589 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 44589 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 44589 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 44589 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [2259] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 44589 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 44589 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2260] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 44589 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 44589 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 44589 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 44589 sequence of the subject to the 44589 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 44589-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [2261] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 44589 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder associated with 44589, said method comprising the steps of receiving 44589 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 44589 and/or corresponding to a 44589-associated disease or disorder (e.g., a cell proliferation related disorder, e.g., cancer), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 44589 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2262] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 44589 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 44589 and/or related to a 44589-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 44589 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 44589-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 44589-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2263] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [2264] Background of the 84226 Invention  
     [2265] The concentration of metallic ions such as cadmium, zinc, and cobalt is maintained within a narrow range in mammalian cells. Members of cation transporter protein family are integral membrane proteins, which are found to increase tolerance to cation ions such as cadmium, zinc, or cobalt. A diverse family of cation transporter proteins, the “cation diffusion facilitator” family, contributes to the maintenance of cellular metallic ion homeostasis (Paulsen et al. (1997)  J. Membr. Biol.  156: 99-103).  
     [2266] Zinc transporter proteins are one exemplary subclass of this family of cation transporter proteins. Zinc is an essential component of many metalloenzymes, transcription factors, and other proteins, but can be toxic to mammalian cells at high concentrations. Various homeostatic mechanisms are thought to be used by cells to regulate intracellular zinc: regulation of zinc influx across the plasma membrane; regulation of zinc efflux across the plasma membrane; sequestration of zinc within subcellular compartments; and synthesis of molecules, e.g., metallothioneins, that bind tightly to zinc (Palmiter et al. (1996)  EMBO J.  15: 1784-1791; Palmiter et al. (1996)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  93: 14934-14939).  
     [2267] The genes encoding several zinc transporters have been cloned. Each of the proteins encoded by these genes appears to contribute to cellular resistance to zinc toxicity. Zinc transporter-1 (ZnT-1) encodes a plasma membrane protein that stimulates zinc efflux. ZnT-1 appears to be activated by excess cellular zinc concentrations (Palmiter et al. (1995)  EMBO J.  14: 639-649). Zinc transporter-2 (ZnT-2) encodes a vesicular protein that promotes the vesicular sequestration of zinc. Thus, ZnT-2 appears to help protect cells from zinc toxicity by facilitating zinc transport into an endosomal/lysosomal compartment (Palmiter et al. (1996)  EMBO J.  15: 1784-1791). Zinc transporter-3 (ZnT-3) encodes a putative transporter of zinc into synaptic vesicles. ZnT-3, which is expressed in the brain and testis, is proposed to be a component of the complex that sequesters zinc in synaptic vesicles, thereby serving as a neuromodulator (Palmiter et al. (1996)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  93: 14934-14939). ZnT-1, ZnT-2, and ZnT-3 share a common topology characterized by six membrane-spanning domains, a histidine-rich cytoplasmic loop between membrane spanning regions four and five, and a long C-terminal tail.  
     [2268] Summary of the 84226 Invention  
     [2269] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel cation transporter family member, referred to herein as “84226”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 84226 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 39, and the amino acid sequence of an 84226 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 40. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 41.  
     [2270] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an 84226 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 84226 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 84226 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 84226 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [2271] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include an 84226 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 84226 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 84226 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [2272] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 84226-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [2273] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to an 84226 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [2274] In another aspect, the invention features, 84226 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 84226-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 84226 polypeptides having an 84226 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 84226 proteins including at least one cation efflux domain, or a transmembrane domain, and, preferably, having an 84226 activity, e.g., an 84226 activity as described herein.  
     [2275] In other embodiments, the invention provides 84226 polypeptides, e.g., an 84226 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number ______, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 84226 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [2276] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include an 84226 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
     [2277] In a related aspect, the invention provides 84226 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-84226 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [2278] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 84226 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., a cation efflux domain.  
     [2279] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 84226 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [2280] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 84226 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 84226 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving metal transport-related disorders, e.g., disorders associated with cellular toxicity resulting from aberrant or deficient cation diffusion, pancreatic disorders, e.g., pancreatic cancer, metabolic disorder, and aberrant or deficient cellular proliferation or differentiation.  
     [2281] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 84226 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [2282] In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or inducing the killing, of an 84226-expressing cell, e.g., a hyper-proliferative 84226-expressing cell. The method includes contacting the cell with a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 84226 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the contacting step is effective in vitro or ex vivo. In other embodiments, the contacting step is effected in vivo, e.g., in a subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human), as part of a therapeutic or prophylactic protocol. In a preferred embodiment, the cell is a pancreas cell.  
     [2283] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of an 84226 polypeptide. Preferably, the inhibitor is chosen from a peptide, a phosphopeptide, a small organic molecule, a small inorganic molecule and an antibody (e.g., an antibody conjugated to a therapeutic moiety selected from a cytotoxin, a cytotoxic agent and a radioactive metal ion). In another preferred embodiment, the compound is an inhibitor of an 84226 nucleic acid, e.g., an antisense, a ribozyme, or a triple helix molecule.  
     [2284] In a preferred embodiment, the compound is administered in combination with a cytotoxic agent. Examples of cytotoxic agents include anti-microtubule agent, a topoisomerase I inhibitor, a topoisomerase II inhibitor, an anti-metabolite, a mitotic inhibitor, an alkylating agent, an intercalating agent, an agent capable of interfering with a signal transduction pathway, an agent that promotes apoptosis or necrosis, and radiation.  
     [2285] In another aspect, the invention features methods for treating or preventing a disorder characterized by aberrant cellular proliferation or differentiation of an 84226-expressing cell, in a subject. Preferably, the method includes administering to the subject (e.g., a mammal, e.g., a human) an effective amount of a compound (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein) that modulates the activity, or expression, of the 84226 polypeptide or nucleic acid. In a preferred embodiment, the disorder is a cancerous or pre-cancerous condition, e.g., pancreatic cancer. The disorder is a metal transport-related disorder, e.g., a disorder associated with cellular toxicity resulting from aberrant or deficient cation diffusion, or a metabolic disorder.  
     [2286] In a further aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, e.g., proliferative disorder such as pancreatic cancer or a metal transport-related disorder such as a disorder associated with cellular toxicity resulting from aberrant or deficient cation diffusion disorder or a metabolic disorder. The method includes: treating a subject, e.g., a patient or an animal, with a protocol under evaluation (e.g., treating a subject with one or more of: chemotherapy, radiation, and/or a compound identified using the methods described herein); and evaluating the expression of an 84226 nucleic acid or polypeptide before and after treatment. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of an 84226 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide after treatment, relative to the level of expression before treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of the disorder. The level of 84226 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein.  
     [2287] In a preferred embodiment, the evaluating step includes obtaining a sample (e.g., a tissue sample, e.g., a biopsy, or a fluid sample) from the subject, before and after treatment and comparing the level of expressing of an 84226 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide before and after treatment.  
     [2288] In another aspect, the invention provides methods for evaluating the efficacy of a therapeutic or prophylactic agent (e.g., an anti-neoplastic agent or an anti-pancreatic cancer agent). The method includes: contacting a sample with an agent (e.g., a compound identified using the methods described herein, a cytotoxic agent) and, evaluating the expression of 84226 nucleic acid or polypeptide in the sample before and after the contacting step. A change, e.g., a decrease or increase, in the level of 84226 nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) or polypeptide in the sample obtained after the contacting step, relative to the level of expression in the sample before the contacting step, is indicative of the efficacy of the agent. The level of 84226 nucleic acid or polypeptide expression can be detected by any method described herein. In a preferred embodiment, the sample includes cells obtained from a cancerous tissue or a pancreas tissue.  
     [2289] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in an 84226 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [2290] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes an 84226 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to an 84226 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 84226 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [2291] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     [2292] Detailed Description of 84226  
     [2293] The human 84226 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 39, as recited in Example 26), which is approximately 1630 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1119 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 372 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 40, as recited in Example 26).  
     [2294] Human 84226 contains the following regions or other structural features:  
     [2295] one predicted cation efflux domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01545) located at about amino acid residues 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2296] six predicted transmembrane domains, located at about amino acids 74 to 95, 107 to 123, 141 to 163, 178 to 196, 219 to 243, and 253 to 277 of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2297] four predicted cytoplasmic domains, located at about amino acids 1 (amino terminus) to 73, 124 to 140, 197 to 218, and 278 to 373 (carboxy terminus) of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2298] three predicted non-cytoplasmic (e.g., lumenal or extracellular) loops, located at about amino acids 96 to 106, 164 to 177, and 244 to 252 of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2299] one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002) located at about amino acids 199 to 202 of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2300] four predicted Protein Kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 124 to 126, 216 to 218, 281 to 283, and 338 to 340 of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2301] one predicted Casein Kinase II phosphorylation site (PS00006) located at about amino acids 61 to 64 of SEQ ID NO: 40; and  
     [2302] six predicted N-myristylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 91 to 96, 143 to 148, 183 to 188, 233 to 238, 264 to 269, and 280 to 285 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2303] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420 and http://www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html.  
     [2304] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 84226 (clone “Fbh84226FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [2305] The 84226 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the cation transporter family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [2306] Members of the cation transporter family of proteins are membrane proteins that increase cellular tolerance to divalent metal ions such as zinc, cadmium, and cobalt by mediating cation diffusion across membranes. Some cation transporter proteins are efflux pumps that remove divalent metal ions from cells. Other cation transporter proteins function to increase cellular tolerance to metal ions by mediating the sequestration of ions in subcellular compartments. Some cation transporter proteins are characterized by a topology of six membrane spanning domains, a histidine-rich loop between the fourth and fifth membrane spanning domains, and a long C-terminal tail. Examples of cation transporter proteins include ZnT-1, ZnT-2, and ZnT-3. ZnT-1, a plasma membrane protein, functions as a zinc transporter, mediating the cellular efflux of zinc. ZnT-2 is located in vesicles within a cell and mediates the vesicular sequestration of zinc. ZnT-3 can participate in the accumulation of zinc in synaptic vesicles. As the 84226 protein has the structural features of cation transporter proteins, it is likely to mediate tolerance to divalent metal ions, e.g., zinc, in the cells in which it is expressed. The 84226 protein, like other members of the cation transporter protein family, is a transmembrane protein that can include six membrane spanning domains, a histidine-rich loop between the fourth and fifth membrane spanning domains, and a long C-terminal tail.  
     [2307] An 84226 polypeptide can include at least one “cation efflux domain” or regions homologous with a “cation efflux domain.” 
     [2308] As used herein, the term “cation efflux domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 100 to 500 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the cation transporter domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01545) of at least 150. Preferably, a cation efflux domain includes at least about 200 to 400 amino acids, more preferably about 250 to 300 amino acid residues, and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the cation transporter domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01545) of at least 200, 250, 300, 320 or greater. The cation transporter domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF01545 (http://genome.wustl.edu/Pfam/.html). An alignment of the cation transporter domain (amino acids 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40) of human 84226 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 42) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIG. 20.  
     [2309] In a preferred embodiment 84226 polypeptide or protein has a “cation efflux domain” or a region which includes at least about 100 to 500 more preferably about 200 to 400, or 250 to 300 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “cation efflux domain,” e.g., the cation transporter protein domain of human 84226 (e.g., residues 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40).  
     [2310] To identify the presence of a “cation transporter” domain in an 84226 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against the Pfam database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://www.sanger.ac.uk/Software/Pfam/HMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28(3): 405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al. (1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183: 146-159; Gribskov et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84: 4355-4358; Krogh et al. (1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al. (1993)  Protein Sci.  2: 305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a “cation transporter” domain in the amino acid sequence of human 84226 at about residues 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40 (see FIG. 20).  
     [2311] An 84226 polypeptide can include a “transmembrane domain” or regions homologous with a “transmembrane domain.” 
     [2312] As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of at least about 15 amino acid residues in length which spans a phospholipid bilayer. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 10, 15, or 20 amino acid residues and spans a phospholipid bilayer. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an alpha-helical structure. In a preferred embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucine, isoleucine, valine, alanine, glycine, tyrosine, phenylalanine, or tryptophan. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, Zagotta W. N. et al. (1996)  Annual Rev. Neurosci.  19: 235-263, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. An 84226 protein has at least one, preferably two, three, four, five, most preferably six transmembrane domains. Amino acid residues at about 74 to 95, 107 to 123, 141 to 163, 178 to 196, 219 to 243, and 253 to 277 of the 84226 protein (SEQ ID NO: 40) are predicted to comprise six transmembrane domains. Accordingly, 84226 proteins having at least 50% to 60% homology, preferably about 60% to 70%, more preferably about 70% to 80%, or about 80% to 90% homology with a transmembrane domain of human 84226 are within the scope of the invention.  
     [2313] In one embodiment, an 84226 protein includes at least one cytoplasmic domain. When located at the N-terminal domain the cytoplasmic domain is referred to herein as an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain.” As used herein, a “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having about 1 to 300, preferably about 1 to 250, 1 to 200, more preferably about 1 to 150, 1 to 100, or even more preferably about 1 to 80 amino acid residues in length and is located inside of a cell or intracellularly. The C-terminal amino acid residue of a “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in an 84226 protein. For example, a N-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 1 to 73 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2314] In a preferred embodiment, an 84226 polypeptide or protein has at least one cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 5, preferably about 10 to 200, and more preferably about 15 to 110 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., at least one cytoplasmic domain of human 84226 protein (e.g., residues 1 to 73, 124 to 140, 197 to 218, and 278 to 373 of SEQ ID NO: 40).  
     [2315] In another embodiment, an 84226 protein includes at least one non-cytoplasmic loop. As used herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence that resides outside of a phospholipid membrane, having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5-80, and more preferably about 5 to 50 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Non-cytoplasmic loops include extracellular domains (i.e., outside of the cell) and intracellular domains (i.e., within the cell). When referring to membrane-bound proteins found in intracellular organelles (e.g., mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, peroxisomes microsomes, vesicles, endosomes, and lysosomes), non-cytoplasmic loops include those domains of the protein that reside in the lumen of the organelle or the matrix or the intermembrane space. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a non-cytoplasmic loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in an 84226 protein, and the C-terminal amino acid of a non-cytoplasmic loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in an 84226 protein. As used herein, a “non-cytoplasmic loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell or within an intracellular organelle. For example, a “non-cytoplasmic loop” can be found at about amino acids 96 to 106, 164 to 177, and 244 to 252 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2316] In a preferred embodiment, an 84226 polypeptide or protein has at least one non-cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5-10, and more preferably about 5-20 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “non-cytoplasmic loop,” e.g., at least one non-cytoplasmic loop of human 84226 (e.g., residues 96 to 106, 164 to 177, and 244 to 252 of SEQ ID NO: 40).  
     [2317] In another embodiment, an 84226 protein includes a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” also referred to herein as a C-terminal cytoplasmic tail, in the sequence of the protein. As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about 30, preferably about 50 to 300, preferably about 60 to 200, more preferably about 80 to 130 amino acid residues and is located within a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in an 84226 protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is found at about amino acid residues 278 to 373 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2318] Histidine residues in cation transporter proteins play important roles in binding to divalent metal ions such as zinc. Histidine residues located in the cytoplasmic domain between the fourth and fifth transmembrane domains, e.g., at about amino acids 197 to 218 of SEQ ID NO: 40, as well as those located in the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain, e.g., at about amino acids 278 to 373 of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be of particular importance.  
     [2319] An 84226 protein can have four histidine residues in the cytoplasmic domain between the fourth and fifth transmembrane domain at about amino acids 197, 201, 203, and 205. An 84226 protein can also have five histidine residues in the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain at about amino acids 304, 307, 321, 346, and 348. A preferred 84226 polypeptide has at least one, preferably two, three, or four histidine residues between the fourth and fifth transmembrane domains, and has at least one, preferably two, three, four, or five histidine residues in a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain.  
     [2320] An 84226 polypeptide can optionally include at least one glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002); at least one, two, three, or preferably four protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one casein kinase II phosphorylation site (PS00006); and at least one, two, three, four, five, or preferably six N-myristoylation sites (PS00008).  
     [2321] As the 84226 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 84226-mediated activities, they may be useful as of for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 84226-mediated or related disorders, as described below.  
     [2322] As used herein, an “84226 activity,” “biological activity of 84226” or “functional activity of 84226,” refers to an activity exerted by an 84226 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule. For example, an 84226 activity can be an activity exerted by 84226 in a physiological milieu on, e.g., an 84226-responsive cell or on an 84226 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate. An 84226 activity can be determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, an 84226 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with an 84226 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which an 84226 protein binds or interacts in nature.  
     [2323] An 84226 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 84226 protein with an 84226 receptor. The features of the 84226 molecules of the present invention can provide similar biological activities as cation transporter family members. For example, the 84226 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) modulating cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (2) facilitating cation diffusion; (3) modulating cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (4) modulating vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (5) modulating sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles; (6) binding to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (7) modulating (e.g., stimulating) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells; (8) modulating cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells; or (9) modulating (increasing or decreasing) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell.  
     [2324] Based upon the above-described sequence similarities and the detetced expression patterns of 84226 described in Table 8 of Example 27 (e.g., pancreas cells), the 84226 molecules of the present invention are predicted to have similar biological activities as cation transporter family members. Thus, the 84226 molecule can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling metal transport-related disorders, e.g., disorders associated with cellular toxicity resulting from aberrant or deficient cation diffusion. Furthermore, an 84226 molecule can be used for metal detoxification, e.g., to treat cells or individuals containing excessive or unwanted amounts of metal ions.  
     [2325] Additionally, 84226 mRNA is highly expressed in human pancreas, and slightly expressed in human heart, kidney, skeletal muscle, and small intestine (Table 8 of Examiner 2). Thus, the 84226 molecule can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for pancreatic disorders, and metabolic disorders.  
     [2326] Examples of pancreatic disorders include, but are not limited to, pancreatitis (an inflammation of the pancreas), hypoglycemia (over utilization of glucose) resulting from hyperinsulinism, and pancreatic cancer. Hyperinsulinism can be due to an insulinoma, which include single solid tumors, microadenomatosis and islet cell hyperplasia (nesidioblastosis). In addition, inherited pancreatic disorders include cystic fibrosis, Shwachman diamond syndrome, Johansson Blizzard syndrome, Pearson&#39;s bone marrow syndrome and hereditary pancreatitis.  
     [2327] 84226 may also play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders, e.g., disorders associated with cellular toxicity resulting from aberrant or deficient cation diffusion. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain,  New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain. An “angiogenic disorder” refers to a disorder characterized by aberrant, unregulated, or unwanted vascularization. Angiogenic disorders include, but are not limited to, hemangiomas, Kaposi&#39;s sarcoma, von Hippel-Lindau disease; psoriasis; diabetic retinopathy; endometriosis; Grave&#39;s disease; chronic inflammatory diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis); aberrant or excess angiogenesis in diseases such as a Castleman&#39;s disease or fibrodysplasia ossificans progressiva; aberrant or deficient angiogenesis associated with aging, complications of healing certain wounds and complications of diseases such as diabetes and rheumatoid arthritis; or aberrant or deficient angiogenesis associated with hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease, myelodysplastic syndrome or Klippel-Trenaunay-Weber syndrome.  
     [2328] In addition to the diseases described above, the 84226 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling disorders associated with heart or kidney disorders.  
     [2329] Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [2330] Examples of disorders involving the kidney include, but are not limited to, amyloidosis, e.g., primary amyloidosis or dialysis-related amyloidosis, analgesic nephropathy, anemia in kidney, childhood nephrotic syndrome, cystoscopy and ureteroscopy, diabetes insipidus, hemodialysis, glomerular diseases including Glomerulonephritis and Glomerulosclerosis, goodpasture syndrome, hemolytic uremic syndrome, IgA nephropathy, polycystic kidney disease, proteinuria, renal tubular acidosis, renal osteodystrophy, and vesicoureteral reflux.  
     [2331] The 84226 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 40 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “84226 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “84226 nucleic acids.” 84226 molecules refer to 84226 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [2332] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [2333] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [2334] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology,  John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C., followed by two washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [2335] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [2336] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein.  
     [2337] As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding an 84226 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 84226 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [2338] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 84226 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 84226 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-84226 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-84226 chemicals. When the 84226 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [2339] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 84226 without abolishing or substantially altering an 84226 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 84226 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 84226, results in abolishing an 84226 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 84226 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [2340] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in an 84226 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of an 84226 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 84226 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [2341] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of an 84226 protein includes a fragment of an 84226 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between an 84226 molecule and a non-84226 molecule or between a first 84226 molecule and a second 84226 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of an 84226 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 84226 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40, which include less amino acids than the full length 84226 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of an 84226 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 84226 protein, e.g., (1) modulating cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (2) facilitating cation diffusion; (3) modulating cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (4) modulating vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (5) modulating sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles; (6) binding to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (7) modulating (e.g., stimulating) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells; (8) modulating cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells; or (9) modulating (increasing or decreasing) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell. A biologically active portion of an 84226 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of an 84226 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate an 84226 mediated activity, e.g., (1) modulating cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (2) facilitating cation diffusion; (3) modulating cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (4) modulating vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (5) modulating sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles; (6) binding to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (7) modulating (e.g., stimulating) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells; (8) modulating cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells; or (9) modulating (increasing or decreasing) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell.  
     [2342] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [2343] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [2344] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [2345] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48: 444-453) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [2346] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [2347] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al. (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215: 403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 84226 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 84226 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al. (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov.  
     [2348] Particularly preferred 84226 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 40 are termed substantially identical.  
     [2349] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 39 or 41 are termed substantially identical. “Misexpression or aberrant expression,” as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [2350] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [2351] A “purified preparation of cells,” as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [2352] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [2353] Isolated 84226 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [2354] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes an 84226 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 84226 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 84226 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 84226 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [2355] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 84226 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 39, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 41), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 39 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 41) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid 74 to 361.  
     [2356] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39 or 41, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [2357] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [2358] 84226 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [2359] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 or 41. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of an 84226 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of an 84226 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 39, which encode a cation efflux domain of human 84226. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 84226 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 84226 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 84226 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [2360] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 50 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [2361] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, an 84226 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a cation efflux domain.  
     [2362] 84226 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41. Preferably, an oligonucleotide is less than about 200, 150, 120, or 100 nucleotides in length.  
     [2363] In one embodiment, the probe or primer is attached to a solid support, e.g., a solid support described herein.  
     [2364] One exemplary kit of primers includes a forward primer that anneals to the coding strand and a reverse primer that anneals to the non-coding strand. The forward primer can anneal to the start codon, e.g., the nucleic acid sequence encoding amino acid residue 1 of SEQ ID NO: 40. The reverse primer can anneal to the ultimate codon, e.g., the codon immediately before the stop codon, e.g., the codon encoding amino acid residue 372 of SEQ ID NO: 40. In a preferred embodiment, the annealing temperatures of the forward and reverse primers differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, or 2° C.  
     [2365] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 10, 12, 15, 18, 20 and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, nucleotides in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or 2, or less than 5 or 10 nucleotides, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2366] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes: a cation efflux domain located at residues of 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2367] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of an 84226 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a cation efflux domain from about amino acid 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2368] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [2369] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of an 84226 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 or 41, which encodes a polypeptide having an 84226 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 84226 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 84226 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 84226 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 84226 includes a cation efflux domain, e.g., amino acid residues about 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of an 84226 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [2370] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 39, or SEQ ID NO: 41.  
     [2371] In a preferred embodiment, a nucleic acid fragment differs by at least 1, 2, 3, 10, 20, or more nucleotides from the sequence of Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504. Differ can include differing in length or sequence identity. For example, a nucleic acid fragment can: include one or more nucleotides from SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41 outside the region of nucleotides 74 to 361; not include all of the nucleotides Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504, e.g., can be one or more nucleotides shorter (at one or both ends) than the sequence of Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504; or can differ by one or more nucleotides in the region of overlap.  
     [2372] 84226 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [2373] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 84226 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 40. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. The encoded protein can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2374] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli,  yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [2375] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [2376] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 39 or 41, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. The nucleic acid can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or I nucleotide. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2377] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 84226 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 84226 gene.  
     [2378] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with (1) modulating cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (2) facilitating cation diffusion; (3) modulating cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (4) modulating vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (5) modulating sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles; (6) binding to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (7) modulating (e.g., stimulating) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells; (8) modulating cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells; or (9) modulating (increasing or decreasing) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell. Allelic variants of 84226, e.g., human 84226, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 84226 protein within a population that maintain the ability to bind zinc ions. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 40, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 84226, e.g., human 84226, protein within a population that do not have the ability to (1) modulate cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (2) facilitate cation diffusion; (3) modulate cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (4) modulate vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (5) modulate sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles; (6) bind to a metal ion, e.g., zinc; (7) modulate (e.g., stimulate) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells; (8) modulate cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells; or (9) modulate (increase or decrease) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein.  
     [2379] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 84226 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 84226 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [2380] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 84226 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [2381] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 84226. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 84226 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 84226 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 41). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 84226 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [2382] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 84226 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 84226 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 84226 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [2383] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [2384] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding an 84226 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [2385] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15: 6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15: 6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215: 327-330).  
     [2386] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 84226-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of an 84226 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 39 or SEQ ID NO: 41), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334: 585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 84226-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 84226 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261: 1411-1418.  
     [2387] 84226 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 84226 (e.g., the 84226 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 84226 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6: 569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.  660: 27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14: 807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [2388] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [2389] An 84226 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmé (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19: 17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19: 40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [2390] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4: 5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  93: 14670-675.  
     [2391] PNAs of 84226 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 84226 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [2392] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86: 6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84: 648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6: 958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5: 539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [2393] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to an 84226 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 84226 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [2394] Isolated 84226 Polypeptides  
     [2395] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 84226 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-84226 antibodies. 84226 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 84226 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [2396] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [2397] In a preferred embodiment, an 84226 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [2398] (i) it has the ability to modulate cellular tolerance and/or resistance to a metal ion, e.g., zinc;  
     [2399] (ii) it has the ability to facilitate cation diffusion;  
     [2400] (iii) it has the ability to modulate cellular efflux of a metal ion, e.g., zinc;  
     [2401] (iv) it has the ability to modulate vesicular sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc;  
     [2402] (v) it has the ability to modulate sequestration of a metal ion, e.g., zinc, in synaptic vesicles;  
     [2403] (vi) it has the ability to bind to a metal ion, e.g., zinc;  
     [2404] (vii) it has the ability to modulate (e.g., stimulate) cell differentiation, e.g., differentiation of pancreatic cells;  
     [2405] (viii) it has the ability to modulate cell proliferation, e.g., proliferation of pancreatic cells;  
     [2406] (ix) it has the ability to modulate (increase or decrease) apoptosis, e.g., apoptosis of a cancer cell, e.g., a pancreatic cancer cell;  
     [2407] (x) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2408] (xi) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 50%, preferably at least 60%, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide a of SEQ ID NO: 40;  
     [2409] (xii) it has a cation efflux domain which is preferably about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% with amino acid residues about 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40; and  
     [2410] (xiii) it has at least four histidine residues in the cytoplasmic domain and five histidine residues in the C-terminal cytoplasmic.  
     [2411] In a preferred embodiment the 84226 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID: 2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 40 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 40. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the cation efflux domain at residues 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40. In another preferred embodiment one or more differences are in the cation efflux domain at residues 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2412] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 84226 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 40, yet retain biological activity.  
     [2413] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2414] An 84226 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40 in regions defined by amino acids about 1 to 73 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 40 in regions defined by amino acids about 74 to 361. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [2415] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of an 84226 protein includes a cation efflux domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 84226 protein.  
     [2416] In a preferred embodiment, the 84226 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40. In other embodiments, the 84226 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 40. In yet another embodiment, the 84226 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 40 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 40, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [2417] In a preferred embodiment, a fragment differs by at least 1, 2, 3, 10, 20, or more amino acid residues from a sequence in Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504. Differ can include differing in length or sequence identity. E.g., a fragment can: include one or more amino acid residues from SEQ ID NO: 40 outside the region encoded by nucleotides 74-361; not include all of the amino acid residues of a sequence in Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504, e.g., can be one or more amino acid residues shorter (at one or both ends) than a sequence in Genbank™ accession numbers H16506, H07440, H16516, H07460, AK023491, and AK023504; or can differ by one or more amino acid residues in the region of overlap.  
     [2418] 84226 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [2419] In another aspect, the invention provides 84226 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, an 84226 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes an 84226 polypeptide linked to a non-84226 polypeptide. A “non-84226 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 84226 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 84226 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 84226 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of an 84226 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, an 84226 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of an 84226 protein. The non-84226 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 84226 polypeptide.  
     [2420] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-84226 fusion protein in which the 84226 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 84226. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be an 84226 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 84226 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [2421] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [2422] The 84226 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 84226 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of an 84226 substrate. 84226 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding an 84226 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 84226 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of an 84226 protein.  
     [2423] Moreover, the 84226-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-84226 antibodies in a subject, to purify 84226 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 84226 with an 84226 substrate.  
     [2424] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). An 84226-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 84226 protein.  
     [2425] Variants of 84226 Proteins  
     [2426] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of an 84226 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 84226 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of an 84226 protein. An agonist of the 84226 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of an 84226 protein. An antagonist of an 84226 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 84226 protein by, for example, competitively modulating an 84226-mediated activity of an 84226 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 84226 protein.  
     [2427] Variants of an 84226 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of an 84226 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [2428] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of an 84226 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of an 84226 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [2429] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 84226 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 84226 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [2430] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 84226 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 84226 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 84226 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 84226 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring the binding to zinc ions. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 84226 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [2431] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making an 84226 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 84226 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 84226 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of an 84226 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [2432] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of an 84226 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 84226 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of an 84226 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [2433] Anti-84226 Antibodies  
     [2434] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-84226 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of Proteins ofImmunological Interest, Fifth Edition , U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987)  J. Mol. Biol.  196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [2435] The anti-84226 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [2436] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH-terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [2437] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 84226 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-84226 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341: 544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242: 423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85: 5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [2438] The anti-84226 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [2439] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-84226 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9: 1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12: 725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226: 889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352: 624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89: 3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9: 1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19: 4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88: 7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [2440] In one embodiment, the anti-84226 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [2441] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. (1994)  Nature  368: 856-859; Green, L. L. et al. (1994)  Nature Genet.  7: 13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81: 6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. (1993)  Year Immunol  7: 33-40; Tuaillon et al. (1993)  PNAS  90: 3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. (1991)  Eur J Immunol  21: 1323-1326).  
     [2442] An anti-84226 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [2443] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84: 3439-3443; Liu et al. (1987)  J. Immunol.  139: 3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84: 214-218; Nishimura et al. (1987)  Canc. Res.  47: 999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314: 446-449; and Shaw et al. (1988) J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80: 1553-1559).  
     [2444] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to an 84226 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [2445] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [2446] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L. (1985)  Science  229: 1202-1207, by Oi et al. (1986)  BioTechniques  4: 214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against an 84226 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [2447] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. (1986)  Nature  321: 552-525; Verhoeyan et al. (1988)  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. (1988)  J. Immunol.  141: 4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [2448] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [2449] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 84226 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., crude tissue preparations, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, or cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [2450] A full-length 84226 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 84226 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-84226 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 84226 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 and encompasses an epitope of 84226. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [2451] Fragments of 84226 which include residues from about 45 to 75, from about 200 to 218, and from about 248 to 258 of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be used to make, e.g., used as immunogens or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody, antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 84226 protein. Similarly, fragments of 84226 which include residues from about 80 to 92, from about 140 to 152, from about 232 to 248, and from about 312 to 328 of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be used to make an antibody against a hydrophobic region of the 84226 protein; fragments of 84226 which include residues 96 to 106, 164 to 177, and 244 to 252 of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be used to make an antibody against an extracellular region of the 84226 protein; fragments of 84226 which include residues 1 (amino terminus) to 73, 124 to 140, 197 to 218, and 278 to 373 (carboxy terminus) of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular region of the 84226 protein; a fragment of 84226 which include residues about 74 to 361 of SEQ ID NO: 40 can be used to make an antibody against the cation transporter region of the 84226 protein.  
     [2452] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [2453] Antibodies which bind only native 84226 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 84226 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies which bind to native but not denatured 84226 protein.  
     [2454] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 84226 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 84226 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 84226 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [2455] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 84226 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 84226 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 84226 protein. In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions, e.g., residues 74 to 95, 107 to 123, 141 to 163, 178 to 196, 219 to 243, and 253 to 277 of SEQ ID NO: 40.  
     [2456] The anti-84226 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann NY Acad Sci  880: 263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2: 245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 84226 protein.  
     [2457] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has effector function and/or can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [2458] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example, it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [2459] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-84226 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the zinc binding activity of an 84226 polypeptide.  
     [2460] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [2461] An anti-84226 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 84226 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-84226 antibody can be used to detect 84226 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-84226 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labelling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidinibiotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I, 35 S or  3 H.  
     [2462] The invention also includes a nucleic acid which encodes an anti-84226 antibody, e.g., an anti-84226 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and cells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [2463] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-84226 antibody, e.g., and antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make an 84226 antibody.  
     [2464] 84226 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [2465] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [2466] A vector can include an 84226 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 84226 proteins, mutant forms of 84226 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [2467] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 84226 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli , insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [2468] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [2469] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 84226 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 84226 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [2470] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [2471] The 84226 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [2472] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [2473] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [2474] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banedji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the (α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [2475] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [2476] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., an 84226 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or an 84226 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [2477] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, an 84226 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell  23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [2478] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [2479] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) an 84226 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing an 84226 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding an 84226 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that an 84226 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating an 84226 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [2480] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include an 84226 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 84226. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include an 84226 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 84226, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 84226 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 84226, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 84226 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [2481] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 84226 polypeptide.  
     [2482] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., human hematopoietic or fibroblast cells, in which an endogenous 84226 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 84226 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 84226 gene. For example, an endogenous 84226 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [2483] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding an 84226 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 84226 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for an 84226 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [2484] 84226 Transgenic Animals  
     [2485] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of an 84226 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 84226 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 84226 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [2486] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of an 84226 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of an 84226 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 84226 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding an 84226 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [2487] 84226 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [2488] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [2489] Uses of 84226  
     [2490] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [2491] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express an 84226 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect an 84226 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in an 84226 gene, and to modulate 84226 activity, as described further below. The 84226 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of an 84226 substrate or production of 84226 inhibitors. In addition, the 84226 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 84226 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 84226 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 84226 protein or production of 84226 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 84226 wild type protein (e.g., pancreatic disorders such as pancreatic cancer). Moreover, the anti-84226 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 84226 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 84226 proteins, and modulate 84226 activity.  
     [2492] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 84226 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 84226 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 84226 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 84226 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 84226 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [2493] 84226 Screening Assays  
     [2494] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 84226 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 84226 expression or 84226 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of an 84226 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 84226 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [2495] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of an 84226 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of an 84226 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [2496] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [2497] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [2498] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (1991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [2499] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses an 84226 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 84226 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 84226 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, zinc binding activity. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [2500] The ability of the test compound to modulate 84226 binding to a compound, e.g., an 84226 substrate, or to bind to 84226 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 84226 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 84226 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 84226 binding to an 84226 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 84226 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [2501] The ability of a compound (e.g., an 84226 substrate) to interact with 84226 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 84226 without the labeling of either the compound or the 84226. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257: 1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 84226.  
     [2502] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which an 84226 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 84226 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 84226 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-84226 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [2503] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 84226 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton(® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamino]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamino]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [2504] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected.  
     [2505] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [2506] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 84226 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63: 2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5: 699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [2507] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [2508] It may be desirable to immobilize either 84226, an anti-84226 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to an 84226 protein, or interaction of an 84226 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/84226 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 84226 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 84226 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [2509] Other techniques for immobilizing either an 84226 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 84226 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [2510] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways.  
     [2511] Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [2512] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 84226 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 84226 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 84226 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 84226 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 84226 protein or target molecule.  
     [2513] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds.  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology  1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [2514] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 84226 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 84226 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with an 84226 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with an 84226 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 84226 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [2515] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 84226 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of an 84226 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of an 84226 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [2516] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [2517] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [2518] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [2519] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [2520] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [2521] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [2522] In yet another aspect, the 84226 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 84226 (“84226-binding proteins” or “84226-bp”) and are involved in 84226 activity. Such 84226-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 84226 proteins or 84226 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 84226-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [2523] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for an 84226 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 84226 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 84226-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 84226 protein.  
     [2524] In another embodiment, modulators of 84226 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 84226 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 84226 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 84226 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 84226 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 84226 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 84226 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 84226 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 84226 mRNA or protein.  
     [2525] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of an 84226 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for pancreatic disorders.  
     [2526] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., an 84226 modulating agent, an antisense 84226 nucleic acid molecule, a 84226-specific antibody, or a 84226-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [2527] 84226 Detection Assays  
     [2528] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 84226 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [2529] 84226 Chromosome Mapping  
     [2530] The 84226 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 84226 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 84226 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [2531] Briefly, 84226 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 84226 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 84226 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [2532] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [2533] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 84226 to a chromosomal location.  
     [2534] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [2535] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [2536] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature,  325: 783-787.  
     [2537] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 84226 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [2538] 84226 Tissue Typing  
     [2539] 84226 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [2540] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 84226 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [2541] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 39 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 41 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [2542] If a panel of reagents from 84226 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [2543] Use of Partial 84226 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [2544] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [2545] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 39 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 39 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [2546] The 84226 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 84226 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [2547] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 84226 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [2548] Predictive Medicine of 84226  
     [2549] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [2550] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 84226.  
     [2551] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 84226 gene; a disorder of the pancreas.  
     [2552] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [2553] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 84226 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [2554] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 84226 gene;  
     [2555] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 84226 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [2556] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of an 84226 polypeptide.  
     [2557] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 84226 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [2558] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 39, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 84226 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [2559] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 84226 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 84226.  
     [2560] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [2561] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of an 84226 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [2562] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 84226 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [2563] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 84226  
     [2564] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 84226 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 84226 molecules.  
     [2565] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [2566] The presence, level, or absence of 84226 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 84226 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 84226 protein such that the presence of 84226 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 84226 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 84226 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 84226 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 84226 genes.  
     [2567] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 84226 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [2568] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 84226 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 39, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 84226 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [2569] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 84226 genes.  
     [2570] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 84226 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88: 189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [2571] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 84226 gene being analyzed.  
     [2572] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 84226 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 84226 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 84226 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 84226 transcript levels.  
     [2573] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 84226. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [2574] The detection methods can be used to detect 84226 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 84226 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 84226 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-84226 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-84226 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [2575] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 84226 protein, and comparing the presence of 84226 protein in the control sample with the presence of 84226 protein in the test sample.  
     [2576] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 84226 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 84226 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 84226 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [2577] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [2578] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [2579] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as pancreatic disorders or deregulated cell proliferation.  
     [2580] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 84226 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 84226 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [2581] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a pancreas cell with a pancreatic disorder.  
     [2582] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 84226 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 84226 (e.g., other genes associated with a 84226-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [2583] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 84226 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a disorder in a subject wherein an increase in 84226 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a pancreatic disorder. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for pancreatic disorders in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [2584] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 84226 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [2585] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 84226 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [2586] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [2587] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 84226 expression.  
     [2588] 84226 Arrays and Uses Thereof  
     [2589] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to an 84226 molecule (e.g., an 84226 nucleic acid or an 84226 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [2590] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to an 84226 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 84226. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of an 84226 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for an 84226 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 84226 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 84226 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [2591] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [2592] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to an 84226 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 84226 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-84226 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [2593] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 84226. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 84226-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [2594] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 84226. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 84226. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [2595] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 84226 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [2596] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [2597] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 84226-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 84226-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 84226-associated disease or disorder.  
     [2598] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 84226) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [2599] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon an 84226 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1 999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80,85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to an 84226 polypeptide or fragment thereof For example, multiple variants of an 84226 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [2600] The polypeptide array can be used to detect an 84226 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for an 84226 polypeptide or the presence of a 84226-binding protein or ligand.  
     [2601] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 84226 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [2602] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 84226 or from a cell or subject in which an 84226 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 84226 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 84226 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 84226 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 84226 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which an 84226 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than an 84226 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [2603] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 84226 or from a cell or subject in which a 84226-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 84226 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 84226 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 84226 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 84226 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which an 84226 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [2604] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 84226, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing an 84226 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 84226 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 84226.  
     [2605] Detection of 84226 Variations or Mutations  
     [2606] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in an 84226 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 84226 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a pancreatic disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 84226-protein, or the mis-expression of the 84226 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from an 84226 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to an 84226 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of an 84226 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of an 84226 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of an 84226 gene, 6) aberrant modification of an 84226 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of an 84226 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 84226-protein, 9) allelic loss of an 84226 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 84226-protein.  
     [2607] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 84226-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to an 84226 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 84226-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [2608] In another embodiment, mutations in an 84226 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [2609] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 84226 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of an 84226 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of an 84226 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7:244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2:753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 84226 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [2610] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 84226 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 84226 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [2611] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 84226 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [2612] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 84226 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [2613] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 84226 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 84226 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [2614] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [2615] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [2616] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [2617] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to an 84226 nucleic acid.  
     [2618] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 39 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 39. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [2619] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 84226. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [2620] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [2621] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, an 84226 nucleic acid.  
     [2622] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving an 84226 gene.  
     [2623] Use of 84226 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [2624] The 84226 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 84226 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 84226 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35:258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [2625] The 84226 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., an 84226 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-84226 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for an 84226 protein marker, or 84226-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect an 84226 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90: 229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [2626] The 84226 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 84226 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 84226 DNA may correlate 84226 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [2627] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 84226  
     [2628] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-84226 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [2629] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [2630] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [2631] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [2632] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash.  
     [2633] Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [2634] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [2635] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [2636] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [2637] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [2638] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [2639] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50  (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50  (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 . Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [2640] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [2641] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [2642] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [2643] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e.,. including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [2644] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [2645] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020), CC-1065 (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, 5,846,545) and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids). Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine, yttrium and praseodymium.  
     [2646] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors. Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [2647] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [2648] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [2649] Methods of Treatment for 84226  
     [2650] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [2651] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 84226 molecules of the present invention or 84226 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [2652] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity, by administering to the subject an 84226 or an agent which modulates 84226 expression or at least one 84226 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 84226 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 84226 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 84226 aberrance, for example, a 84226, 84226 agonist or 84226 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [2653] It is possible that some 84226 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [2654] The 84226 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, disorders associated with bone metabolism, immune disorders, cardiovascular disorders, liver disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders.  
     [2655] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [2656] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [2657] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [2658] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [2659] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [2660] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus, L. (1991)  Crit Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol.  11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom&#39;s macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin&#39;s disease and Reed-Stemberg disease.  
     [2661] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 84226 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 84226 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 84226 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 84226 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [2662] The 84226 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of immune disorders. Examples of immune disorders or diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjögren&#39;s Syndrome, Crohn&#39;s disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener&#39;s granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves&#39; disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy.  
     [2663] Examples of disorders involving the heart or “cardiovascular disorder” include, but are not limited to, a disease, disorder, or state involving the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. Examples of such disorders include hypertension, atherosclerosis, coronary artery spasm, congestive heart failure, coronary artery disease, valvular disease, arrhythmias, and cardiomyopathies.  
     [2664] Disorders which may be treated or diagnosed by methods described herein include, but are not limited to, disorders associated with an accumulation in the liver of fibrous tissue, such as that resulting from an imbalance between production and degradation of the extracellular matrix accompanied by the collapse and condensation of preexisting fibers. The methods described herein can be used to diagnose or treat hepatocellular necrosis or injury induced by a wide variety of agents including processes which disturb homeostasis, such as an inflammatory process, tissue damage resulting from toxic injury or altered hepatic blood flow, and infections (e.g., bacterial, viral and parasitic). For example, the methods can be used for the early detection of hepatic injury, such as portal hypertension or hepatic fibrosis. In addition, the methods can be employed to detect liver fibrosis attributed to inborn errors of metabolism, for example, fibrosis resulting from a storage disorder such as Gaucher&#39;s disease (lipid abnormalities) or a glycogen storage disease, A1-antitrypsin deficiency; a disorder mediating the accumulation (e.g., storage) of an exogenous substance, for example, hemochromatosis (iron-overload syndrome) and copper storage diseases (Wilson&#39;s disease), disorders resulting in the accumulation of a toxic metabolite (e.g., tyrosinemia, fructosemia and galactosemia) and peroxisomal disorders (e.g., Zellweger syndrome). Additionally, the methods described herein may be useful for the early detection and treatment of liver injury associated with the administration of various chemicals or drugs, such as for example, methotrexate, isonizaid, oxyphenisatin, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, tolbutamide or alcohol, or which represents a hepatic manifestation of a vascular disorder such as obstruction of either the intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile flow or an alteration in hepatic circulation resulting, for example, from chronic heart failure, veno-occlusive disease, portal vein thrombosis or Budd-Chiari syndrome.  
     [2665] Additionally, 84226 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 84226 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus-associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 84226 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus-associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer.  
     [2666] Additionally, 84226 may play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain , New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.  
     [2667] As discussed, successful treatment of 84226 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 84226 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [2668] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [2669] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [2670] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 84226 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 84226 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1:5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 84226 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [2671] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 84226 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [2672] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with an 84226 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 84226 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 84226 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 84226 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [2673] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [2674] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 84226 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [2675] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [2676] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 84226 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 84226 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [2677] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [2678] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 84226 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with an 84226 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 84226 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 84226 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of an 84226 protein (e.g., an 84226 substrate or receptor), an 84226 antibody, an 84226 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of an 84226 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [2679] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 84226 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 84226 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 84226. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 84226 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 84226 nucleic acid molecules, anti-84226 antibodies, and 84226 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of an 84226 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 84226 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering an 84226 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 84226 expression or activity.  
     [2680] Stimulation of 84226 activity is desirable in situations in which 84226 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 84226 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 84226 activity is desirable in situations in which an 84226 is downregulated and/or in which increased 84226 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 84226 activity is desirable in situations in which 84226 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 84226 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [2681] 84226 Pharmacogenomics  
     [2682] The 84226 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 84226 activity (e.g., 84226 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 84226 associated disorders (e.g., pancreatic disorders) associated with aberrant or unwanted 84226 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer an 84226 molecule or 84226 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with an 84226 molecule or 84226 modulator.  
     [2683] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [2684] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [2685] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., an 84226 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [2686] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., an 84226 molecule or 84226 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [2687] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with an 84226 molecule or 84226 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [2688] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 84226 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 84226 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [2689] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of an 84226 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 84226 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 84226 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 84226 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 84226 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 84226 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 84226 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 84226 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 84226 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of an 84226 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 84226-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [2690] 84226 Informatics  
     [2691] The sequence of an 84226 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 84226. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 84226 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [2692] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [2693] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [2694] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [2695] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [2696] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 84226, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing an 84226 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 84226 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 84226. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [2697] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between an 84226 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [2698] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [2699] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [2700] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of an 84226 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [2701] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing an 84226 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 84226 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 84226 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 84226 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 84226 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof, the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [2702] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 84226 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 84226 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2703] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with an 84226 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 84226 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 84226 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 84226 sequence of the subject to the 84226 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 84226-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [2704] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has an 84226 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder associated with 84226, said method comprising the steps of receiving 84226 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 84226 and/or corresponding to a 84226-associated disease or disorder (e.g., a pancreatic disorder), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 84226 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2705] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has an 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 84226 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 84226 and/or related to a 84226-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 84226 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 84226-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 84226-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [2706] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [2707] Background of the 8105 Invention  
     [2708] Cellular membranes differentiate the contents of a cell from the surrounding environment. Membranes also serve as effective barriers against the unregulated influx of hazardous or unwanted compounds, and the unregulated efflux of desirable compounds. However, the cell does need a supply of desired compounds and removal of waste products. Transport proteins that are embedded (singly or in complexes) in the cellular membrane (reviewed by Oh and Amidon (1999) in Membrane Transporters as Drug Targets, ed. Amidon and Sadee, Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, Chapter 1) are major providers of these functions. There are two general classes of membrane transport proteins: channels or pores, and transporters (also known as carriers or permeases). Channels and transporters differ in their translocation mechanisms. Channels are hydrophilic group-lined protein tunnels whose opening by a regulatory event allow free, rapid passage of their charge-, size-, and geometry-selected small ions down their concentration gradients. Transporters specifically and selectively bind the molecules they move, some with and some against their concentration gradients, across membranes. The binding mechanism causes the action of transporters to be slow and saturable.  
     [2709] Transport molecules are specific for a particular target solute or class of solutes, and are also present in one or more specific membranes. Transport molecules localized to the plasma membrane permit an exchange of solutes with the surrounding environment, while transport molecules localized to intracellular membranes (e.g., membranes of the mitochondrion, peroxisome, lysosome, endoplasmic reticulum, nucleus, or vacuole) permit import and export of molecules from organelle to organelle or to the cytoplasm. For example, in the case of the mitochondrion, transporters in the inner and outer mitochondrial membranes permit the import of sugar molecules, calcium ions, and water (among other molecules) into the organelle and the export of newly synthesized ATP to the cytosol.  
     [2710] Transporters can move molecules by two types of processes. In one process, “facilitated diffusion,” transporters move molecules with their concentration gradients. In the other process, “active transport,” transporters move molecules against their concentration gradients. Active transport to move a molecule against its gradient requires energy, in contrast to facilitated diffusion, which does not require energy.  
     [2711] Transporters play important roles in the ability of the cell to regulate homeostasis, to grow and divide, and to communicate with other cells, e.g., to transport metabolic compounds (e.g., sugars, e.g., glucose) or metabolic intermediates, signaling molecules, such as hormones, reactive oxygen species, ions, neurotransmitters, or vitamins. A wide variety of human diseases and disorders are associated with defects in transporter or other membrane transport molecules, including certain types of liver disorders (e.g., due to defects in transport of long-chain fatty acids (Al Odaib et al. (1998) New Eng. J. Med. 339:1752-1757), hyperlysinemia (mitochondrial lysine transport defect (Oyanagi et al. (1986) Inherit. Metab. Dis. 9:313-316)), and cataract (Wintour (1997) Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 24(1):1-9). In addition, some sugar transporters are known to be involved in the regulation of cellular metabolism and, thus, can play a role in body weight disorders such as obesity, as well as related disorders like diabetes, hyperphagia, hypertension, and abnormalities associated with arterial and venous thrombosis, growth, sexual development, fertility (in both men and women), and sense of taste.  
     [2712] Many sugar transporters act by a facilitated diffusion mechanism to transport various monosaccharides across the cell membrane (Walmsley et al. (1998) Trends in Biochem. Sci. 23:476-481; Barrett et al. (1999) Curr. Op. Cell Biol. 11:496-502). Thus, they can be included in the major facilitator superfamily of transporters. In humans, there are over 30 families of transporters, also known as solute carriers or SLC (reviewed by Berger, et al. (2000) in The Kidney: Physiology and Pathophysiology, eds. Seldin D W and Giebisch G., Lippincott, Williams &amp; Wilkins, Philadelphia 1:107-138; see also www.gene.ucl.ac.uk/nomenclature for names of human SLC genes). The SLC families are classified according to the molecules they transport across the membrane. The major facilitator or facilitated diffusion human sugar transporters are in the SLC2 family and transport glucose or fructose or participate in glucose homeostasis.  
     [2713] Summary of the 8105 Invention  
     [2714] The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of a novel sugar transporter family member, referred to herein as “8105”. The nucleotide sequence of a cDNA encoding 8105 is shown in SEQ ID NO: 43, and the amino acid sequence of a 8105 polypeptide is shown in SEQ ID NO: 44. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding region are depicted in SEQ ID NO: 45.  
     [2715] Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 8105 protein or polypeptide, e.g., a biologically active portion of the 8105 protein. In a preferred embodiment the isolated nucleic acid molecule encodes a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 8105 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 45, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein. In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 45, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein. In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 45, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 8105 protein or an active fragment thereof.  
     [2716] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs that include a 8105 nucleic acid molecule described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 8105 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 8105 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides.  
     [2717] In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 8105-encoding nucleic acids.  
     [2718] In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to a 8105 encoding nucleic acid molecule are provided.  
     [2719] In another aspect, the invention features, 8105 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 8105-mediated or -related disorders, e.g., obesity and related disorders, e.g., diabetes, hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and/or cardiovascular disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 8105 polypeptides having a 8105 activity. Preferred polypeptides are 8105 proteins including at least one sugar transporter domain, and, preferably, having a 8105 activity, e.g., a 8105 activity as described herein.  
     [2720] In other embodiments, the invention provides 8105 polypeptides, e.g., a 8105 polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44 or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 45, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number as described herein, wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 8105 protein or an active fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment of at least 540 amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2721] In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include a 8105 nucleic acid molecule described herein.  
     [2722] In a related aspect, the invention provides 8105 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-8105 polypeptides to form fusion proteins.  
     [2723] In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 8105 polypeptides or fragments thereof, e.g., an extracellular domain of an 8105 polypeptide.  
     [2724] In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 8105 polypeptides or nucleic acids.  
     [2725] In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 8105 polypeptide or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 8105 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving obesity and related disorders, e.g., diabetes, hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and cardiovascular disorders.  
     [2726] The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 8105 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [2727] In further aspect, the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 8105 polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, including for disease diagnosis.  
     [2728] In another aspect, the invention features a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence. At least one address of the plurality has a capture probe that recognizes a 8105 molecule. In one embodiment, the capture probe is a nucleic acid, e.g., a probe complementary to a 8105 nucleic acid sequence. In another embodiment, the capture probe is a polypeptide, e.g., an antibody specific for 8105 polypeptides. Also featured is a method of analyzing a sample by contacting the sample to the aforementioned array and detecting binding of the sample to the array.  
     [2729] Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims.  
     [2730] Detailed Description of 8105  
     [2731] The human 8105 sequence (see SEQ ID NO: 43, as recited in Example 31), which is approximately 4385 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1689 nucleotides, including the termination codon. The coding sequence encodes a 562 amino acid protein (see SEQ ID NO: 44, as recited in Example 31).  
     [2732] Human 8105 contains the following regions or other structural features:  
     [2733] a sugar transporter domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00083) located at about amino acid residues 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2734] two sugar transport signature 1 sites (Prosite PS00216) located at about amino acid residues 86 to 102, and 308 to 324 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2735] twelve predicted transmembrane domains (predicted by MEMSAT, Jones et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049) located at about amino acid residues 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2736] two predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00005) located at about amino acid residues 215 to 217, and 391 to 393 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2737] eight predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00006) located at about amino acid residues 64 to 67, 158 to 161, 215 to 218, 238 to 241, 380 to 383, 486 to 489, 525 to 528, and 554 to 557 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2738] one predicted cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (Prosite PS00004) located at about amino acid residues 536 to 539 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2739] two predicted N-glycosylation sites (Prosite PS00001) from about amino acid residues 355 to 358, and 547 to 550 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2740] one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (Prosite PS00002) located at about amino acid residues 333 to 336 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2741] two predicted amidation sites (Prosite PS00009) located at about amino acid residues 93 to 96, and 315 to 318 of SEQ ID NO: 44; and  
     [2742] eleven predicted N-myristoylation sites (Prosite PS00008) located at about amino acid residues 40 to 45, 78 to 83, 114 to 119, 154 to 159, 163 to 168, 180 to 185, 209 to 214, 286 to 291, 495 to 500, 523 to 528, and 550 to 555 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2743] In addition, three predicted arginine methylation sites are located at about amino acid residues 153-154, 250-251, and 467-466 of SEQ ID NO: 44; two predicted SH2 domain binding sites are located at about amino acid residues 237-240 and 553 to 556 of SEQ ID NO: 44; one predicted SH3 domain binding site is located at about amino acid residues 232 to 235 of SEQ ID NO: 44; and one LAMMER kinase phosphorylation site is located at about amino acid residues 545 to 548 of SEQ ID NO: 44 (these predictions were made using the BinderFinder algorithm).  
     [2744] For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997)  Protein  28:405-420.  
     [2745] A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 8105 (clone “Fbh8105FL”) was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209, on ______ and assigned Accession Number ______. This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112.  
     [2746] The 8105 protein contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the sugar transporter family. The term “family” when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics.  
     [2747] As used herein, the term “sugar transporter” or “SLC2 family member” includes a protein or polypeptide which is capable of mediating facilitated diffusion, e.g., driven by the substrate concentration gradient, of a molecule, e.g. a monosaccharide (e.g. glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol) across a membrane, e.g. a cell (e.g, a nerve cell, pancreatic cell, endothelial cell, smooth muscle cell, or liver cell) or organelle (e.g, a mitochondrion) membrane. Sugar transporters play a role in or function in a variety of cellular processes, e.g., maintenance of sugar homeostasis and, typically, have sugar substrate specificity. Examples of sugar transporters include glucose transporters, fructose transporters, galactose transporters and yeast myo-inositol transporters.  
     [2748] The sugar transporter, or SLC2 family of proteins are characterized by twelve amphipathic (i.e. having hydrophilic or charged residue(s) along one face of an otherwise hydrophobic helix) transmembrane domains included within a sugar transporter domain, intracellular N- and C-termini, a large non-cytoplasmic hydrophilic loop between transmembrane domains one and two, and again between transmembrane domains nine and ten, a large cytoplasmic hydrophilic loop between transmembrane domains six and seven, and an oscillating pore mechanism of function (Barrett et al., supra). Typically, the transmembrane domains anchor the transporter within a membrane and through coordinated allosteric movements, effect the transport function along their hydrophilic faces across the membrane, while contributing to the sugar type selectivity. The hydrophilic non-transmembrane loops between and beyond the transmembrane domains of the transporter determine the ion binding specificity and provide the ion binding sites, the trigger for the transport conformational change, and release activity for the transporter.  
     [2749] An 8105 polypeptide can include a “sugar transporter domain” or regions homologous with a “sugar transporter domain”. A 8105 polypeptide can further include at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and preferably twelve “transmembrane domains” or regions homologous with a “transmembrane domain.” 
     [2750] As used herein, the term “sugar transporter domain” or “sugar (and other) transporter domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 400 to 650 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the sugar transporter domain (HMM) of at least 150. Preferably a sugar transporter domain mediates facilitated diffusion of molecules, e.g. monosaccharides (e.g. glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol) across a membrane. Preferably, a sugar transporter domain includes at least about 450 to 600 amino acids, more preferably about 470 to 550 amino acid residues, or about 490 to 510 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the sugar transporter domain (HMM) of at least 200, 210, 220 or greater.  
     [2751] Sugar transporter domains can include two Prosite signature sequences for sugar transport proteins (PS00216, or sequences homologous thereto). The first sugar transport protein signature sequence (GGFLIDCYGRKQAILGS, SEQ ID NO: 47) is located roughly between the second and third transmembrane domains of human 8105 polypeptide and corresponds to about amino acid residues 86 to 102 of SEQ ID NO: 44. In the above conserved motif, and other motifs described herein, the standard IUPAC one-letter code for the amino acids is used. The second sugar transport signature sequence (amino acids AMGLVDRAGRRALLLAG, SEQ ID NO: 48) is located roughly between the eighth and ninth transmembrane domains of human 8105 polypeptide and corresponds to about amino acids 308 to 324 of SEQ ID NO: 44. These signature sequences are involved in the conformational change required for transport. The sugar transporter domain (HMM) has been assigned the PFAM Accession Number PF00083. An alignment of the sugar transporter domain (amino acids 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44) of human 8105 with a consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 46) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in FIGS.  22 A- 22 B.  
     [2752] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 polypeptide or protein has a “sugar transporter domain” or a region which includes at least about 400 to 650 amino acids, 450 to 600 amino acids, more preferably about 470 to 550 amino acid residues, or about 490 to 510 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “sugar transporter domain,” e.g., the sugar transporter domain of human 8105 (e.g., residues 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44).  
     [2753] To identify the presence of a “sugar transporter” domain in a 8105 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against the Pfam database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters. For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al. (1997)  Proteins  28:405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al. (1990)  Meth. Enzymol.  183:146-159; Gribskov et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:4355-4358; Krogh et al. (1994)  J. Mol. Biol.  235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al. (1993)  Protein Sci.  2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. A search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a “sugar (and other) transporter domain” domain in the amino acid sequence of human 8105 at about residues 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44 (see FIGS.  22 A- 22 B).  
     [2754] An 8105 polypeptide can include at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and preferably twelve “transmembrane domains” or regions homologous with a “transmembrane domain.” As used herein, the term “transmembrane domain” includes an amino acid sequence of about 10 to 40 amino acid residues in length and spans the plasma membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains typically have alpha-helical structures and are described in, for example, Zagotta, W. N. et al., (1996)  Annual Rev. Neurosci.  19:235-263, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.  
     [2755] In a preferred embodiment, an 8105 polypeptide or protein has at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and preferably twelve “transmembrane domains” or regions which include at least about 12 to 35 more preferably about 15 to 30 or 16 to 25 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “transmembrane domain,” e.g., the transmembrane domains of human 8105 (e.g., residues 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44). The transmembrane domain of human 8105 is visualized in the hydropathy plot (FIG. 21) as regions of about 17 to 25 amino acids where the hydropathy trace is mostly above the horizontal line.  
     [2756] To identify the presence of a “transmembrane” domain in a 8105 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be analyzed by a transmembrane prediction method that predicts the secondary structure and topology of integral membrane proteins based on the recognition of topological models (MEMSAT, Jones et al., (1994)  Biochemistry  33:3038-3049).  
     [2757] An 8105 polypeptide can include at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, preferably thirteen “non-transmembrane regions.” As used herein, the term “non-transmembrane region” includes an amino acid sequence not identified as a transmembrane domain. The non-transmembrane regions in 8105 are located at about amino acid residues 1 to 16, 42 to 69, 91 to 97, 122 to 127, 145 to 153, 175 to 187, 211 to 254, 280 to 289, 313 to 318, 343 to 432, 457 to 467, 489 to 495, and 519 to 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2758] The non-transmembrane regions of 8105 include at least one, two, three, four, five, six, preferably seven cytoplasmic regions. When located at the N-terminus, the cytoplasmic region is referred to herein as the “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain.” As used herein, an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having about 1 to 90, preferably about 1 to 40, more preferably about 1 to 30, or even more preferably about 1 to 20 amino acid residues in length and is located inside of a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. The C-terminal amino acid residue of an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a 8105 protein. For example, an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 1 to 16 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2759] In a preferred embodiment, a polypeptide or protein has an N-terminal cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 5, preferably about 1 to 40, and more preferably about 1 to 20 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with an “N-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” e.g., the N-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 8105 (e.g., residues 1 to 16 of SEQ ID NO: 44).  
     [2760] In another embodiment, a cytoplasmic region of an 8105 protein can include the C-terminus and can be a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,” also referred to herein as a “C-terminal cytoplasmic tail.” As used herein, a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” includes an amino acid sequence having a length of at least about about 20 to 90, more preferably about 40 to 50 amino acid residues and is located inside of a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. The N-terminal amino acid residue of a “C-terminal cytoplasmic domain” is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a 8105 protein. For example, a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain is located at about amino acid residues 519 to 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2761] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 polypeptide or protein has a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain or a region which includes at least about 20 to 90, and more preferably about 40 to 50 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a C-terminal cytoplasmic domain,“e.g., the C-terminal cytoplasmic domain of human 8105 (e.g., residues 519 to 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44).  
     [2762] In another embodiment, an 8105 protein includes at least one, two, three, four, preferably five cytoplasmic loops. As used herein, the term “loop” includes an amino acid sequence that resides outside of a phospholipid membrane, having a length of at least about 4, preferably about 5 to 80, more preferably about 5 to 45 amino acid residues, and has an amino acid sequence that connects two transmembrane domains within a protein or polypeptide. Accordingly, the N-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to a C-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in an 8105 molecule, and the C-terminal amino acid of a loop is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid of a transmembrane domain in a 8105 molecule. As used herein, a “cytoplasmic loop” includes a loop located inside of a cell or within the cytoplasm of a cell. For example, a “cytoplasmic loop” can be found at about amino acid residues 91 to 97, 145 to 153, 211 to 254, 313 to 318, and 457 to 467 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2763] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 polypeptide or protein has a cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5 to 80, more preferably about 5 to 45 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a cytoplasmic loop,“e.g., a cytoplasmic loop of human 8105 (e.g., residues 91 to 97, 145 to 153, 211 to 254, 313 to 318, and 457 to 467 of SEQ ID NO: 44).  
     [2764] In another embodiment, a 8105 protein includes at least one, two, three, four, five, preferably six non-cytoplasmic loops. As used herein, a “non-cytoplasmic loop” includes an amino acid sequence located outside of a cell or within an intracellular organelle. Non-cytoplasmic loops include extracellular domains (i.e., outside of the cell) and intracellular domains (i.e., within the cell). When referring to membrane-bound proteins found in intracellular organelles (e.g., mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, peroxisomes microsomes, vesicles, endosomes, and lysosomes), non-cytoplasmic loops include those domains of the protein that reside in the lumen of the organelle or the matrix or the intermembrane space. For example, a “non-cytoplasmic loop” can be found at about amino acid residues 42 to 69, 122 to 127, 175 to 187, 280 to 289, 343 to 432, and 489 to 495 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2765] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 polypeptide or protein has at least one non-cytoplasmic loop or a region which includes at least about 4, preferably about 5 to 100, more preferably about 5 to 90 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a “non-cytoplasmic loop,” e.g., at least one non-cytoplasmic loop of human 8105 (e.g., residues 42 to 69, 122 to 127, 175 to 187, 280 to 289, 343 to 432, and 489 to 495 of SEQ ID NO: 44).  
     [2766] An 8105 family member can include at least one sugar transporter domain; at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, and preferably twelve transmembrane domains; at least one, two, three, four, five, six, preferably seven cytoplasmic regions, including N- and C-terminal cytoplasmic domains and at least one, two, three, four, preferably five cytoplasmic loops; and at least one, two, three, four, five, preferably six non-cytoplasmic loops. A 8105 family member also can include at least one, preferably two sugar transporter signature 1 sequences (PS00216). Furthermore, a 8105 family member can include at least one, preferably two predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, preferably eight predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00006); at least one predicted cAMP/cGMP protein kinase phosphorylation site (Prosite PS00004); at least one, preferably two predicted N-glycosylation sites (Prosite PS00001); at least one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (Prosite PS00002); at least one, preferably two predicted amidation sites (Prosite PS00009); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, and preferably eleven predicted N-myristoylation sites (Prosite PS00008); at least one, two, preferably three predicted arginine methylation sites; at least one, preferably two predicted SH2 domain binding sites; at least one predicted SH3 domain binding site; and at least one LAMMER kinase phosphorylation site.  
     [2767] As the 8105 polypeptides of the invention can modulate 8105-mediated activities, they can be useful for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for sugar transporter-associated or other 8105-associated disorders, as described below. As used herein, a “sugar transporter-mediated activity” includes an activity which involves transport of a molecule, e.g. a monosaccharide (e.g. glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol) across a membrane, e.g. a cell (e.g, a nerve cell, fat cell, muscle cell, or blood cell, such as an erythrocyte) or organelle (e.g, a mitochondrion) membrane. Sugar transporters of the SLC2 family play important roles in sugar homeostasis, i.e., in making monosaccharides available to cells to use as an energy source. Besides a general role in metabolism, this role of sugar transporters is evident especially in the neurological and cardiovascular systems, with specific or high energy demands. As a result, glucose transporters are being investigated in relation to infantile seizures (Klepper et al. (1999)  Neurochem. Res.  24:587-94) and coronary artery disease (Young et al. (1999)  Am. J. Cardiol.  83:25H-30H).  
     [2768] As used herein, a “8105 activity”, “biological activity of 8105” or “functional activity of 8105”, refers to an activity exerted by a 8105 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule e.g., a 8105-responsive cell or on a 8105 substrate, e.g., a protein substrate, as determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 8105 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 8105 target molecule. A “target molecule” or “binding partner” is a molecule with which a 8105 protein binds or interacts in nature. In an exemplary embodiment, 8105 is a transporter, e.g., sugar transporter, e.g., an SLC2 family member, and thus binds to or interacts in nature with a molecule, e.g., a monosaccharide (e.g., glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol).  
     [2769] An 8105 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 8105 protein with a 8105 receptor.  
     [2770] Based on the above-described sequence structures and similarities to molecules of known function, the 8105 molecules of the present invention have similar biological activities as sugar transporter family members. For example, the 8105 proteins of the present invention can have one or more of the following activities: (1) the ability to reside within a membrane, e.g., a cell membrane (e.g., a nerve cell membrane, pancreatic cell membrane, endothelial cell membrane, smooth muscle cell membrane, and/or liver cell membrane) or organelle (e.g., mitochondrion) membrane; (2) the ability to interact with a substrate or target molecule, e.g., a monosaccharide, (e.g., glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol); (3) the ability to transport the substrate or target molecule across the membrane; (4) the ability to interact with and/or modulate a second non-transporter protein; (5) the ability to modulate sugar homeostasis in a cell; (6) the ability to modulate insulin and/or glucagon secretion; or (7) the ability to modulate metabolism.  
     [2771] The expression pattern of 8105 (as described in Examples 2 and 3), particularly the expression in the brain, hypothalamus, pancreas, and vasculature, supports a role for the 8105 molecules of the invention in the regulation of metabolic processes. Without wanting to be bound by theory, it is possible that the 8105 molecules present in the brain and hypothalamus are part of a signaling network that monitors the levels of sugars (e.g., glucose) and leptins in the blood and integrates the information before sending out signals to other tissues in the body concerning hunger and metabolism. For example, glucose is known to influence the activity of a Na+/K+ pump in pancreatic cells (see Elmi et al. (2000), Int. J. Exp. Diabetes Res. 1(2):155-64, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference), and leptins (the products of the obese gene) are known to activate an ATP-sensitive potassium channel in hypothalamic neurons (see Spanswick et al. (1997), Nature 390(6659):521-5, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference). Consequently, since leptins are active in hypothalamic cells, where 8105 molecules are expressed, they could both be acting to modify the Na+ and K+ concentrations within the neurons, thereby altering the signaling properties of the neurons, as well as the signals that the neurons are sending to other cells in the body. 8105 molecules in other tissues, e.g., other neurons or pancreatic cells, could be functioning similarly, either in conjunction with leptins or with other molecules involved in the control of metabolism, e.g., hormones like NPY, MC4-R, and AGRP.  
     [2772] Thus, the 8105 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more sugar transporter-associated disorders. As used herein, a “human sugar transporter-associated disorder” includes a disorder, disease, or condition which is caused by, characterized by, or associated with a misregulation, e.g., an aberrant or deficient (e.g., downregulation or upregulation) of a sugar transporter mediated activity. Sugar transporter-associated disorders typically result in, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, sugar levels in a cell. Examples of sugar transporter-associated disorders include disorders associated with sugar homeostasis, such as obesity, anorexia, type-1 diabetes, type-2 diabetes, hypoglycemia, glycogen storage disease (Von Gierke disease), type I glycogenosis, bipolar disorder, seasonal affective disorder, and cluster B personality disorders.  
     [2773] Human sugar transporter-associated disorders can detrimentally affect cellular functions such as cellular proliferation, growth, differentiation, and cellular regulation of homeostasis, e.g., glucose homeostasis; inter- or intra-cellular communication, e.g., involving neurons; tissue function, such as cardiovascular function (e.g., thrombosis and hypertension) or musculoskeletal function; systemic responses in an organism, such as nervous system responses, hormonal responses (e.g., regulation of metabolism and reproduction), or immune responses; and protection of cells from toxic compounds (e.g., carcinogens, toxins, mutagens, and toxic byproducts of metabolic activity, e.g., reactive oxygen species). Accordingly, the 8105 molecules of the invention, as human sugar transporters, can mediate various human sugar transporter-associated disorders, including, but not limited to, metabolic disorders, hormonal disorders, neurological disorders, pancreatic disorders, liver disorders kidney disorders, cardiovascular disorders, blood vessel disorders, pain disorders, disorders of bone metabolism, and cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders.  
     [2774] The 8105 molecules of the invention can play an important role in the regulation of metabolic disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, hyperphagia, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, and lipid disorders, and disorders in the regulation of blood sugar levels, e.g., diabetes type I and type II, and hypoglycemia. Metabolic disorders such as obesity can be associated with secondary disorders such as hormonal disorders (see below), hypertension, cardiovascular disorders (e.g., propensity for arterial and venous thrombosis), and sensory disorders (e.g., altered sense of taste), all of which could be influenced by the acitivity of 8105 molecules.  
     [2775] Human sugar transporter-associated disorders can include hormonal disorders, such as conditions or diseases in which the production and/or regulation of hormones in an organism is aberrant. Examples of such disorders and diseases include type I and type II diabetes mellitus, pituitary disorders (e.g., growth disorders), thyroid disorders (e.g., hypothyroidism or hyperthyroidism), and reproductive or fertility disorders (e.g., disorders which affect the organs of the reproductive system, e.g., the prostate gland, the uterus, or the vagina; disorders which involve an imbalance in the levels of a reproductive hormone in a subject; disorders affecting the ability of a subject to reproduce; and disorders affecting secondary sex characteristic development, e.g., adrenal hyperplasia).  
     [2776] Disorders involving the pancreas include those of the exocrine pancreas such as congenital anomalies, including but not limited to, ectopic pancreas; pancreatitis, including but not limited to, acute pancreatitis; cysts, including but not limited to, pseudocysts; tumors, including but not limited to, cystic tumors and carcinoma of the pancreas; and disorders of the endocrine pancreas such as, diabetes mellitus; islet cell tumors, including but not limited to, insulinomas, gastrinomas, and other rare islet cell tumors.  
     [2777] Disorders involving the liver include, but are not limited to, hepatic injury; jaundice and cholestasis, such as bilirubin and bile formation; hepatic failure and cirrhosis, such as cirrhosis, portal hypertension, including ascites, portosystemic shunts, and splenomegaly; infectious disorders, such as viral hepatitis, including hepatitis A-E infection and infection by other hepatitis viruses, clinicopathologic syndromes, such as the carrier state, asymptomatic infection, acute viral hepatitis, chronic viral hepatitis, and fulminant hepatitis; autoimmune hepatitis; drug- and toxin-induced liver disease, such as alcoholic liver disease; inborn errors of metabolism and pediatric liver disease, such as hemochromatosis, Wilson disease, a 1 -antitrypsin deficiency, and neonatal hepatitis; intrahepatic biliary tract disease, such as secondary biliary cirrhosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, primary sclerosing cholangitis, and anomalies of the biliary tree; circulatory disorders, such as impaired blood flow into the liver, including hepatic artery compromise and portal vein obstruction and thrombosis, impaired blood flow through the liver, including passive congestion and centrilobular necrosis and peliosis hepatis, hepatic vein outflow obstruction, including hepatic vein thrombosis (Budd-Chiari syndrome) and veno-occlusive disease; hepatic disease associated with pregnancy, such as preeclampsia and eclampsia, acute fatty liver of pregnancy, and intrehepatic cholestasis of pregnancy; hepatic complications of organ or bone marrow transplantation, such as drug toxicity after bone marrow transplantation, graft-versus-host disease and liver rejection, and nonimmunologic damage to liver allografts; tumors and tumorous conditions, such as nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and malignant tumors, including primary carcinoma of the liver and metastatic tumors.  
     [2778] Disorders involving the kidney include, but are not limited to, congenital anomalies including, but not limited to, cystic diseases of the kidney, that include but are not limited to, cystic renal dysplasia, polycystic kidney diseases, and cystic diseases of renal medulla; glomerular diseases including pathologies of glomerular injury; glomerular lesions associated with systemic disease, and thrombotic microangiopathies.  
     [2779] Disorders of the CNS or neurological disorders such as cognitive and neurodegenerative disorders, include, but are not limited to, autonomic function disorders such as hypertension and sleep disorders, and neuropsychiatric disorders, such as depression, schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, Korsakoff&#39;s psychosis, anxiety disorders, or phobic disorders; learning or memory disorders, e.g., amnesia or age-related memory loss, attention deficit disorder, dysthymic disorder, major depressive disorder, mania, obsessive-compulsive disorder, psychoactive substance use disorders, anxiety, phobias, panic disorder, as well as bipolar affective disorder, e.g., severe bipolar affective (mood) disorder (BP-1), and bipolar affective neurological disorders, e.g., migraine and obesity. Such neurological disorders include, for example, disorders involving neurons, and disorders involving glia, such as astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and microglia; cerebral edema, raised intracranial pressure and herniation, and hydrocephalus; malformations and developmental diseases, such as neural tube defects, forebrain anomalies, posterior fossa anomalies, and syringomyelia and hydromyelia; perinatal brain injury; cerebrovascular diseases, such as those related to hypoxia, ischemia, and infarction, including hypotension, hypoperfusion, and low-flow states—global cerebral ischemia and focal cerebral ischemia—infarction from obstruction of local blood supply, intracranial hemorrhage, including intracerebral (intraparenchymal) hemorrhage, subarachnoid hemorrhage and ruptured berry aneurysms, and vascular malformations, hypertensive cerebrovascular disease, including lacunar infarcts, slit hemorrhages, and hypertensive encephalopathy; infections, such as acute meningitis, including acute pyogenic (bacterial) meningitis and acute aseptic (viral) meningitis, acute focal suppurative infections, including brain abscess, subdural empyema, and extradural abscess, chronic bacterial meningoencephalitis, including tuberculosis and mycobacterioses, neurosyphilis, and neuroborreliosis (Lyme disease), viral meningoencephalitis, including arthropod-borne (Arbo) viral encephalitis, Herpes simplex virus Type 1, Herpes simplex virus Type 2, Varicella-zoster virus (Herpes zoster), cytomegalovirus, poliomyelitis, rabies, and human immunodeficiency virus 1, including HIV-1 meningoencephalitis (subacute encephalitis), vacuolar myelopathy, AIDS-associated myopathy, peripheral neuropathy, and AIDS in children, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, fungal meningoencephalitis, other infectious diseases of the nervous system; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (prion diseases); demyelinating diseases, including multiple sclerosis, multiple sclerosis variants, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalomyelitis, and other diseases with demyelination; degenerative diseases, such as degenerative diseases affecting the cerebral cortex, including Alzheimer&#39;s disease and Pick&#39;s disease, degenerative diseases of basal ganglia and brain stem, including Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson&#39;s disease (paralysis agitans) and other Lewy diffuse body diseases, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degenration, multiple system atrophy, including striatonigral degenration, Shy-Drager syndrome, and olivopontocerebellar atrophy, and Huntington&#39;s disease, senile dementia, Gilles de la Tourette&#39;s syndrome, epilepsy, and Jakob-Creutzfieldt disease; spinocerebellar degenerations, including spinocerebellar ataxias, including Friedreich ataxia, and ataxia-telanglectasia, degenerative diseases affecting motor neurons, including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (motor neuron disease), bulbospinal atrophy (Kennedy syndrome), and spinal muscular atrophy; inborn errors of metabolism, such as leukodystrophies, including Krabbe disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, and Canavan disease, mitochondrial encephalomyopathies, including Leigh disease and other mitochondrial encephalomyopathies; toxic and acquired metabolic diseases, including vitamin deficiencies such as thiamine (vitamin B 1 ) deficiency and vitamin B 12  deficiency, neurologic sequelae of metabolic disturbances, including hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and hepatic encephatopathy, toxic disorders, including carbon monoxide, methanol, ethanol, and radiation, including combined methotrexate and radiation-induced injury; tumors, such as gliomas, including astrocytoma, including fibrillary (diffuse) astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforme, pilocytic astrocytoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, and brain stem glioma, oligodendroglioma, and ependymoma and related paraventricular mass lesions, neuronal tumors, poorly differentiated neoplasms, including medulloblastoma, other parenchymal tumors, including primary brain lymphoma, germ cell tumors, and pineal parenchymal tumors, meningiomas, metastatic tumors, paraneoplastic syndromes, peripheral nerve sheath tumors, including schwannoma, neurofibroma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannoma), and neurocutaneous syndromes (phakomatoses), including neurofibromotosis, including Type 1 neurofibromatosis (NF1) and TYPE 2 neurofibromatosis (NF2), tuberous sclerosis, and Von Hippel-Lindau disease. Further CNS-related disorders include, for example, those listed in the American Psychiatric Association&#39;s Diagnostic and Statistical manual of Mental Disorders (DSM), the most current version of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.  
     [2780] As used herein, disorders involving the heart, or “cardiovascular disease” or a “cardiovascular disorder” includes a disease or disorder which affects the cardiovascular system, e.g., the heart, the blood vessels, and/or the blood. A cardiovascular disorder can be caused by an imbalance in arterial pressure, a malfunction of the heart, or an occlusion of a blood vessel, e.g., by a thrombus. A cardiovascular disorder includes, but is not limited to disorders such as arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, cardiac hypertrophy, ischemia reperfusion injury, restenosis, arterial inflammation, vascular wall remodeling, ventricular remodeling, rapid ventricular pacing, coronary microembolism, tachycardia, bradycardia, pressure overload, aortic bending, coronary artery ligation, vascular heart disease, valvular disease, including but not limited to, valvular degeneration caused by calcification, rheumatic heart disease, endocarditis, or complications of artificial valves; atrial fibrillation, long-QT syndrome, congestive heart failure, sinus node dysfunction, angina, heart failure, hypertension, atrial fibrillation, atrial flutter, pericardial disease, including but not limited to, pericardial effusion and pericarditis; cardiomyopathies, e.g., dilated cardiomyopathy or idiopathic cardiomyopathy, myocardial infarction, coronary artery disease, coronary artery spasm, ischemic disease, arrhythmia, sudden cardiac death, and cardiovascular developmental disorders (e.g., arteriovenous malformations, arteriovenous fistulae, raynaud&#39;s syndrome, neurogenic thoracic outlet syndrome, causalgia/reflex sympathetic dystrophy, hemangioma, aneurysm, cavernous angioma, aortic valve stenosis, atrial septal defects, atrioventricular canal, coarctation of the aorta, ebsteins anomaly, hypoplastic left heart syndrome, interruption of the aortic arch, mitral valve prolapse, ductus arteriosus, patent foramen ovale, partial anomalous pulmonary venous return, pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect, pulmonary atresia without ventricular septal defect, persistance of the fetal circulation, pulmonary valve stenosis, single ventricle, total anomalous pulmonary venous return, transposition of the great vessels, tricuspid atresia, truncus arteriosus, ventricular septal defects). A cardiovascular disease or disorder also can include an endothelial cell disorder.  
     [2781] As used herein, an “endothelial cell disorder” includes a disorder characterized by aberrant, unregulated, or unwanted endothelial cell activity, e.g., proliferation, migration, angiogenesis, or vascularization; or aberrant expression of cell surface adhesion molecules or genes associated with angiogenesis, e.g., TIE-2, FLT and FLK. Endothelial cell disorders include tumorigenesis, tumor metastasis, psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy, endometriosis, Grave&#39;s disease, ischemic disease (e.g., atherosclerosis), and chronic inflammatory diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis).  
     [2782] Disorders involving blood vessels include, but are not limited to, responses of vascular cell walls to injury, such as endothelial dysfunction and endothelial activation and intimal thickening; vascular diseases including, but not limited to, congenital anomalies, such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, and hypertensive vascular disease, such as hypertension; inflammatory disease, e.g., an arteritis condition; Raynaud disease; aneurysms and dissection; disorders of veins and lymphatics, such as varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, or other obstructions, lymphangitis and lymphedema; tumors, including benign tumors and tumor-like conditions, such as hemangioma, vascular ectasias, and bacillary angiomatosis, and intermediate-grade (borderline low-grade malignant) tumors, such as Kaposi&#39;s sarcoma and hemangloendothelioma, and malignant tumors, such as angiosarcoma and hemangiopericytoma; and pathology of therapeutic interventions in vascular disease, such as balloon angioplasty and related techniques and vascular replacement, such as coronary artery bypass graft surgery.  
     [2783] Aberrant expression and/or activity of 8105 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. “Bone metabolism” refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 8105 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 8105 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 8105 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti-convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cirrhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatorrhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever.  
     [2784] Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually referred to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H. L. (1987)  Pain, New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with musculoskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain.    
     [2785] Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin.  
     [2786] As used herein, the terms “cancer”, “hyperproliferative” and “neoplastic” refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth. Examples of such cells include cells having an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, irrespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. “Pathologic hyperproliferative” cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair.  
     [2787] The terms “cancer” or “neoplasms” include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito-urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus.  
     [2788] The term “carcinoma” is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An “adenocarcinoma” refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures.  
     [2789] The term “sarcoma” is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation.  
     [2790] Additional examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term “hematopoietic neoplastic disorders” includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin. A hematopoietic neoplastic disorder can arise from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myclogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Vaickus, L. (1991)  Crit Rev. in Oncol./Hemotol.  11:267-97); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom&#39;s macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin&#39;s disease and Reed-Stemberg disease.  
     [2791] The 8105 protein, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO: 44 thereof are collectively referred to as “polypeptides or proteins of the invention” or “8105 polypeptides or proteins”. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively referred to as “nucleic acids of the invention” or “8105 nucleic acids.” 8105 molecules refer to 8105 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies.  
     [2792] As used herein, the term “nucleic acid molecule” includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA), RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA. A DNA or RNA analog can be synthesized from nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA.  
     [2793] The term “isolated nucleic acid molecule” or “purified nucleic acid molecule” includes nucleic acid molecules that are separated from other nucleic acid molecules present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term “isolated” includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an “isolated” nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5′ and/or 3′ ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4 kb, 3 kb, 2 kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5′ and/or 3′ nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an “isolated” nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized.  
     [2794] As used herein, the term “hybridizes under low stringency, medium stringency, high stringency, or very high stringency conditions” describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Guidance for performing hybridization reactions can be found in  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , John Wiley &amp; Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6, which is incorporated by reference. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. Specific hybridization conditions referred to herein are as follows: 1) low stringency hybridization conditions in 6× sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45° C., followed by two washes in 0.2× SSC, 0.1% SDS at least at 50° C. (the temperature of the washes can be increased to 55° C. for low stringency conditions); 2) medium stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 60° C.; 3) high stringency hybridization conditions in 6×SSC at about 45° C., followed by one or more washes in 0.2×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C.; and preferably 4) very high stringency hybridization conditions are 0.5M sodium phosphate, 7% SDS at 65° C., followed by one or more washes at 0.2×SSC, 1% SDS at 65° C. Very high stringency conditions (4) are the preferred conditions and the ones that should be used unless otherwise specified.  
     [2795] Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, corresponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule.  
     [2796] As used herein, a “naturally-occurring” nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature. For example a naturally occurring nucleic acid molecule can encode a natural protein. As used herein, the terms “gene” and “recombinant gene” refer to nucleic acid molecules which include at least an open reading frame encoding a 8105 protein. The gene can optionally further include non-coding sequences, e.g., regulatory sequences and introns. Preferably, a gene encodes a mammalian 8105 protein or derivative thereof.  
     [2797] An “isolated” or “purified” polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. “Substantially free” means that a preparation of 8105 protein is at least 10% pure. In a preferred embodiment, the preparation of 8105 protein has less than about 30%, 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-8105 protein (also referred to herein as a “contaminating protein”), or of chemical precursors or non-8105 chemicals. When the 8105 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight.  
     [2798] A “non-essential” amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild-type sequence of 8105 without abolishing or substantially altering a 8105 activity. Preferably the alteration does not substantially alter the 8105 activity, e.g., the activity is at least 20%, 40%, 60%, 70% or 80% of wild-type. An “essential” amino acid residue is a residue that, when altered from the wild-type sequence of 8105, results in abolishing a 8105 activity such that less than 20% of the wild-type activity is present. For example, conserved amino acid residues in 8105 are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration.  
     [2799] A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 8105 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 8105 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 8105 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined.  
     [2800] As used herein, a “biologically active portion” of a 8105 protein includes a fragment of a 8105 protein which participates in an interaction, e.g., an intramolecular or an inter-molecular interaction. An inter-molecular interaction can be a specific binding interaction or an enzymatic interaction (e.g., the interaction can be transient and a covalent bond is formed or broken). An inter-molecular interaction can be between a 8105 molecule and a non-8105 molecule or between a first 8105 molecule and a second 8105 molecule (e.g., a dimerization interaction). Biologically active portions of a 8105 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 8105 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44, which include less amino acids than the full length 8105 proteins, and exhibit at least one activity of a 8105 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 8105 protein, e.g., the transport of sugar molecules, e.g., glucose, accross cell membranes, e.g., the plasma membrane. A biologically active portion of a 8105 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 8105 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a 8105 mediated activity, e.g., the transport of sugar molecules, e.g., glucose, accross cell membranes, e.g., the plasma membrane.  
     [2801] Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows.  
     [2802] To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a preferred embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at corresponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid “identity” is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid “homology”).  
     [2803] The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.  
     [2804] The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch ((1970)  J. Mol. Biol.  48:444-453 ) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another preferred embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly preferred set of parameters (and the one that should be used unless otherwise specified) are a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5.  
     [2805] The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller ((1989) CABIOS, 4:11-17) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.  
     [2806] The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a “query sequence” to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al (1990)  J. Mol. Biol.  215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score=100, wordlength=12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 8105 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score=50, wordlength=3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 8105 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997)  Nucleic Acids Res.  25:3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used.  
     [2807] Particularly preferred 8105 polypeptides of the present invention have an amino acid sequence substantially identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44. In the context of an amino acid sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first amino acid that contains a sufficient or minimum number of amino acid residues that are i) identical to, or ii) conservative substitutions of aligned amino acid residues in a second amino acid sequence such that the first and second amino acid sequences can have a common structural domain and/or common functional activity. For example, amino acid sequences that contain a common structural domain having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 44 are termed substantially identical.  
     [2808] In the context of nucleotide sequence, the term “substantially identical” is used herein to refer to a first nucleic acid sequence that contains a sufficient or minimum number of nucleotides that are identical to aligned nucleotides in a second nucleic acid sequence such that the first and second nucleotide sequences encode a polypeptide having common functional activity, or encode a common structural polypeptide domain or a common functional polypeptide activity. For example, nucleotide sequences having at least about 60%, or 65% identity, likely 75% identity, more likely 85%, 90%. 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 43 or 45 are termed substantially identical.  
     [2809] “Misexpression or aberrant expression”, as used herein, refers to a non-wildtype pattern of gene expression at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over- or under-expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of altered, e.g., increased or decreased, expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, translated amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus.  
     [2810] “Subject,” as used herein, refers to human and non-human animals. The term “non-human animals” of the invention includes all vertebrates, e.g., mammals, such as non-human primates (particularly higher primates), sheep, dog, rodent (e.g., mouse or rat), guinea pig, goat, pig, cat, rabbits, cow, and non-mammals, such as chickens, amphibians, reptiles, etc. In a preferred embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the subject is an experimental animal or animal suitable as a disease model.  
     [2811] A “purified preparation of cells”, as used herein, refers to an in vitro preparation of cells. In the case cells from multicellular organisms (e.g., plants and animals), a purified preparation of cells is a subset of cells obtained from the organism, not the entire intact organism. In the case of unicellular microorganisms (e.g., cultured cells and microbial cells), it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells.  
     [2812] Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below.  
     [2813] Isolated 8105 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [2814] In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 8105 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full-length 8105 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 8105 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to identify a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 8105 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules.  
     [2815] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 8105 protein (i.e., “the coding region” of SEQ ID NO: 43, as shown in SEQ ID NO: 45), as well as 5′ untranslated sequences (nucleotides 1 to 173 of SEQ ID NO: 43), 3′ untranslated sequences (nucleotides 1860 to 4385 of SEQ ID NO: 43), or both 5′ and 3′ untranslated sequences. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ ID NO: 43 (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 45) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence. In another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence corresponding to a fragment of the protein from about amino acid residues 23 to 562, or 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2816] In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, such that it can hybridize (e.g., under a stringency condition described herein) to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 or 45, thereby forming a stable duplex.  
     [2817] In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about: 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the entire length of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, or a portion, preferably of the same length, of any of these nucleotide sequences.  
     [2818] 8105 Nucleic Acid Fragments  
     [2819] A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43 or 45. For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 8105 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 8105 protein. A fragment can comprise those nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 43 which encode a sugar transporter domain of human 8105. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 8105 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 8105 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 8105 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species.  
     [2820] In another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5′ or 3′ noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 520, 540, 545, 550, 555, 560, or more amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences corresponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention.  
     [2821] A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, a 8105 nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence corresponding to a sugar transporter domain, e.g., about amino acid residues 23 to 562, or about 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44; or a transmembrane domain from about amino acid residues 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2822] 8105 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under a stringency condition described herein to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45, or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45. Preferably, an oligonucleotide is less than about 200, 150, 120, or 100 nucleotides in length.  
     [2823] In one embodiment, the probe or primer is attached to a solid support, e.g., a solid support described herein.  
     [2824] One exemplary kit of primers includes a forward primer that anneals to the coding strand and a reverse primer that anneals to the non-coding strand. The forward primer can anneal to the start codon, e.g., the nucleic acid sequence encoding amino acid residue 1 of SEQ ID NO: 44. The reverse primer can anneal to the ultimate codon, e.g., the codon immediately before the stop codon, e.g., the codon encoding amino acid residue 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44. In a preferred embodiment, the annealing temperatures of the forward and reverse primers differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, or 2° C.  
     [2825] In a preferred embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 10, 12, 15, 18, 20 and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, nucleotides in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or 2, or less than 5 or 10 nucleotides, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2826] A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes: a sugar transporter domain from about amino acid residues 23 to 562, or 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44; or a transmembrane domain from about amino acid residues 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2827] In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 8105 sequence, e.g., a domain, region, site or other sequence described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. For example, primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a sugar transporter domain from about amino acid residues 23 to 562, or 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44; or a transmembrane domain from about amino acid residues 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2828] A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein.  
     [2829] A nucleic acid fragment encoding a “biologically active portion of a 8105 polypeptide” can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43 or 45, which encodes a polypeptide having a 8105 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 8105 proteins are described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 8105 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 8105 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 8105 includes a sugar transporter domain, e.g., amino acid residues about 23 to 562, or 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 8105 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300, 550, 691, 820, 882, 960, 1100, 1284, 1641, 1781, 2000, 2092 or more nucleotides in length.  
     [2830] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid fragment includes a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2100, 2200, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, 3200, 3300, 3400 or more nucleotides in length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45. In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid fragment includes at least one contiguous nucleotide from a region of about nucleotides 1-240, 200-1000, 800-2000, 1600-2400, 2200-2500, 2400-3200, 3000-3800, 3600-4400, 4000-4200, or 4100-4385.  
     [2831] In preferred embodiments, a nucleic acid fragment differs by at least 1, 2, 3, 10, 20, or more nucleotides from the sequence of Genbank accession number AL137188, AF321240, AF248053, AK055548, or AL031055, or SEQ ID NO: 26 of WO 02/04520, or SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO 02/02586 or WO 02/18621. Differences can include differing in length or sequence identity. For example, a nucleic acid fragment can: include one or more nucleotides from SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45 located outside the region of nucleotides 241 to 2332 or 2333 to 4113; not include all of the nucleotides of AL137188, AF321240, AF248053, AK055548, or AL031055, or SEQ ID NO: 26 of WO 02/04520, or SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO 02/02586 or WO 02/18621, e.g., can be one or more nucleotides shorter (at one or both ends) than the sequence of AL137188, AF321240, AF248053, AK055548, or AL031055, or SEQ ID NO: 26 of WO 02/04520, or SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO 02/02586 or WO 02/18621; or can differ by one or more nucleotides in the region of overlap.  
     [2832] 8105 Nucleic Acid Variants  
     [2833] The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45. Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 8105 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO: 44. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. The encoded protein can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 amino acid. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2834] Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are preferred, or non-preferred, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one codon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in  E. coli , yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells.  
     [2835] Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product).  
     [2836] In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ID NO: 43 or 45, e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the nucleotides in the subject nucleic acid. The nucleic acid can differ by no more than 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 nucleotide. If necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.  
     [2837] Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 70-75%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95% or more identical to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be identified as being able to hybridize under a stringency condition described herein, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44 or a fragment of the sequence. Nucleic acid molecules corresponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 8105 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 8105 gene.  
     [2838] Preferred variants include those that are correlated with the transport of sugar molecules, e.g., glucose, accross cell membranes, e.g., the plasma membranes.  
     [2839] Allelic variants of 8105, e.g., human 8105, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 8105 protein within a population that maintain the ability to bind and transport sugar molecules, e.g., glucose molecules. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 44, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 8105, e.g., human 8105, protein within a population that do not have the ability to bind and/or transport sugar molecules, e.g., glucose molecules. Non-functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein, e.g., in a sugar transport protein signature sequence, e.g., about amino acid residues 86 to 102 and 308 to 324 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2840] Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 8105 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 8105 sequences of SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45 are intended to be within the scope of the invention.  
     [2841] Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 8105 Nucleic Acid Molecules  
     [2842] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 8105. An “antisense” nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a “sense” nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 8105 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 8105 corresponding to SEQ ID NO: 45). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a “noncoding region” of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 8105 (e.g., the 5′ and 3′ untranslated regions).  
     [2843] An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 8105 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 8105 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region surrounding the translation start site of 8105 mRNA, e.g., between the −10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length.  
     [2844] An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection).  
     [2845] The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 8105 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol III promoter are preferred.  
     [2846] In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids. Res.  15:6625-6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2′-o-methylribonucleotide (Inoue et al. (1987)  Nucleic Acids Res.  15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al. (1987)  FEBS Lett.  215:327-330).  
     [2847] In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 8105-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 8105 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 43 or SEQ ID NO: 45), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach (1988)  Nature  334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 IVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 8105-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 8105 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J. W. (1993)  Science  261:1411-1418.  
     [2848] 8105 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 8105 (e.g., the 8105 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 8105 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C. (1991)  Anticancer Drug Des.  6:569-84; Helene, C. i (1992)  Ann. N.Y Acad. Sci.  660:27-36; and Maher, L. J. (1992)  Bioassays  14:807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so-called “switchback” nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5′-3′, 3′-5′ manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex.  
     [2849] The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric.  
     [2850] A 8105 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For non-limiting examples of synthetic oligonucleotides with modifications see Toulmè (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:17 and Faria et al. (2001)  Nature Biotech.  19:40-44. Such phosphoramidite oligonucleotides can be effective antisense agents.  
     [2851] For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al. (1996)  Bioorganic  &amp;  Medicinal Chemistry  4:5-23). As used herein, the terms “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra and Perry-O&#39;Keefe et al.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  93:14670-675.  
     [2852] PNAs of 8105 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 8105 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as ‘artificial restriction enzymes’ when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., S1 nucleases (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al. (1996) supra; Perry-O&#39;Keefe supra).  
     [2853] In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al. (1987)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (see, e.g., Krol et al. (1988)  Bio - Techniques  6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (see, e.g., Zon (1988)  Pharm. Res.  5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross-linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent).  
     [2854] The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 8105 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 8105 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,930.  
     [2855] Isolated 8105 Polypeptides  
     [2856] In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 8105 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-8105 antibodies. 8105 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 8105 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques or synthesized chemically.  
     [2857] Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and post-translational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same post-translational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of post-translational modifications, e.g., glycosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell.  
     [2858] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics:  
     [2859] it has the ability to the ability to reside within a membrane, e.g., a cell membrane (e.g., a nerve cell membrane, pancreatic cell membrane, endothelial cell membrane, smooth muscle cell membrane, and/or liver cell membrane) or organelle (e.g., mitochondrion) membrane;  
     [2860] it has the ability to interact with a substrate or target molecule, e.g., a monosaccharide, (e.g., glucose, fructose, galactose or myo-inositol);  
     [2861] it has the ability to transport the substrate or target molecule across the membrane;  
     [2862] it has the ability to modulate sugar homeostasis in a cell;  
     [2863] it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, preferably ignoring any contribution of post translational modifications, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of a 8105 polypeptide, e.g., a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2864] it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 90%, preferably 95%, more preferably 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more with a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2865] it has a sugar transporter domain which is preferably about 90%, preferably 95%, more preferably 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more identical to amino acid residues about 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2866] it has at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, preferably twelve transmembrane domains which are preferably about 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or even 100% identical to amino acid residues about 17 to 41, 70 to 90, 98 to 121, 128 to 144, 154 to 174, 188 to 210, 255 to 279, 290 to 312, 319 to 342, 433 to 456, 468 to 488, and 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44;  
     [2867] it has two sugar transport signature 1 sites (Prosite PS00216);  
     [2868] it has one, preferably two predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00005);  
     [2869] it has one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, preferably eight predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (Prosite PS00006);  
     [2870] it has one predicted cAMP/cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (Prosite PS00004);  
     [2871] it has one, preferably two predicted N-glycosylation sites (Prosite PS00001);  
     [2872] it has one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (Prosite PS00002);  
     [2873] it has one, preferably two predicted amidation sites (Prosite PS00009);  
     [2874] it has one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, preferably eleven predicted N-myristoylation sites (Prosite PS00008);  
     [2875] it has one, two, preferably three predicted arginine methylation sites it has one, preferably two predicted SH2 domain binding sites;  
     [2876] it has one predicted SH3 domain binding site; or  
     [2877] it has one LAMMER kinase phosphorylation site.  
     [2878] In a preferred embodiment the 8105 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID: 2. In one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 44 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the corresponding sequence in SEQ ID NO: 44. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non-essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a preferred embodiment the differences are not in the sugar transporter domain at about amino acid residues 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44. In another embodiment one or more differences are in the sugar transporter domain at about amino acid residues 31 to 533 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2879] Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 8105 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ ID NO: 44, yet retain biological activity.  
     [2880] In one embodiment, the protein includes an amino acid sequence at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more homologous to SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2881] A 8105 protein or fragment is provided which varies from the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44 in regions defined by amino acids about 1 to 16 or 534 to 562 by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues in the protein or fragment but which does not differ from SEQ ID NO: 44 in regions defined by amino acids about 31 to 533. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. “Looped” out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) In some embodiments the difference is at a non-essential residue or is a conservative substitution, while in others the difference is at an essential residue or is a non-conservative substitution.  
     [2882] In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 8105 protein includes a sugar transporter domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 8105 protein.  
     [2883] In a preferred embodiment, the 8105 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44. In other embodiments, the 8105 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 44. In yet another embodiment, the 8105 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO: 44 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ ID NO: 44, as described in detail in the subsections above.  
     [2884] In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 fragment is at least 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 520, 540, 545, 550, 555, 560, or more amino acid residues in length and differs by at least 1, 2, 3, 10, 20, or more amino acid residues encoded by a sequence in AL137188, AF321240, AF248053, AK055548, or AL031055, or SEQ ID NO: 26 of WO 02/04520, or SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO 02/02586 or WO 02/18621. Differences can include differing in length or sequence identity. For example, a fragment can: include one or more amino acid residues from SEQ ID NO: 44 outside the region encoded by nucleotides 24 to 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44; not include all of the amino acid residues of a sequence encoded by a sequence in AL137188, AF321240, AF248053, AK055548, or AL031055, or SEQ ID NO: 26 of WO 02/04520, or SEQ ID NO: 2 of WO 02/02586 or WO 02/186215, e.g., can be one or more amino acid residues shorter (at one or both ends) than such a sequence; or can differ by one or more amino acid residues in the region of overlap.  
     [2885] 8105 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins  
     [2886] In another aspect, the invention provides 8105 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 8105 “chimeric protein” or “fusion protein” includes a 8105 polypeptide linked to a non-8105 polypeptide. A “non-8105 polypeptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence corresponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 8105 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 8105 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 8105 polypeptide of the fusion protein can correspond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 8105 amino acid sequence. In a preferred embodiment, a 8105 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 8105 protein. The non-8105 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 8105 polypeptide.  
     [2887] The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-8105 fusion protein in which the 8105 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 8105. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 8105 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 8105 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence.  
     [2888] Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin.  
     [2889] The 8105 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 8105 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 8105 substrate. 8105 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) aberrant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 8105 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 8105 gene; and (iii) aberrant post-translational modification of a 8105 protein.  
     [2890] Moreover, the 8105-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-8105 antibodies in a subject, to purify 8105 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 8105 with a 8105 substrate.  
     [2891] Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 8105-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 8105 protein.  
     [2892] Variants of 8105 Proteins  
     [2893] In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 8105 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 8105 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 8105 protein. An agonist of the 8105 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 8105 protein. An antagonist of a 8105 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 8105 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 8105-mediated activity of a 8105 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 8105 protein.  
     [2894] Variants of a 8105 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 8105 protein for agonist or antagonist activity.  
     [2895] Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 8105 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of variants of a 8105 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly preferred.  
     [2896] Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property are known in the art. Such methods are adaptable for rapid screening of the gene libraries generated by combinatorial mutagenesis of 8105 proteins. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 8105 variants (Arkin and Yourvan (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:7811-7815; Delgrave et al. (1993)  Protein Engineering  6:327-331).  
     [2897] Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 8105 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 8105 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 8105 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 8105 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring transport of a radiolabeled sugar, e.g., glucose, across the cell membrane. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 8105 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized.  
     [2898] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 8105 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 8105 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 8105 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 8105 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [2899] In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 8105 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 8105 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 8105 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity.  
     [2900] Anti-8105 Antibodies  
     [2901] In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-8105 antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment thereof). The term “antibody” as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen-binding portion. As used herein, the term “antibody” refers to a protein comprising at least one, and preferably two, heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one and preferably two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDR&#39;s has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991)  Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,  U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, which are incorporated herein by reference). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDR&#39;s and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.  
     [2902] The anti-8105 antibody can further include a heavy and light chain constant region, to thereby form a heavy and light immunoglobulin chain, respectively. In one embodiment, the antibody is a tetramer of two heavy immunoglobulin chains and two light immunoglobulin chains, wherein the heavy and light immunoglobulin chains are inter-connected by, e.g., disulfide bonds. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The variable region of the heavy and light chains contains a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The constant regions of the antibodies typically mediate the binding of the antibody to host tissues or factors, including various cells of the immune system (e.g., effector cells) and the first component (Clq) of the classical complement system.  
     [2903] As used herein, the term “immunoglobulin” refers to a protein consisting of one or more polypeptides substantially encoded by immunoglobulin genes. The recognized human immunoglobulin genes include the kappa, lambda, alpha (IgA1 and IgA2), gamma (IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), delta, epsilon and mu constant region genes, as well as the myriad immunoglobulin variable region genes. Full-length immunoglobulin “light chains” (about 25 KDa or 214 amino acids) are encoded by a variable region gene at the NH2-terminus (about 110 amino acids) and a kappa or lambda constant region gene at the COOH-terminus. Full-length immunoglobulin “heavy chains” (about 50 KDa or 446 amino acids), are similarly encoded by a variable region gene (about 116 amino acids) and one of the other aforementioned constant region genes, e.g., gamma (encoding about 330 amino acids).  
     [2904] The term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion,” or “fragment”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of a full-length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to the antigen, e.g., 8105 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Examples of antigen-binding fragments of the anti-8105 antibody include, but are not limited to: (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH 1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2  fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989)  Nature  341:544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988)  Science  242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody fragments are obtained using conventional techniques known to those with skill in the art, and the fragments are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.  
     [2905] The anti-8105 antibody can be a polyclonal or a monoclonal antibody. In other embodiments, the antibody can be recombinantly produced, e.g., produced by phage display or by combinatorial methods.  
     [2906] Phage display and combinatorial methods for generating anti-8105 antibodies are known in the art (as described in, e.g., Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. International Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. International Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791; Markland et al. International Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. International Publication WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. International Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. International Publication No. WO 92/09690; Ladner et al. International Publication No. WO 90/02809; Fuchs et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992)  Hum Antibod Hybridomas  3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989)  Science  246:1275-1281; Griffths et al. (1993)  EMBO J  12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992)  J Mol Biol  226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991)  Nature  352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992)  PNAS  89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991)  Bio/Technology  2:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991)  Nuc Acid Res  19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991)  PNAS  88:7978-7982, the contents of all of which are incorporated by reference herein).  
     [2907] In one embodiment, the anti-8105 antibody is a fully human antibody (e.g., an antibody made in a mouse which has been genetically engineered to produce an antibody from a human immunoglobulin sequence), or a non-human antibody, e.g., a rodent (mouse or rat), goat, primate (e.g., monkey), camel antibody. Preferably, the non-human antibody is a rodent (mouse or rat antibody). Method of producing rodent antibodies are known in the art.  
     [2908] Human monoclonal antibodies can be generated using transgenic mice carrying the human immunoglobulin genes rather than the mouse system. Splenocytes from these transgenic mice immunized with the antigen of interest are used to produce hybridomas that secrete human mAbs with specific affinities for epitopes from a human protein (see, e.g., Wood et al. International Application WO 91/00906, Kucherlapati et al. PCT publication WO 91/10741; Lonberg et al. International Application WO 92/03918; Kay et al. International Application 92/03917; Lonberg, N. et al. 1994  Nature  368:856-859; Green, L. L. et al. 1994  Nature Genet.  7:13-21; Morrison, S. L. et al. 1994  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  81:6851-6855; Bruggeman et al. 1993  Year Immunol  7:33-40; Tuaillon et al. 1993  PNAS  90:3720-3724; Bruggeman et al. 1991  Eur J Immunol  21:1323-1326).  
     [2909] An anti-8105 antibody can be one in which the variable region, or a portion thereof, e.g., the CDR&#39;s, are generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse. Chimeric, CDR-grafted, and humanized antibodies are within the invention. Antibodies generated in a non-human organism, e.g., a rat or mouse, and then modified, e.g., in the variable framework or constant region, to decrease antigenicity in a human are within the invention.  
     [2910] Chimeric antibodies can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fe constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule is digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted (see Robinson et al., International Patent Publication PCT/US86/02269; Akira, et al., European Patent Application 184,187; Taniguchi, M., European Patent Application 171,496; Morrison et al., European Patent Application 173,494; Neuberger et al., International Application WO 86/01533; Cabilly et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Cabilly et al., European Patent Application 125,023; Better et al. (1988  Science  240:1041-1043); Liu et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:3439-3443; Liu et al., 1987,  J. Immunol.  139:3521-3526; Sun et al. (1987)  PNAS  84:214-218; Nishimura et al., 1987,  Canc. Res.  47:999-1005; Wood et al. (1985)  Nature  314:446-449; and Shaw et al., 1988, J. Natl Cancer Inst.  80:1553-1559).  
     [2911] A humanized or CDR-grafted antibody will have at least one or two but generally all three recipient CDR&#39;s (of heavy and or light immuoglobulin chains) replaced with a donor CDR. The antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a non-human CDR or only some of the CDR&#39;s may be replaced with non-human CDR&#39;s. It is only necessary to replace the number of CDR&#39;s required for binding of the humanized antibody to a 8105 or a fragment thereof. Preferably, the donor will be a rodent antibody, e.g., a rat or mouse antibody, and the recipient will be a human framework or a human consensus framework. Typically, the immunoglobulin providing the CDR&#39;s is called the “donor” and the immunoglobulin providing the framework is called the “acceptor.” In one embodiment, the donor immunoglobulin is a non-human (e.g., rodent). The acceptor framework is a naturally-occurring (e.g., a human) framework or a consensus framework, or a sequence about 85% or higher, preferably 90%, 95%, 99% or higher identical thereto.  
     [2912] As used herein, the term “consensus sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of proteins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence. A “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.  
     [2913] An antibody can be humanized by methods known in the art. Humanized antibodies can be generated by replacing sequences of the Fv variable region which are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are provided by Morrison, S. L., 1985,  Science  229:1202-1207, by Oi et al., 1986,  BioTechniques  4:214, and by Queen et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,761 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762, the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Those methods include isolating, manipulating, and expressing the nucleic acid sequences that encode all or part of immunoglobulin Fv variable regions from at least one of a heavy or light chain. Sources of such nucleic acid are well known to those skilled in the art and, for example, may be obtained from a hybridoma producing an antibody against a 8105 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The recombinant DNA encoding the humanized antibody, or fragment thereof, can then be cloned into an appropriate expression vector.  
     [2914] Humanized or CDR-grafted antibodies can be produced by CDR-grafting or CDR substitution, wherein one, two, or all CDR&#39;s of an immunoglobulin chain can be replaced. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539; Jones et al. 1986  Nature  321:552-525; Verhoeyan et al. 1988  Science  239:1534; Beidler et al. 1988  J. Immunol.  141:4053-4060; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539, the contents of all of which are hereby expressly incorporated by reference. Winter describes a CDR-grafting method which may be used to prepare the humanized antibodies of the present invention (UK Patent Application GB 2188638A, filed on Mar. 26, 1987; Winter U.S. Pat. No. 5,225,539), the contents of which is expressly incorporated by reference.  
     [2915] Also within the scope of the invention are humanized antibodies in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted or added. Preferred humanized antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a humanized antibody will have framework residues identical to the donor framework residue or to another amino acid other than the recipient framework residue. To generate such antibodies, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the humanized immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089). Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the e.g., columns 12-16 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Other techniques for humanizing antibodies are described in Padlan et al. EP 519596 A1, published on Dec. 23, 1992.  
     [2916] In preferred embodiments an antibody can be made by immunizing with purified 8105 antigen, or a fragment thereof, e.g., a fragment described herein, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., crude tissue preparations, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, or cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [2917] A full-length 8105 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 8105 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-8105 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 8105 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 44 and encompasses an epitope of 8105. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues.  
     [2918] Fragments of 8105 which include residues about 145 to 153, from about 223 to 240, from about 243 to 252, and from about 392 to 407 of SEQ ID NO: 44 can be used to make antibodies against hydrophilic regions of the 8105 protein (see FIG. 21). Similarly, fragments of 8105 which include residues about 70 to 90, from about 98 to 121, from about 319 to 342, and from about 496 to 518 of SEQ ID NO: 44 can be used to make antibodies against a hydrophobic region of the 8105 protein; fragments of 8105 which include residues about 42 to 49, about 122 to 127, about 175 to 187, about 280 to 289, about 343 to 432, about 489 to 495 or a subset thereof, e.g. about residues 370 to 385, or about residues 390 to 410, of SEQ ID NO: 44 can be used to make an antibody against a non-cytoplasmic region (e.g., an extracellular region) of the 8105 protein; fragments of 8105 which include residues about 1 to 16, about 91 to 97, about 145 to 153, about 211 to 254, about 313 to 318, about 457 to 467, or about 519 to 562 of SEQ ID NO: 44 can be used to make an antibody against an intracellular or cytoplasmic region of the 8105 protein; fragments of 8105 which include residues about 31 to 150, about 155 to 225, or about 300 to 400 of SEQ ID NO: 44 can be used to make an antibody against the sugar transporter region of the 8105 protein.  
     [2919] Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided.  
     [2920] Antibodies which bind only native 8105 protein, only denatured or otherwise non-native 8105 protein, or which bind both, are with in the invention. Antibodies with linear or conformational epitopes are within the invention. Conformational epitopes can sometimes be identified by identifying antibodies which bind to native but not denatured 8105 protein.  
     [2921] Preferred epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 8105 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 8105 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 8105 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production.  
     [2922] In a preferred embodiment the antibody can bind to the extracellular portion of the 8105 protein, e.g., it can bind to a whole cell which expresses the 8105 protein. In another embodiment, the antibody binds an intracellular portion of the 8105 protein. In preferred embodiments antibodies can bind one or more of purified antigen, membrane associated antigen, tissue, e.g., tissue sections, whole cells, preferably living cells, lysed cells, cell fractions, e.g., membrane fractions.  
     [2923] The anti-8105 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al. (1999)  Ann NY Acad Sci  880:263-80; and Reiter, Y. (1996)  Clin Cancer Res  2:245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 8105 protein.  
     [2924] In a preferred embodiment the antibody has effector function and/or can fix complement. In other embodiments the antibody does not recruit effector cells; or fix complement.  
     [2925] In a preferred embodiment, the antibody has reduced or no ability to bind an Fc receptor. For example, it is a isotype or subtype, fragment or other mutant, which does not support binding to an Fc receptor, e.g., it has a mutagenized or deleted Fc receptor binding region.  
     [2926] In a preferred embodiment, an anti-8105 antibody alters (e.g., increases or decreases) the transport of sugar molecules, e.g., glucose, accross cellular membranes, e.g., the plasma membrane. For example, the antibody can bind at or in proximity to the active site, e.g., to an epitope that includes a residue located from about 42 to 69, 122 to 127, 175 to 187, 280 to 289, 343 to 432, or 489 to 495 of SEQ ID NO: 44.  
     [2927] The antibody can be coupled to a toxin, e.g., a polypeptide toxin, e,g, ricin or diphtheria toxin or active fragment hereof, or a radioactive nucleus, or imaging agent, e.g. a radioactive, enzymatic, or other, e.g., imaging agent, e.g., a NMR contrast agent. Labels which produce detectable radioactive emissions or fluorescence are preferred.  
     [2928] An anti-8105 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 8105 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-8105 antibody can be used to detect 8105 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-8105 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labelling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include  125 I,  131 I,  35 S or  3 H.  
     [2929] The invention also includes a nucleic acid which encodes an anti-8105 antibody, e.g., an anti-8105 antibody described herein. Also included are vectors which include the nucleic acid and cells transformed with the nucleic acid, particularly cells which are useful for producing an antibody, e.g., mammalian cells, e.g. CHO or lymphatic cells.  
     [2930] The invention also includes cell lines, e.g., hybridomas, which make an anti-8105 antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein, and method of using said cells to make a 8105 antibody.  
     [2931] 8105 Recombinant Expression Vectors, Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells  
     [2932] In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term “vector” refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses.  
     [2933] A vector can include a 8105 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term “regulatory sequence” includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 8105 proteins, mutant forms of 8105 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like).  
     [2934] The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 8105 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in  E. coli , insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase.  
     [2935] Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in  E. coli  with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D. B. and Johnson, K. S. (1988)  Gene  67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein.  
     [2936] Purified fusion proteins can be used in 8105 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 8105 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retroviral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone marrow cells which are subsequently transplanted into irradiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six weeks).  
     [2937] To maximize recombinant protein expression in  E. coli  is to express the protein in a host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., (1990)  Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology  185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in  E. coli  (Wada et al., (1992)  Nucleic Acids Res.  20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techniques.  
     [2938] The 8105 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells.  
     [2939] When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector&#39;s control functions can be provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40.  
     [2940] In another embodiment, the promoter is an inducible promoter, e.g., a promoter regulated by a steroid hormone, by a polypeptide hormone (e.g., by means of a signal transduction pathway), or by a heterologous polypeptide (e.g., the tetracycline-inducible systems, “Tet-On” and “Tet-Off”; see, e.g., Clontech Inc., CA, Gossen and Bujard (1992)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:5547, and Paillard (1989)  Human Gene Therapy  9:983).  
     [2941] In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue-specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al. (1987)  Genes Dev.  1:268-277), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton (1988)  Adv. Immunol.  43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore (1989)  EMBO J.  8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al. (1983)  Cell  33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore (1983)  Cell  33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle (1989)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al. (1985)  Science  230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally-regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Gruss (1990)  Science  249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman (1989)  Genes Dev.  3:537-546).  
     [2942] The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus.  
     [2943] Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 8105 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 8105 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell&#39;s genome. The terms “host cell” and “recombinant host cell” are used interchangeably herein: Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein.  
     [2944] A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 8105 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells (such as  E. coli ), insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells (African green monkey kidney cells CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182)). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art.  
     [2945] Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms “transformation” and “transfection” are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation.  
     [2946] A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 8105 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 8105 protein using the host cells of the invention. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 8105 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 8105 protein is produced. In another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 8105 protein from the medium or the host cell.  
     [2947] In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 8105 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 8105. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a 8105 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 8105, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 8105 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other preferred embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene that mis-expresses an endogenous 8105, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders that are related to mutated or mis-expressed 8105 alleles or for use in drug screening.  
     [2948] In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hepatic, muscle, endothelial, or neural stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 8105 polypeptide.  
     [2949] Also provided are cells, preferably human cells, e.g., human hepatic, neural, pancreatic, endothelial, muscle or fibroblast cells, in which an endogenous 8105 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 8105 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 8105 gene. For example, an endogenous 8105 gene which is “transcriptionally silent,” e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published in May 16, 1991.  
     [2950] In a preferred embodiment, recombinant cells described herein can be used for replacement therapy in a subject. For example, a nucleic acid encoding a 8105 polypeptide operably linked to an inducible promoter (e.g., a steroid hormone receptor-regulated promoter) is introduced into a human or nonhuman, e.g., mammalian, e.g., porcine recombinant cell. The cell is cultivated and encapsulated in a biocompatible material, such as poly-lysine alginate, and subsequently implanted into the subject. See, e.g., Lanza (1996)  Nat. Biotechnol.  14:1107; Joki et al. (2001)  Nat. Biotechnol.  19:35; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,742. Production of 8105 polypeptide can be regulated in the subject by administering an agent (e.g., a steroid hormone) to the subject. In another preferred embodiment, the implanted recombinant cells express and secrete an antibody specific for a 8105 polypeptide. The antibody can be any antibody or any antibody derivative described herein.  
     [2951] 8105 Transgenic Animals  
     [2952] The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 8105 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 8105 activity. As used herein, a “transgenic animal” is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a rearrangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 8105 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal.  
     [2953] Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 8105 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 8105 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 8105 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals carrying a transgene encoding a 8105 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals carrying other transgenes.  
     [2954] 8105 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal. In preferred embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep.  
     [2955] The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed, e.g., below.  
     [2956] Uses of 8105  
     [2957] The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic).  
     [2958] The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 8105 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 8105 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 8105 gene, and to modulate 8105 activity, as described further below. The 8105 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 8105 substrate or production of 8105 inhibitors. In addition, the 8105 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 8105 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 8105 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 8105 protein or production of 8105 protein forms which have decreased, aberrant or unwanted activity compared to 8105 wild type protein (e.g., metabolic or sugar transport-related disorders, e.g., obesity, and related disorders such as hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and cardiovascular disorders). Moreover, the anti-8105 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 8105 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 8105 proteins, and modulate 8105 activity.  
     [2959] A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 8105 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 8105 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 8105 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules that interact with subject 8105 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 8105 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below.  
     [2960] 8105 Screening Assays  
     [2961] The invention provides methods (also referred to herein as “screening assays”) for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 8105 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 8105 expression or 8105 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 8105 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 8105 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions.  
     [2962] In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 8105 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds that bind to or modulate an activity of a 8105 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof.  
     [2963] In one embodiment, an activity of a 8105 protein can be assayed by transforming a cell with an expression plasmid containing a 8105 nucleic acid molecule, expressing the 8105 protein, and adding radiolabeled sugars, e.g., radiolabeled glucose, to the cell culture medium. Determination of the activity of the 8105 protein can be performed by measuring the uptake of the radiolabeled sugar molecules form the cell culture medium using standard techniques known in the art.  
     [2964] The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries (libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive; see, e.g., Zuckermann, R. N. et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the ‘one-bead one-compound’ library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam (1997)  Anticancer Drug Des.  12:145).  
     [2965] Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.  90:6909; Erb et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:11422; Zuckermann et al. (1994).  J. Med. Chem.  37:2678; Cho et al. (1993)  Science  261:1303; Carrell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2059; Carell et al. (1994)  Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl.  33:2061; and Gallop et al. (1994)  J. Med. Chem.  37:1233.  
     [2966] Libraries of compounds may be presented in solution (e.g., Houghten (1992)  Biotechniques  13:412-421), or on beads (Lam (1991)  Nature  354:82-84), chips (Fodor (1993)  Nature  364:555-556), bacteria (Ladner, U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), spores (Ladner U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al. (1992)  Proc Natl Acad Sci USA  89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith (1990)  Science  249:386-390; Devlin (1990)  Science  249:404-406; Cwirla et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  87:6378-6382; Felici (1991)  J. Mol. Biol.  222:301-310; Ladner supra.).  
     [2967] In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 8105 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 8105 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 8105 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, the transport of sugar molecules, e.g., glucose molecules, across the plasma membrane. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human.  
     [2968] The ability of the test compound to modulate 8105 binding to a compound, e.g., a 8105 substrate, or to bind to 8105 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 8105 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 8105 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 8105 binding to a 8105 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 8105 substrates) can be labeled with  125 I,  35 S,  14 C, or  3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product.  
     [2969] The ability of a compound (e.g., a 8105 substrate) to interact with 8105 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 8105 without the labeling of either the compound or the 8105. McConnell, H. M. et al. (1992)  Science  257:1906-1912. As used herein, a “microphysiometer” (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 8105.  
     [2970] In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 8105 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 8105 protein or biologically active portion thereof is, evaluated. Preferred biologically active portions of the 8105 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-8105 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores.  
     [2971] Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 8105 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n-dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-114, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamino]-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylamino]-2-hydroxy-1-propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N-dodecyl=N,N-dimethyl-3-ammonio-1-propane sulfonate.  
     [2972] Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein, test compound, and an 8105 binding partner, e.g., a substrate, e.g., a sugar molecule, e.g., glucose, under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the three components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected. For example, in the absence of the test compound, the 8105 binding partner, e.g., substrate, might stably bind to the 8105 protein, while such an interaction might be abrogated in the presence of the test compound.  
     [2973] The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, ‘donor’ molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, ‘acceptor’ molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the ‘donor’ protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the ‘acceptor’ molecule label may be differentiated from that of the ‘donor’. Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the ‘acceptor’ molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter).  
     [2974] In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 8105 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular Interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C. (1991)  Anal. Chem.  63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al. (1995)  Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol.  5:699-705). “Surface plasmon resonance” or “BIA” detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules.  
     [2975] In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein.  
     [2976] It may be desirable to immobilize either 8105, an anti-8105 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 8105 protein, or interaction of a 8105 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/8105 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, Mo.) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 8105 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 8105 binding or activity determined using standard techniques.  
     [2977] Other techniques for immobilizing either a 8105 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 8105 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, Ill.), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical).  
     [2978] In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody).  
     [2979] In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 8105 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 8105 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 8105 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 8105 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 8105 protein or target molecule.  
     [2980] Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A. P., (1993)  Trends Biochem Sci  18:284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. (1999)  Current Protocols in Molecular Biology , J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N. H., (1998)  J Mol Recognit  11:141-8; Hage, D. S., and Tweed, S. A. (1997)  J Chromatogr B Biomed Sci Appl.  699:499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution.  
     [2981] In a preferred embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 8105 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 8105 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 8105 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 8105 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 8105 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound.  
     [2982] The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are referred to herein as “binding partners.” Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The preferred target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 8105 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 8105 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 8105 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described.  
     [2983] To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products.  
     [2984] These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below.  
     [2985] In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface.  
     [2986] In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected.  
     [2987] Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified.  
     [2988] In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified.  
     [2989] In yet another aspect, the 8105 proteins can be used as “bait proteins” in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al. (1993)  Cell  72:223-232; Madura et al. (1993)  J. Biol. Chem.  268:12046-12054; Bartel et al. (1993)  Biotechniques  14:920-924; Iwabuchi et al. (1993)  Oncogene  8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 8105 (“8105-binding proteins” or “8105-bp”) and are involved in 8105 activity. Such 8105-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 8105 proteins or 8105 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 8105-mediated signaling pathway.  
     [2990] The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 8105 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein (“prey” or “sample”) is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 8105 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the “bait” and the “prey” proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 8105-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., lacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 8105 protein.  
     [2991] In another embodiment, modulators of 8105 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 8105 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 8105 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 8105 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 8105 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 8105 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 8105 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 8105 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 8105 mRNA or protein.  
     [2992] In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell-based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 8105 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal such as an animal model for obesity.  
     [2993] This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 8105 modulating agent, an antisense 8105 nucleic acid molecule, a 8105-specific antibody, or a 8105-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein.  
     [2994] 8105 Detection Assays  
     [2995] Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 8105 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below.  
     [2996] 8105 Chromosome Mapping  
     [2997] The 8105 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 8105 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in correlating the 8105 sequences with genes associated with disease.  
     [2998] Briefly, 8105 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 8105 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene corresponding to the 8105 sequences will yield an amplified fragment.  
     [2999] A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D&#39;Eustachio P. et al. (1983)  Science  220:919-924).  
     [3000] Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al. (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,  87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 8105 to a chromosomal location.  
     [3001] Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A Manual of Basic Techniques ((1988) Pergamon Press, New York).  
     [3002] Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents corresponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are preferred for mapping purposes. Coding sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping.  
     [3003] Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al. (1987)  Nature,  325:783-787.  
     [3004] Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 8105 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms.  
     [3005] 8105 Tissue Typing  
     [3006] 8105 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual&#39;s genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,272,057).  
     [3007] Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual&#39;s genome. Thus, the 8105 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5′ and 3′ ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual&#39;s DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of corresponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences.  
     [3008] Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ ID NO: 43 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ID NO: 45 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000.  
     [3009] If a panel of reagents from 8105 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples.  
     [3010] Use of Partial 8105 Sequences in Forensic Biology  
     [3011] DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample.  
     [3012] The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another “identification marker” (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 43 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ ID NO: 43 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use.  
     [3013] The 8105 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 8105 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type.  
     [3014] In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 8105 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture).  
     [3015] Predictive Medicine of 8105  
     [3016] The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual.  
     [3017] Generally, the invention provides, a method of determining if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 8105.  
     [3018] Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 8105 gene; a disorder involving the regulation of metabolism, e.g., a disorder associated with obesity, or a related disorders.  
     [3019] The method includes one or more of the following:  
     [3020] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 8105 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5′ control region;  
     [3021] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 8105 gene;  
     [3022] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 8105 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA;  
     [3023] detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 8105 polypeptide.  
     [3024] In preferred embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 8105 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal rearrangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion.  
     [3025] For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ ID NO: 43, or naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5′ or 3′ flanking sequences naturally associated with the 8105 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion.  
     [3026] In preferred embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 8105 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 8105.  
     [3027] Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject&#39;s offspring will be at risk for a disorder.  
     [3028] In preferred embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 8105 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder.  
     [3029] In preferred embodiments the method includes contacting a sample from the subject with an antibody to the 8105 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below.  
     [3030] Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays of 8105  
     [3031] Diagnostic and prognostic assays of the invention include method for assessing the expression level of 8105 molecules and for identifying variations and mutations in the sequence of 8105 molecules.  
     [3032] Expression Monitoring and Profiling:  
     [3033] The presence, level, or absence of 8105 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 8105 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 8105 protein such that the presence of 8105 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term “biological sample” includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A preferred biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 8105 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 8105 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 8105 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 8105 genes.  
     [3034] The level of mRNA corresponding to the 8105 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats.  
     [3035] The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe arrays. One preferred diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 8105 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ID NO: 43, or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 8105 mRNA or genomic DNA. The probe can be disposed on an address of an array, e.g., an array described below. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein.  
     [3036] In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip array described below. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 8105 genes.  
     [3037] The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 8105 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis (1987) U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., (1990)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., (1989),  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., (1988)  Bio/Technology  6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5′ or 3′ regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice-versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers.  
     [3038] For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 8105 gene being analyzed.  
     [3039] In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 8105 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 8105 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 8105 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. In still another embodiment, serial analysis of gene expression, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,937, is used to detect 8105 transcript levels.  
     [3040] A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 8105. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a preferred embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab′) 2 ) can be used. The term “labeled”, with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein.  
     [3041] The detection methods can be used to detect 8105 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 8105 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo techniques for detection of 8105 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-8105 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the sample is labeled, e.g., biotinylated and then contacted to the antibody, e.g., an anti-8105 antibody positioned on an antibody array (as described below). The sample can be detected, e.g., with avidin coupled to a fluorescent label.  
     [3042] In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 8105 protein, and comparing the presence of 8105 protein in the control sample with the presence of 8105 protein in the test sample.  
     [3043] The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 8105 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 8105 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 8105 protein or nucleic acid.  
     [3044] For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent.  
     [3045] For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule corresponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit.  
     [3046] The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “unwanted” includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as obesity and/or related disorders such as diabetes, hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and cardiovascular disorders.  
     [3047] In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 8105 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 8105 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity. As used herein, a “test sample” refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue.  
     [3048] The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorders, e.g., obesity and/or related disorders such as diabetes, hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and cardiovascular disorders.  
     [3049] In another aspect, the invention features a computer medium having a plurality of digitally encoded data records. Each data record includes a value representing the level of expression of 8105 in a sample, and a descriptor of the sample. The descriptor of the sample can be an identifier of the sample, a subject from which the sample was derived (e.g., a patient), a diagnosis, or a treatment (e.g., a preferred treatment). In a preferred embodiment, the data record further includes values representing the level of expression of genes other than 8105 (e.g., other genes associated with a 8105-disorder, or other genes on an array). The data record can be structured as a table, e.g., a table that is part of a database such as a relational database (e.g., a SQL database of the Oracle or Sybase database environments).  
     [3050] Also featured is a method of evaluating a sample. The method includes providing a sample, e.g., from the subject, and determining a gene expression profile of the sample, wherein the profile includes a value representing the level of 8105 expression. The method can further include comparing the value or the profile (i.e., multiple values) to a reference value or reference profile. The gene expression profile of the sample can be obtained by any of the methods described herein (e.g., by providing a nucleic acid from the sample and contacting the nucleic acid to an array). The method can be used to diagnose a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorder, e.g., obesity and/or a related disorder such as diabetes, a hormonal disorder, hypertension, hyperphagia, or a cardiovascular disorder in a subject wherein an increase in 8105 expression is an indication that the subject has or is disposed to having a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorder. The method can be used to monitor a treatment for a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorder, e.g., obesity and/or a related disorder such as diabetes, a hormonal disorder, hypertension, hyperphagia, or a cardiovascular disorder in a subject. For example, the gene expression profile can be determined for a sample from a subject undergoing treatment. The profile can be compared to a reference profile or to a profile obtained from the subject prior to treatment or prior to onset of the disorder (see, e.g., Golub et al. (1999)  Science  286:531).  
     [3051] In yet another aspect, the invention features a method of evaluating a test compound (see also, “Screening Assays”, above). The method includes providing a cell and a test compound; contacting the test compound to the cell; obtaining a subject expression profile for the contacted cell; and comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference profiles. The profiles include a value representing the level of 8105 expression. In a preferred embodiment, the subject expression profile is compared to a target profile, e.g., a profile for a normal cell or for desired condition of a cell. The test compound is evaluated favorably if the subject expression profile is more similar to the target profile than an expression profile obtained from an uncontacted cell.  
     [3052] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of evaluating a subject. The method includes: a) obtaining a sample from a subject, e.g., from a caregiver, e.g., a caregiver who obtains the sample from the subject; b) determining a subject expression profile for the sample. Optionally, the method further includes either or both of steps: c) comparing the subject expression profile to one or more reference expression profiles; and d) selecting the reference profile most similar to the subject reference profile. The subject expression profile and the reference profiles include a value representing the level of 8105 expression. A variety of routine statistical measures can be used to compare two reference profiles. One possible metric is the length of the distance vector that is the difference between the two profiles. Each of the subject and reference profile is represented as a multi-dimensional vector, wherein each dimension is a value in the profile.  
     [3053] The method can further include transmitting a result to a caregiver. The result can be the subject expression profile, a result of a comparison of the subject expression profile with another profile, a most similar reference profile, or a descriptor of any of the aforementioned. The result can be transmitted across a computer network, e.g., the result can be in the form of a computer transmission, e.g., a computer data signal embedded in a carrier wave.  
     [3054] Also featured is a computer medium having executable code for effecting the following steps: receive a subject expression profile; access a database of reference expression profiles; and either i) select a matching reference profile most similar to the subject expression profile or ii) determine at least one comparison score for the similarity of the subject expression profile to at least one reference profile. The subject expression profile, and the reference expression profiles each include a value representing the level of 8105 expression.  
     [3055] 8105 Arrays and Uses Thereof  
     [3056] In another aspect, the invention features an array that includes a substrate having a plurality of addresses. At least one address of the plurality includes a capture probe that binds specifically to a 8105 molecule (e.g., a 8105 nucleic acid or a 8105 polypeptide). The array can have a density of at least than 10, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1,000, 2,000, or 10,000 or more addresses/cm 2 , and ranges between. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes at least 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, 50,000 addresses. In a preferred embodiment, the plurality of addresses includes equal to or less than 10, 100, 500, 1,000, 5,000, 10,000, or 50,000 addresses. The substrate can be a two-dimensional substrate such as a glass slide, a wafer (e.g., silica or plastic), a mass spectroscopy plate, or a three-dimensional substrate such as a gel pad. Addresses in addition to address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [3057] In a preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a nucleic acid capture probe that hybridizes specifically to a 8105 nucleic acid, e.g., the sense or anti-sense strand. In one preferred embodiment, a subset of addresses of the plurality of addresses has a nucleic acid capture probe for 8105. Each address of the subset can include a capture probe that hybridizes to a different region of a 8105 nucleic acid. In another preferred embodiment, addresses of the subset include a capture probe for a 8105 nucleic acid. Each address of the subset is unique, overlapping, and complementary to a different variant of 8105 (e.g., an allelic variant, or all possible hypothetical variants). The array can be used to sequence 8105 by hybridization (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,695,940).  
     [3058] An array can be generated by various methods, e.g., by photolithographic methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,510,270; and 5,527,681), mechanical methods (e.g., directed-flow methods as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261), pin-based methods (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,288,514), and bead-based techniques (e.g., as described in PCT US/93/04145).  
     [3059] In another preferred embodiment, at least one address of the plurality includes a polypeptide capture probe that binds specifically to a 8105 polypeptide or fragment thereof. The polypeptide can be a naturally-occurring interaction partner of 8105 polypeptide. Preferably, the polypeptide is an antibody, e.g., an antibody described herein (see “Anti-8105 Antibodies,” above), such as a monoclonal antibody or a single-chain antibody.  
     [3060] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing the expression of 8105. The method includes providing an array as described above; contacting the array with a sample and detecting binding of a 8105-molecule (e.g., nucleic acid or polypeptide) to the array. In a preferred embodiment, the array is a nucleic acid array. Optionally the method further includes amplifying nucleic acid from the sample prior or during contact with the array.  
     [3061] In another embodiment, the array can be used to assay gene expression in a tissue to ascertain tissue specificity of genes in the array, particularly the expression of 8105. If a sufficient number of diverse samples is analyzed, clustering (e.g., hierarchical clustering, k-means clustering, Bayesian clustering and the like) can be used to identify other genes which are co-regulated with 8105. For example, the array can be used for the quantitation of the expression of multiple genes. Thus, not only tissue specificity, but also the level of expression of a battery of genes in the tissue is ascertained. Quantitative data can be used to group (e.g., cluster) genes on the basis of their tissue expression per se and level of expression in that tissue.  
     [3062] For example, array analysis of gene expression can be used to assess the effect of cell-cell interactions on 8105 expression. A first tissue can be perturbed and nucleic acid from a second tissue that interacts with the first tissue can be analyzed. In this context, the effect of one cell type on another cell type in response to a biological stimulus can be determined, e.g., to monitor the effect of cell-cell interaction at the level of gene expression.  
     [3063] In another embodiment, cells are contacted with a therapeutic agent. The expression profile of the cells is determined using the array, and the expression profile is compared to the profile of like cells not contacted with the agent. For example, the assay can be used to determine or analyze the molecular basis of an undesirable effect of the therapeutic agent. If an agent is administered therapeutically to treat one cell type but has an undesirable effect on another cell type, the invention provides an assay to determine the molecular basis of the undesirable effect and thus provides the opportunity to co-administer a counteracting agent or otherwise treat the undesired effect. Similarly, even within a single cell type, undesirable biological effects can be determined at the molecular level. Thus, the effects of an agent on expression of other than the target gene can be ascertained and counteracted.  
     [3064] In another embodiment, the array can be used to monitor expression of one or more genes in the array with respect to time. For example, samples obtained from different time points can be probed with the array. Such analysis can identify and/or characterize the development of a 8105-associated disease or disorder; and processes, such as a cellular transformation associated with a 8105-associated disease or disorder. The method can also evaluate the treatment and/or progression of a 8105-associated disease or disorder.  
     [3065] The array is also useful for ascertaining differential expression patterns of one or more genes in normal and abnormal cells. This provides a battery of genes (e.g., including 8105) that could serve as a molecular target for diagnosis or therapeutic intervention.  
     [3066] In another aspect, the invention features an array having a plurality of addresses. Each address of the plurality includes a unique polypeptide. At least one address of the plurality has disposed thereon a 8105 polypeptide or fragment thereof. Methods of producing polypeptide arrays are described in the art, e.g., in De Wildt et al. (2000).  Nature Biotech.  18, 989-994; Lueking et al. (1 999).  Anal. Biochem.  270, 103-111 ; Ge, H. (2000).  Nucleic Acids Res.  28, e3, I-VII; MacBeath, G., and Schreiber, S. L. (2000).  Science  289, 1760-1763; and WO 99/51773A1. In a preferred embodiment, each addresses of the plurality has disposed thereon a polypeptide at least 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95 or 99% identical to a 8105 polypeptide or fragment thereof. For example, multiple variants of a 8105 polypeptide (e.g., encoded by allelic variants, site-directed mutants, random mutants, or combinatorial mutants) can be disposed at individual addresses of the plurality. Addresses in addition to the address of the plurality can be disposed on the array.  
     [3067] The polypeptide array can be used to detect a 8105 binding compound, e.g., an antibody in a sample from a subject with specificity for a 8105 polypeptide or the presence of a 8105-binding protein or ligand.  
     [3068] The array is also useful for ascertaining the effect of the expression of a gene on the expression of other genes in the same cell or in different cells (e.g., ascertaining the effect of 8105 expression on the expression of other genes). This provides, for example, for a selection of alternate molecular targets for therapeutic intervention if the ultimate or downstream target cannot be regulated.  
     [3069] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express 8105 or from a cell or subject in which a 8105 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 8105 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 8105 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 8105 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 8105 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 8105 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 8105 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody.  
     [3070] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing a plurality of probes or a sample. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, contacting the array with a first sample from a cell or subject which express or mis-express 8105 or from a cell or subject in which a 8105-mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 8105 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 8105 nucleic acid or protein; providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, and contacting the array with a second sample from a cell or subject which does not express 8105 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 8105 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 8105 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); and comparing the binding of the first sample with the binding of the second sample. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The same array can be used for both samples or different arrays can be used. If different arrays are used the plurality of addresses with capture probes should be present on both arrays.  
     [3071] In another aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 8105, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 8105 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 8105 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 8105.  
     [3072] Detection of 8105 Variations or Mutations  
     [3073] The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 8105 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 8105 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorder, e.g., obesity and/or a related disorder such as diabetes, a hormonal disorder, hypertension, hyperphagia, or a cardiovascular disorder. In preferred embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 8105-protein, or the mis-expression of the 8105 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 8105 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 8105 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 8105 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 8105 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 8105 gene, 6) aberrant modification of a 8105 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 8105 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 8105-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 8105 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 8105-protein.  
     [3074] An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 8105-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 8105 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 8105-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternatively, other amplification methods described herein or known in the art can be used.  
     [3075] In another embodiment, mutations in a 8105 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site.  
     [3076] In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 8105 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional arrays, e.g., chip based arrays. Such arrays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. A probe can be complementary to a region of a 8105 nucleic acid or a putative variant (e.g., allelic variant) thereof. A probe can have one or more mismatches to a region of a 8105 nucleic acid (e.g., a destabilizing mismatch). The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M. T. et al. (1996)  Human Mutation  7:244-255; Kozal, M. J. et al. (1996)  Nature Medicine  2:753-759). For example, genetic mutations in 8105 can be identified in two-dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M. T. et al. supra. Briefly, a first hybridization array of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear arrays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization array that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe arrays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation array is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene.  
     [3077] In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 8105 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 8105 with the corresponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995)  Biotechniques  19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry.  
     [3078] Other methods for detecting mutations in the 8105 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al. (1985)  Science  230:1242; Cotton et al. (1988)  Proc. Natl Acad Sci USA  85:4397; Saleeba et al. (1992)  Methods Enzymol.  217:286-295).  
     [3079] In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called “DNA mismatch repair” enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 8105 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of  E. coli  cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al. (1994)  Carcinogenesis  15:1657-1662; U.S. Pat. No. 5,459,039).  
     [3080] In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 8105 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al. (1989)  Proc Natl. Acad. Sci USA:  86:2766, see also Cotton (1993)  Mutat. Res.  285:125-144; and Hayashi (1992)  Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl.  9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 8105 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a preferred embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al. (1991)  Trends Genet  7:5).  
     [3081] In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al. (1985)  Nature  313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high-melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. In a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner (1987)  Biophys Chem  265:12753).  
     [3082] Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al. (1986)  Nature  324:163); Saiki et al. (1989)  Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA  86:6230). A further method of detecting point mutations is the chemical ligation of oligonucleotides as described in Xu et al. ((2001)  Nature Biotechnol.  19:148). Adjacent oligonucleotides, one of which selectively anneals to the query site, are ligated together if the nucleotide at the query site of the sample nucleic acid is complementary to the query oligonucleotide; ligation can be monitored, e.g., by fluorescent dyes coupled to the oligonucleotides.  
     [3083] Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology that depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al. (1989)  Nucleic Acids Res.  17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3′ end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner (1993)  Tibtech  11:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparini et al. (1992)  Mol. Cell Probes  6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany (1991)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA  88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3′ end of the 5′ sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification.  
     [3084] In another aspect, the invention features a set of oligonucleotides. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which is at least partially complementary (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 97%, 98%, or 99% complementary) to a 8105 nucleic acid.  
     [3085] In a preferred embodiment the set includes a first and a second oligonucleotide. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to the same or to different locations of SEQ ID NO: 43 or the complement of SEQ ID NO: 43. Different locations can be different but overlapping, or non-overlapping on the same strand. The first and second oligonucleotide can hybridize to sites on the same or on different strands.  
     [3086] The set can be useful, e.g., for identifying SNP&#39;s, or identifying specific alleles of 8105. In a preferred embodiment, each oligonucleotide of the set has a different nucleotide at an interrogation position. In one embodiment, the set includes two oligonucleotides, each complementary to a different allele at a locus, e.g., a biallelic or polymorphic locus.  
     [3087] In another embodiment, the set includes four oligonucleotides, each having a different nucleotide (e.g., adenine, guanine, cytosine, or thymidine) at the interrogation position. The interrogation position can be a SNP or the site of a mutation. In another preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality are identical in sequence to one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with differential labels, such that an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotide that hybridizes to a second allele. In still another embodiment, at least one of the oligonucleotides of the set has a nucleotide change at a position in addition to a query position, e.g., a destabilizing mutation to decrease the T m  of the oligonucleotide. In another embodiment, at least one oligonucleotide of the set has a non-natural nucleotide, e.g., inosine. In a preferred embodiment, the oligonucleotides are attached to a solid support, e.g., to different addresses of an array or to different beads or nanoparticles.  
     [3088] In a preferred embodiment the set of oligo nucleotides can be used to specifically amplify, e.g., by PCR, or detect, a 8105 nucleic acid.  
     [3089] The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing pre-packaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 8105 gene.  
     [3090] Use of 8105 Molecules as Surrogate Markers  
     [3091] The 8105 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 8105 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be correlated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 8105 molecules of the invention may serve as surrogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a “surrogate marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Surrogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a surrogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HW RNA levels as a surrogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed AIDS). Examples of the use of surrogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al. (2000)  J. Mass. Spectrom.  35:258-264; and James (1994)  AIDS Treatment News Archive  209.  
     [3092] The 8105 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacodynamic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drug in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drug in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drug, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drug effects, particularly when the drug is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 8105 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drug itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-8105 antibodies may be employed in an immune-based detection system for a 8105 protein marker, or 8105-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 8105 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991)  Env. Health Perspect.  90:229-238; Schentag (1999)  Am. J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999)  Am, J. Health - Syst. Pharm.  56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20.  
     [3093] The 8105 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a “pharmacogenomic marker” is an objective biochemical marker which correlates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999)  Eur. J. Cancer  35:1650-1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drugs prior to administration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drug therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 8105 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drug or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 8105 DNA may correlate 8105 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy.  
     [3094] Pharmaceutical Compositions of 8105  
     [3095] The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-8105 antibodies (also referred to herein as “active compounds”) of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions.  
     [3096] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.  
     [3097] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.  
     [3098] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.  
     [3099] Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.  
     [3100] For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.  
     [3101] Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.  
     [3102] The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.  
     [3103] In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.  
     [3104] It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.  
     [3105] Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.  
     [3106] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [3107] As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg/kg, 4 to 7 mg/kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments.  
     [3108] For antibodies, the preferred dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent administration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al. ((1997)  J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology  14:193).  
     [3109] The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e., including heteroorganic and organometallic compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds.  
     [3110] Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drug combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated.  
     [3111] An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020), CC-1065 (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, 5,846,545) and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, CC-1065, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids). Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine, yttrium and praseodymium.  
     [3112] The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be construed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, α-interferon, β-interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 (“IL-1”), interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), granulocyte colony stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), or other growth factors.  
     [3113] Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980.  
     [3114] The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al. (1994)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system.  
     [3115] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for administration.  
     [3116] Methods of Treatment for 8105  
     [3117] The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity. As used herein, the term “treatment” is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides.  
     [3118] With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. “Pharmacogenomics”, as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drugs in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient&#39;s genes determine his or her response to a drug (e.g., a patient&#39;s “drug response phenotype”, or “drug response genotype”.) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual&#39;s prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 8105 molecules of the present invention or 8105 modulators according to that individual&#39;s drug response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drug-related side effects.  
     [3119] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 8105 or an agent which modulates 8105 expression or at least one 8105 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by aberrant or unwanted 8105 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 8105 aberrance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 8105 aberrance, for example, a 8105, 8105 agonist or 8105 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein.  
     [3120] It is possible that some 8105 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms.  
     [3121] The 8105 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of metabolic disorders, hormonal disorders, neurological disorders, pancreatic disorders, liver disorders, kidney disorders, cardiovascular disorders, blood vessel disorders, pain disorders, disorders of bone metabolism, and cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, as discussed above.  
     [3122] As discussed, successful treatment of 8105 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 8105 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and Fab, F(ab′) 2  and Fab expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof).  
     [3123] Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above.  
     [3124] It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity.  
     [3125] Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 8105 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 8105 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al. (1997)  Curr. Opin. Chem Biol.  1:5-9; and Patel, D. J. (1997)  Curr Opin Chem Biol  1:32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 8105 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drugs or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects.  
     [3126] Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 8105 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above.  
     [3127] In circumstances wherein injection of an animal or a human subject with a 8105 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 8105 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D. (1999)  Ann Med  31:66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K. A. (1998)  Cancer Treat Res.  94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti-idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 8105 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 8105 expression may also be generated in this fashion.  
     [3128] In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be preferred. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is preferred. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence corresponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al. (1993)  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  90:7889-7893).  
     [3129] The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be administered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 8105 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures as described above.  
     [3130] The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50  with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50  (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.  
     [3131] Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of “free” and “bound” compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or “biosensors” that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 8105 activity is used as a template, or “imprinting molecule”, to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated “negative image” of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al (1996)  Current Opinion in Biotechnology  7:89-94 and in Shea, K. J. (1994)  Trends in Polymer Science  2:166-173. Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al (1993)  Nature  361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the “free” concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 8105 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 50 .  
     [3132] Such “imprinted” affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . An rudimentary example of such a “biosensor” is discussed in Kriz, D. et al (1995)  Analytical Chemistry  67:2142-2144.  
     [3133] Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 8105 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 8105 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 8105 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 8105 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a naturally-occurring target molecule of a 8105 protein (e.g., a 8105 substrate or receptor), a 8105 antibody, a 8105 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 8105 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule.  
     [3134] In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 8105 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 8105 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 8105. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 8105 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 8105 nucleic acid molecules, anti-8105 antibodies, and 8105 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by aberrant or unwanted expression or activity of a 8105 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., up regulates or down regulates) 8105 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 8105 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, aberrant, or unwanted 8105 expression or activity.  
     [3135] Stimulation of 8105 activity is desirable in situations in which 8105 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 8105 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 8105 activity is desirable in situations in which a 8105 is downregulated and/or in which increased 8105 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 8105 activity is desirable in situations in which 8105 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 8105 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect.  
     [3136] 8105 Pharmacogenomics  
     [3137] The 8105 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 8105 activity (e.g., 8105 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 8105 associated disorders (e.g., metabolic or sugar transport-related disorders, e.g., obesity and/or related disorders such as diabetes, hormonal disorders, hypertension, hyperphagia, and cardiovascular disorders) associated with aberrant or unwanted 8105 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual&#39;s genotype and that individual&#39;s response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician may consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 8105 molecule or 8105 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 8105 molecule or 8105 modulator.  
     [3138] Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996)  Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol.  23:983-985 and Linder, M. W. et al. (1997)  Clin. Chem.  43:254-266. In general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drugs act on the body (altered drug action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drugs (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans.  
     [3139] One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as “a genome-wide association”, relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a “bi-allelic” gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/III drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten-million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a “SNP” is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occurrence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals.  
     [3140] Alternatively, a method termed the “candidate gene approach,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug&#39;s target is known (e.g., a 8105 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response.  
     [3141] Alternatively, a method termed the “gene expression profiling,” can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 8105 molecule or 8105 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on.  
     [3142] Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drug selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 8105 molecule or 8105 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein.  
     [3143] The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 8105 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 8105 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., human cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to.  
     [3144] Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drugs) on the expression or activity of a 8105 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 8105 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 8105 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 8105 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 8105 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 8105 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 8105 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 8105 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 8105 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 8105 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 8105-associated disorder can be used as a “read out” or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell.  
     [3145] 8105 Informatics  
     [3146] The sequence of a 8105 molecule is provided in a variety of media to facilitate use thereof. A sequence can be provided as a manufacture, other than an isolated nucleic acid or amino acid molecule, which contains a 8105. Such a manufacture can provide a nucleotide or amino acid sequence, e.g., an open reading frame, in a form which allows examination of the manufacture using means not directly applicable to examining the nucleotide or amino acid sequences, or a subset thereof, as they exists in nature or in purified form. The sequence information can include, but is not limited to, 8105 full-length nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, partial nucleotide and/or amino acid sequences, polymorphic sequences including single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), epitope sequence, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the manufacture is a machine-readable medium, e.g., a magnetic, optical, chemical or mechanical information storage device.  
     [3147] As used herein, “machine-readable media” refers to any medium that can be read and accessed directly by a machine, e.g., a digital computer or analogue computer. Non-limiting examples of a computer include a desktop PC, laptop, mainframe, server (e.g., a web server, network server, or server farm), handheld digital assistant, pager, mobile telephone, and the like. The computer can be stand-alone or connected to a communications network, e.g., a local area network (such as a VPN or intranet), a wide area network (e.g., an Extranet or the Internet), or a telephone network (e.g., a wireless, DSL, or ISDN network). Machine-readable media include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage medium, and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory, and the like; and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.  
     [3148] A variety of data storage structures are available to a skilled artisan for creating a machine-readable medium having recorded thereon a nucleotide or amino acid sequence of the present invention. The choice of the data storage structure will generally be based on the means chosen to access the stored information. In addition, a variety of data processor programs and formats can be used to store the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention on computer readable medium. The sequence information can be represented in a word processing text file, formatted in commercially-available software such as WordPerfect and Microsoft Word, or represented in the form of an ASCII file, stored in a database application, such as DB2, Sybase, Oracle, or the like. The skilled artisan can readily adapt any number of data processor structuring formats (e.g., text file or database) in order to obtain computer readable medium having recorded thereon the nucleotide sequence information of the present invention.  
     [3149] In a preferred embodiment, the sequence information is stored in a relational database (such as Sybase or Oracle). The database can have a first table for storing sequence (nucleic acid and/or amino acid sequence) information. The sequence information can be stored in one field (e.g., a first column) of a table row and an identifier for the sequence can be store in another field (e.g., a second column) of the table row. The database can have a second table, e.g., storing annotations. The second table can have a field for the sequence identifier, a field for a descriptor or annotation text (e.g., the descriptor can refer to a functionality of the sequence, a field for the initial position in the sequence to which the annotation refers, and a field for the ultimate position in the sequence to which the annotation refers. Non-limiting examples for annotation to nucleic acid sequences include polymorphisms (e.g., SNP&#39;s) translational regulatory sites and splice junctions. Non-limiting examples for annotations to amino acid sequence include polypeptide domains, e.g., a domain described herein; active sites and other functional amino acids; and modification sites.  
     [3150] By providing the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form, the skilled artisan can routinely access the sequence information for a variety of purposes. For example, one skilled in the art can use the nucleotide or amino acid sequences of the invention in computer readable form to compare a target sequence or target structural motif with the sequence information stored within the data storage means. A search is used to identify fragments or regions of the sequences of the invention which match a particular target sequence or target motif. The search can be a BLAST search or other routine sequence comparison, e.g., a search described herein.  
     [3151] Thus, in one aspect, the invention features a method of analyzing 8105, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to one or more other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 8105 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 8105 sequence with a second sequence, e.g., one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database to thereby analyze 8105. The method can be performed in a machine, e.g., a computer, or manually by a skilled artisan.  
     [3152] The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 8105 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the Internet.  
     [3153] As used herein, a “target sequence” can be any DNA or amino acid sequence of six or more nucleotides or two or more amino acids. A skilled artisan can readily recognize that the longer a target sequence is, the less likely a target sequence will be present as a random occurrence in the database. Typical sequence lengths of a target sequence are from about 10 to 100 amino acids or from about 30 to 300 nucleotide residues. However, it is well recognized that commercially important fragments, such as sequence fragments involved in gene expression and protein processing, may be of shorter length.  
     [3154] Computer software is publicly available which allows a skilled artisan to access sequence information provided in a computer readable medium for analysis and comparison to other sequences. A variety of known algorithms are disclosed publicly and a variety of commercially available software for conducting search means are and can be used in the computer-based systems of the present invention. Examples of such software include, but are not limited to, MacPattern (EMBL), BLASTN and BLASTX (NCBI).  
     [3155] Thus, the invention features a method of making a computer readable record of a sequence of a 8105 sequence which includes recording the sequence on a computer readable matrix. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [3156] In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a sequence. The method includes: providing a 8105 sequence, or record, in machine-readable form; comparing a second sequence to the 8105 sequence; thereby analyzing a sequence. Comparison can include comparing to sequences for sequence identity or determining if one sequence is included within the other, e.g., determining if the 8105 sequence includes a sequence being compared. In a preferred embodiment the 8105 or second sequence is stored on a first computer, e.g., at a first site and the comparison is performed, read, or recorded on a second computer, e.g., at a second site. E.g., the 8105 or second sequence can be stored in a public or proprietary database in one computer, and the results of the comparison performed, read, or recorded on a second computer. In a preferred embodiment the record includes one or more of the following: identification of an ORF; identification of a domain, region, or site; identification of the start of transcription; identification of the transcription terminator; the full length amino acid sequence of the protein, or a mature form thereof; the 5′ end of the translated region.  
     [3157] In another aspect, the invention provides a machine-readable medium for holding instructions for performing a method for determining whether a subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder, wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 8105 sequence information associated with the subject and based on the 8105 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [3158] The invention further provides in an electronic system and/or in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a disease associated with a 8105 wherein the method comprises the steps of determining 8105 sequence information associated with the subject, and based on the 8105 sequence information, determining whether the subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder, and/or recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition. In a preferred embodiment, the method further includes the step of receiving information, e.g., phenotypic or genotypic information, associated with the subject and/or acquiring from a network phenotypic information associated with the subject. The information can be stored in a database, e.g., a relational database. In another embodiment, the method further includes accessing the database, e.g., for records relating to other subjects, comparing the 8105 sequence of the subject to the 8105 sequences in the database to thereby determine whether the subject as a 8105-associated disease or disorder, or a pre-disposition for such.  
     [3159] The present invention also provides in a network, a method for determining whether a subject has a 8105 associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder associated with 8105, said method comprising the steps of receiving 8105 sequence information from the subject and/or information related thereto, receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network corresponding to 8105 and/or corresponding to a 8105-associated disease or disorder (e.g., a metabolic or sugar transport-related disorder, e.g., obesity and/or a related disorder such as diabetes, a hormonal disorder, hypertension, hyperphagia, or a cardiovascular disorder), and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 8105 information (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [3160] The present invention also provides a method for determining whether a subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder, said method comprising the steps of receiving information related to 8105 (e.g., sequence information and/or information related thereto), receiving phenotypic information associated with the subject, acquiring information from the network related to 8105 and/or related to a 8105-associated disease or disorder, and based on one or more of the phenotypic information, the 8105 information, and the acquired information, determining whether the subject has a 8105-associated disease or disorder or a pre-disposition to a 8105-associated disease or disorder. The method may further comprise the step of recommending a particular treatment for the disease, disorder or pre-disease condition.  
     [3161] This invention is further illustrated by the following examples that should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference.  
     EXAMPLES  
     Examples for 52906, 33408, and 12189  
     Example 1  
     [3162] Identification and Characterization of Human 52906, 33408, and 12189 cDNAs  
     [3163] The human 52906 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:1)                         GCGTCCGCAGATTCCAGAGCCTGCCGGCTGGGAAAGATCCGGTCTCGGGG                   TCGGCTATGATCCCGCAGCGGCCAAGGCAGGGCTCAGGCCCCGGGATTCT               CCCCACACGCTGCTGCACTGGCGCAGCCGGTCGCCAAACTTTTTCTCCCC               AAAGCCAGTGCCCCCGCAGTTACTTGGCGGGCAGCCGGCAGCCCACTCTC               GGCGGGATGATCTGGGAGAAGCGGGCGTGGGACGAGGGGGCTGCTGTTTT               GCAGCCCTGCGAGGCGTGCAGTCGGAGAAGTGGTCGGGGTTCCACACCGT               CCCTGAGCCTGCCCCCTGGCCAAGGTGGCCCGACGTGCTGCAGTGGCTGG               CGCAGGTGATCCGGGCAGCGCGTCCGGCACTAGTCAAGGGGGCAGCGGCA               CGGGAGGGAGGGGCGCCTTTCTCTTTTCTCCTCCCCCTGCAGCCCAGCTG               CACTGCGTGGGGGCTCTCCATCTCCACGCAATCAGCAGGCGGAATCCCTG               CCCTGGAGCGCCCTGGCTCTGGACTGCACCCCCCTAGGGTTTGTCCTGCA               GATTCTCCTCCCCATCTTTCTCTGCCACACACGCTTCCCTAAGCCGCGCG               CGCCGCAAACTCAGTCTCGGTCCCCGCAGGTGATGTC ATG CCCATTGTTT               TGGTGCGCCCAACCAATCGGACTCGCCGCCTGGATTCTACCGGAGCCGGC               ATGGGCCCTTCCTCGCACCAGCAGCAGGAGTCCCCGCTCCCGACCATAAC               GCATTGCGCAGGGTGCACCACCGCTTGGTCTCCCTGCAGCTTTAACAGCC               CTGACATGGAAACCCCATTGCAGTTCCAGCGCGGCTTCTTCCCAGAGCAG               CCGCCGCCGCCGCCGCGCTCCTCACACCTGCATTGCCAGCAGCAGCAACA               GAGCCAGGACAAGCCGTGCCCGCCCTTCGCGCCCCTCCCGCACCCTCACC               ACCACCCGCACCTCGCGCACCAGCAGCCGGCCAGCGGCGGCAGCAGCCCA               TGCCTCCGGTGCAACAGCTGCGCCTCCTCCGGTGCCCCGGCGGCGGGGGC               GGGAGATAACCTGTCCCTGCTGCTCCGCACCTCCTCGCCCGGCGGCGCCT               TCCGGACCCGCACCTCCTCGCCGCTGTCGGGCTCGTCCTGCTGCTGCTGC               TGCTGCTCGTCGCGCCGGGGCAGCCAGCTCAATGTGAGCGAGCTGACGCC               GTCCAGCCATGCCAGTGCGCTCCGGCAGCAGTACGCGCAGCAGTCCGCGC               AGCAGTCGGCGTCCGCCTCCCAGTACCACCAGTGCCACAGCCTGCAGCCC               GCCGCCAGCCCCACGGGCAGCCTCGGCAGTCTGGGCTCCGGGCCCCCGCT               CTCGCACCACCACCACCACCCGCACCCGGCGCACCACCAGCACCACCAGC               CCCAGGCGCGCCGCGAGAGCAACCCCTTCACCGAAATAGCCATGAGCAGC               TGCAGGTACAACGGGGGCGTCATGCGGCCGCTCAGCAACTTGAGCGCGTC               CCGCCGGAACCTGCACGAGATGGACTCAGAGGCGCAGCCCCTGCAGCCCC               CCGCGTCTGTCGGAGGAGGTGGCGGCGCGTCCTCCCCGTCTGCAGCCGCT               GCCGCCGCCGCCGCTGTTTCGTCCTCAGCCCCCGAGATCGTGGTGTCTAA               GCCCGAGCACAACAACTCCAACAACCTGGCGCTCTATGGAACCGGCGGCG               GAGGCAGCACTGGAGGAGGCGGCGGCGGTGGCGGGAGCGGGCACGGCAGC               AGCAGTGGCACCAAGTCCAGCAAAAAGAAAAACCAGAACATCGGCTACAA               GCTGGGCCACCGGCGCGCCCTGTTCGAAAAGCGCAAGCGGCTCAGCGACT               ACGCGCTCATCTTCGGCATGTTCGGCATCGTGGTCATGGTCATCGAGACC               GAGCTGTCGTGGGGCGCCTACGACAAGGCGTCGCTGTATTCCTTAGCTCT               GAAATGCCTTATCAGTCTCTCCACGATCATCCTGCTCGGTCTGATCATCG               TGTACCACGCCAGGGAAATACAGTTGTTCATGGTGGACAATGGAGCAGAT               GACTGGAGAATAGCCATGACTTATGAGCGTATTTTCTTCATCTGCTTGGA               AATACTGGTGTGTGCTATTCATCCCATACCTGGGAATTATACATTCACAT               GGACGGCCCGGCTTGCCTTCTCCTATGCCCCATCCACAACCACCGCTGAT               GTGGATATTATTTTATCTATACCAATGTTCTTAAGACTCTATCTGATTGC               CAGAGTCATGCTTTTACATAGCAAACTTTTCACTGATACCTCCTCTAGAA               GCATTGGAGCACTTAATAAGATAAACTTCAATACACGTTTTGTTATGAAG               ACTTTAATGACTATATGCCCAGGAACTGTACTCTTGGTTTTTAGTATCTC               ATTATGGATAATTGCCGCATGGACTGTCCGAGCTTGTGAAAGGTACCATG               ATCAACAGCTCCATTGGTTATGGTGACATGGTACCTAACACATACTGTGG               AAAAGGAGTCTGCTTACTTACTGGAATTATGGGTGCTGGTTGCACAGCCC               TGGTGGTAGCTGTAGTGGCAAGGAAGCTAGAACTTACCAAAGCAGAAAAA               CACGTGCACAATTTCATGATGGATACTCAGCTGACTAAAAGAGTAAAAAA               TGCAGCTGCCAATGTACTCAGGGAAACATGGCTAATTTACAAAAATACAA               AGCTAGTGAAAAAGATAGATCATGCAAAAGTAAGAAAACATCAACGAAAA               TTCCTGCAAGCTATTCATCAATTAAGAAGTGTAAAAATGGAGCAGAGGAA               ACTGAATGACCAAGCAAACACTTTGGTGGACTTGGCAAAGACCCAGAACA               TCATGTATGATATGATTTCTGACTTAAACGAAAGGAGTGAAGACTTCGAG               AAGAGGATTGTTACCCTGGAAACAAAACTAGAGACTTTGATTGGTAGCAT               CCACGCCCTCCCTGGGCTCATAAGCCAGACCATCAGGCAGCAGCAGAGAG               ATTTCATTGAGGCTCAGATGGAGAGCTACGACAAGCACGTCACTTACAAT               GCTGAGCGGTCCCGGTCCTCGTCCAGGAGGCGGCGGTCCTCTTCCACAGC               ACCACCAACTTCATCAGAGAGTAGC TAG AAGAGAATAAGTTAACCACAAA               ATAAGACTTTTTGCCATCATATGGTCAATATTTTAGCTTTTATTGTAAAG               CCCCTATGGTTCTAATCAGCGTTATCCGGGTTCTGATGTCAGAATCCTGG               GAACCTGAACACTAAGTTTTAGGCCAAAATGAGTGAAAACTCTTTTTTTT               TCTTTCAGATGCACAGGGAATGCACCTATTATTGCTATATAGATTGTTCC               TCCTGTAATTTCACTAACTTTTTATTCATGCACTTCAAACAAACTTTACT               ACTACATTATATGATATATAATAAAAAAAGTTAATTTCTGCAAAAAAAAA               AAAAAAAAAAAAAACGGACGGG.          
 
     [3164] The human 52906 sequence (FIG. 1; SEQ ID NO: 1) is approximately 3525 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and, a termination codon (TAG), which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2544 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 1; SEQ ID NO: 3). The coding sequence encodes a 847 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 2), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:2)                         MPIVLVRPTNRTRRLDSTGAGMGPSSHQQQESPLPTITHCAGCTTAWSPC                   SFNSPDMETPLQFQRGFFPEQPPPPPRSSHLHCQQQQQSQDKPCPPFAPL               PHPHHHPHLAHQQPASGGSSPCLRCNSCASSGAPAAGAGDNLSLLLRTSS               PGGAFRTRTSSPLSGSSCCCCCSSRRGSQLNVSELTPSSHASALRQQYAQ               QSAQQSASASQYHQCHSLQPAASPTGSLGSLGSGPPLSHHHHHPHPAHHQ               HHQPQARRESNPFTEIAMSSCRYNGGVMRPLSNLSASRRNLHEMDSEAQP               LQPPASVGGGGGASSPSAAAAAAAAVSSSAPEIVVSKPEHNNSNNLALYG               TGGGGSTGGGGGGGGSGHGSSSGTKSSKKKNQNIGYKLGHRRALFEKRKR               LSDYALIFGMFGIVVMVIETELSWGAYDKASLYSLALKCLISLSTIILLG               LIIVYHAREIQLFMVDNGADDWRIAMTYERIFFICLEILVCAIHPIPGNY               TFTWTARLAFSYAPSTTTADVDIILSIPMFLRLYLIARVMLLHSKLFTDT               SSRSIGALNKINFNTRFVMKTLMTICPGTVLLVFSISLWIIAAWTVRACE               RYHDQQDVTSNFLGAMWLISITFLSIGYGDMVPNTYCGKGVCLLTGIMGA               GCTALVVAVVARKLELTKAEKHVHNFMMDTQLTKRVKNAAANVLRETWLI               YKNTKLVKKIDHAKVRKHQRKFLQAIHQLRSVKMEQRKLNDQANTLVDLA               KTQNIMYDMISDLNERSEDFEKRIVTLETKLETLIGSIHALPGLISQTIR               QQQRDFIEAQMESYDKHVTYNAERSRSSSRRRRSSSTAPPTSSESS.          
 
     [3165] The human 33408 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:4)                         GACCCACGCGTCCGCTCCCCCGTGTGCGGCACCGCCACAGTCTGGGCAGC                   GGCGGCCGGGGGAGCGCTACTACCATGAACTGCCTGGTCCTCCTCCCCAG               AGCTGCTCATCCGGGTCGGGCTGGAGACACAGTCAGGGGACCCCGTCGCC               GCCGCCGCGCCCCCTCTTCTTTCGGCTCAATCTTCTCTTCCACCTTTTCC               TCCTCTTCCTCCACCTTCTTTGCCTGCATCCCCCCCTCCCCCGCCGCGGA               TCCTGGCCGCTGCTCTCCAGACCCAGG ATG CCGGGGGGCAAGAGAGGGCT               GGTGGCACCGCAGAACACATTTTTGGAGAACATCGTCAGGCGCTCCAGTG               AATCAAGTTTCTTACTGGGAAATGCCCAGATTGTGGATTGGCCTGTAGTT               TATAGTAATGACGGTTTTTGTAAACTCTCTGGATATCATCGAGCTGACGT               CATGCAGAAAAGCAGCACTTGCAGTTTTATGTATGGGGAATTGACTGACA               AGAAGACCATTGAGAAAGTCAGGCAAACTTTTGACAACTACGAATCAAAC               TGCTTTGAAGTTCTTCTGTACAAGAAAAACAGAACCCCTGTTTGGTTTTA               TATGCAAATTGCACCAATAAGAAATGAACAACGGGCTTTGACAAATAGCC               GAAGTGTTTTGCAGCAGCTCACGCCAATGAATAAAACAGAGGTGGTCCAT               AAACATTCAAGACTAGCTGAAGTTCTTCAGCTGGGATCAGATATCCTTCC               TCAGTATAAACAAGAAGCGCCAAAGACGCCACCACACATTATTTTACATT               ATTGTGCTTTTAAAACTACTTGGGATTGGGTGATTTTAATTCTTACCTTC               TACACCGCCATTATGGTTCCTTATAATGTTTCCTTCAAAACAAAGCAGAA               CAACATAGCCTGGCTGGTACTGGATAGTGTGGTGGACGTTATTTTTCTGG               TTGACATCGTTTTAAATTTTCACACGACTTTCGTGGGGCCCGGTGGAGAG               CGACTGGGCCGTGTGGCTAGGAAACTGGACCATTACCTAGAATATGGAGC               AGCAGTCCTCGTGCTCCTGGTGTGTGTGTTTGGACTGGTGGCCCACTGGC               TGGCCTGCATATGGTATAGCATCGGAGACTACGAGGTCATTGATGAAGTC               ACTAACACCATCCAAATAGACAGTTGGCTCTACCAGCTGGCTTTGAGCAT               TGGGACTCCATATCGCTACAATACCAGTGCTGGGATATGGGAAGGAGGAC               CCAGCAAGGATTCATTGTACGTGTCCTCTCTCTACTTTACCATGACAAGC               CTTACAACCATAGGATTTGGAAACATAGCTCCTACCACAGATGTGGAGAA               GATGTTTTCGGTGGCTATGATGATGGTTGGCTCTCTTCTTTATGCAACTA               TTTTTGGAAATGTTACAACAATTTTCCAGCAAATGTATGCCAACACCAAC               CGATACCATGAGATGCTGAATAATGTACGGGACTTCCTAAAACTCTATCA               GGTCCCAAAAGGCCTTAGTGAGCGAGTCATGGATTATATTGTCTCAACAT               GGTCCATGTCAAAAGGCATTGATACAGAAAAGGTCCTCTCCATCTGTCCC               AAGGACATGAGAGCTGATATCTGTGTTCATCTAAACCGGAAGGTTTTTAA               TGAACATCCTGCTTTTCGATTGGCCAGCGATGGGTGTCTGCGCGCCTTGG               CGGTAGAGTTCCAAACCATTCACTGTGCTCCCGGGGACCTCATTTACCAT               GCTGGAGAAAGTGTGGATGCCCTCTGCTTTGTGGTGTCAGGATCCTTGGA               AGTCATCCAGGATGATGAGGTGGTGGCTATTTTAGGGAAGGGTGATGTAT               TTGGAGACATCTTCTGGAAGGAAACCACCCTTGCCCATGCATGTGCGAAC               GTCCGGGCACTGACGTACTGTGACCTACACATCATCAAGCGGGAAGCCTT               GCTCAAAGTCCTGGACTTTTATACAGCTTTTGCAAACTCCTTCTCAAGGA               ATCTCACTCTTACTTGCAATCTGAGGAAACGGATCATCTTTCGTAAGATC               AGTGATGTGAAGAAAGAGGAGGAGGAGCGCCTCCGGCAGAAGAATGAGGT               GACCCTCAGCATTCCCGTGGACCACCCAGTCAGAAAGCTCTTCCAGAAGT               TCAAGCAGCAGAAGGAGCTGCGGAATCAGGGCTCAACACAGGGTGACCCT               GAGAGGAACCAACTCCAGGTAGAGAGCCGCTCCTTACAGAATGGAACCTC               CATCACCGGAACCAGCGTGGTGACTGTGTCACAGATTACTCCCATTCAGA               CGTCTCTGGCCTATGTGAAAACCAGTGAATCCCTTAAGCAGAACAACCGT               GATGCCATGGAACTCAAGCCCAACGGCGGTGCTGACCAAAAATGTCTCAA               AGTCAACAGCCCAATAAGAATGAAGAATGGAAATGGAAAAGGGTGGCTGC               GACTCAAGAATAATATGGGAGCCCATGAGGAGAAAAAGGAAGACTGGAAT               AATGTCACTAAAGCTGAGTCAATGGGGCTATTGTCTGAGGACCCCAAGAG               CAGTGATTCAGAGAACAGTGTGACCAAAAACCCACTAAGGAAAACAGATT               CTTGTGACAGTGGAATTACAAAAAGTGACCTTCGTTTGGATAAGGCTGGG               GAGGCCCGAAGTCCGCTAGAGCACAGTCCCATCCAGGCTGATGCCAAGCA               CCCCTTTTATCCCATCCCCGAGCAGGCCTTACAGACCACACTGCAGGAAG               TCAAACACGAACTCAAAGAGGACATCCAGCTGCTCAGCTGCAGAATGACT               GCCCTAGAAAAGCAGGTGGCAGAAATTTTAAAAATACTGTCGGAAAAAAG               CGTACCCCAGGCCTCATCTCCCAAATCCCAAATGCCACTCCAAGTACCCC               CCCAGATACCATGTCAGGATATTTTTAGTGTCTCAAGGCCTGAATCACCT               GAATCTGACAAAGATGAAATCCACTTT TAA TATATATACATATATATTTG               TTAATATATTAAAACAGTATATACATATGTGTGTATATACAGTATATACA               TATATATATTTTCACTTGCTTTCAAGATGATGACCACACATGGATTTTGA               TATGTAAATATTGCATGTCCAGCTGGATTCTGGCCTGCCAAAGAAGATGA               TGATTAAAAACATAGATATTGCTTGTATATTATGCAGTTGACTGCATGCA               CACTTTACATTTATTTATAATCTCTATTCTATAATAAAAGAGTATGATTT               TTGTTAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAATTCCTCGCCGGA          
 
     [3166] The human 33408 sequence (FIG. 3; SEQ ID NO: 4) is approximately 3553 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TAA), which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2967 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 4; SEQ ID NO: 6). The coding sequence encodes a 988 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 5), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:5)                         MPGGKRGLVAPQNTFLENIVRRSSESSFLLGNAQIVDWPVVYSNDGFCKL                   SGYHRADVMQKSSTCSFMYGELTDKKTIEKVRQTFDNYESNCFEVLLYKK               NRTPVWFYMQIAPIRNEHEKVVLFLCTFKDITLFKQPIEDDSTKGWTKFA               RLTRALTNSRSVLQQLTPMNKTEVVHKHSRLAEVLQLGSDILPQYKQEAP               KTPPHIILHYCAFKTTWDWVILILTFYTAIMVPYNVSFKTKQNNIAWLVL               DSVVDVIFLVDIVLNFHTTFVGPGGEVISDPKLIRMNYLKTWFVIDLLSC               LPYDIINAFENVDEGISSLFSSLKVVRLLRLGRVARKLDHYLEYGAAVLV               LLVCVFGLVAHWLACIWYSIGDYEVIDEVTNTIQIDSWLYQLALSIGTPY               RYNTSAGIWEGGPSKDSLYVSSLYFTMTSLTTIGFGNIQPTTDVEKMFSV               AMMMVGSLLYATIFGNVTTIFQQMYANTNRYHEMLNNVRDFLKLYQVPKG               LSERVMDYIVSTWSMSKGIDTEKVLSICPKDMRADICVHLNRKVFNEHPA               FRLASDGCLRALAVEFQTIHCAPGDLIYHAGESVDALCFVVSGSLEVIQD               DEVVAILGKGDVFGDIFWKETTLAHACANVRALTYCDLHIIKREALLKVL               DFYTAFANSFSRNLTLTCNLRKRIIFRKISDVKKEEEERLRQKNEVTLSI               PVDHPVRKLFQKFKQQKELRNQGSTQGDPERNQLQVESRSLQNGTSITGT               SVVTVSQITPIQTSLAYVKTSESLKQNNRDAMELKPNGGADQKCLKVNSP               IRMKNGNGKGWLRLKNNMGAHEEKKEDWNNVTKAESMGLLSEDPKSSDSE               NSVTKNPLRKTDSCDSGITKSDLRLDKAGEARSPLEHSPIQADAKHPFYP               IPEQALQTTLQEVKHELKEDIQLLSCRMTALEKQVAEILKILSEKSVPQA               SSPKSQMPLQVPPQIPCQDIFSVSRPESPESDKDEIHF          
 
     [3167] The human 12189 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:7)                         TGCTGCGAGCGGCTGGTGCTCAACGTGGCCGGGCTGCGCTTCGAGACGCG                   GGCGCGCACGCTGGGCCGCTTCCCGGACACTCTGCTAGGGGACCCAGCGC               GCCGCGGCCGCTTCTACGACGACGCGCGCCGCGAGTATTTCTTCGACCGG               CACCGGCCCAGCTTCGACGCCGTGCTCTACTACTACCAGTCCGGTGGGCG               GCTGCGGCGGCCGGCGCACGTGCCGCTCGACGTCTTCCTGGAAGAGGTGG               CCTTCTACGGGCTGGGCGCGGCGGCCCTGGCACGCCTGCGCGAGGACGAG               GGCTGCCCGGTGCCGCCCGAGCGCCCCCTGCCCCGCCGCGCCTTCGCCCG               CCAGCTGTGCCTGCTTTTCGAGTTTCCCGAGAGCTCTCAGGCCGCGCGCG               TGCTCGCCGTAGTCTCCGTGCTGGTCATCCTCGTCTCCATCGTCGTCTTC               TGCCTCGAGACGCTGCCTGACTTCCGCGACGACCGCGACGGCACGGGGCT               TGCTGCTGCAGCCGCAGCCGGCCCGTTCCCCGCTCCGCTGAATGGCTCCA               GCCAAATGCCTGGAAATCCACCCCGCCTGCCCTTCAATGACCCGTTCTTC               GTGGTGGAGACGCTGTGTATTTGTTGGTTCTCCTTTGAGCTGCTGGTACG               CCTCCTGGTCTGTCCAAGCAAGGCTATCTTCTTCAAGAACGTGATGAACC               TCATCGATTTTGTGGCTATCCTTCCCTACTTTGTGGCACTGGGCACCGAG               CTGGCCCGGCAGCGAGGGGTGGGCCAGCAGGCCATGTCACTGGCCATCCT               GAGAGTCATCCGATTGGTGCGTGTCTTCCGCATCTTCAAGCTGTCCCGGC               ACTCAAAGGGCCTGCAAATCTTGGGCCAGACGCTTCGGGCCTCCATGCGT               GAGCTGGGCCTCCTCATCTTTTTCCTCTTCATCGGTGTGGTCCTCTTTTC               CAGCGCCGTCTACTTTGCCGAAGTTGACCGGGTGGACTCCCATTTCACTA               GCATCCCTGAGTCCTTCTGGTGGGCGGTAGTCACCATGACTACAGTTGGC               TATGGAGACATGGCACCCGTCACTGTGGGTGGCAAGATAGTGGGCTCTCT               GTGTGCCATTGCGGGCGTGCTGACTATTTCCCTGCCAGTGCCCGTCATTG               TCTCCAATTTCAGCTACTTTTATCACCGGGAGACAGAGGGCGAAGAGGCT               GGGATGTTCAGCCATGTGGACATGCAGCCTTGTGGCCCACTGGAGGGCAA               GGCCAATGGGGGGCTGGTGGACGGGGAGGTACCTGAGCTACCACCTCCAC               TCTGGGCACCCCCAGGGAAACACCTGGTCACCGAAGTG TGA            
 
     [3168] The human 12189 sequence (FIG. 5; SEQ ID NO: 7) is approximately 1341 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes a termination codon (TGA), which is underscored above. The coding sequence encodes a 446 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 8), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:8)                         CCERLVLNVAGLRFETRARTLGRFPDTLLGDPARRGRFYDDARREYFFDR                   HRPSFDAVLYYYQSGGRLRRPAHVPLDVFLEEVAFYGLGAAALARLREDE               GCPVPPERPLPRRAFARQLCLLFEFPESSQAARVLAVVSVLVILVSIVVF               CLETLPDFRDDRDGTGLAAAAAAGPFPAPLNGSSQMPGNPPRLPFNDPFF               VVETLCICWFSFELLVRLLVCPSKAIFFKNVMNLIDFVAILPYFVALGTE               LARQRGVGQQAMSLAILRVIRLVRVFRIFKLSRHSKGLQILGQTLRASMR               ELGLLIFFLFIGVVLFSSAVYFAEVDRVDSHFTSIPESFWWAVVTMTTVG               YGDMAPVTVGGKIVGSLCAIAGVLTISLPVPVIVSNFSYFYHRETEGEEA               GMFSHVDMQPCGPLEGKANGGLVDGEVPELPPPLWAPPGKHLVTEV.          
 
     Example 2  
     [3169] Tissue Distribution of 52906 and 33408 mRNA by TagMan Analysis  
     [3170] Endogenous human 52906 and 33408 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3171] To determine the level of 52906 and 33408 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Tables 3 and 4. 52906 mRNA was detected in brain, prostate tumor, and heart samples (Table 3). 33408 expression was found in brain, heart, skin, and adipose samples (Table 4).  
               TABLE 3                          Expression of 52906 mRNA in Human Tissues and Cell Lines                     Tissue   Relative Expression                             Artery/normal   0       Aorta/diseased   0       Vein/normal   0       Coronary smooth muscle cells   0       Human umbilical vein endothelial cells   0       Hemangioma   0       Heart/normal   0       Heart/congestive heart failure   0.1902       Kidney   0       Skeletal muscle   0       Adipose/normal   0       Pancreas   0       Primary osteoblasts   0       Osteoclasts (differentiated)   0       Skin/normal   0       Spinal cord/normal   0       Brain Cortex/normal   1.6367       Brain Hypothalamus/normal   0       Nerve   0       Dorsal Root Ganglion   0       Breast/normal   0       Breast/tumor   0       Ovary/normal   0       Ovary/tumor   0       Prostate/normal   0       Prostate/tumor   1.1613       Salivary glands   0       Colon/normal   0       Colon/tumor   0       Lung/normal   0       Lung/tumor   0       Lung/chronic obstructive pulmonary disease   0       Colon/inflammatory bowel disease   0       Liver/normal   0       Liver fibrosis   0       Spleen/normal   0       Tonsil/normal   0       Lymph node/normal   0       Small intestine/normal   0       Macrophages   0       Synovium   0       Bone marrow/mononuclear cells   0       Activated peripheral blood mononuclear cells   0       Neutrophils   0       Megakaryocytes   0       Erythroid cells   0       positive control   0                  
 
     [3172]               TABLE 4                          Expression of 33408 mRNA in Human Tissues and Cell Lines                             Tissue   Relative Expression                                         Prostate   0.00           Osteoclasts   0.00           Liver   0.00           Breast   0.00           Breast   0.00           Skeletal Muscle   2.60           Skeletal Muscle   0.13           Brain   33.03           Colon   0.06           Colon   0.01           Heart   30.71           Heart   0.00           Ovary   0.00           Ovary   0.00           Kidney   0.00           Kidney   0.01           Lung   0.01           Lung   0.00           Vein   0.10           Vein   0.01           Adipose   0.00           Adipose   4.26           Small Intestine   0.00           Thyroid   0.00           Bone Marrow   0.00           Skin   11.72           Testes   0.37           Placenta   0.01           Fetal Liver   0.00           Fetal Liver   0.00           Fetal Heart   0.00           Fetal Heart   0.00           Osteoblasts/undifferentiated   0.00           Osteoblasts/differentiated   0.00           Osteoblasts/primary culture   0.00           Spinal Cord   0.00           Cervix   0.00           Spleen   0.00           Spinal Cord   0.00           Thymus   0.00           Tonsil   0.00           Lymph Node   0.00           Aorta   0.00                        
     Example 3  
     [3173] Tissue Distribution of 52906, 33408, or 12189 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3174] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7) can be used. The DNA is radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing, for example, mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 4  
     [3175] Recombinant Expression of 52906, 33408, or 12189 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3176] In this example, 52906, 33408, or 12189 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 52906, 33408, or 12189 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-52906, 33408, or 12189 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 5  
     [3177] Expression of Recombinant 52906, 33408, or 12189 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3178] To express the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 52906, 33408, or 12189 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3179] To construct the plasmid, the 52906, 33408, or 12189 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 52906, 33408, or 12189 gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3180] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 52906, 33408, or 12189-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3181] Alternatively, DNA containing the 52906, 33408, or 12189 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 52906, 33408, or 12189 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 52906, 33408, or 12189 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 21784  
     Example 6  
     [3182] Identification and Characterization of Human 21784 cDNA  
     [3183] The human 21784 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:14)                         AGGGAGTCGCCCCACGCGTCCGCCCAGC ATG GCCGGGCCGGGCTCGCCGC                   GCCGCGCGTCCCGGGGGGCCTCGGCGCTTCTCGCTGCCGCGCTTCTCTAC               GCCGCGCTGGGGGACGTGGTGCGCTCGGAGCAGCAGATACCGCTCTCCGT               GGTGAAGCTCTGGGCCTCGGCTTTTGGTGGGGAGATAAAATCCATTGCTG               CTAAGTACTCCGGTTCCCAGCTTCTGCAAAAGAAATACAAAGAGTATGAG               AAAGACGTTGCCATAGAAGAAATTGATGGCCTCCAACTGGTAAAGAAGCT               GGCAAAGAACATGGAAGAGATGTTTCACAAGAAGTCTGAGGCCGTCAGGC               GTCTGGTGGAGGCTGCAGAAGAAGCACACCTGAAACATGAATTTGATGCA               GACTTACAGTATGAATACTTCAATGCTGTGCTGATAAATGAAAGGGACAA               AGACGGGAATTTTTTGGAGCTGGGAAAGGAATTCATCTTAGCCCCAAATG               ACCATTTTAATAATTTGCCTGTGAACATCAGTCTAAGTGACGTCCAAGTA               CCAACGAACATGTACAACAAAGACCCTGCAATTGTCAATGGGGTTTATTG               GTCTGAATCTCTAAACAAAGTTTTTGTAGATAACTTTGACCGTGACCCAT               CTCTCATATGGCAGTACTTTGGAAGTGCAAAGGGCTTTTTTAGGCAGTAT               CCGGGGATTAAATGGGAACCAGATGAGAATGGAGTCATTGCCTTCGACTG               CAGGAACCGAAAATGGTACATCCAGGCAGCAACTTCTCCGAAAGACGTGG               TCATTTTAGTTGACGTCAGTGGCAGCATGAAAGGACTCCGTCTGACTATC               GCGAAGCAAACAGTCTCATCCATTTTGGATACACTTGGGGATGATGACTT               CTTCAACATAATTGCTTATAATGAGGAGCTTCACTATGTGGAACCTTGCC               TGAATGGAACTTTGGTGCAAGCCGACAGGACAAACAAAGAGCACTTCAGG               GAGCATCTGGACAAACTTTTCGCCAAAGGAATTGGAATGTTGGATATAGC               TCTGAATGAGGCCTTCAACATTCTGAGTGATTTCAACCACACGGGACAAG               GAAGTATCTGCAGTCAGGCCATCATGCTCATAACTGATGGGGCGGTGGAC               ACCTATGATACAATCTTTGCAAAATACAATTGGCCAGATCGAAAGGTTCG               CATCTTCACATACCTCATTGGACGAGAGGCTGCGTTTGCAGACAATCTAA               AGTGGATGGCCTGTGCCAACAAAGGATTTTTTACCCAGATCTCCACCTTG               GCTGATGTGCAGGAGAATGTCATGGAATACCTTCACGTGCTTAGCCGGCC               CAAAGTCATCGACCAGGAGCATGATGTGGTGTGGACCGAAGCTTACATTG               ACAGCACTCTCCCTCAGGCACAAAAGCTGACTGATGATCAGGGCCCCGTC               CTGATGACCACTGTAGCCATGCCTGTGTTTAGTAAGCAGAACGAAACCAG               ATCGAAGGGCATTCTTCTGGGAGTGGTTGGCACAGATGTCCCAGTGAAAG               AACTTCTGAAGACCATCCCCAAATACAAGTTAGGGATTCACGGTTATGCC               TTTGCAATCACAATAATGGATATATCCTGACGCATCCGGAACTCAGGCTG               CTGTACGAAGAAGGAAAAAAGCGAAGGAAACCTAACTATAGTAGCGTTGA               CCTCTCTGAGGTGGAGTGGGAAGACCGAGATGACGTGTTGAGAAATGCTA               TGGTGAATCGAAAGACGGGGAAGTTTTCCATGGAGGTGAAGAAGACAGTG               GACAAAGGGAAACGGGTTTTGGTGATGACAAATGACTACTATTATACAGA               CATCAAGGGTACTCCTTTCAGTTTAGGTGTGGCGCTTTCCAGAGGTCATG               GGAAATATTTCTTCCGAGGGAATGTAACCATCGAAGAAGGCCTGCATGAC               TTAGAACATCCCGATGTGTCCTTGGCAGATGAATGGTCCTACTGCAACAC               TGACCTACACCCTGAGCACCGCCATCTGTCTCAGTTAGAAGCGATTAAGC               TCTACCTAAAAGGCAAAGAACCTCTGCTCCAGTGTGATAAAGAATTGATC               CAAGAAGTCCTTTTTGACGCGGTGGTGAGTGCCCCCATTGAAGCGTATTG               GACCAGCCTGGCCCTCAACAAATCTGAAAATTCTGACAAGGGCGTGGAGG               TTGCCTTCCTCGGCACTCGCACGGGCCTCTCCAGAATCAACCTGTTTGTC               GGGGCTGAGCAGCTCACCAATCAGGACTTCCTGAAAGCTGGCGACAAGGA               GAACATTTTTAACGCAGACCATTTCCCTCTCTGGTACCGAAGAGCCGCTG               AGCAGATTCCAGGGAGCTTCGTCTACTCGATCCCATTCAGCACTGGACCA               GTCAATAAAAGCAATGTGGTGACAGCAAGTACATCCATCCAGCTCCTGGA               TGAACGGAAATCTCCTGTGGTGGCAGCTGTAGGCATTCAGATGAAACTTG               AATTTTTCCAAAGGAAGTTCTGGACTGCCAGCAGACAGTGTGCTTCCCTG               GATGGCAAATGCTCCATCAGCTGTGATGATGAGACTGTGAATTGTTACCT               CATAGACAATAATGGATTTATTTTGGTGTCTGAAGACTACACACAGACTG               GAGACTTTTTTGGTGAGATCGAGGGAGCTGTGATGAACAAATTGCTAACA               ATGGGCTCCTTTAAAAGAATTACCCTTTATGACTACCAAGCCATGTGTAG               AGCCAACAAGGAAAGCAGCGATGGCGCCCATGGCCTCCTGGATCCTTATA               ATGCCTTCCTCTCTGCAGTAAAATGGATCATGACAGAACTTGTCTTGTTC               CTGGTGGAATTTAACCTCTGCAGTTGGTGGCACTCCGATATGACAGCTAA               AGCCCAGAAATTGAAACAGACCCTGGAGCCTTGTGATACTGAATATCCAG               CATTCGTCTCTGAGCGCACCATCAAGGAGACTACAGGGAATATTGCTTGT               GAAGACTGCTCCAAGTCCTTTGTCATCCAGCAAATCCCAAGCAGCAACCT               GTTCATGGTGGTGGTGGACAGCAGCTGCCTCTGTGAATCTGTGGCCCCCA               TCACCATGGCACCCATTGAAATCAGGTATAATGAATCCCTTAAGTGTGAA               CGTCTAAAGGCCCAGAAGATCAGAAGGCGCCCAGAATCTTGTCATGGCTT               CCATCCTGAGGAGAATGCAAGGAGTGTGGGGGTGCGCCGAGTCTCCAAGC               CCAGACAGTCCTCCTTCTGCTCCCTCTGCTTTTGATGCTCTTCTCAAGG T                   GA CACTGACTGAGATGTTCTCTTACTGACTGAGATGTTCTCTTGGCATGC               TAAATCATGGATAAACTGTGAACCAAAATATGGTGCAACATACGAGACAT               GAATATAGTCCAACCATCAGCATCTCATCATGATTTTAAACTGTGCGTGA               TATAAACTCTTAAAGATATGTTGACAAAAAGTTATCTATCATCTTTTTAC               TTTGCCAGTCATGCAAATGTGAGTTTGCCACATGATAATCACCCTTCATC               AGAAATGGGACCGCAAGTGGTAGGCAGTGTCCCTTCTGCTTGAAACCTAT               TGAAACCAATTTAAAACTGTGTACTTTTTAAATAAAGTATATTAAAATCA               TAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARRAWWAAAAAAAAAAGGAAA.          
 
     [3184] The human 21784 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 14) is approximately 3690 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TGA) which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 3276 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 14; SEQ ID NO: 16). The coding sequence encodes a 1091 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 15), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:15)                         MAGPGSPRRASRGASALLAAALLYAALGDVVRSEQQIPLSVVKLWASAFG                   GEIKSIAAKYSGSQLLQKKYKEYEKDVAIEEIDGLQLVKKLAKNMEEMFH               KKSEAVRRLVEAAEEAHLKHEFDADLQYEYFNAVLINERDKDGNFLELGK               EFILAPNDHFNNLPVNISLSDVQVPTNMYNKDPAIVNGVYWSESLNKVFV               DNFDRDPSLIWQYFGSAKGFFRQYPGIKWEPDENGVIAFDCRNRKWYIQA               ATSPKDVVILVDVSGSMKGLRLTIAKQTVSSILDTLGDDDFFNIIAYNEE               LHYVEPCLNGTLVQADRTNKEHFREHLDKLFAKGIGMLDIALNEAFNILS               DFNHTGQGSICSQAIMLITDGAVDTYDTIFAKYNWPDRKVRIFTYLIGRE               AAFADNLKWMACANKGFFTQISTLADVQENVMEYLHVLSRPKVIDQEHDV               VWTEAYIDSTLPQAQKLTDDQGPVLMTTVAMPVFSKQNETRSKGILLGVV               GTDVPVKELLKTIPKYKLGIHGYAFAITNNGYILTHPELRLLYEEGKKRR               KPNYSSVDLSEVEWEDRDDVLRNAMVNRKTGKFSMEVKKTVDKGKRVLVM               TNDYYYTDIKGTPFSLGVALSRGHGKYFFRGNVTIEEGLHDLEHPDVSLA               DEWSYCNTDLHPEHRHLSQLEAIKLYLKGKEPLLQCDKELIQEVLFDAVV               SAPIEAYWTSLALNKSENSDKGVEVAFLGTRTGLSRINLFVGAEQLTNQD               FLKAGDKENIFNADHFPLWYRRAAEQIPGSFVYSIPFSTGPVNKSNVVTA               STSIQLLDERKSPVVAAVGIQMKLEFFQRKFWTASRQCASLDGKCSISCD               DETVNCYLIDNNGFILVSEDYTQTGDFFGEIEGAVMNKLLTMGSFKRITL               YDYQAMCRANKESSDGAHGLLDPYNAFLSAVKWIMTELVLFLVEFNLCSW               WHSDMTAKAQKLKQTLEPCDTEYPAFVSERTIKETTGNIACEDCSKSFVI               QQIPSSNLFMVVVDSSCLCESVAPITMAPIEIRYNEXLKCERLKAQKIRR               RPESCHGFHPEENARECGGAPSLQAQTVLLLLPLLLMLFSR.          
 
     Example 7  
     [3185] Tissue Distribution of 21784 mRNA by TaqMan Analysis  
     [3186] Endogenous human 21784 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3187] To determine the level of 21784 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in the following tables.  
     [3188] Table 5 below depicts the expression of 21784 mRNA in a panel of normal and tumor human tissues. Elevated expression of 21784 was found in the following tissues: heart, kidney, skeletal muscle, dorsal root ganglion, ovary, nerve, and spinal cord. Expression of 21784 was highest in the normal heart, heart CHF, kidney, skeletal muscle, and dorsal root ganglion, brain cortex, and brain hypothalmus.  
                           TABLE 5                                   Tissue   Expression                                                    Artery normal   8.7288           Aorta diseased   0.6556           Vein normal   1.6769           Coronary SMC   0           HUVEC   0           Hemangioma   0           Heart normal   25.6482           Heart CHF   36.3979           Kidney   26.5527           Skeletal Muscle   47.5306           Adipose normal   0.1942           Pancreas   0           primary osteoblasts   0           Osteoclasts (diff)   0           Skin normal   1.7542           Spinal cord normal   4.0161           Brain Cortex normal   390.9348           Nerve   5.8799           DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion)   68.8691           Breast normal   0.2302           Breast tumor   0.4178           Ovary normal   3.582           Ovary Tumor   7.7049           Prostate Normal   1.73           Prostate Tumor   0.796           Salivary glands   0.1969           Colon normal   0.3289           Colon Tumor   0.5038           Lung normal   0.4325           Lung tumor   1.0539           Lung COPD   0.4917           Liver normal   0           Liver fibrosis   0           Spleen normal   0.3739           Tonsil normal   0.6647           Lymph node normal   0.4163           Small intestine normal   1.1102           Macrophages   0           Synovium   0.0433           BM-MNC   0           Activated PBMC   0           Neutrophils   0           Megakaryocytes   0           Erythroid   0           Brain Hypothalamus normal   87.1715           Colon IBD   0.0708           positive control   94026.7925                      
 
     Example 8  
     [3189] Tissue Distribution of 21784 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3190] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 21784 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 14) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 9  
     [3191] Recombinant Expression of 21784 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3192] In this example, 21784 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 21784 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-21784 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 10  
     [3193] Expression of Recombinant 21784 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3194] To express the 21784 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 21784 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3195] To construct the plasmid, the 21784 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 21784 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 21784 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 21784-gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3196] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 21784-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 21784 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3197] Alternatively, DNA containing the 21784 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 21784 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 21784 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 56201  
     Example 11  
     [3198] Identification and Characterization of Human 56201 cDNA  
     [3199] The human 56201 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:20)                         GGAAAATCCCTAAGCAGAGATTTTCTGTTGGATGCTAAAAGCAAGGAATA                   AAAGTTGAAAATTTGGAAA ATG TCTCAACACCGTCACCAGCGCCACTCGA               GAGTCATTTCTAGTTCACCAGTTGACACTACATCGGTGGGATTTTGCCCA               ACATTCAAGAAATTTAAGAGGAACGATGATGAATGTCGGGCATTTGTGAA               GAGAGTCATAATGAGCCGTTTCTTTAAGATAATTATGATTAGCACTGTCA               CATCGAATGCGTTTTTTATGGCCTTGTGGACCAGTTATGACATAAGGTAC               CGCTTGTTCAGACTTCTTGAGTTCTCGGAGATCTTCTTTGTGTCCATCTG               CACATCTGAGTTGTCCATGAAGGTCTATGTGGACCCCATCAACTACTGGA               AGAACGGCTACAACCTGCTGGATGTGATCATTATCATCGTTATGTTTTTA               CCCTATGCCCTCCGCCAGCTCATGGGCAAACAGTTCACTTACCTGTATAT               CGCTGATGGCATGCAGTCCCTGCGCATCCTCAAGCTTATCGGCTATAGCC               AGGGCATCCGGACGCTGATCACCGCCGTGGGGCAGACAGTCTACACCGTG               GCCTCTGTGCTCCTCCTGCTCTTCCTCCTCATGTACATCTTCGCTATCTT               GGGCTTCTGCCTGTTTGGATCTCCAGACAATGGTGACCATGATAACTGGG               GGAACCTGGCTGCAGCTTTTTTCACCCTCTTCAGCTTGGTGCTTTGAGCC               GGGCATTCACCATCATCTTCATCTTGCTCGCCTCTTTCATCTTCCTCAAC               ATGTTCGTGGGTGTGATGATCATGCACACAGAGGACTCCATCAGAAAGTT               TGAGCGAGAGCTGATGTTGGAGCAGCAGGAGATGCTCATGGGAGAGAAGC               AGGTGATTCTGCAGCGGCAGCAGGAGGAGATCAGCAGGCTGATGCACATA               CAGAAAAATGCTGACTGCACAAGTTTCAGTGAGCTGGTGGAGAACTTTAA               GAAGACCTTGAGCCACACTGACCCAATGGTCTTGGATGATTTTGGCACTA               GCTTACCCTTCATCGATATCTACTTTTCCACTCTGGACTACCAGGACACA               ACTGTCCACAAGCTTCAAGAGCTGTACTATGAGATCGTGCATGTGCTGAG               CCTAATGCTGGAAGACTTGCCCCAGGAGAAGCCCCAGTCCTTGGAAAAGG               TGGATGAGAAG TAG TGGGCATGGGGCACCCATGTGCCGAGAGCCTTGCAG               ACCATGACAGGTCCCTATTAAACACAGGCTTTCTGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA               AAA.          
 
     [3200] The human 56201 sequence (FIG. 10; SEQ ID NO: 20), which is approximately 1356 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TAG) which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1197 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 20; SEQ ID NO: 22). The coding sequence encodes a 398 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 21), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:21)                         MSQHRHQRHSRVISSSPVDTTSVGFCPTFKKFKRNDDECRAFVKRVIMSR                   FFKIIMISTVTSNAFFMALWTSYDIRYRLFRLLEFSEIFFVSICTSELSM               KVYVDPINYWKNGYNLLDVIIIIVMFLPYALRQLMGKQFTYLYIADGMQS               LRILKLIGYSQGIRTLITAVGQTVYTVASVLLLLFLLMYIFAILGFCLFG               SPDNGDHDNWGNLAAAFFTLFSLATVDGWTDLQKQLDNREFALSRAFTII               FILLASFIFLNMFVGVMIMHTEDSIRKFERELMLEQQEMLMGEKQVILQR               QQEEISRLMHIQKNADCTSFSELVENFKKTLSHTDPMVLDDFGTSLPFID               IYFSTLDYQDTTVHKLQELYYEIVHVLSLMLEDLPQEKPQSLEKVDEK          
 
     Example 12  
     [3201] Tissue Distribution of 56201 mRNA by TaqMan Analysis  
     [3202] Endogenous human 56201 gene expression can be determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3203] To determine the level of 56201 in various human tissues a primer/probe set can be designed. Total RNA can be prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA can be prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA is used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested can include human tissues, e.g., neural, muscular, bone, lymph nodes and blood tissues, as well as cell lines derived from such tissues.  
     Example 13  
     [3204] Tissue Distribution of 56201 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3205] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 56201 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 20) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 14  
     [3206] Recombinant Expression of 56201 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3207] In this example, 56201 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 56201 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-56201 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 15  
     [3208] Expression of Recombinant 56201 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3209] To express the 56201 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell  23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 56201 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3210] To construct the plasmid, the 56201 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 56201 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 56201 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 56201_gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3211] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 56201-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 56201 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3212] Alternatively, DNA containing the 56201 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 56201 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 56201 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 32620  
     Example 16  
     [3213] Identification and Characterization of Human 32620 cDNA  
     [3214] The human 32620 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:26)                         CCACGCGTCCGCCCACGCGTCCGCCCACGCGTCCGCTTGGCTGCAAAGAG                   AGAGGATCCCGGGTATCTCCCTCCTTACAACCACCGCCACCTCCTAGTGC               CTTAGAAGCCACTGACAGCCCCCAGGGCAGGTGAGCCCTGCATCTGGAAT               AAGGATCCAGAGGTCTCGTTCAGGACC ATG GAGAGCGGCACCAGCAGCCC               TCAGCCTCCACAGTTAGATCCCCTGGATGCGTTTCCCCAGAAGGGCTTGG               AGCCTGGGGACATCGCGGTGCTAGTTCTGTACTTCCTCTTTGTCCTGGCT               GTTGGACTATGGTCCACAGTGAAGACCAAAAGAGACACAGTGAAAGGCTA               CTTCCTGGCTGAAGGGAACATGGTGTGGTGGCCAGTGGGTGCATCCTTGT               TTGCCAGCAATGTTGGAAGTGGACATTTCATTGGCCTGGCAGGGTCAGGT               GCTGCTACGGGCATTTCTGTATCAGCTTATGAACTTAATGGCTTGTTTTC               TGTGCTGATGTTGGCCTGGATCTTCCTACCCATCTACATTGCTGGTCAGG               TCACCACGATGCCAGAATACCTACGGAAGCGCTTCGGTGGCATCAGAATC               CCCATCATCCTGGCTGTACTCTACCTATTTATCTACATCTTCACCAAGAT               CTCGGTAGACATGTATGCAGGTGCCATCTTCATCCAGCAGTCTTCGCACC               TGGATCTGTACCTGGCCATAGTTGGGCTACTGGCCATCACTGCTGTATAC               ACGGTTGCTGGTGGCCTGGCTGCTGTGATCTACACGGATGCCCTGCAGAC               GCTGATCATGCTTATAGGAGCGCTCACCTTGATGGGCTACAGTTTTGCCG               CGGTTGGTGGGATGGAAGGACTGAAGGAGAAGTACTTCTTGGCCCTGGCT               GCAACCGGAGTGAGAACAGCAGCTGCGGCTGCCCCGGGAAGATGCCTTCC               ATATTTTCCGAGATCCGCTGACATCTGATCTCCCGTGGCCGGGGGTCCTA               TTTGGAATGTCCATCCCATCCCTCTGGTACTGGTGCACGGATCAGGTGAT               TGTCCAGCGGACTCTGGCTGCCAAGAACCTGTCCCATGCCAAAGGAGGTG               CTCTGATGGCTGCATACCTGAAGGTGCTGCCCCTCTTCATAATGGTGTTC               CCTGGGATGGTCAGCCGCATCCTCTTCCCAGATCAAGTGGCCTGTGCAGA               TCCAGAGATCTGCCAGAAGATCTGCAGCAACCCCTCAGGCTGTTCGGACA               TCGCGTATCCCAAACTCGTGCTGGAACTCCTGCCCACAGGGCTCCGTGGG               CTGATGATGGCTGTGATGGTGGCGGCTCTCATGTCCTCCCTCACCTCCAT               CTTTAACAGTGCCAGCACCATCTTCACCATGGACCTCTGGAATCACCTCC               GGCCTCGGGCATCTGAGAAGGAGCTCATGATTGTGGGCAGGGTGTTTGTG               CTGCTGCTGGTCCTGGTCTCCATCCTCTGGATCCCTGTGGTCCAGGCCAG               CCAGGGCGGCCAGCTCTTCATCTATATCCAGTCCATCAGCTCCTACCTGC               AGCCGCCTGTGGCGGTGGTCTTCATCATGGGATGTTTCTGGAAGAGGACC               AATGAAAAGGGTGCCTTCTGGGGCCTGATCTCGGGCCTGCTCCTGGGCTT               GGTTAGGCTGGTCCTGGACTTTATTTACGTGCAGCCTCGATGCGACCAGC               CAGATGAGCGCCCGGTCCTGGTGAAGAGCATTCACTACCTCTACTTCTCC               ATGATCCTGTCCACGGTCACCCTCATCACTGTCTCCACCGTGAGCTGGTT               CACAGAGCCACCCTCCAAGGAGATGGTCAGCCACCTGACCTGGTTTACTC               GTCACGACCCCGTGGTCCAGAAGGAACAAGCACCACCAGCAGCTCCCTTG               TCTCTTACCCTCTCTCAGAACGGGATGCCAGAGGCCAGCAGCAGCAGCAG               CGTCCAGTTCGAGATGGTTCAAGAAAACACGTCTAAAACCCACAGCTGTG               ACATGACCCCAAAGCAGTCCAAAGTGGTGAAGGCCATCCTGTGGCTCTGT               GGAATACAGGAGAAGGGCAAGGAAGAGCTCCCGGCCAGAGCAGAAGCCAT               CATAGTTTCCCTGGAAGAAAACCCCTTGGTGAAGACCCTCCTGGACGTCA               ACCTCATTTTCTGCGTGAGCTGCGCCATCTTTATCTGGGGCTATTTTGCT                 TAG TGTGGGGTGAACCCAGGGGTCCAAACTCTGTTTCTCTTCAGTGCTCC               ATTTTTTTAATGAAAGAAAAAATAATAAAGCTTTTGTTTACCACAAAAAA               AAAAAAAAAAAAAAGGGCGGCCGC          
 
     [3215] The human 32620 sequence (FIG. 13; SEQ ID NO: 26), which is approximately 2326 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TAA) which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 2028 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 26; SEQ ID NO: 28). The coding sequence encodes a 675 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 27), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:27)                         MESGTSSPQPPQLDPLDAFPQKGLEPGDIAVLVLYFLFVLAVGLWSTVKT                   KRDTVKGYFLAEGNMVWWPVGASLFASNVGSGHFIGLAGSGAATGISVSA               YELNGLFSVLMLAWIFLPIYIAGQVTTMPEYLRKRFGGIRIPIILAVLYL               FIYIFTKISVDMYAGAIFIQQSSHLDLYLAIVGLLAITAVYTVAGGLAAV               IYTDALQTLIMLIGALTLMGYSFAAVGGMEGLKEKYFLALASNRSENSSC               GLPREDAFHIFRDPLTSDLPWPGVLFGMSIPSLWYWCTDQVIVQRTLAAK               NLSHAKGGALMAAYLKVLPLFIMVFPGMVSRILFPDQVACADPEICQKIC               SNPSGCSDIAYPKLVLELLPTGLRGLMMAVMVAALMSSLTSIFNSASTIF               TMDLWNHLRPRASEKELMIVGRVFVLLLVLVSILWIPVVQASQGGQLFIY               IQSISSYLQPPVAVVFIMGCFWKRTNEKGAFWGLISGLLLGLVRLVLDFI               YVQPRCDQPDERPVLVKSIHYLYFSMILSTVTLITVSTVSWFTEPPSKEM               VSHLTWFTRHDPVVQKEQAPPAAPLSLTLSQNGMPEASSSSSVQFEMVQE               NTSKTHSCDMTPKQSKVVKAILWLCGIQEKGKEELPARAEAIIVSLEENP               LVKTLLDVNLIFCVSCAIFIWGYFA.          
 
     Example 17  
     [3216] Tissue Distribution of 32620 mRNA by TagMan Analysis  
     [3217] Endogenous human 32620 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3218] To determine the level of 32620 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Table 6.  
               TABLE 6                          32620 Expression Levles                             Tissue Type   Expression                                         Artery normal   0.68           Aorta diseased   0.00           Vein normal   0.00           Coronary SMC   0.00           HUVEC   1.13           Hemangioma   0.25           Heart normal   0.24           Heart CHF   0.11           Kidney   4.20           Skeletal Muscle   0.00           Adipose normal   0.00           Pancreas   1.37           primary osteoblasts   0.00           Osteoclasts (diff)   0.02           Skin normal   0.00           Spinal cord normal   35.65           Brain Cortex normal   136.31           Brain Hypothalamus normal   145.59           Nerve   0.66           DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion)   0.00           Breast normal   0.27           Breast tumor   0.14           Ovary normal   0.48           Ovary Tumor   0.11           Prostate Normal   0.29           Prostate Tumor   0.28           Salivary glands   0.14           Colon normal   20.55           Colon Tumor   0.40           Lung normal   0.14           Lung tumor   2.24           Lung COPD   0.22           Colon IBD   0.07           Liver normal   0.30           Liver fibrosis   1.55           Spleen normal   0.51           Tonsil normal   0.45           Lymph node normal   1.08           Small intestine normal   4.83           Macrophages   0.01           Synovium   0.00           BM-MNC   0.00           Activated PBMC   0.17           Neutrophils   0.00           Megakaryocytes   0.04           Erythroid   0.45           positive control   56.13                      
 
     [3219] 32620 mRNA was highly abundant in normal spinal cord, normal brain cortex, and normal brain hypothalamus (Table 6). 32620 expression was also found in some normal colon samples.  
     Example 18  
     [3220] Tissue Distribution of 32620 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3221] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 32620 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 26) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 19  
     [3222] Recombinant Expression of 32620 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3223] In this example, 32620 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 32620 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-32620 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 20  
     [3224] Expression of Recombinant 32620 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3225] To express the 32620 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 32620 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3226] To construct the plasmid, the 32620 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 32620 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 32620 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 32620-gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3227] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 32620-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 32620 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3228] Alternatively, DNA containing the 32620 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 32620 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 32620 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 44589  
     Example 21  
     [3229] Identification and Characterization of Human 44589 cDNA  
     [3230] The human 44589 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:33)                         GATGTTTAAAAAGAGGGATCAAGCACAGGCTAAGGAGAGGAAAGAGCAGG                   CACCCAAACCTCTGCATGGCCCCAATATGCTCCCTGCAGGGTAGTGCCCC               CTCTTCTGGCTGCTCAAGGCGAGATCTAAGCTTCTTCTAACTCCTGCTGT               CTTTTCATATTCTCTGATTCTGGGAAACGAAGAATTGGCAGGAACTGAAA                 ATG ACTAGGAAGAGGACATACTGGGTGCCCAACTCTTCTGGTGGCCTCGT               GAATCGTGGCATCGACATAGGCGATGACATGGTTTCAGGACTTATTTATA               AAACCTATACTCTCCAAGATGGCCCCTGGAGTCAGCAAGAGAGAAATCCT               GAGGCTCCAGGGAGGGCAGCTGTCCCACCGTGGGGGAAGTATGATGCTGC               CTTGAGAACCATGATTCCCTTCCGTCCCAAGCCGAGGTTTCCTGCCCCCC               AGCCCCTGGACAATGCTGGCCTGTTCTCCTACCTCACCGTGTCATGGCTC               ACCCCGCTCATGATCCAAAGCTTACGGAGTCGCTTAGATGAGAACACCAT               CCCTCCACTGTCAGTCCATGATGCCTCAGACAAAAATGTCCAAAGGCTTC               ACCGCCTTTGGGAAGAAGAAGTCTCAAGGCGAGGGATTGAAAAAGCTTCA               GTGCTTCTGGTGATGCTGAGGTTCCAGAGAACAAGGTTGATTTTCGATGC               ACTTCTGGGCATCTGCTTCTGCATTGCCAGTGTACTCGGGCCAATATTGA               TTATACCAAAGATCCTGGAATATTCAGAAGAGCAGTTGGGGAATGTTGTC               CATGGAGTGGGACTCTGCTTTGCCCTTTTTCTCTCCGAATGTGTGAAGTC               TCTGAGTTTCTCCTCCAGTTGGATCATCAACCAACGCACAGCCATCAGGT               TCCGAGCAGCTGTTTCCTCCTTTGCCTTTGAGAAGCTCATCCAATTTAAG               TCTGTAATACACATCACCTCAGGAGAGGGAGGTGACATCTGTGCCCATCA               ACTTGCTGTCTTGCAGGCCATCAGCTTCTTCACCGGTGATGTAAACTACC               TGTTTGAAGGGTGTGCTATGGACCCCTAGTACTGATCACCTGCGCATCGC               TGGTCATCTGCAGCATTTCTTCCTACTTCATTATTGGATACACTGCATTT               ATTGCCATCTTATGCTATCTCCTGGTTTTCCCACTGGCGGTATTCATGAC               AAGAATGGCTGTGAAGGCTCAGCATCACACATCTGAGGTCAGCGACCAGC               GCATCCGTGTGACCAGTGAAGTTCTCACTTGCATTAAGCTGATTAAAATG               TACACATGGGAGAAACCATTTGCAAAAATCATTGAAGGTATGGAAAGTCT               GACTTTCTGCTCCAAACCTGGTGATGGCATGGCCTTCAGCATGCTGGCCT               CCTTGAATCTCCTTCGGCTGTCAGTGTTCTTTGTGCCTATTGCAGTCAAA               GGTCTCACGAATTCCAAGTCTGCAGTGATGAGGTTCAAGAAGTTTTTCCT               CCAGGAGAGCCCTGTTTTCTATGTCCAGACATTACAAGACCCCAGCAAAG               CTCTGGTCTTTGAGGAGGCCACCTTGTCATGGCAACAGACCTGTCCCGGG               ATCGTCAATGGGGCACTGGAGCTGGAGAGGAACGGGCATGCTTCTGAGGG               GATGACCAGGCCTAGAGATGCCCTCGGGCCAGAGGAAGAAGGGAACAGCC               TGGGCCCAGAGTTGCACAAGATCAACCTGGTGGTGTCCAAGGGGATGATG               TTAGGGGTCTGCGGCAACACGGGGAGTGGTAAGAGCAGCCTGTTGTCAGC               CATCCTGGAGGAGATGCACTTGCTCGAGGGCTCGGTGGGGGTGCAGGGAA               GCCTGGCCTATGTCCCCCAGCAGGCCTGGATCGTCAGCGGGAACATCAGG               GAGAACATCCTCATGGGAGGCGCATATGACAAGGCCCGATACCTCCAGGT               GCTCCACTGCTGCTCCCTGAATCGGGACCTGGAACTTCTGCCCTTTGGAG               ACATGACAGAGATTGGAGAGCGGGGCCTCAACCTCTCTGGGGGGCAGAAA               CAGAGGATCAGCCTGGCCCGCGCCGTCTATTCCGACCGTCAGATCTACCT               GCTGGACGACCCCCTGTCTGCTGTGGACGCCCACGTGGGGAAGCACATTT               TTGAGGAGTGCATTAAGAAGACACTCAGGGGGAAGACGGTCGTCCTGGTG               ACCCACCAGCTGCAGTACTTAGAATTTTGTGGCCAGATCATTTTGTTGGA               AAATGGGAAAATCTGTGAAAATGGAACTCACAGTGAGTTAATGCAGAAAA               AGGGGAAATATGCCCAACTTATCCAGAAGATGCACAAGGAAGCCACTTCG               GACATGTTGCAGGACACAGCAAAGATAGCAGAGAAGCCAAAGGTAGAAAG               TCAGGCTCTGGCCACCTCCCTGGAAGAGTCTCTCAACGGAAATGCTGTGC               CGGAGCATCAGCTCACACAGGAGGAGGAGATGGAAGAAGGCTCCTTGAGT               TGGAGGGTCTACCACCACTACATCCAGGCAGCTGGAGGTTACATGGTCTC               TTGCATAATTTTCTTCTTTGTGGTGCTGATCGTCTTCTTAACGATCTTCA               GCTTCTGGTGGCTGAGCTACTGGTTGGAGCAGGGCTCGGGGACCAATAGC               AGCCGAGAGAGCAATGGAACCATGGCAGACCTGGGCAACATTGCAGACAA               TCCTCAACTGTCCTTCTACCAGCTGGTGTACGGGCTCAACGCCCTGCTCC               TCATCTGTGTGGGGGTCTGCTCCTCAGGGATTTTCACCAAAGTCACGAGG               AAGGCATCCACGGCCCTGCACAACAAGCTCTTCAACAAGGTTTTCCGCTG               CCCCATGAGTTTCTTTGACACCATCCCAATAGGCCGGCTTTTGAACTGCT               TCGCAGGGGACTTGGAACAGCTGGACCAGCTCTTGCCCATCTTTTCAGAG               CAGTTCCTGGTCCTGTCCTTAATGGTGATCGCCGTCCTGTTGATTGTCAG               TGTGCTGTCTCCATATATCCTGTTAATGGGAGCCATAATCATGGTTATTT               GCTTCATTTATTATATGATGTTCAAGAAGGCCATCGGTGTGTTCAAGAGA               CTGGAGAACTATAGCCGGTCTCCTTTATTCTCCCACATCCTCAATTCTCT               GCAAGGCCTGAGCTCCATCCATGTCTATGGAAAAACTGAAGACTTCATCA               GCCAGTTTAAGAGGCTGACTGATGCGCAGAATAACTACCTGCTGTTGTTT               CTATCTTCCACACGATGGATGGCATTGAGGCTGGAGATCATGACCAACCT               TGTGACCTTGGCTGTTGCCCTGTTCGTGGCTTTTGGCATTTCCTCCACCC               CCTACTCCTTTAAAGTCATGGCTGTCAACATCGTGCTGCAGCTGGCGTCC               AGCTTCCAGGCCACTGCCCGGATTGGCTTGGAGACAGAGGCACAGTTCAC               GGCTGTAGAGAGGATACTGCAGTACATGAAGATGTGTGTCTCGGAAGCTC               CTTTACACATGGAAGGCACAAGTTGTCCCCAGGGGTGGCCACAGCATGGG               GAAATCATATTTCAGGATTATCACATGAAATACAGAGACAACACACCCAC               CGTGCTTCACGGCATCAACCTGACCATCCGCGGCCACGAAGTGGTGGGCA               TCGTGGGAAGGACGGGCTCTGGGAAGTCCTCCTTGGGCATGGCTCTCTTC               CGCCTGGTGGAGCCCATGGCAGGCCGGATTCTCATTGACGGCGTGGACAT               TTGCAGCATCGGCCTGGAGGACTTGCGGTCCAAGCTCTCAGTGATCCCTC               AAGATCCAGTGCTGCTCTCAGGAACCATCAGATTCAACCTAGATCCCTTT               GACCGTCACACTGACCAGCAGATCTGGGATGCCTTGGAGAGGACATTCCT               GACCAAGGCCATCTCAAAGTTCCCCAAAAAGCTGCATACAGATGTGGTGG               AAAACGGTGGAAACTTCTCTGTGGGGGAGAGGCAGCTGCTCTGCATTGCC               AGGGCTGTGCTTCGCAACTCCAAGATCATCCTTATCGATGAAGCCACAGC               CTCCATTGACATGGAGACAGACACCCTGATCCAGCGCACAATCCGTGAAG               CCTTCCAGGGCTGCACCGTGCTCGTCATTGCCCACCGTGTCACCACTGTG               CTGAACTGTGACCACATCCTGGTTATGGGCAATGGGAAGGTGGTAGAATT               TGATCGGCCGGAGGTACTGCGGAAGAAGCCTGGGTCATTGTTCGCAGCCC               TCATGGCCACAGCCACTTCTTCACTGAGA TAA GGAGATGTGGAGACTTCA               TGGAGGCTGGCAGCTGAGCTCAGAGGTTCACACAGGTGCAGCTTCGAGGC               CCACAGTCTGCGACCTTCTTGTTTGGAGATGAGAACTTCTCCTGGAAGCG               CTACTTGATGGCTCTCAAGACCTTAGAACCCCAGAACCATCTAAGACATG               GGATTCAGTGATCATGTGGTTCTCCTTTTAACTTACATGCTGAATAATTT               TATAATAAGGTAAAAGCTTATAGTTTTCTGATCTGTGTTAGAAGTGTTGC               AAATGCTGTACTGACTTTGTAAAATATAAAACTAAG          
 
     [3231] The human 44589 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 33) is approximately 4638 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TAA), which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 4083 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 33; SEQ [[ NO: 35). The coding sequence encodes a 1360 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 34), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:34)                         MTRKRTYWVPNSSGGLVNRGIDIGDDMVSGLIYKTYTLQDGPWSQQERNP                   EAPGRAAVPPWGKYDAALRTMIPFRPKPRFPAPQPLDNAGLFSYLTVSWL               TPLMIQSLRSRLDENTIPPLSVHDASDKNVQRLHRLWEEEVSRRGIEKAS               VLLVMLRFQRTRLIFDALLGICFCIASVLGPILIIPKILEYSEEQLGNVV               HGVGLCFALFLSECVKSLSFSSSWIINQRTAIRFRAAVSSFAFEKLIQFK               SVIHITSGEGGDICAHQLAVLQAISFFTGDVNYLFEGVCYGPLVLITCAS               LVICSISSYFHGYTAFIAILCYLLVFPLAVFMTRMAVKAQHHTSEVSDQR               IRVTSEVLTCIKLIKMYTWEKPFAKIIEGMESLTFCSKPGDGMAFSMLAS               LNLLRLSVFFVPIAVKGLTNSKSAVMRFKKFFLQESPVFYVQTLQDPSKA               LVFEEATLSWQQTCPGIVNGALELERNGHASEGMTRPRDALGPEEEGNSL               GPELHKINLVVSKGMMLGVCGNTGSGKSSLLSAILEEMHLLEGSVGVQGS               LAYVPQQAWIVSGNIRENILMGGAYDKARYLQVLHCCSLNRDLELLPFGD               MTEIGERGLNLSGGQKQRISLARAVYSDRQIYLLDDPLSAVDAHVGKHIF               EECIKKTLRGKTVVLVTHQLQYLEFCGQIILLENGKICENGTHSELMQKK               GKYAQLIQKMHKEATSDMLQDTAKIAEKPKVESQALATSLEESLNGNAVP               EHQLTQEEEMEEGSLSWRVYHHYIQAAGGYMVSCIIFFFVVLIVFLTIFS               FWWLSYWLEQGSGTNSSRESNGTMADLGNIADNPQLSFYQLVYGLNALLL               ICVGVCSSGIFTKVTRKASTALHNKLFNKVFRCPMSFFDTIPIGRLLNCF               AGDLEQLDQLLPIFSEQFLVLSLMVIAVLLIVSVLSPYILLMGAIIMVIC               FIYYMMFKKAIGVFKRLENYSRSPLFSHILNSLQGLSSIHVYGKTEDFIS               QFKRLTDAQNNYLLLFLSSTRWMALRLEIMTNLVTLAVALFVAFGISSTP               YSFKVMAVNIVLQLASSFQATARIGLETEAQFTAVERILQYMKMCVSEAP               LHMEGTSCPQGWPQHGEIIFQDYHMKYRDNTPTVLHGINLTIRGHEVVGI               VGRTGSGKSSLGMALFRLVEPMAGRILIDGVDICSIGLEDLRSKLSVIPQ               DPVLLSGTIRFNLDPFDRHTDQQIWDALERTFLTKAISKFPKKLHTDVVE               NGGNFSVGERQLLCIARAVLRNSKIILIDEATASIDMETDTLIQRTIREA               FQGCTVLVIAHRVTTVLNCDHILVMGNGKVVEFDRPEVLRKKPGSLFAAL               MATATSSLR.          
 
     Example 22  
     [3232] Tissue Distribution of 44589 mRNA by TagMan Analysis  
     [3233] Endogenous human 44589 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3234] To determine the level of 44589 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested included the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Table 7. 44589 mRNA was detected in breast tumor, liver firbrosis, normal liver, and prostate tumor samples.  
               TABLE 7                          Expression of 44589 in Human Tissues                     Tissue Type   Relative Expression                             Artery normal   0       Aorta diseased   0       Vein normal   0       Coronary Smooth Muscle Cells   0       Human Umbilical Vein Endothelial Cells   0       Hemangioma   0       Heart normal   0       Heart Congestive Heart Failure   0       Kidney   0       Skeletal Muscle   0       Adipose normal   0       Pancreas   0       Primary osteoblasts   0       Osteoclasts (differentiated)   0       Skin normal   0       Spinal cord normal   0       Brain Cortex normal   0       Brain Hypothalamus normal   0       Nerve   0       Dorsal Root Ganglion   0       Breast normal   0       Breast tumor   29.6669       Ovary normal   0       Ovary Tumor   0       Prostate Normal   0       Prostate Tumor   1.5919       Salivary glands   0       Colon normal   0       Colon Tumor   0       Lung normal   0       Lung tumor   0       Lung Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease   0       Colon Inflammatory Bowel Disease   0       Liver normal   3.0648       Liver fibrosis   9.5519       Spleen normal   0       Tonsil normal   0       Lymph node normal   0       Small intestine normal   0       Macrophages   0       Synovium   0       Bone Marrow Mononuclear Cells   0       Activated Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells   0       Neutrophils   0       Megakaryocytes   0       Erythroid   0       Positive control   98.4135                  
 
     Example 23  
     [3235] Tissue Distribution of 44589 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3236] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 44589 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 33) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 24  
     [3237] Recombinant Expression of 44589 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3238] In this example, 44589 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 44589 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-44589 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 25  
     [3239] Expression of Recombinant 44589 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3240] To express the 44589 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 44589 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3241] To construct the plasmid, the 44589 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 44589 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 44589 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 44589_gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3242] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 44589-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 44589 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3243] Alternatively, DNA containing the 44589 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 44589 polypeptide is detected by radiolabeling and immunoprecipitation using a 44589 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 84226  
     Example 26  
     [3244] Identification and Characterization of Human 84226 cDNA  
     [3245] The human 84226 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:39)                         CCACGCGTCCGCGAGACACGGGAGCGCTTGGCACGCGGAGCCAGAGCCGG                   AGCTGCAGCCGCAGCGGGAGCCGGGGGAGCTCAGGGGCCGCAGGAGCCGG               GCCGGAGTGAGCGCACCTCGCGGGGCCCTCGGGGCAGGTGGGTGAGCGCC               ACCCGGAGTCCCGCGCGCAACTTTCAGGGCGCACTCGGCGGGGCGGCTGC               GCGGCTGCCGGGACTCGGCGCGGGACTGC ATG GAGGCCAAGGAGAAGCAG               CATCTGGGGCTGGCTGGATTCCTCTGCCCCGACCTGGCCTGGACTTGCAG               GCCATTGAGCTGGCTGCCCAGAGCAACCATCACTGCCATGCTCAGAAGGG               TCCTGACAGTCACTGTGACCCCAAGAAGGGGAAGGCCCAGCGCCAGCTGT               ATGTAGCCTCTGCCATCTGCCTGTTGTTCATGATCGGAGAAGTCGTTGGT               GGGTACCTGGCACACAGCTTGGCTGTCATGACTGACGCAGCACACCTGCT               CACTGACTTTGCCAGCATGCTCATCAGCCTCTTCTCCCTCTGGATGTCCT               CCCGGCCAGCCACCAAGACCATGAACTTTGGCTGGCAGAGAGCTGAGATC               TTGGGAGCCCTGGTCTCTGTACTGTCCATCTGGGTCGTGACGGGGGTACT               GGTGTACCTGGCTGTGGAGCGGCTGATCTCTGGGGACTATGAAATTGACG               GGGGGACCATGCTGATCACGTCGGGCTGCGCTGTGGCTGTGAACATCATA               ATGGGGTTGACCCTTCACCAGTCTGGCCATGGGCACAGCCACGGCACCAC               CAACCAGCAGGAGGAGAACCCCAGCGTCCGAGCTGCCTTCATCCATGTGA               TCGGCGACTTTATGCAGAGCATGGGTGTCCTAGTGGCAGCCTATATTTTA               TACTTCAAGCCAGAATACAAGTATGTAGACCCCATCTGCACCTTCGTCTT               CTCCATCCTGGTCCTGGGGACAACCTTGACCATCCTGAGAGATGTGATCC               TGGTGTTGATGGAAGGGACCCCCAAGGGCGTTGACTTCACAGCTGTTCGT               GATCTGCTGCTGTCGGTGGAGGGGGTAGAAGCCCTGCACAGCCTGCATAT               CTGGGCACTGACGGTGGCCCAGCCTGTTCTGTCTGTCCACATCGCCATTG               CTCAGAATACAGACGCCCAGGCTGTGCTGAAGACAGCCAGCAGCCGCCTC               CAAGGGAAGTTCCACTTCCACACCGTGACCATCCAGATCGAGGACTACTC               GGAGGACATGAAGGACTGTCAGGCATGCCAGGGCCCCTCAGAC TGA CTGC               TCAGCCAGGCACCAACTGGGGCATGAACAGGACCTGCAGGTGGCTGGACT               GAGTGTCCCCCAGGCCCAGCCAGGACTTTGCCTACCCCAGCTGTGTTATA               AACCAGGTCCCCCTCCTGACCTCTGCCCCACTCCAGGAATGGAGCTCTTC               CCAGCCTCCCATCTGACTACAGCCAGGGTGGGGACTCAGCGGGTATAAAG               CTAGTGTGACCCTGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA               AAAAAAAAGCATTGCGGCCGCAAGCTTA.          
 
     [3246] The human 84226 sequence (FIG. 19; SEQ ID NO: 39), which is approximately 1630 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TGA) which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1119 nucleotides, including the termination codon (nucleotides indicated as “coding” of SEQ ID NO: 39; SEQ ID NO: 41). The coding sequence encodes a 372 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 40), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:40)                         MEAKEKQHLLDTRPAIRSYTGSLWQEGAGWIPLPRPGLDLQAIELAAQSN                   HHCHAQKGPDSHCDPKKGKAQRQLYVASAICLLFMIGEVVGGYLAHSLAV               MTDAAHLLTDFASMLISLFSLWMSSRPATKTMNFGWQRAEILGALVSVLS               IWVVTGVLVYLAVERLISGDYEIDGGTMLITSGCAVAVNIIMGLTLHQSG               HGHSHGTTNQQEENPSVRAAFIHVIGDFMQSMGVLVAAYILYFKPEYKYV               DPICTFVFSILVLGTTLTILRDVILVLMEGTPKGVDFTAVRDLLLSVEGV               EALHSLHIWALTVAQPVLSVHIAIAQNTDAQAVLKTASSRLQGKFHFHTV               TIQIEDYSEDMKDCQACQGPSD.          
 
     Example 27  
     [3247] Tissue Distribution of 84226 mRNA by TagMan Analysis  
     [3248] Endogenous human 84226 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3249] To determine the level of 84226 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Table 8.  
               TABLE 8                          Phase 1.6.1 Expression of 84226.                                 Tissue Type   Mean   β 2 Mean   ∂∂ Ct   Expression                                         Artery normal   38.52   23.96   12.57   0       Aorta diseased   39.67   22.77   14.91   0       Vein normal   40   20.66   17.35   0       Coronary SMC   40   23.15   14.86   0       HUVEC   40   21.79   16.22   0       Hemangioma   38.95   20.17   16.79   0       Heart normal   31.86   21.05   8.81   2.2281       Heart CHF   28.05   20.28   5.78   18.2621       Kidney   28.55   20.7   5.86   17.277       Skeletal Muscle   34.38   24.54   7.85   4.3493       Adipose normal   40   22.05   15.96   0       Pancreas   27.49   23.01   2.49   178.6243       primary osteoblasts   40   22.08   15.93   0       Osteoclasts (diff)   40   18.98   19.03   0       Skin normal   38.98   23.16   13.82   0       Spinal cord normal   40   22.19   15.82   0       Brain Cortex normal   40   23.52   14.49   0       Brain Hypothalamus normal   40   23.67   14.34   0       Nerve   37.3   23.69   11.62   0       DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion)   38.14   23.62   12.53   0       Breast normal   39.31   22.28   15.04   0       Breast tumor   37.79   22.06   13.73   0       Ovary normal   40   21.97   16.04   0       Ovary Tumor   36.2   21.7   12.51   0       Prostate Normal   38.15   21.48   14.67   0       Prostate Tumor   38.17   21.76   14.42   0       Salivary glands   35.57   21.06   12.52   0       Colon normal   37.6   19.64   15.97   0       Colon Tumor   35.2   22.57   10.64   0       Lung normal   39.93   19.32   18.62   0       Lung tumor   36.16   21.93   12.23   0       Lung COPD   37.99   20.04   15.96   0       Colon IBD   38.13   19.09   17.04   0       Liver normal   37.88   21.35   14.54   0       Liver fibrosis   39.12   23.13   13.99   0       Spleen normal   40   21.05   16.96   0       Tonsil normal   39.52   18.7   18.83   0       Lymph node normal   37.17   20.63   14.55   0       Small intestine normal   34.43   21.69   10.75   0.5807       Macrophages   40   18.4   19.61   0       Synovium   40   21.1   16.91   0       BM-MNC   40   20.09   17.92   0       Activated PBMC   40   19.26   18.75   0       Neutrophils   40   20.4   17.61   0       Megakaryocytes   40   20.06   17.95   0       Erythroid   36.13   22.96   11.18   0       positive control   27.62   21.51   4.12   57.7114                  
 
     Example 28  
     [3250] Tissue Distribution of 84226 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3251] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 84226 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 39) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 29  
     [3252] Recombinant Expression of 84226 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3253] In this example, 84226 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 84226 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-84226 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 30  
     [3254] Expression of Recombinant 84226 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3255] To express the 84226 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I. 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 84226 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3256] To construct the plasmid, the 84226 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 84226 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 84226 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 84226_gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3257] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 84226-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 84226 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or  35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3258] Alternatively, DNA containing the 84226 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 84226 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using an 84226 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     Examples for 8105  
     Example 31  
     [3259] Identification and Characterization of Human 8105 cDNA  
     [3260] The human 8105 nucleic acid sequence is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:43)                         CGACCACGCGTCCGGCTGGATAAGGCTGCGCCCATGTGAGTGCTGGGCTT                   GTACGTGCATTTTTGCCTGAGTGAGCATTAGTGGCAGTGTCCCCAGCCTA               CCCCTTTCCTGAATCCCAGGCTCATAGCCAACTGCCCACCTATTTCCACG               TGGATGCCTGCTGAGCACCTCAA   ATG   TCACACAGCCAAGACAGAACTCTG               GATCTCCTTTCCCAGCCACAAGCTGCCCCTCTTCCAGTCTGCCACTCCCC               ACCTGTCCTGCCTTTGTGTGCCTCTGTGTCTTTGCTGGGTGGCCTGACCT               TTGGTTATGAACTGGCAGTCATATCAGGTGCCCTGCTGCCACTGCAGCTT               GACTTTGGGCTAAGCTGCTTGGAGCAGGAGTTCCTGGTGGGCAGCCTGCT               CCTGGGGGCTCTCCTCGCCTCCCTGGTTGGTGGCTTCCTCATTGACTGCT               ATGGCAGGAAGCAAGCCATCCTCGGGAGCAACTTGGTGCTGCTGGCAGGC               AGCCTGACCCTGGGCCTGGCTGGTTCCCTGGCCTGGCTGGTCCTGGGCCG               CGCTGTGGTTGGCTTCGCCATTTCCCTCTCCTCCATGGCTTGCTGTATCT               ACGTGTCAGAGCTGGTGGGGCCACGGCAGCGGGGAGTGCTGGTGTCCCTC               TATGAGGCAGGCATCACCGTGGGCATCCTGCTCTCCTATGCCCTCAACTA               TGCACTGGCTGGTACCCCCTGGGGATGGAGGCACATGTTCGGCTGGGCCA               CTGCACCTGCTGTCCTGCAATCCCTCAGCCTCCTCTTCCTCCCTGCTGGT               ACAGATGAGACTGCAACACACAAGGACCTCATCCCACTCCAGGGAGGTGA               GGCCCCCAAGCTGGGCCCGGGGAGGCCACGGTACTCCTTTCTGGACCTCT               TCAGGGCACGCGATAACATGCGAGGCCGGACCACAGTGGGCCTGGGGCTG               GTGCTCTTCCAGCAACTAACAGGGCAGCCCAACGTGCTGTGCTATGCCTC               CACCATCTTCAGCTCCGTTGGTTTCCATGGGGGATCCTCAGCCGTGCTGG               CCTCTGTGGGGCTTGGCGCAGTGAAGGTGGCAGCTACCCTGACCGCCATG               GGGCTGGTGGACCGTGCAGGCCGCAGGGCTCTGTTGCTAGCTGGCTGTGC               CCTCATGGCCCTGTCCGTCAGTGGCATAGGCCTCGTCAGCTTTGCCGTGC               CCATGGACTCAGGCCCAAGCTGTCTGGCTGTGCCCAATGCCACCGGGCAG               ACAGGCCTCCCTGGAGACTCTGGCCTGCTGCAGGACTCCTCTCTACCTCC               CATTCCAAGGACCAATGAGGACCAAAGGGAGCCAATCTTGTCCACTGCTA               AGAAAACCAAGCCCCATCCCAGATCTGGAGACCCCTCAGCCCCTCCTCGG               CTGGCCCTGAGCTCTGCCCTCCCTGGGCCCCCTCTGCCCGCTCGGGGGCA               TGCACTGCTGCGCTGGACCGCACTGCTGTGCCTGATGGTCTTTGTCAGTG               CCTTCTCCTTTGGGTTTGGGCCAGTGACCTGGCTTGTCCTCAGCGAGATC               TACCCTGTGGAGATACGAGGAAGAGCCTTCGCCTTCTGCAACAGCTTCAA               CTGGGCGGCCAACCTCTTCATCAGCCTCTCCTTCCTCGATCTCATTGGCA               CCATCGGCTTGTCCTGGACCTTCCTGCTCTACGGACTGACCGCTGTCCTC               GGCCTGGGCTTCATCTATTTATTTGTTCCTGAAACAAAAGGCCAGTCGTT               GGCAGAGATAGACCAGCAGTTCCAGAAGAGACGGTTCACCCTGAGCTTTG               GCCACAGGCAGAACTCCACTGGCATCCCGTACAGCCGCATCGAGATCTCT               GCGGCCTCC   TGA   GGAATCCGTCTGCCTGGAAATTCTGGAACTGTGGCTTT               GGCAGACCATCTCCAGCATCCTGCTTCCTAGGCCCCAGAGCACAAGTTCC               AGCTGGTCTTTTGGGAGTGGCCCCTGCCCCCAAACGTGGTCTGCTTTTGC               TGGGGTAAAAAGGATGAAAGTCTGAGAATGCCCAACTCTTCATTTTGAGT               CTCAGGCCCTGAAGGTTCCTGAGGATCTAGCTTCATGCCTCAGTTTCCCC               ATTGACTTGCACATCTCTGCAGTATTTATAAGAAGAATATTCTATGAAGT               CTTTGTTGCACCATGGACTTTTCTCAAAGAATCTCAAGGGTACCAATCCT               GGCAGGAAGTCTCTCCCGATATCACCCCTAAATCCAAATGAGGATATCAT               CTTTTCTAATCTCTTTTTTCAACTGGCTGGGACATTTTCGGAAGGGGGAA               GTCTCTTTTTTTACTCTTATCATTTTTTTTTTGAGGTGGAGTCTCATTCT               GTTGCCCAGGCTGGCCTGATCTTGGCTCACTGCAACCTCCACCTCCTGAG               TTCAAGCGATTCTTGTGCCTCAGCCTCCTAAGCAGCTGGGACTACAGGCG               CATGCAACCATACCCAGCTAATTTATTTTTAGCAGAGATGGGGTTTCACT               GTGTTGGCCAGGCTGGTCGTGAACTCCTGAGCTCAAGTGATCCACCCACC               TCAGCCTCCCAGAGTGCTAGGATTACAGGCCTTTTGACTCTTTTATCTGA               GTTTTATTGACCCCTCTAATTCTCTTACCCAGAATATTTATCCTTCACCA               GCAACTCTGACTCTTTGACGGGAGGCCTCAGTTCTAGTCCTTGGTCTGCT               GGTGTCATTGCTGTAGGAATGACCACGGGCCTCAGTTTCCCCATTTGTAT               AATGGGAAGCCTGTACCAGGTCATTCTTAAGATTTCTCCTGACTCCAGTG               AGCTGGAATTCTAAATGCTGGTCTAGGAGCTGTCTCCAGGATGGTGCAGG               ATGGCTTTGCGGAAAGGAGATGGGTTTGGAGGCCAACAAACCTGCTTGTC               AATATTGCCTTTGCCTCTTGGCAGCCCTTGAACTTGAGTAAATAACAACT               CCCTGAACCTCAGTTTCCTCATCTGCAGAATGGGGATAATTATGTCCCAG               GGGTATATTTAGACCCTGTTTCCTTTCAGGAGGGTCCCCAGCTGGTCCAG               GGCCTGGGAAATTTCTACTTATCCTCATTACCCAGGTCCCTCCTTTGGAC               CCTGTAAAGGGTCAGGGTGAATCAGATGGGGGACTGAGCAAGTAGCTATG               ACCGCAGATCATGTAAGGAAGGGACTGACAAGAAGCTCCCAGATGCTGGG               GAGAATGAAGAGCTAAAATAGATCCTAGGTGCTGGATGCTTTGTCATCCA               TGCGTGCACATATGGGTGCTGGCAGAGCCCCCAAGGACTCTGGCCTCTCG               AGTTCTCCTATCTTCTCCATTCTAGATGCTTCCCTTGTATCCAGTGATGT               GCTGGAGCTGGCTTTGCCAAGCTTGTGAGAGCTGGTTGCTACATTTTCAG               GATTTTTACAAGTTGGTAAACACAGCCATTATAAAAAATTAAATGATTTA               AATTTATAATTAAGTAAATTACATTAAAACAAAAAAATTATACTCAAAAT               TCATTACTTAATTTTACTACCTGTTACTATTATCTGTGCTTTTGAGGCTA               TTTCTACATAGTAACTCTTATGGAGACCTAGGGGAGACACCGCGCATCTC               TTCCTGATTCCCCACTCAATGACATCATGTTAGTCTTTGGTTGCTTAACT               GGCTGTGGGGAGTGTTTTTGTATCACAAAGATTAGAGAGGACTACACATC               AGGGCTTGATTTATTGTTTGTTGATTTTCTAGACTTCAGAACATGCTGGA               TAAAATGTCAGTAATGCAAATTAAACTTTAAAGTATGTCTTGTTTGTAGC               CAATACATGGTGTATAGCACCAAAAAATGGAGGGATTATTCTTCCAGTAG               TTGAACACTGTCATCCGTTTCAGCTGACAGCTGCTCAAATCATTTAAGAA               GGAGTTCTGACATTCATTTTCATTGTTTTACTTTTGTCTTCCTCACTAGT               GTAAACAAAAATTTCAACCAGCATTCATGCCGAACCTATACCCATTCTTC               AGTGCCTAGCTGTACAGTTATCAGGGATTTTTATTCGTAGTCTAATTTTG               TCAAATCATGGCCAAATCGCAGTGATAGTTGACTTTGGATACAAGGTTTG               GCAAAAAAAAAAAAAATATTAACAAAATATTCTGTAAGAATCAATTGGCT               ATATGGAATTTAGGATAAAGAATATTTACAATAAAGAATATTTACAATAA               AGAGTTTATTATTATTTGTAAGTTGTGAGCAACAAACATACCCTTTATCT               CTGTAAAATTTATACACACAAAAATTAACAAAAGATTCTGTAAGAATTAA               TTGGCTATATGGAATTTAGGATAGAATATTTACAATAAAGAGTATTTACA               ATAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGGGCGGCCGCTAGACT.          
 
     [3261] The human 8105 sequence (SEQ ID NO: 43, as shown above) is approximately 4385 nucleotides long. The nucleic acid sequence includes an initiation codon (ATG) and a termination codon (TGA) which are underscored above. The region between and inclusive of the initiation codon and the termination codon is a methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1689 nucleotides (SEQ ID NO: 45). The coding sequence encodes a 562 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 44), which is recited as follows:  
                          (SEQ ID NO:44)                         MSHSQDRTLDLLSQPQAAPLPVCHSPPVLPLCASVSLLGGLTFGYELAVI                   SGALLPLQLDFGLSCLEQEFLVGSLLLGALLASLVGGFLIDCYGRKQAIL               GSNLVLLAGSLTLGLAGSLAWLVLGRAVVGFAISLSSMACCIYVSELVGP               RQRGVLVSLYEAGITVGILLSYALNYALAGTPWGWRHMFGWATAPAVLQS               LSLLFLPAGTDETATHKDLIPLQGGEAPKLGPGRPRYSFLDLFRARDNMR               GRTTVGLGLVLFQQLTGQPNVLCYASTIFSSVGFHGGSSAVLASVGLGAV               KVAATLTAMGLVDRAGRRALLLAGCALMALSVSGIGLVSFAVPMDSGPSC               LAVPNATGQTGLPGDSGLLQDSSLPPIPRTNEDQREPILSTAKKTKPHPR               SGDPSAPPRLALSSALPGPPLPARGHALLRWTALLCLMVFVSAFSFGFGP               VTWLVLSEIYPVEIRGRAFAFCNSFNWAANLFISLSFLDLIGTIGLSWTF               LLYGLTAVLGLGFIYLFVPETKGQSLAEIDQQFQKRRFTLSFGHRQNSTG               IPYSRIEISAAS.          
 
     Example 32  
     [3262] Tissue Distribution of 8105 mRNA by TagMan Analysis  
     [3263] Endogenous human 8105 gene expression was determined using the Perkin-Elmer/ABI 7700 Sequence Detection System which employs TaqMan technology. Briefly, TaqMan technology relies on standard RT-PCR with the addition of a third gene-specific oligonucleotide (referred to as a probe) which has a fluorescent dye coupled to its 5′ end (typically 6-FAM) and a quenching dye at the 3′ end (typically TAMRA). When the fluorescently tagged oligonucleotide is intact, the fluorescent signal from the 5′ dye is quenched. As PCR proceeds, the 5′ to 3′ nucleolytic activity of Taq polymerase digests the labeled primer, producing a free nucleotide labeled with 6-FAM, which is now detected as a fluorescent signal. The PCR cycle where fluorescence is first released and detected is directly proportional to the starting amount of the gene of interest in the test sample, thus providing a quantitative measure of the initial template concentration. Samples can be internally controlled by the addition of a second set of primers/probe specific for a housekeeping gene such as GAPDH which has been labeled with a different fluorophore on the 5′ end (typically VIC).  
     [3264] To determine the level of 8105 in various human tissues a primer/probe set was designed. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 μg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per TaqMan reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Table 9. Expression was detected in most of the human tissues and cell lines tested.  
                               TABLE 9                                           Relative           Tissue Type   Diagnosis   Expression                                                        Artery   Normal   1.3763           Aorta   Diseased   1.1179           Vein   Normal   1.0576           SMC   Coronary   10.8212           HUVEC   Cells   17.1577           Hemangioma   Tumor   1.0216           Heart   Normal   2.8995           Heart   CHF   1.4802           Kidney   Normal   1.4751           Skeletal Muscle   Normal   1.1493           Liver   Normal   2.791           Small Intestine   Normal   0.4021           Adipose   Normal   1.4957           Pancreas   Normal   13.9364           Osteoblasts   Primary   9.1946           Bladder   Normal   0.6763           Adrenal Gland   Normal   0.8862           Pituitary Gland   Normal   1.3294           Spinal Cord   Normal   0.9868           Brain Cortex   Normal   1.6086           Brain Hypothalamus   Normal   1.543           Nerve   Normal   1.5646           DRG (Dorsal Root   Normal   1.0649           Ganglion)           Breast   Normal   1.7542           Breast   Tumor   1.3066           Ovary   Normal   2.6496           Ovary   Tumor   0.9049           Prostate   BPH   4.4253           Prostate   Tumor   5.6014           Colon   Normal   0.5888           Colon   Tumor   0.8924           Lung   Normal   0.5727           Lung   Tumor   0.6881           Lung   COPD   0.7026           Colon   IBD   0.4635           Synovium   Normal   0.2475           Tonsil   Normal   0.2484           Lymph Node   Normal   0.1127           PBL   Uninfected   0           PBMC   Resting   0           Macrophages   Cells   0.0044           Progenitors   Cells   2.2436           Megakaryocytes   Cells   1.2797           Spleen   Normal   0.0872           Neutrophils   Cells   0.0142           Erythroid   Cells   0.8355           Positive   Control   1.8542                      
 
     [3265] The expression of 8105 mRNA in various human tissues and cell lines is shown in Table 9. Highest levels of 8105 expression were detected in the pancreas, endothelial cells (HUVECs), smooth muscle cells, osteoblasts, prostate (both BPH and tumor cells), heart, liver, and ovary. The remaining tissues displayed moderate levels of 8105 expression, with the exception of PBL (uninfected) and PBMC cells (resting) which did not show any expression at all. 8105 mRNA expression was elevated in tumor samples from the lung, colon, and prostate, as compared to the respective normal tissues (benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) cells in the case of the prostate), while expression was decreased in ovarian tumors as compared to normal ovarian tissue.  
     Example 33  
     [3266] Tissue Distribution of 8105 mRNA by semi-quantitative RT-PCR  
     [3267] As an alternative to TaqMan ananlysis, the expression of 8105 was analyzed using standard RT-PCR reactions. Briefly, primers were designed for the amplification of a fragment of the 8105 message. Total RNA was prepared from a series of human tissues using an RNeasy kit from Qiagen. First strand cDNA was prepared from 1 mg total RNA using an oligo-dT primer and Superscript II reverse transcriptase (Gibco/BRL). cDNA obtained from approximately 50 ng total RNA was used per PCR reaction. Tissues tested include the human tissues and several cell lines shown in Table 10, as well as in several tissues from both wild-type and obese (ob/ob) mice (Table 11). Expression was detected by agarose gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining. Relative expression levels were determined visually. 8105 expression was observed in most human tissues tested, including the pancreas and hypothalamus. Importantly, 8105 expression was elevated in the brain tissue of wild-type mice as compared to ob/ob mice (Table 11).  
                           TABLE 10                                       Relative           Tissue   Expression                          Heart   +           Brain   −           Placenta   +           Lung   +           Liver   ++           Skeletal Muscle   −           Kidney   +/++           Pancreas   +++           Hypothalamus   +++                      
 
     [3268] Table 10 shows the expression of human 8105 mRNA in several human tissues, as determined using semi-quantitative RT-PCR. Highest expression was seen in the hypothalamus, pancreas, and liver, all of which are involved in the regulation of metabolism.  
                               TABLE 11                                           Relative           Tissue   Mouse   Expression                          Heart   Wild-type   +           Heart   ob/ob   +           Adipose   Wild-type   +           Adipose   ob/ob   +           Liver   Wild-type   +           Liver   ob/ob   +           Muscle   Wild-type   −           Muscle   ob/ob   −           Brain*   Wild-type   ++           Brain*   ob/ob   ++++           Hypothalamus   Wild-type   ++           Hypothalamus   ob/ob   ++           Negative Control   N/A   −                                  
 
     [3269] Table 11 shows the expression of mouse 8105 mRNA in tissues from both wild-type and obese (ob/ob) mice, as determined using semi-quantitative RT-PCR. 8105 mRNA expression is absent in muscle tissue (skeletal), low in heart, adipose, and liver tissues, and moderated in brain and hypothalamus tissues. Except for in the brain tissue, which lacks hypothalamus tissue, the level of 8105 mRNA expression is the same in both wild-type and obese mice. In the brain tissue, however, 8105 mRNA expression is much higher in obese mice, as compared to wild-type mice. This indicates that 8105 may be part of the leptin signaling network which is involved in the regulation of metabolism, hunger, and body weight.  
     Example 34  
     [3270] Tissue Distribution of 8105 mRNA by Northern Analysis  
     [3271] Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2×SSC at 65° C. A DNA probe corresponding to all or a portion of the 8105 cDNA (SEQ ID NO: 43) can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with  32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, Calif.) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer&#39;s recommendations.  
     Example 35  
     [3272] Recombinant Expression of 8105 in Bacterial Cells  
     [3273] In this example, 8105 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in  E. coli  and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 8105 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in  E. coli , e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-8105 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined.  
     Example 36  
     [3274] Expression of Recombinant 8105 Protein in COS Cells  
     [3275] To express the 8105 gene in COS cells (e.g., COS-7 cells, CV-1 origin SV40 cells; Gluzman (1981)  Cell I 23:175-182), the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, Calif.) is used. This vector contains an SV40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, an  E. coli  replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DNA fragment encoding the entire 8105 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984)  Cell  37:767) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3′ end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter.  
     [3276] To construct the plasmid, the 8105 DNA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5′ primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 8105 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3′ end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 8105 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pcDNA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 8105_gene is inserted in the correct orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into  E. coli  cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif., can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the correct fragment.  
     [3277] COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 8105-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. (1989)  Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual.  2 nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. The expression of the 8105 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or 35S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, Mass., can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. (1988)  Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with  35 S-methionine (or  35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIPA buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE.  
     [3278] Alternatively, DNA containing the 8105 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pcDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 8105 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 8105 specific monoclonal antibody.  
     [3279] Equivalents  
     [3280] Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.  
    
     
       
         1 
         
           
             48  
           
           
             1  
             3525  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (638)...(3178)  
             
           
            1 

gcgtccgcag attccagagc ctgccggctg ggaaagatcc ggtctcgggg tcggctatga     60 

tcccgcagcg gccaaggcag ggctcaggcc ccgggattct ccccacacgc tgctgcactg    120 

gcgcagccgg tcgccaaact ttttctcccc aaagccagtg cccccgcagt tacttggcgg    180 

gcagccggca gcccactctc ggcgggatga tctgggagaa gcgggcgtgg gacgaggggg    240 

ctgctgtttt gcagccctgc gaggcgtgca gtcggagaag tggtcggggt tccacaccgt    300 

ccctgagcct gccccctggc caaggtggcc cgacgtgctg cagtggctgg cgcaggtgat    360 

ccgggcagcg cgtccggcac tagtcaaggg ggcagcggca cgggagggag gggcgccttt    420 

ctcttttctc ctccccctgc agcccagctg cactgcgtgg gggctctcca tctccacgca    480 

atcagcaggc ggaatccctg ccctggagcg ccctggctct ggactgcacc cccctagggt    540 

ttgtcctgca gattctcctc cccatctttc tctgccacac acgcttccct aagccgcgcg    600 

cgccgcaaac tcagtctcgg tccccgcagg tgatgtc atg ccc att gtt ttg gtg     655 
                                         Met Pro Ile Val Leu Val 
                                          1               5 

cgc cca acc aat cgg act cgc cgc ctg gat tct acc gga gcc ggc atg      703 
Arg Pro Thr Asn Arg Thr Arg Arg Leu Asp Ser Thr Gly Ala Gly Met 
             10                  15                  20 

ggc cct tcc tcg cac cag cag cag gag tcc ccg ctc ccg acc ata acg      751 
Gly Pro Ser Ser His Gln Gln Gln Glu Ser Pro Leu Pro Thr Ile Thr 
         25                  30                  35 

cat tgc gca ggg tgc acc acc gct tgg tct ccc tgc agc ttt aac agc      799 
His Cys Ala Gly Cys Thr Thr Ala Trp Ser Pro Cys Ser Phe Asn Ser 
     40                  45                  50 

cct gac atg gaa acc cca ttg cag ttc cag cgc ggc ttc ttc cca gag      847 
Pro Asp Met Glu Thr Pro Leu Gln Phe Gln Arg Gly Phe Phe Pro Glu 
 55                  60                  65                  70 

cag ccg ccg ccg ccg ccg cgc tcc tca cac ctg cat tgc cag cag cag      895 
Gln Pro Pro Pro Pro Pro Arg Ser Ser His Leu His Cys Gln Gln Gln 
                 75                  80                  85 

caa cag agc cag gac aag ccg tgc ccg ccc ttc gcg ccc ctc ccg cac      943 
Gln Gln Ser Gln Asp Lys Pro Cys Pro Pro Phe Ala Pro Leu Pro His 
             90                  95                 100 

cct cac cac cac ccg cac ctc gcg cac cag cag ccg gcc agc ggc ggc      991 
Pro His His His Pro His Leu Ala His Gln Gln Pro Ala Ser Gly Gly 
        105                 110                 115 

agc agc cca tgc ctc cgg tgc aac agc tgc gcc tcc tcc ggt gcc ccg     1039 
Ser Ser Pro Cys Leu Arg Cys Asn Ser Cys Ala Ser Ser Gly Ala Pro 
    120                 125                 130 

gcg gcg ggg gcg gga gat aac ctg tcc ctg ctg ctc cgc acc tcc tcg     1087 
Ala Ala Gly Ala Gly Asp Asn Leu Ser Leu Leu Leu Arg Thr Ser Ser 
135                 140                 145                 150 

ccc ggc ggc gcc ttc cgg acc cgc acc tcc tcg ccg ctg tcg ggc tcg     1135 
Pro Gly Gly Ala Phe Arg Thr Arg Thr Ser Ser Pro Leu Ser Gly Ser 
                155                 160                 165 

tcc tgc tgc tgc tgc tgc tgc tcg tcg cgc cgg ggc agc cag ctc aat     1183 
Ser Cys Cys Cys Cys Cys Cys Ser Ser Arg Arg Gly Ser Gln Leu Asn 
            170                 175                 180 

gtg agc gag ctg acg ccg tcc agc cat gcc agt gcg ctc cgg cag cag     1231 
Val Ser Glu Leu Thr Pro Ser Ser His Ala Ser Ala Leu Arg Gln Gln 
        185                 190                 195 

tac gcg cag cag tcc gcg cag cag tcg gcg tcc gcc tcc cag tac cac     1279 
Tyr Ala Gln Gln Ser Ala Gln Gln Ser Ala Ser Ala Ser Gln Tyr His 
    200                 205                 210 

cag tgc cac agc ctg cag ccc gcc gcc agc ccc acg ggc agc ctc ggc     1327 
Gln Cys His Ser Leu Gln Pro Ala Ala Ser Pro Thr Gly Ser Leu Gly 
215                 220                 225                 230 

agt ctg ggc tcc ggg ccc ccg ctc tcg cac cac cac cac cac ccg cac     1375 
Ser Leu Gly Ser Gly Pro Pro Leu Ser His His His His His Pro His 
                235                 240                 245 

ccg gcg cac cac cag cac cac cag ccc cag gcg cgc cgc gag agc aac     1423 
Pro Ala His His Gln His His Gln Pro Gln Ala Arg Arg Glu Ser Asn 
            250                 255                 260 

ccc ttc acc gaa ata gcc atg agc agc tgc agg tac aac ggg ggc gtc     1471 
Pro Phe Thr Glu Ile Ala Met Ser Ser Cys Arg Tyr Asn Gly Gly Val 
        265                 270                 275 

atg cgg ccg ctc agc aac ttg agc gcg tcc cgc cgg aac ctg cac gag     1519 
Met Arg Pro Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Ala Ser Arg Arg Asn Leu His Glu 
    280                 285                 290 

atg gac tca gag gcg cag ccc ctg cag ccc ccc gcg tct gtc gga gga     1567 
Met Asp Ser Glu Ala Gln Pro Leu Gln Pro Pro Ala Ser Val Gly Gly 
295                 300                 305                 310 

ggt ggc ggc gcg tcc tcc ccg tct gca gcc gct gcc gcc gcc gcc gct     1615 
Gly Gly Gly Ala Ser Ser Pro Ser Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala 
                315                 320                 325 

gtt tcg tcc tca gcc ccc gag atc gtg gtg tct aag ccc gag cac aac     1663 
Val Ser Ser Ser Ala Pro Glu Ile Val Val Ser Lys Pro Glu His Asn 
            330                 335                 340 

aac tcc aac aac ctg gcg ctc tat gga acc ggc ggc gga ggc agc act     1711 
Asn Ser Asn Asn Leu Ala Leu Tyr Gly Thr Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Thr 
        345                 350                 355 

gga gga ggc ggc ggc ggt ggc ggg agc ggg cac ggc agc agc agt ggc     1759 
Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly His Gly Ser Ser Ser Gly 
    360                 365                 370 

acc aag tcc agc aaa aag aaa aac cag aac atc ggc tac aag ctg ggc     1807 
Thr Lys Ser Ser Lys Lys Lys Asn Gln Asn Ile Gly Tyr Lys Leu Gly 
375                 380                 385                 390 

cac cgg cgc gcc ctg ttc gaa aag cgc aag cgg ctc agc gac tac gcg     1855 
His Arg Arg Ala Leu Phe Glu Lys Arg Lys Arg Leu Ser Asp Tyr Ala 
                395                 400                 405 

ctc atc ttc ggc atg ttc ggc atc gtg gtc atg gtc atc gag acc gag     1903 
Leu Ile Phe Gly Met Phe Gly Ile Val Val Met Val Ile Glu Thr Glu 
            410                 415                 420 

ctg tcg tgg ggc gcc tac gac aag gcg tcg ctg tat tcc tta gct ctg     1951 
Leu Ser Trp Gly Ala Tyr Asp Lys Ala Ser Leu Tyr Ser Leu Ala Leu 
        425                 430                 435 

aaa tgc ctt atc agt ctc tcc acg atc atc ctg ctc ggt ctg atc atc     1999 
Lys Cys Leu Ile Ser Leu Ser Thr Ile Ile Leu Leu Gly Leu Ile Ile 
    440                 445                 450 

gtg tac cac gcc agg gaa ata cag ttg ttc atg gtg gac aat gga gca     2047 
Val Tyr His Ala Arg Glu Ile Gln Leu Phe Met Val Asp Asn Gly Ala 
455                 460                 465                 470 

gat gac tgg aga ata gcc atg act tat gag cgt att ttc ttc atc tgc     2095 
Asp Asp Trp Arg Ile Ala Met Thr Tyr Glu Arg Ile Phe Phe Ile Cys 
                475                 480                 485 

ttg gaa ata ctg gtg tgt gct att cat ccc ata cct ggg aat tat aca     2143 
Leu Glu Ile Leu Val Cys Ala Ile His Pro Ile Pro Gly Asn Tyr Thr 
            490                 495                 500 

ttc aca tgg acg gcc cgg ctt gcc ttc tcc tat gcc cca tcc aca acc     2191 
Phe Thr Trp Thr Ala Arg Leu Ala Phe Ser Tyr Ala Pro Ser Thr Thr 
        505                 510                 515 

acc gct gat gtg gat att att tta tct ata cca atg ttc tta aga ctc     2239 
Thr Ala Asp Val Asp Ile Ile Leu Ser Ile Pro Met Phe Leu Arg Leu 
    520                 525                 530 

tat ctg att gcc aga gtc atg ctt tta cat agc aaa ctt ttc act gat     2287 
Tyr Leu Ile Ala Arg Val Met Leu Leu His Ser Lys Leu Phe Thr Asp 
535                 540                 545                 550 

acc tcc tct aga agc att gga gca ctt aat aag ata aac ttc aat aca     2335 
Thr Ser Ser Arg Ser Ile Gly Ala Leu Asn Lys Ile Asn Phe Asn Thr 
                555                 560                 565 

cgt ttt gtt atg aag act tta atg act ata tgc cca gga act gta ctc     2383 
Arg Phe Val Met Lys Thr Leu Met Thr Ile Cys Pro Gly Thr Val Leu 
            570                 575                 580 

ttg gtt ttt agt atc tca tta tgg ata att gcc gca tgg act gtc cga     2431 
Leu Val Phe Ser Ile Ser Leu Trp Ile Ile Ala Ala Trp Thr Val Arg 
        585                 590                 595 

gct tgt gaa agg tac cat gat caa cag gat gtt act agc aac ttc ctt     2479 
Ala Cys Glu Arg Tyr His Asp Gln Gln Asp Val Thr Ser Asn Phe Leu 
    600                 605                 610 

gga gcg atg tgg ttg ata tca ata act ttt ctc tcc att ggt tat ggt     2527 
Gly Ala Met Trp Leu Ile Ser Ile Thr Phe Leu Ser Ile Gly Tyr Gly 
615                 620                 625                 630 

gac atg gta cct aac aca tac tgt gga aaa gga gtc tgc tta ctt act     2575 
Asp Met Val Pro Asn Thr Tyr Cys Gly Lys Gly Val Cys Leu Leu Thr 
                635                 640                 645 

gga att atg ggt gct ggt tgc aca gcc ctg gtg gta gct gta gtg gca     2623 
Gly Ile Met Gly Ala Gly Cys Thr Ala Leu Val Val Ala Val Val Ala 
            650                 655                 660 

agg aag cta gaa ctt acc aaa gca gaa aaa cac gtg cac aat ttc atg     2671 
Arg Lys Leu Glu Leu Thr Lys Ala Glu Lys His Val His Asn Phe Met 
        665                 670                 675 

atg gat act cag ctg act aaa aga gta aaa aat gca gct gcc aat gta     2719 
Met Asp Thr Gln Leu Thr Lys Arg Val Lys Asn Ala Ala Ala Asn Val 
    680                 685                 690 

ctc agg gaa aca tgg cta att tac aaa aat aca aag cta gtg aaa aag     2767 
Leu Arg Glu Thr Trp Leu Ile Tyr Lys Asn Thr Lys Leu Val Lys Lys 
695                 700                 705                 710 

ata gat cat gca aaa gta aga aaa cat caa cga aaa ttc ctg caa gct     2815 
Ile Asp His Ala Lys Val Arg Lys His Gln Arg Lys Phe Leu Gln Ala 
                715                 720                 725 

att cat caa tta aga agt gta aaa atg gag cag agg aaa ctg aat gac     2863 
Ile His Gln Leu Arg Ser Val Lys Met Glu Gln Arg Lys Leu Asn Asp 
            730                 735                 740 

caa gca aac act ttg gtg gac ttg gca aag acc cag aac atc atg tat     2911 
Gln Ala Asn Thr Leu Val Asp Leu Ala Lys Thr Gln Asn Ile Met Tyr 
        745                 750                 755 

gat atg att tct gac tta aac gaa agg agt gaa gac ttc gag aag agg     2959 
Asp Met Ile Ser Asp Leu Asn Glu Arg Ser Glu Asp Phe Glu Lys Arg 
    760                 765                 770 

att gtt acc ctg gaa aca aaa cta gag act ttg att ggt agc atc cac     3007 
Ile Val Thr Leu Glu Thr Lys Leu Glu Thr Leu Ile Gly Ser Ile His 
775                 780                 785                 790 

gcc ctc cct ggg ctc ata agc cag acc atc agg cag cag cag aga gat     3055 
Ala Leu Pro Gly Leu Ile Ser Gln Thr Ile Arg Gln Gln Gln Arg Asp 
                795                 800                 805 

ttc att gag gct cag atg gag agc tac gac aag cac gtc act tac aat     3103 
Phe Ile Glu Ala Gln Met Glu Ser Tyr Asp Lys His Val Thr Tyr Asn 
            810                 815                 820 

gct gag cgg tcc cgg tcc tcg tcc agg agg cgg cgg tcc tct tcc aca     3151 
Ala Glu Arg Ser Arg Ser Ser Ser Arg Arg Arg Arg Ser Ser Ser Thr 
        825                 830                 835 

gca cca cca act tca tca gag agt agc tagaagagaa taagttaacc           3198 
Ala Pro Pro Thr Ser Ser Glu Ser Ser 
    840                 845 

acaaaataag actttttgcc atcatatggt caatatttta gcttttattg taaagcccct   3258 

atggttctaa tcagcgttat ccgggttctg atgtcagaat cctgggaacc tgaacactaa   3318 

gttttaggcc aaaatgagtg aaaactcttt ttttttcttt cagatgcaca gggaatgcac   3378 

ctattattgc tatatagatt gttcctcctg taatttcact aactttttat tcatgcactt   3438 

caaacaaact ttactactac attatatgat atataataaa aaaagttaat ttctgcaaaa   3498 

aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaac ggacggg                                       3525 

 
           
             2  
             847  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            2 

Met Pro Ile Val Leu Val Arg Pro Thr Asn Arg Thr Arg Arg Leu Asp 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ser Thr Gly Ala Gly Met Gly Pro Ser Ser His Gln Gln Gln Glu Ser 
            20                  25                  30 

Pro Leu Pro Thr Ile Thr His Cys Ala Gly Cys Thr Thr Ala Trp Ser 
        35                  40                  45 

Pro Cys Ser Phe Asn Ser Pro Asp Met Glu Thr Pro Leu Gln Phe Gln 
    50                  55                  60 

Arg Gly Phe Phe Pro Glu Gln Pro Pro Pro Pro Pro Arg Ser Ser His 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Leu His Cys Gln Gln Gln Gln Gln Ser Gln Asp Lys Pro Cys Pro Pro 
                85                  90                  95 

Phe Ala Pro Leu Pro His Pro His His His Pro His Leu Ala His Gln 
            100                 105                 110 

Gln Pro Ala Ser Gly Gly Ser Ser Pro Cys Leu Arg Cys Asn Ser Cys 
        115                 120                 125 

Ala Ser Ser Gly Ala Pro Ala Ala Gly Ala Gly Asp Asn Leu Ser Leu 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Leu Arg Thr Ser Ser Pro Gly Gly Ala Phe Arg Thr Arg Thr Ser 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ser Pro Leu Ser Gly Ser Ser Cys Cys Cys Cys Cys Cys Ser Ser Arg 
                165                 170                 175 

Arg Gly Ser Gln Leu Asn Val Ser Glu Leu Thr Pro Ser Ser His Ala 
            180                 185                 190 

Ser Ala Leu Arg Gln Gln Tyr Ala Gln Gln Ser Ala Gln Gln Ser Ala 
        195                 200                 205 

Ser Ala Ser Gln Tyr His Gln Cys His Ser Leu Gln Pro Ala Ala Ser 
    210                 215                 220 

Pro Thr Gly Ser Leu Gly Ser Leu Gly Ser Gly Pro Pro Leu Ser His 
225                 230                 235                 240 

His His His His Pro His Pro Ala His His Gln His His Gln Pro Gln 
                245                 250                 255 

Ala Arg Arg Glu Ser Asn Pro Phe Thr Glu Ile Ala Met Ser Ser Cys 
            260                 265                 270 

Arg Tyr Asn Gly Gly Val Met Arg Pro Leu Ser Asn Leu Ser Ala Ser 
        275                 280                 285 

Arg Arg Asn Leu His Glu Met Asp Ser Glu Ala Gln Pro Leu Gln Pro 
    290                 295                 300 

Pro Ala Ser Val Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Ala Ser Ser Pro Ser Ala Ala 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Val Ser Ser Ser Ala Pro Glu Ile Val Val 
                325                 330                 335 

Ser Lys Pro Glu His Asn Asn Ser Asn Asn Leu Ala Leu Tyr Gly Thr 
            340                 345                 350 

Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Thr Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Gly Ser Gly 
        355                 360                 365 

His Gly Ser Ser Ser Gly Thr Lys Ser Ser Lys Lys Lys Asn Gln Asn 
    370                 375                 380 

Ile Gly Tyr Lys Leu Gly His Arg Arg Ala Leu Phe Glu Lys Arg Lys 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Arg Leu Ser Asp Tyr Ala Leu Ile Phe Gly Met Phe Gly Ile Val Val 
                405                 410                 415 

Met Val Ile Glu Thr Glu Leu Ser Trp Gly Ala Tyr Asp Lys Ala Ser 
            420                 425                 430 

Leu Tyr Ser Leu Ala Leu Lys Cys Leu Ile Ser Leu Ser Thr Ile Ile 
        435                 440                 445 

Leu Leu Gly Leu Ile Ile Val Tyr His Ala Arg Glu Ile Gln Leu Phe 
    450                 455                 460 

Met Val Asp Asn Gly Ala Asp Asp Trp Arg Ile Ala Met Thr Tyr Glu 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Arg Ile Phe Phe Ile Cys Leu Glu Ile Leu Val Cys Ala Ile His Pro 
                485                 490                 495 

Ile Pro Gly Asn Tyr Thr Phe Thr Trp Thr Ala Arg Leu Ala Phe Ser 
            500                 505                 510 

Tyr Ala Pro Ser Thr Thr Thr Ala Asp Val Asp Ile Ile Leu Ser Ile 
        515                 520                 525 

Pro Met Phe Leu Arg Leu Tyr Leu Ile Ala Arg Val Met Leu Leu His 
    530                 535                 540 

Ser Lys Leu Phe Thr Asp Thr Ser Ser Arg Ser Ile Gly Ala Leu Asn 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Lys Ile Asn Phe Asn Thr Arg Phe Val Met Lys Thr Leu Met Thr Ile 
                565                 570                 575 

Cys Pro Gly Thr Val Leu Leu Val Phe Ser Ile Ser Leu Trp Ile Ile 
            580                 585                 590 

Ala Ala Trp Thr Val Arg Ala Cys Glu Arg Tyr His Asp Gln Gln Asp 
        595                 600                 605 

Val Thr Ser Asn Phe Leu Gly Ala Met Trp Leu Ile Ser Ile Thr Phe 
    610                 615                 620 

Leu Ser Ile Gly Tyr Gly Asp Met Val Pro Asn Thr Tyr Cys Gly Lys 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Gly Val Cys Leu Leu Thr Gly Ile Met Gly Ala Gly Cys Thr Ala Leu 
                645                 650                 655 

Val Val Ala Val Val Ala Arg Lys Leu Glu Leu Thr Lys Ala Glu Lys 
            660                 665                 670 

His Val His Asn Phe Met Met Asp Thr Gln Leu Thr Lys Arg Val Lys 
        675                 680                 685 

Asn Ala Ala Ala Asn Val Leu Arg Glu Thr Trp Leu Ile Tyr Lys Asn 
    690                 695                 700 

Thr Lys Leu Val Lys Lys Ile Asp His Ala Lys Val Arg Lys His Gln 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Arg Lys Phe Leu Gln Ala Ile His Gln Leu Arg Ser Val Lys Met Glu 
                725                 730                 735 

Gln Arg Lys Leu Asn Asp Gln Ala Asn Thr Leu Val Asp Leu Ala Lys 
            740                 745                 750 

Thr Gln Asn Ile Met Tyr Asp Met Ile Ser Asp Leu Asn Glu Arg Ser 
        755                 760                 765 

Glu Asp Phe Glu Lys Arg Ile Val Thr Leu Glu Thr Lys Leu Glu Thr 
    770                 775                 780 

Leu Ile Gly Ser Ile His Ala Leu Pro Gly Leu Ile Ser Gln Thr Ile 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Arg Gln Gln Gln Arg Asp Phe Ile Glu Ala Gln Met Glu Ser Tyr Asp 
                805                 810                 815 

Lys His Val Thr Tyr Asn Ala Glu Arg Ser Arg Ser Ser Ser Arg Arg 
            820                 825                 830 

Arg Arg Ser Ser Ser Thr Ala Pro Pro Thr Ser Ser Glu Ser Ser 
        835                 840                 845 

 
           
             3  
             2544  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            3 

atgcccattg ttttggtgcg cccaaccaat cggactcgcc gcctggattc taccggagcc     60 

ggcatgggcc cttcctcgca ccagcagcag gagtccccgc tcccgaccat aacgcattgc    120 

gcagggtgca ccaccgcttg gtctccctgc agctttaaca gccctgacat ggaaacccca    180 

ttgcagttcc agcgcggctt cttcccagag cagccgccgc cgccgccgcg ctcctcacac    240 

ctgcattgcc agcagcagca acagagccag gacaagccgt gcccgccctt cgcgcccctc    300 

ccgcaccctc accaccaccc gcacctcgcg caccagcagc cggccagcgg cggcagcagc    360 

ccatgcctcc ggtgcaacag ctgcgcctcc tccggtgccc cggcggcggg ggcgggagat    420 

aacctgtccc tgctgctccg cacctcctcg cccggcggcg ccttccggac ccgcacctcc    480 

tcgccgctgt cgggctcgtc ctgctgctgc tgctgctgct cgtcgcgccg gggcagccag    540 

ctcaatgtga gcgagctgac gccgtccagc catgccagtg cgctccggca gcagtacgcg    600 

cagcagtccg cgcagcagtc ggcgtccgcc tcccagtacc accagtgcca cagcctgcag    660 

cccgccgcca gccccacggg cagcctcggc agtctgggct ccgggccccc gctctcgcac    720 

caccaccacc acccgcaccc ggcgcaccac cagcaccacc agccccaggc gcgccgcgag    780 

agcaacccct tcaccgaaat agccatgagc agctgcaggt acaacggggg cgtcatgcgg    840 

ccgctcagca acttgagcgc gtcccgccgg aacctgcacg agatggactc agaggcgcag    900 

cccctgcagc cccccgcgtc tgtcggagga ggtggcggcg cgtcctcccc gtctgcagcc    960 

gctgccgccg ccgccgctgt ttcgtcctca gcccccgaga tcgtggtgtc taagcccgag   1020 

cacaacaact ccaacaacct ggcgctctat ggaaccggcg gcggaggcag cactggagga   1080 

ggcggcggcg gtggcgggag cgggcacggc agcagcagtg gcaccaagtc cagcaaaaag   1140 

aaaaaccaga acatcggcta caagctgggc caccggcgcg ccctgttcga aaagcgcaag   1200 

cggctcagcg actacgcgct catcttcggc atgttcggca tcgtggtcat ggtcatcgag   1260 

accgagctgt cgtggggcgc ctacgacaag gcgtcgctgt attccttagc tctgaaatgc   1320 

cttatcagtc tctccacgat catcctgctc ggtctgatca tcgtgtacca cgccagggaa   1380 

atacagttgt tcatggtgga caatggagca gatgactgga gaatagccat gacttatgag   1440 

cgtattttct tcatctgctt ggaaatactg gtgtgtgcta ttcatcccat acctgggaat   1500 

tatacattca catggacggc ccggcttgcc ttctcctatg ccccatccac aaccaccgct   1560 

gatgtggata ttattttatc tataccaatg ttcttaagac tctatctgat tgccagagtc   1620 

atgcttttac atagcaaact tttcactgat acctcctcta gaagcattgg agcacttaat   1680 

aagataaact tcaatacacg ttttgttatg aagactttaa tgactatatg cccaggaact   1740 

gtactcttgg tttttagtat ctcattatgg ataattgccg catggactgt ccgagcttgt   1800 

gaaaggtacc atgatcaaca ggatgttact agcaacttcc ttggagcgat gtggttgata   1860 

tcaataactt ttctctccat tggttatggt gacatggtac ctaacacata ctgtggaaaa   1920 

ggagtctgct tacttactgg aattatgggt gctggttgca cagccctggt ggtagctgta   1980 

gtggcaagga agctagaact taccaaagca gaaaaacacg tgcacaattt catgatggat   2040 

actcagctga ctaaaagagt aaaaaatgca gctgccaatg tactcaggga aacatggcta   2100 

atttacaaaa atacaaagct agtgaaaaag atagatcatg caaaagtaag aaaacatcaa   2160 

cgaaaattcc tgcaagctat tcatcaatta agaagtgtaa aaatggagca gaggaaactg   2220 

aatgaccaag caaacacttt ggtggacttg gcaaagaccc agaacatcat gtatgatatg   2280 

atttctgact taaacgaaag gagtgaagac ttcgagaaga ggattgttac cctggaaaca   2340 

aaactagaga ctttgattgg tagcatccac gccctccctg ggctcataag ccagaccatc   2400 

aggcagcagc agagagattt cattgaggct cagatggaga gctacgacaa gcacgtcact   2460 

tacaatgctg agcggtcccg gtcctcgtcc aggaggcggc ggtcctcttc cacagcacca   2520 

ccaacttcat cagagagtag ctag                                          2544 

 
           
             4  
             3553  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (278)...(3241)  
             
           
            4 

gacccacgcg tccgctcccc cgtgtgcggc accgccacag tctgggcagc ggcggccggg     60 

ggagcgctac taccatgaac tgcctggtcc tcctccccag agctgctcat ccgggtcggg    120 

ctggagacac agtcagggga ccccgtcgcc gccgccgcgc cccctcttct ttcggctcaa    180 

tcttctcttc caccttttcc tcctcttcct ccaccttctt tgcctgcatc cccccctccc    240 

ccgccgcgga tcctggccgc tgctctccag acccagg atg ccg ggg ggc aag aga     295 
                                         Met Pro Gly Gly Lys Arg 
                                          1               5 

ggg ctg gtg gca ccg cag aac aca ttt ttg gag aac atc gtc agg cgc      343 
Gly Leu Val Ala Pro Gln Asn Thr Phe Leu Glu Asn Ile Val Arg Arg 
             10                  15                  20 

tcc agt gaa tca agt ttc tta ctg gga aat gcc cag att gtg gat tgg      391 
Ser Ser Glu Ser Ser Phe Leu Leu Gly Asn Ala Gln Ile Val Asp Trp 
         25                  30                  35 

cct gta gtt tat agt aat gac ggt ttt tgt aaa ctc tct gga tat cat      439 
Pro Val Val Tyr Ser Asn Asp Gly Phe Cys Lys Leu Ser Gly Tyr His 
     40                  45                  50 

cga gct gac gtc atg cag aaa agc agc act tgc agt ttt atg tat ggg      487 
Arg Ala Asp Val Met Gln Lys Ser Ser Thr Cys Ser Phe Met Tyr Gly 
 55                  60                  65                  70 

gaa ttg act gac aag aag acc att gag aaa gtc agg caa act ttt gac      535 
Glu Leu Thr Asp Lys Lys Thr Ile Glu Lys Val Arg Gln Thr Phe Asp 
                 75                  80                  85 

aac tac gaa tca aac tgc ttt gaa gtt ctt ctg tac aag aaa aac aga      583 
Asn Tyr Glu Ser Asn Cys Phe Glu Val Leu Leu Tyr Lys Lys Asn Arg 
             90                  95                 100 

acc cct gtt tgg ttt tat atg caa att gca cca ata aga aat gaa cat      631 
Thr Pro Val Trp Phe Tyr Met Gln Ile Ala Pro Ile Arg Asn Glu His 
        105                 110                 115 

gaa aag gtg gtc ttg ttc ctg tgt act ttc aag gat att acg ttg ttc      679 
Glu Lys Val Val Leu Phe Leu Cys Thr Phe Lys Asp Ile Thr Leu Phe 
    120                 125                 130 

aaa cag cca ata gag gat gat tca aca aaa ggt tgg acg aaa ttt gcc      727 
Lys Gln Pro Ile Glu Asp Asp Ser Thr Lys Gly Trp Thr Lys Phe Ala 
135                 140                 145                 150 

cga ttg aca cgg gct ttg aca aat agc cga agt gtt ttg cag cag ctc      775 
Arg Leu Thr Arg Ala Leu Thr Asn Ser Arg Ser Val Leu Gln Gln Leu 
                155                 160                 165 

acg cca atg aat aaa aca gag gtg gtc cat aaa cat tca aga cta gct      823 
Thr Pro Met Asn Lys Thr Glu Val Val His Lys His Ser Arg Leu Ala 
            170                 175                 180 

gaa gtt ctt cag ctg gga tca gat atc ctt cct cag tat aaa caa gaa      871 
Glu Val Leu Gln Leu Gly Ser Asp Ile Leu Pro Gln Tyr Lys Gln Glu 
        185                 190                 195 

gcg cca aag acg cca cca cac att att tta cat tat tgt gct ttt aaa      919 
Ala Pro Lys Thr Pro Pro His Ile Ile Leu His Tyr Cys Ala Phe Lys 
    200                 205                 210 

act act tgg gat tgg gtg att tta att ctt acc ttc tac acc gcc att      967 
Thr Thr Trp Asp Trp Val Ile Leu Ile Leu Thr Phe Tyr Thr Ala Ile 
215                 220                 225                 230 

atg gtt cct tat aat gtt tcc ttc aaa aca aag cag aac aac ata gcc     1015 
Met Val Pro Tyr Asn Val Ser Phe Lys Thr Lys Gln Asn Asn Ile Ala 
                235                 240                 245 

tgg ctg gta ctg gat agt gtg gtg gac gtt att ttt ctg gtt gac atc     1063 
Trp Leu Val Leu Asp Ser Val Val Asp Val Ile Phe Leu Val Asp Ile 
            250                 255                 260 

gtt tta aat ttt cac acg act ttc gtg ggg ccc ggt gga gag gtc att     1111 
Val Leu Asn Phe His Thr Thr Phe Val Gly Pro Gly Gly Glu Val Ile 
        265                 270                 275 

tct gac cct aag ctc ata agg atg aac tat ctg aaa act tgg ttt gtg     1159 
Ser Asp Pro Lys Leu Ile Arg Met Asn Tyr Leu Lys Thr Trp Phe Val 
    280                 285                 290 

atc gat ctg ctg tct tgt tta cct tat gac atc atc aat gcc ttt gaa     1207 
Ile Asp Leu Leu Ser Cys Leu Pro Tyr Asp Ile Ile Asn Ala Phe Glu 
295                 300                 305                 310 

aat gtg gat gag gga atc agc agt ctc ttc agt tct tta aaa gtg gtg     1255 
Asn Val Asp Glu Gly Ile Ser Ser Leu Phe Ser Ser Leu Lys Val Val 
                315                 320                 325 

cgt ctc tta cga ctg ggc cgt gtg gct agg aaa ctg gac cat tac cta     1303 
Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Gly Arg Val Ala Arg Lys Leu Asp His Tyr Leu 
            330                 335                 340 

gaa tat gga gca gca gtc ctc gtg ctc ctg gtg tgt gtg ttt gga ctg     1351 
Glu Tyr Gly Ala Ala Val Leu Val Leu Leu Val Cys Val Phe Gly Leu 
        345                 350                 355 

gtg gcc cac tgg ctg gcc tgc ata tgg tat agc atc gga gac tac gag     1399 
Val Ala His Trp Leu Ala Cys Ile Trp Tyr Ser Ile Gly Asp Tyr Glu 
    360                 365                 370 

gtc att gat gaa gtc act aac acc atc caa ata gac agt tgg ctc tac     1447 
Val Ile Asp Glu Val Thr Asn Thr Ile Gln Ile Asp Ser Trp Leu Tyr 
375                 380                 385                 390 

cag ctg gct ttg agc att ggg act cca tat cgc tac aat acc agt gct     1495 
Gln Leu Ala Leu Ser Ile Gly Thr Pro Tyr Arg Tyr Asn Thr Ser Ala 
                395                 400                 405 

ggg ata tgg gaa gga gga ccc agc aag gat tca ttg tac gtg tcc tct     1543 
Gly Ile Trp Glu Gly Gly Pro Ser Lys Asp Ser Leu Tyr Val Ser Ser 
            410                 415                 420 

ctc tac ttt acc atg aca agc ctt aca acc ata gga ttt gga aac ata     1591 
Leu Tyr Phe Thr Met Thr Ser Leu Thr Thr Ile Gly Phe Gly Asn Ile 
        425                 430                 435 

gct cct acc aca gat gtg gag aag atg ttt tcg gtg gct atg atg atg     1639 
Ala Pro Thr Thr Asp Val Glu Lys Met Phe Ser Val Ala Met Met Met 
    440                 445                 450 

gtt ggc tct ctt ctt tat gca act att ttt gga aat gtt aca aca att     1687 
Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Tyr Ala Thr Ile Phe Gly Asn Val Thr Thr Ile 
455                 460                 465                 470 

ttc cag caa atg tat gcc aac acc aac cga tac cat gag atg ctg aat     1735 
Phe Gln Gln Met Tyr Ala Asn Thr Asn Arg Tyr His Glu Met Leu Asn 
                475                 480                 485 

aat gta cgg gac ttc cta aaa ctc tat cag gtc cca aaa ggc ctt agt     1783 
Asn Val Arg Asp Phe Leu Lys Leu Tyr Gln Val Pro Lys Gly Leu Ser 
            490                 495                 500 

gag cga gtc atg gat tat att gtc tca aca tgg tcc atg tca aaa ggc     1831 
Glu Arg Val Met Asp Tyr Ile Val Ser Thr Trp Ser Met Ser Lys Gly 
        505                 510                 515 

att gat aca gaa aag gtc ctc tcc atc tgt ccc aag gac atg aga gct     1879 
Ile Asp Thr Glu Lys Val Leu Ser Ile Cys Pro Lys Asp Met Arg Ala 
    520                 525                 530 

gat atc tgt gtt cat cta aac cgg aag gtt ttt aat gaa cat cct gct     1927 
Asp Ile Cys Val His Leu Asn Arg Lys Val Phe Asn Glu His Pro Ala 
535                 540                 545                 550 

ttt cga ttg gcc agc gat ggg tgt ctg cgc gcc ttg gcg gta gag ttc     1975 
Phe Arg Leu Ala Ser Asp Gly Cys Leu Arg Ala Leu Ala Val Glu Phe 
                555                 560                 565 

caa acc att cac tgt gct ccc ggg gac ctc att tac cat gct gga gaa     2023 
Gln Thr Ile His Cys Ala Pro Gly Asp Leu Ile Tyr His Ala Gly Glu 
            570                 575                 580 

agt gtg gat gcc ctc tgc ttt gtg gtg tca gga tcc ttg gaa gtc atc     2071 
Ser Val Asp Ala Leu Cys Phe Val Val Ser Gly Ser Leu Glu Val Ile 
        585                 590                 595 

cag gat gat gag gtg gtg gct att tta ggg aag ggt gat gta ttt gga     2119 
Gln Asp Asp Glu Val Val Ala Ile Leu Gly Lys Gly Asp Val Phe Gly 
    600                 605                 610 

gac atc ttc tgg aag gaa acc acc ctt gcc cat gca tgt gcg aac gtc     2167 
Asp Ile Phe Trp Lys Glu Thr Thr Leu Ala His Ala Cys Ala Asn Val 
615                 620                 625                 630 

cgg gca ctg acg tac tgt gac cta cac atc atc aag cgg gaa gcc ttg     2215 
Arg Ala Leu Thr Tyr Cys Asp Leu His Ile Ile Lys Arg Glu Ala Leu 
                635                 640                 645 

ctc aaa gtc ctg gac ttt tat aca gct ttt gca aac tcc ttc tca agg     2263 
Leu Lys Val Leu Asp Phe Tyr Thr Ala Phe Ala Asn Ser Phe Ser Arg 
            650                 655                 660 

aat ctc act ctt act tgc aat ctg agg aaa cgg atc atc ttt cgt aag     2311 
Asn Leu Thr Leu Thr Cys Asn Leu Arg Lys Arg Ile Ile Phe Arg Lys 
        665                 670                 675 

atc agt gat gtg aag aaa gag gag gag gag cgc ctc cgg cag aag aat     2359 
Ile Ser Asp Val Lys Lys Glu Glu Glu Glu Arg Leu Arg Gln Lys Asn 
    680                 685                 690 

gag gtg acc ctc agc att ccc gtg gac cac cca gtc aga aag ctc ttc     2407 
Glu Val Thr Leu Ser Ile Pro Val Asp His Pro Val Arg Lys Leu Phe 
695                 700                 705                 710 

cag aag ttc aag cag cag aag gag ctg cgg aat cag ggc tca aca cag     2455 
Gln Lys Phe Lys Gln Gln Lys Glu Leu Arg Asn Gln Gly Ser Thr Gln 
                715                 720                 725 

ggt gac cct gag agg aac caa ctc cag gta gag agc cgc tcc tta cag     2503 
Gly Asp Pro Glu Arg Asn Gln Leu Gln Val Glu Ser Arg Ser Leu Gln 
            730                 735                 740 

aat gga acc tcc atc acc gga acc agc gtg gtg act gtg tca cag att     2551 
Asn Gly Thr Ser Ile Thr Gly Thr Ser Val Val Thr Val Ser Gln Ile 
        745                 750                 755 

act ccc att cag acg tct ctg gcc tat gtg aaa acc agt gaa tcc ctt     2599 
Thr Pro Ile Gln Thr Ser Leu Ala Tyr Val Lys Thr Ser Glu Ser Leu 
    760                 765                 770 

aag cag aac aac cgt gat gcc atg gaa ctc aag ccc aac ggc ggt gct     2647 
Lys Gln Asn Asn Arg Asp Ala Met Glu Leu Lys Pro Asn Gly Gly Ala 
775                 780                 785                 790 

gac caa aaa tgt ctc aaa gtc aac agc cca ata aga atg aag aat gga     2695 
Asp Gln Lys Cys Leu Lys Val Asn Ser Pro Ile Arg Met Lys Asn Gly 
                795                 800                 805 

aat gga aaa ggg tgg ctg cga ctc aag aat aat atg gga gcc cat gag     2743 
Asn Gly Lys Gly Trp Leu Arg Leu Lys Asn Asn Met Gly Ala His Glu 
            810                 815                 820 

gag aaa aag gaa gac tgg aat aat gtc act aaa gct gag tca atg ggg     2791 
Glu Lys Lys Glu Asp Trp Asn Asn Val Thr Lys Ala Glu Ser Met Gly 
        825                 830                 835 

cta ttg tct gag gac ccc aag agc agt gat tca gag aac agt gtg acc     2839 
Leu Leu Ser Glu Asp Pro Lys Ser Ser Asp Ser Glu Asn Ser Val Thr 
    840                 845                 850 

aaa aac cca cta agg aaa aca gat tct tgt gac agt gga att aca aaa     2887 
Lys Asn Pro Leu Arg Lys Thr Asp Ser Cys Asp Ser Gly Ile Thr Lys 
855                 860                 865                 870 

agt gac ctt cgt ttg gat aag gct ggg gag gcc cga agt ccg cta gag     2935 
Ser Asp Leu Arg Leu Asp Lys Ala Gly Glu Ala Arg Ser Pro Leu Glu 
                875                 880                 885 

cac agt ccc atc cag gct gat gcc aag cac ccc ttt tat ccc atc ccc     2983 
His Ser Pro Ile Gln Ala Asp Ala Lys His Pro Phe Tyr Pro Ile Pro 
            890                 895                 900 

gag cag gcc tta cag acc aca ctg cag gaa gtc aaa cac gaa ctc aaa     3031 
Glu Gln Ala Leu Gln Thr Thr Leu Gln Glu Val Lys His Glu Leu Lys 
        905                 910                 915 

gag gac atc cag ctg ctc agc tgc aga atg act gcc cta gaa aag cag     3079 
Glu Asp Ile Gln Leu Leu Ser Cys Arg Met Thr Ala Leu Glu Lys Gln 
    920                 925                 930 

gtg gca gaa att tta aaa ata ctg tcg gaa aaa agc gta ccc cag gcc     3127 
Val Ala Glu Ile Leu Lys Ile Leu Ser Glu Lys Ser Val Pro Gln Ala 
935                 940                 945                 950 

tca tct ccc aaa tcc caa atg cca ctc caa gta ccc ccc cag ata cca     3175 
Ser Ser Pro Lys Ser Gln Met Pro Leu Gln Val Pro Pro Gln Ile Pro 
                955                 960                 965 

tgt cag gat att ttt agt gtc tca agg cct gaa tca cct gaa tct gac     3223 
Cys Gln Asp Ile Phe Ser Val Ser Arg Pro Glu Ser Pro Glu Ser Asp 
            970                 975                 980 

aaa gat gaa atc cac ttt taatatatat acatatatat ttgttaatat            3271 
Lys Asp Glu Ile His Phe 
        985 

attaaaacag tatatacata tgtgtgtata tacagtatat acatatatat attttcactt   3331 

gctttcaaga tgatgaccac acatggattt tgatatgtaa atattgcatg tccagctgga   3391 

ttctggcctg ccaaagaaga tgatgattaa aaacatagat attgcttgta tattatgcag   3451 

ttgactgcat gcacacttta catttattta taatctctat tctataataa aagagtatga   3511 

tttttgttaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa ttcctcgccg ga                      3553 

 
           
             5  
             988  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            5 

Met Pro Gly Gly Lys Arg Gly Leu Val Ala Pro Gln Asn Thr Phe Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Glu Asn Ile Val Arg Arg Ser Ser Glu Ser Ser Phe Leu Leu Gly Asn 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Gln Ile Val Asp Trp Pro Val Val Tyr Ser Asn Asp Gly Phe Cys 
        35                  40                  45 

Lys Leu Ser Gly Tyr His Arg Ala Asp Val Met Gln Lys Ser Ser Thr 
    50                  55                  60 

Cys Ser Phe Met Tyr Gly Glu Leu Thr Asp Lys Lys Thr Ile Glu Lys 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Val Arg Gln Thr Phe Asp Asn Tyr Glu Ser Asn Cys Phe Glu Val Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Tyr Lys Lys Asn Arg Thr Pro Val Trp Phe Tyr Met Gln Ile Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Pro Ile Arg Asn Glu His Glu Lys Val Val Leu Phe Leu Cys Thr Phe 
        115                 120                 125 

Lys Asp Ile Thr Leu Phe Lys Gln Pro Ile Glu Asp Asp Ser Thr Lys 
    130                 135                 140 

Gly Trp Thr Lys Phe Ala Arg Leu Thr Arg Ala Leu Thr Asn Ser Arg 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ser Val Leu Gln Gln Leu Thr Pro Met Asn Lys Thr Glu Val Val His 
                165                 170                 175 

Lys His Ser Arg Leu Ala Glu Val Leu Gln Leu Gly Ser Asp Ile Leu 
            180                 185                 190 

Pro Gln Tyr Lys Gln Glu Ala Pro Lys Thr Pro Pro His Ile Ile Leu 
        195                 200                 205 

His Tyr Cys Ala Phe Lys Thr Thr Trp Asp Trp Val Ile Leu Ile Leu 
    210                 215                 220 

Thr Phe Tyr Thr Ala Ile Met Val Pro Tyr Asn Val Ser Phe Lys Thr 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Lys Gln Asn Asn Ile Ala Trp Leu Val Leu Asp Ser Val Val Asp Val 
                245                 250                 255 

Ile Phe Leu Val Asp Ile Val Leu Asn Phe His Thr Thr Phe Val Gly 
            260                 265                 270 

Pro Gly Gly Glu Val Ile Ser Asp Pro Lys Leu Ile Arg Met Asn Tyr 
        275                 280                 285 

Leu Lys Thr Trp Phe Val Ile Asp Leu Leu Ser Cys Leu Pro Tyr Asp 
    290                 295                 300 

Ile Ile Asn Ala Phe Glu Asn Val Asp Glu Gly Ile Ser Ser Leu Phe 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ser Ser Leu Lys Val Val Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Gly Arg Val Ala Arg 
                325                 330                 335 

Lys Leu Asp His Tyr Leu Glu Tyr Gly Ala Ala Val Leu Val Leu Leu 
            340                 345                 350 

Val Cys Val Phe Gly Leu Val Ala His Trp Leu Ala Cys Ile Trp Tyr 
        355                 360                 365 

Ser Ile Gly Asp Tyr Glu Val Ile Asp Glu Val Thr Asn Thr Ile Gln 
    370                 375                 380 

Ile Asp Ser Trp Leu Tyr Gln Leu Ala Leu Ser Ile Gly Thr Pro Tyr 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Arg Tyr Asn Thr Ser Ala Gly Ile Trp Glu Gly Gly Pro Ser Lys Asp 
                405                 410                 415 

Ser Leu Tyr Val Ser Ser Leu Tyr Phe Thr Met Thr Ser Leu Thr Thr 
            420                 425                 430 

Ile Gly Phe Gly Asn Ile Ala Pro Thr Thr Asp Val Glu Lys Met Phe 
        435                 440                 445 

Ser Val Ala Met Met Met Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Tyr Ala Thr Ile Phe 
    450                 455                 460 

Gly Asn Val Thr Thr Ile Phe Gln Gln Met Tyr Ala Asn Thr Asn Arg 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Tyr His Glu Met Leu Asn Asn Val Arg Asp Phe Leu Lys Leu Tyr Gln 
                485                 490                 495 

Val Pro Lys Gly Leu Ser Glu Arg Val Met Asp Tyr Ile Val Ser Thr 
            500                 505                 510 

Trp Ser Met Ser Lys Gly Ile Asp Thr Glu Lys Val Leu Ser Ile Cys 
        515                 520                 525 

Pro Lys Asp Met Arg Ala Asp Ile Cys Val His Leu Asn Arg Lys Val 
    530                 535                 540 

Phe Asn Glu His Pro Ala Phe Arg Leu Ala Ser Asp Gly Cys Leu Arg 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Ala Leu Ala Val Glu Phe Gln Thr Ile His Cys Ala Pro Gly Asp Leu 
                565                 570                 575 

Ile Tyr His Ala Gly Glu Ser Val Asp Ala Leu Cys Phe Val Val Ser 
            580                 585                 590 

Gly Ser Leu Glu Val Ile Gln Asp Asp Glu Val Val Ala Ile Leu Gly 
        595                 600                 605 

Lys Gly Asp Val Phe Gly Asp Ile Phe Trp Lys Glu Thr Thr Leu Ala 
    610                 615                 620 

His Ala Cys Ala Asn Val Arg Ala Leu Thr Tyr Cys Asp Leu His Ile 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Ile Lys Arg Glu Ala Leu Leu Lys Val Leu Asp Phe Tyr Thr Ala Phe 
                645                 650                 655 

Ala Asn Ser Phe Ser Arg Asn Leu Thr Leu Thr Cys Asn Leu Arg Lys 
            660                 665                 670 

Arg Ile Ile Phe Arg Lys Ile Ser Asp Val Lys Lys Glu Glu Glu Glu 
        675                 680                 685 

Arg Leu Arg Gln Lys Asn Glu Val Thr Leu Ser Ile Pro Val Asp His 
    690                 695                 700 

Pro Val Arg Lys Leu Phe Gln Lys Phe Lys Gln Gln Lys Glu Leu Arg 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Asn Gln Gly Ser Thr Gln Gly Asp Pro Glu Arg Asn Gln Leu Gln Val 
                725                 730                 735 

Glu Ser Arg Ser Leu Gln Asn Gly Thr Ser Ile Thr Gly Thr Ser Val 
            740                 745                 750 

Val Thr Val Ser Gln Ile Thr Pro Ile Gln Thr Ser Leu Ala Tyr Val 
        755                 760                 765 

Lys Thr Ser Glu Ser Leu Lys Gln Asn Asn Arg Asp Ala Met Glu Leu 
    770                 775                 780 

Lys Pro Asn Gly Gly Ala Asp Gln Lys Cys Leu Lys Val Asn Ser Pro 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ile Arg Met Lys Asn Gly Asn Gly Lys Gly Trp Leu Arg Leu Lys Asn 
                805                 810                 815 

Asn Met Gly Ala His Glu Glu Lys Lys Glu Asp Trp Asn Asn Val Thr 
            820                 825                 830 

Lys Ala Glu Ser Met Gly Leu Leu Ser Glu Asp Pro Lys Ser Ser Asp 
        835                 840                 845 

Ser Glu Asn Ser Val Thr Lys Asn Pro Leu Arg Lys Thr Asp Ser Cys 
    850                 855                 860 

Asp Ser Gly Ile Thr Lys Ser Asp Leu Arg Leu Asp Lys Ala Gly Glu 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Ala Arg Ser Pro Leu Glu His Ser Pro Ile Gln Ala Asp Ala Lys His 
                885                 890                 895 

Pro Phe Tyr Pro Ile Pro Glu Gln Ala Leu Gln Thr Thr Leu Gln Glu 
            900                 905                 910 

Val Lys His Glu Leu Lys Glu Asp Ile Gln Leu Leu Ser Cys Arg Met 
        915                 920                 925 

Thr Ala Leu Glu Lys Gln Val Ala Glu Ile Leu Lys Ile Leu Ser Glu 
    930                 935                 940 

Lys Ser Val Pro Gln Ala Ser Ser Pro Lys Ser Gln Met Pro Leu Gln 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Val Pro Pro Gln Ile Pro Cys Gln Asp Ile Phe Ser Val Ser Arg Pro 
                965                 970                 975 

Glu Ser Pro Glu Ser Asp Lys Asp Glu Ile His Phe 
            980                 985 

 
           
             6  
             2967  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            6 

atgccggggg gcaagagagg gctggtggca ccgcagaaca catttttgga gaacatcgtc     60 

aggcgctcca gtgaatcaag tttcttactg ggaaatgccc agattgtgga ttggcctgta    120 

gtttatagta atgacggttt ttgtaaactc tctggatatc atcgagctga cgtcatgcag    180 

aaaagcagca cttgcagttt tatgtatggg gaattgactg acaagaagac cattgagaaa    240 

gtcaggcaaa cttttgacaa ctacgaatca aactgctttg aagttcttct gtacaagaaa    300 

aacagaaccc ctgtttggtt ttatatgcaa attgcaccaa taagaaatga acatgaaaag    360 

gtggtcttgt tcctgtgtac tttcaaggat attacgttgt tcaaacagcc aatagaggat    420 

gattcaacaa aaggttggac gaaatttgcc cgattgacac gggctttgac aaatagccga    480 

agtgttttgc agcagctcac gccaatgaat aaaacagagg tggtccataa acattcaaga    540 

ctagctgaag ttcttcagct gggatcagat atccttcctc agtataaaca agaagcgcca    600 

aagacgccac cacacattat tttacattat tgtgctttta aaactacttg ggattgggtg    660 

attttaattc ttaccttcta caccgccatt atggttcctt ataatgtttc cttcaaaaca    720 

aagcagaaca acatagcctg gctggtactg gatagtgtgg tggacgttat ttttctggtt    780 

gacatcgttt taaattttca cacgactttc gtggggcccg gtggagaggt catttctgac    840 

cctaagctca taaggatgaa ctatctgaaa acttggtttg tgatcgatct gctgtcttgt    900 

ttaccttatg acatcatcaa tgcctttgaa aatgtggatg agggaatcag cagtctcttc    960 

agttctttaa aagtggtgcg tctcttacga ctgggccgtg tggctaggaa actggaccat   1020 

tacctagaat atggagcagc agtcctcgtg ctcctggtgt gtgtgtttgg actggtggcc   1080 

cactggctgg cctgcatatg gtatagcatc ggagactacg aggtcattga tgaagtcact   1140 

aacaccatcc aaatagacag ttggctctac cagctggctt tgagcattgg gactccatat   1200 

cgctacaata ccagtgctgg gatatgggaa ggaggaccca gcaaggattc attgtacgtg   1260 

tcctctctct actttaccat gacaagcctt acaaccatag gatttggaaa catagctcct   1320 

accacagatg tggagaagat gttttcggtg gctatgatga tggttggctc tcttctttat   1380 

gcaactattt ttggaaatgt tacaacaatt ttccagcaaa tgtatgccaa caccaaccga   1440 

taccatgaga tgctgaataa tgtacgggac ttcctaaaac tctatcaggt cccaaaaggc   1500 

cttagtgagc gagtcatgga ttatattgtc tcaacatggt ccatgtcaaa aggcattgat   1560 

acagaaaagg tcctctccat ctgtcccaag gacatgagag ctgatatctg tgttcatcta   1620 

aaccggaagg tttttaatga acatcctgct tttcgattgg ccagcgatgg gtgtctgcgc   1680 

gccttggcgg tagagttcca aaccattcac tgtgctcccg gggacctcat ttaccatgct   1740 

ggagaaagtg tggatgccct ctgctttgtg gtgtcaggat ccttggaagt catccaggat   1800 

gatgaggtgg tggctatttt agggaagggt gatgtatttg gagacatctt ctggaaggaa   1860 

accacccttg cccatgcatg tgcgaacgtc cgggcactga cgtactgtga cctacacatc   1920 

atcaagcggg aagccttgct caaagtcctg gacttttata cagcttttgc aaactccttc   1980 

tcaaggaatc tcactcttac ttgcaatctg aggaaacgga tcatctttcg taagatcagt   2040 

gatgtgaaga aagaggagga ggagcgcctc cggcagaaga atgaggtgac cctcagcatt   2100 

cccgtggacc acccagtcag aaagctcttc cagaagttca agcagcagaa ggagctgcgg   2160 

aatcagggct caacacaggg tgaccctgag aggaaccaac tccaggtaga gagccgctcc   2220 

ttacagaatg gaacctccat caccggaacc agcgtggtga ctgtgtcaca gattactccc   2280 

attcagacgt ctctggccta tgtgaaaacc agtgaatccc ttaagcagaa caaccgtgat   2340 

gccatggaac tcaagcccaa cggcggtgct gaccaaaaat gtctcaaagt caacagccca   2400 

ataagaatga agaatggaaa tggaaaaggg tggctgcgac tcaagaataa tatgggagcc   2460 

catgaggaga aaaaggaaga ctggaataat gtcactaaag ctgagtcaat ggggctattg   2520 

tctgaggacc ccaagagcag tgattcagag aacagtgtga ccaaaaaccc actaaggaaa   2580 

acagattctt gtgacagtgg aattacaaaa agtgaccttc gtttggataa ggctggggag   2640 

gcccgaagtc cgctagagca cagtcccatc caggctgatg ccaagcaccc cttttatccc   2700 

atccccgagc aggccttaca gaccacactg caggaagtca aacacgaact caaagaggac   2760 

atccagctgc tcagctgcag aatgactgcc ctagaaaagc aggtggcaga aattttaaaa   2820 

atactgtcgg aaaaaagcgt accccaggcc tcatctccca aatcccaaat gccactccaa   2880 

gtaccccccc agataccatg tcaggatatt tttagtgtct caaggcctga atcacctgaa   2940 

tctgacaaag atgaaatcca cttttaa                                       2967 

 
           
             7  
             1341  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (1)...(1338)  
             
           
            7 

tgc tgc gag cgg ctg gtg ctc aac gtg gcc ggg ctg cgc ttc gag acg       48 
Cys Cys Glu Arg Leu Val Leu Asn Val Ala Gly Leu Arg Phe Glu Thr 
 1               5                   10                  15 

cgg gcg cgc acg ctg ggc cgc ttc ccg gac act ctg cta ggg gac cca       96 
Arg Ala Arg Thr Leu Gly Arg Phe Pro Asp Thr Leu Leu Gly Asp Pro 
             20                  25                  30 

gcg cgc cgc ggc cgc ttc tac gac gac gcg cgc cgc gag tat ttc ttc      144 
Ala Arg Arg Gly Arg Phe Tyr Asp Asp Ala Arg Arg Glu Tyr Phe Phe 
         35                  40                  45 

gac cgg cac cgg ccc agc ttc gac gcc gtg ctc tac tac tac cag tcc      192 
Asp Arg His Arg Pro Ser Phe Asp Ala Val Leu Tyr Tyr Tyr Gln Ser 
     50                  55                  60 

ggt ggg cgg ctg cgg cgg ccg gcg cac gtg ccg ctc gac gtc ttc ctg      240 
Gly Gly Arg Leu Arg Arg Pro Ala His Val Pro Leu Asp Val Phe Leu 
 65                  70                  75                  80 

gaa gag gtg gcc ttc tac ggg ctg ggc gcg gcg gcc ctg gca cgc ctg      288 
Glu Glu Val Ala Phe Tyr Gly Leu Gly Ala Ala Ala Leu Ala Arg Leu 
                 85                  90                  95 

cgc gag gac gag ggc tgc ccg gtg ccg ccc gag cgc ccc ctg ccc cgc      336 
Arg Glu Asp Glu Gly Cys Pro Val Pro Pro Glu Arg Pro Leu Pro Arg 
            100                 105                 110 

cgc gcc ttc gcc cgc cag ctg tgc ctg ctt ttc gag ttt ccc gag agc      384 
Arg Ala Phe Ala Arg Gln Leu Cys Leu Leu Phe Glu Phe Pro Glu Ser 
        115                 120                 125 

tct cag gcc gcg cgc gtg ctc gcc gta gtc tcc gtg ctg gtc atc ctc      432 
Ser Gln Ala Ala Arg Val Leu Ala Val Val Ser Val Leu Val Ile Leu 
    130                 135                 140 

gtc tcc atc gtc gtc ttc tgc ctc gag acg ctg cct gac ttc cgc gac      480 
Val Ser Ile Val Val Phe Cys Leu Glu Thr Leu Pro Asp Phe Arg Asp 
145                 150                 155                 160 

gac cgc gac ggc acg ggg ctt gct gct gca gcc gca gcc ggc ccg ttc      528 
Asp Arg Asp Gly Thr Gly Leu Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Gly Pro Phe 
                165                 170                 175 

ccc gct ccg ctg aat ggc tcc agc caa atg cct gga aat cca ccc cgc      576 
Pro Ala Pro Leu Asn Gly Ser Ser Gln Met Pro Gly Asn Pro Pro Arg 
            180                 185                 190 

ctg ccc ttc aat gac ccg ttc ttc gtg gtg gag acg ctg tgt att tgt      624 
Leu Pro Phe Asn Asp Pro Phe Phe Val Val Glu Thr Leu Cys Ile Cys 
        195                 200                 205 

tgg ttc tcc ttt gag ctg ctg gta cgc ctc ctg gtc tgt cca agc aag      672 
Trp Phe Ser Phe Glu Leu Leu Val Arg Leu Leu Val Cys Pro Ser Lys 
    210                 215                 220 

gct atc ttc ttc aag aac gtg atg aac ctc atc gat ttt gtg gct atc      720 
Ala Ile Phe Phe Lys Asn Val Met Asn Leu Ile Asp Phe Val Ala Ile 
225                 230                 235                 240 

ctt ccc tac ttt gtg gca ctg ggc acc gag ctg gcc cgg cag cga ggg      768 
Leu Pro Tyr Phe Val Ala Leu Gly Thr Glu Leu Ala Arg Gln Arg Gly 
                245                 250                 255 

gtg ggc cag cag gcc atg tca ctg gcc atc ctg aga gtc atc cga ttg      816 
Val Gly Gln Gln Ala Met Ser Leu Ala Ile Leu Arg Val Ile Arg Leu 
            260                 265                 270 

gtg cgt gtc ttc cgc atc ttc aag ctg tcc cgg cac tca aag ggc ctg      864 
Val Arg Val Phe Arg Ile Phe Lys Leu Ser Arg His Ser Lys Gly Leu 
        275                 280                 285 

caa atc ttg ggc cag acg ctt cgg gcc tcc atg cgt gag ctg ggc ctc      912 
Gln Ile Leu Gly Gln Thr Leu Arg Ala Ser Met Arg Glu Leu Gly Leu 
    290                 295                 300 

ctc atc ttt ttc ctc ttc atc ggt gtg gtc ctc ttt tcc agc gcc gtc      960 
Leu Ile Phe Phe Leu Phe Ile Gly Val Val Leu Phe Ser Ser Ala Val 
305                 310                 315                 320 

tac ttt gcc gaa gtt gac cgg gtg gac tcc cat ttc act agc atc cct     1008 
Tyr Phe Ala Glu Val Asp Arg Val Asp Ser His Phe Thr Ser Ile Pro 
                325                 330                 335 

gag tcc ttc tgg tgg gcg gta gtc acc atg act aca gtt ggc tat gga     1056 
Glu Ser Phe Trp Trp Ala Val Val Thr Met Thr Thr Val Gly Tyr Gly 
            340                 345                 350 

gac atg gca ccc gtc act gtg ggt ggc aag ata gtg ggc tct ctg tgt     1104 
Asp Met Ala Pro Val Thr Val Gly Gly Lys Ile Val Gly Ser Leu Cys 
        355                 360                 365 

gcc att gcg ggc gtg ctg act att tcc ctg cca gtg ccc gtc att gtc     1152 
Ala Ile Ala Gly Val Leu Thr Ile Ser Leu Pro Val Pro Val Ile Val 
    370                 375                 380 

tcc aat ttc agc tac ttt tat cac cgg gag aca gag ggc gaa gag gct     1200 
Ser Asn Phe Ser Tyr Phe Tyr His Arg Glu Thr Glu Gly Glu Glu Ala 
385                 390                 395                 400 

ggg atg ttc agc cat gtg gac atg cag cct tgt ggc cca ctg gag ggc     1248 
Gly Met Phe Ser His Val Asp Met Gln Pro Cys Gly Pro Leu Glu Gly 
                405                 410                 415 

aag gcc aat ggg ggg ctg gtg gac ggg gag gta cct gag cta cca cct     1296 
Lys Ala Asn Gly Gly Leu Val Asp Gly Glu Val Pro Glu Leu Pro Pro 
            420                 425                 430 

cca ctc tgg gca ccc cca ggg aaa cac ctg gtc acc gaa gtg             1338 
Pro Leu Trp Ala Pro Pro Gly Lys His Leu Val Thr Glu Val 
        435                 440                 445 

tga                                                                 1341 

 
           
             8  
             446  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            8 

Cys Cys Glu Arg Leu Val Leu Asn Val Ala Gly Leu Arg Phe Glu Thr 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Arg Ala Arg Thr Leu Gly Arg Phe Pro Asp Thr Leu Leu Gly Asp Pro 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Arg Arg Gly Arg Phe Tyr Asp Asp Ala Arg Arg Glu Tyr Phe Phe 
        35                  40                  45 

Asp Arg His Arg Pro Ser Phe Asp Ala Val Leu Tyr Tyr Tyr Gln Ser 
    50                  55                  60 

Gly Gly Arg Leu Arg Arg Pro Ala His Val Pro Leu Asp Val Phe Leu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Glu Glu Val Ala Phe Tyr Gly Leu Gly Ala Ala Ala Leu Ala Arg Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Arg Glu Asp Glu Gly Cys Pro Val Pro Pro Glu Arg Pro Leu Pro Arg 
            100                 105                 110 

Arg Ala Phe Ala Arg Gln Leu Cys Leu Leu Phe Glu Phe Pro Glu Ser 
        115                 120                 125 

Ser Gln Ala Ala Arg Val Leu Ala Val Val Ser Val Leu Val Ile Leu 
    130                 135                 140 

Val Ser Ile Val Val Phe Cys Leu Glu Thr Leu Pro Asp Phe Arg Asp 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Asp Arg Asp Gly Thr Gly Leu Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Gly Pro Phe 
                165                 170                 175 

Pro Ala Pro Leu Asn Gly Ser Ser Gln Met Pro Gly Asn Pro Pro Arg 
            180                 185                 190 

Leu Pro Phe Asn Asp Pro Phe Phe Val Val Glu Thr Leu Cys Ile Cys 
        195                 200                 205 

Trp Phe Ser Phe Glu Leu Leu Val Arg Leu Leu Val Cys Pro Ser Lys 
    210                 215                 220 

Ala Ile Phe Phe Lys Asn Val Met Asn Leu Ile Asp Phe Val Ala Ile 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Leu Pro Tyr Phe Val Ala Leu Gly Thr Glu Leu Ala Arg Gln Arg Gly 
                245                 250                 255 

Val Gly Gln Gln Ala Met Ser Leu Ala Ile Leu Arg Val Ile Arg Leu 
            260                 265                 270 

Val Arg Val Phe Arg Ile Phe Lys Leu Ser Arg His Ser Lys Gly Leu 
        275                 280                 285 

Gln Ile Leu Gly Gln Thr Leu Arg Ala Ser Met Arg Glu Leu Gly Leu 
    290                 295                 300 

Leu Ile Phe Phe Leu Phe Ile Gly Val Val Leu Phe Ser Ser Ala Val 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Tyr Phe Ala Glu Val Asp Arg Val Asp Ser His Phe Thr Ser Ile Pro 
                325                 330                 335 

Glu Ser Phe Trp Trp Ala Val Val Thr Met Thr Thr Val Gly Tyr Gly 
            340                 345                 350 

Asp Met Ala Pro Val Thr Val Gly Gly Lys Ile Val Gly Ser Leu Cys 
        355                 360                 365 

Ala Ile Ala Gly Val Leu Thr Ile Ser Leu Pro Val Pro Val Ile Val 
    370                 375                 380 

Ser Asn Phe Ser Tyr Phe Tyr His Arg Glu Thr Glu Gly Glu Glu Ala 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Gly Met Phe Ser His Val Asp Met Gln Pro Cys Gly Pro Leu Glu Gly 
                405                 410                 415 

Lys Ala Asn Gly Gly Leu Val Asp Gly Glu Val Pro Glu Leu Pro Pro 
            420                 425                 430 

Pro Leu Trp Ala Pro Pro Gly Lys His Leu Val Thr Glu Val 
        435                 440                 445 

 
           
             9  
             223  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            9 

Ile Leu Phe Ile Leu Asp Leu Leu Phe Val Leu Leu Phe Leu Leu Glu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ile Val Leu Lys Phe Ile Ala Tyr Gly Leu Lys Ser Thr Ser Asn Ile 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Ala Lys Tyr Leu Lys Ser Ile Phe Asn Ile Leu Asp Leu Leu Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Ile Leu Pro Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Val Leu Phe Leu Ser Gly Thr Glu 
    50                  55                  60 

Gln Val Ala Lys Lys Arg Leu Arg Glu Arg Phe Ser Leu Glu Leu Ser 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Gln Trp Tyr Tyr Arg Ile Leu Arg Phe Leu Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Leu Arg Arg Leu Glu Thr Leu Phe 
            100                 105                 110 

Glu Phe Glu Leu Gly Thr Leu Ala Trp Ser Leu Gln Ser Leu Gly Arg 
        115                 120                 125 

Ala Leu Lys Ser Ile Leu Arg Phe Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu 
    130                 135                 140 

Ile Gly Phe Ser Val Ile Gly Tyr Leu Leu Phe Lys Gly Tyr Glu Asp 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Ser Glu Asn Glu Val Asp Gly Asn Ser Glu Phe Ser Ser Tyr Phe 
                165                 170                 175 

Asp Ala Phe Tyr Phe Leu Phe Val Thr Leu Thr Thr Val Gly Phe Gly 
            180                 185                 190 

Asp Leu Val Pro Val Trp Leu Gly Ile Ile Phe Phe Val Leu Phe Phe 
        195                 200                 205 

Ile Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Leu Leu Asn Leu Leu Ile Ala Val Ile 
    210                 215                 220 

 
           
             10  
             120  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            10 

Ala Leu Glu Glu Arg Ser Tyr Pro Ala Gly Glu Val Ile Ile Arg Gln 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Gly Asp Pro Gly Asp Ser Phe Tyr Ile Val Leu Ser Gly Glu Val Glu 
            20                  25                  30 

Val Tyr Lys Leu Thr Glu Asp Gly Ala Arg Thr Pro Glu Val Ser Gln 
        35                  40                  45 

Lys Gln Asp Thr Arg Glu Gln Val Val Ala Thr Leu Gly Pro Gly Asp 
    50                  55                  60 

Phe Phe Gly Glu Leu Ala Leu Leu Thr Asn Asp Gly Asn Lys Asn Ala 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Val Leu Pro Ser Leu Asp Gln Gly Ala Pro Arg Thr Ala Thr Val Arg 
                85                  90                  95 

Ala Leu Thr Asp Ser Glu Leu Leu Arg Leu Asp Arg Glu Asp Phe Arg 
            100                 105                 110 

Arg Leu Leu Gln Lys Tyr Pro Glu 
        115                 120 

 
           
             11  
             111  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            11 

Glu Arg Val Arg Leu Asn Val Gly Gly Lys Arg Phe Glu Thr Ser Lys 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ser Thr Leu Thr Arg Phe Lys Pro Asp Thr Leu Leu Gly Arg Leu Leu 
            20                  25                  30 

Lys Thr Asp Ser Asp Val His Glu Ala Arg Leu Arg Leu Cys Asp Phe 
        35                  40                  45 

Tyr Asp Asp Glu Thr Gly Glu Tyr Phe Phe Asp Arg Ser Pro Lys His 
    50                  55                  60 

Phe Glu Thr Ile Leu Asn Phe Tyr Arg Thr Gly Asp Gly Lys Leu His 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Arg Pro Glu Val Cys Leu Asp Ser Phe Leu Glu Glu Leu Glu Phe Tyr 
                85                  90                  95 

Gly Leu Asp Glu Leu Ala Ile Glu Ser Cys Cys Glu Asp Glu Tyr 
            100                 105                 110 

 
           
             12  
             988  
             PRT  
             Rattus norvegicus  
           
            12 

Met Pro Gly Gly Lys Arg Gly Leu Val Ala Pro Gln Asn Thr Phe Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Glu Asn Ile Val Arg Arg Ser Ser Glu Ser Ser Phe Leu Leu Gly Asn 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Gln Ile Val Asp Trp Pro Val Val Tyr Ser Asn Asp Gly Phe Cys 
        35                  40                  45 

Lys Leu Ser Gly Tyr His Arg Ala Asp Val Met Gln Lys Ser Ser Thr 
    50                  55                  60 

Cys Ser Phe Met Tyr Gly Glu Leu Thr Asp Lys Lys Thr Ile Glu Lys 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Val Arg Gln Thr Phe Asp Asn Tyr Glu Ser Asn Cys Phe Glu Val Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Tyr Lys Lys Asn Arg Thr Pro Val Trp Phe Tyr Met Gln Ile Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Pro Ile Arg Asn Glu His Glu Lys Val Val Leu Phe Leu Cys Thr Phe 
        115                 120                 125 

Lys Asp Ile Thr Leu Phe Lys Gln Pro Ile Glu Asp Asp Ser Thr Lys 
    130                 135                 140 

Gly Trp Thr Lys Phe Ala Arg Leu Thr Arg Ala Leu Thr Asn Ser Arg 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ser Val Leu Gln Gln Leu Thr Pro Met Asn Lys Thr Glu Thr Val His 
                165                 170                 175 

Lys His Ser Arg Leu Ala Glu Val Leu Gln Leu Gly Ser Asp Ile Leu 
            180                 185                 190 

Pro Gln Tyr Lys Gln Glu Ala Pro Lys Thr Pro Pro His Ile Ile Leu 
        195                 200                 205 

His Tyr Cys Ala Phe Lys Thr Thr Trp Asp Trp Val Ile Leu Ile Leu 
    210                 215                 220 

Thr Phe Tyr Thr Ala Ile Met Val Pro Tyr Asn Val Ser Phe Lys Thr 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Lys Gln Asn Asn Ile Ala Trp Leu Val Leu Asp Ser Val Val Asp Val 
                245                 250                 255 

Ile Phe Leu Val Asp Ile Val Leu Asn Phe His Thr Thr Phe Val Gly 
            260                 265                 270 

Pro Gly Gly Glu Val Ile Ser Asp Pro Lys Leu Ile Arg Met Asn Tyr 
        275                 280                 285 

Leu Lys Thr Trp Phe Val Ile Asp Leu Leu Ser Cys Leu Pro Tyr Asp 
    290                 295                 300 

Ile Ile Asn Ala Phe Glu Asn Val Asp Glu Gly Ile Ser Ser Leu Phe 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ser Ser Leu Lys Val Val Arg Leu Leu Arg Leu Gly Arg Val Ala Arg 
                325                 330                 335 

Lys Leu Asp His Tyr Leu Glu Tyr Gly Ala Ala Val Leu Val Leu Leu 
            340                 345                 350 

Val Cys Val Phe Gly Leu Val Ala His Trp Leu Ala Cys Ile Trp Tyr 
        355                 360                 365 

Ser Ile Gly Asp Tyr Glu Val Ile Asp Glu Val Thr Asn Thr Ile Gln 
    370                 375                 380 

Ile Asp Ser Trp Leu Tyr Gln Leu Ala Leu Ser Ile Arg Thr Pro Tyr 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Arg Tyr Asn Thr Ser Ala Gly Ile Trp Glu Gly Gly Pro Ser Lys Asp 
                405                 410                 415 

Ser Leu Tyr Val Ser Ser Leu Tyr Phe Thr Met Thr Ser Leu Thr Thr 
            420                 425                 430 

Ile Gly Phe Gly Asn Ile Ala Pro Thr Thr Asp Val Glu Lys Met Phe 
        435                 440                 445 

Ser Val Ala Met Met Met Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Tyr Ala Thr Ile Phe 
    450                 455                 460 

Gly Asn Val Thr Thr Ile Phe Gln Gln Met Tyr Ala Asn Thr Asn Arg 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Tyr His Glu Met Leu Asn Asn Val Arg Asp Phe Leu Lys Leu Tyr Gln 
                485                 490                 495 

Val Pro Lys Gly Leu Ser Glu Arg Val Met Asp Tyr Ile Val Ser Thr 
            500                 505                 510 

Trp Ser Met Ser Lys Gly Ile Asp Thr Glu Lys Val Leu Ser Ile Cys 
        515                 520                 525 

Pro Lys Asp Met Arg Ala Asp Ile Cys Val His Leu Asn Arg Lys Val 
    530                 535                 540 

Phe Asn Glu His Pro Ala Phe Arg Leu Ala Ser Asp Gly Cys Leu Arg 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Ala Leu Ala Val Glu Phe Gln Thr Ile His Cys Ala Pro Gly Asp Leu 
                565                 570                 575 

Ile Tyr His Ala Gly Glu Ser Val Asp Ala Leu Cys Phe Val Val Ser 
            580                 585                 590 

Gly Ser Leu Glu Val Ile Gln Asp Glu Glu Val Val Ala Ile Leu Gly 
        595                 600                 605 

Lys Gly Asp Val Phe Gly Asp Ile Phe Trp Lys Glu Thr Thr Leu Ala 
    610                 615                 620 

His Ala Cys Ala Asn Val Arg Ala Leu Thr Tyr Cys Asp Leu His Ile 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Ile Lys Arg Glu Ala Leu Leu Lys Val Leu Asp Phe Tyr Thr Ala Phe 
                645                 650                 655 

Ala Asn Ser Phe Ser Arg Asn Leu Thr Leu Thr Cys Asn Leu Arg Lys 
            660                 665                 670 

Arg Ile Ile Phe Arg Lys Ile Ser Asp Val Lys Lys Glu Glu Glu Glu 
        675                 680                 685 

Arg Leu Arg Gln Lys Asn Glu Val Thr Leu Ser Ile Pro Val Asp His 
    690                 695                 700 

Pro Val Arg Lys Leu Phe Gln Lys Phe Lys Gln Gln Lys Glu Leu Arg 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Asn Gln Gly Ser Ala Gln Ser Asp Pro Glu Arg Ser Gln Leu Gln Val 
                725                 730                 735 

Glu Ser Arg Pro Leu Gln Asn Gly Ala Ser Ile Thr Gly Thr Ser Val 
            740                 745                 750 

Val Thr Val Ser Gln Ile Thr Pro Ile Gln Thr Ser Leu Ala Tyr Val 
        755                 760                 765 

Lys Thr Ser Glu Thr Leu Lys Gln Asn Asn Arg Asp Ala Met Glu Leu 
    770                 775                 780 

Lys Pro Asn Gly Gly Ala Glu Pro Lys Cys Leu Lys Val Asn Ser Pro 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ile Arg Met Lys Asn Gly Asn Gly Lys Gly Trp Leu Arg Leu Lys Asn 
                805                 810                 815 

Asn Met Gly Ala His Glu Glu Lys Lys Glu Glu Trp Asn Asn Val Thr 
            820                 825                 830 

Lys Ala Glu Ser Met Gly Leu Leu Ser Glu Asp Pro Lys Gly Ser Asp 
        835                 840                 845 

Ser Glu Asn Ser Val Thr Lys Asn Pro Leu Arg Lys Thr Asp Ser Cys 
    850                 855                 860 

Asp Ser Gly Ile Thr Lys Ser Asp Leu Arg Leu Asp Lys Ala Gly Glu 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Ala Arg Ser Pro Leu Glu His Ser Pro Ser Gln Ala Asp Ala Lys His 
                885                 890                 895 

Pro Phe Tyr Pro Ile Pro Glu Gln Ala Leu Gln Thr Thr Leu Gln Glu 
            900                 905                 910 

Val Lys His Glu Leu Lys Glu Asp Ile Gln Leu Leu Ser Cys Arg Met 
        915                 920                 925 

Thr Ala Leu Glu Lys Gln Val Ala Glu Ile Leu Lys Leu Leu Ser Glu 
    930                 935                 940 

Lys Ser Val Pro Gln Thr Ser Ser Pro Lys Pro Gln Ile Pro Leu Gln 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Val Pro Pro Gln Ile Pro Cys Gln Asp Ile Phe Ser Val Ser Arg Pro 
                965                 970                 975 

Glu Ser Pro Glu Ser Asp Lys Asp Glu Ile Asn Phe 
            980                 985 

 
           
             13  
             532  
             PRT  
             Mus musculus  
           
            13 

Met Thr Thr Arg Lys Ala Gln Glu Ile His Gly Lys Ala Pro Gly Gly 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ser Val Ser Thr Gly Val Gly Thr Ala Glu Gly Ala Pro Ser Pro Ala 
            20                  25                  30 

Gly Val Thr Pro Pro Pro Pro Pro Arg Pro Gly Arg Thr Phe His Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Ile Phe Thr Arg Arg His Arg Thr Pro Asp Trp Gly Gly Cys Gly Val 
    50                  55                  60 

Gly Ala Thr Arg Pro Phe Thr Gly Arg Pro Gly Cys Ala Arg His Gly 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Ala Thr Val Pro Ala Ala Leu Arg Cys Cys Glu Arg Leu Val Leu Asn 
                85                  90                  95 

Val Ala Gly Leu Arg Phe Glu Thr Arg Ala Arg Thr Leu Gly Arg Phe 
            100                 105                 110 

Pro Asp Thr Leu Leu Gly Asp Pro Val Arg Arg Ser Arg Phe Tyr Asp 
        115                 120                 125 

Gly Ala Arg Ala Glu Tyr Phe Phe Asp Arg His Arg Pro Ser Phe Asp 
    130                 135                 140 

Ala Val Leu Tyr Tyr Tyr Gln Ser Gly Gly Arg Leu Arg Arg Pro Ala 
145                 150                 155                 160 

His Val Pro Leu Asp Val Phe Leu Glu Glu Val Ser Phe Tyr Gly Leu 
                165                 170                 175 

Gly Arg Arg Leu Ala Arg Leu Arg Glu Asp Glu Gly Cys Ala Val Ala 
            180                 185                 190 

Glu Arg Pro Leu Pro Pro Pro Phe Ala Arg Gln Leu Trp Leu Leu Phe 
        195                 200                 205 

Glu Phe Pro Glu Ser Ser Gln Ala Ala Arg Val Leu Ala Val Val Ser 
    210                 215                 220 

Val Leu Val Ile Leu Val Ser Ile Val Val Phe Cys Leu Glu Thr Leu 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Pro Asp Phe Arg Asp Asp Arg Asp Asp Pro Gly Leu Ala Pro Val Ala 
                245                 250                 255 

Ala Ala Thr Gly Ser Phe Leu Ala Arg Leu Asn Gly Ser Ser Pro Met 
            260                 265                 270 

Pro Gly Ala Pro Pro Arg Gln Pro Phe Asn Asp Pro Phe Phe Val Val 
        275                 280                 285 

Glu Thr Leu Cys Ile Cys Trp Phe Ser Phe Glu Leu Leu Val His Leu 
    290                 295                 300 

Val Ala Cys Pro Ser Lys Ala Val Phe Phe Lys Asn Val Met Asn Leu 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ile Asp Phe Val Ala Ile Leu Pro Tyr Phe Val Ala Leu Gly Thr Glu 
                325                 330                 335 

Leu Ala Arg Gln Arg Gly Val Gly Gln Pro Ala Met Ser Leu Ala Ile 
            340                 345                 350 

Leu Arg Val Ile Arg Leu Val Arg Val Phe Arg Ile Phe Lys Leu Ser 
        355                 360                 365 

Arg His Ser Lys Gly Leu Gln Ile Leu Gly Gln Thr Leu Arg Ala Ser 
    370                 375                 380 

Met Arg Glu Leu Gly Leu Leu Ile Phe Phe Leu Phe Ile Gly Val Val 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Leu Phe Ser Ser Ala Val Tyr Phe Ala Glu Val Asp Arg Val Asp Thr 
                405                 410                 415 

His Phe Thr Ser Ile Pro Glu Ser Phe Trp Trp Ala Val Val Thr Met 
            420                 425                 430 

Thr Thr Val Gly Tyr Gly Asp Met Ala Pro Val Thr Val Gly Gly Lys 
        435                 440                 445 

Ile Val Gly Ser Leu Cys Ala Ile Ala Gly Val Leu Thr Ile Ser Leu 
    450                 455                 460 

Pro Val Pro Val Ile Val Ser Asn Phe Ser Tyr Phe Tyr His Arg Glu 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Thr Glu Gly Glu Glu Ala Gly Met Tyr Ser His Val Asp Thr Gln Pro 
                485                 490                 495 

Cys Gly Thr Leu Glu Gly Lys Ala Asn Gly Gly Leu Val Asp Ser Glu 
            500                 505                 510 

Val Pro Glu Leu Leu Pro Pro Leu Trp Pro Pro Ala Gly Lys His Met 
        515                 520                 525 

Val Thr Glu Val 
    530 

 
           
             14  
             3690  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (29)...(3301)  
             
           
            14 

agggagtcgc cccacgcgtc cgcccagc atg gcc ggg ccg ggc tcg ccg cgc        52 
                               Met Ala Gly Pro Gly Ser Pro Arg 
                                1               5 

cgc gcg tcc cgg ggg gcc tcg gcg ctt ctc gct gcc gcg ctt ctc tac      100 
Arg Ala Ser Arg Gly Ala Ser Ala Leu Leu Ala Ala Ala Leu Leu Tyr 
     10                  15                  20 

gcc gcg ctg ggg gac gtg gtg cgc tcg gag cag cag ata ccg ctc tcc      148 
Ala Ala Leu Gly Asp Val Val Arg Ser Glu Gln Gln Ile Pro Leu Ser 
 25                  30                  35                  40 

gtg gtg aag ctc tgg gcc tcg gct ttt ggt ggg gag ata aaa tcc att      196 
Val Val Lys Leu Trp Ala Ser Ala Phe Gly Gly Glu Ile Lys Ser Ile 
                 45                  50                  55 

gct gct aag tac tcc ggt tcc cag ctt ctg caa aag aaa tac aaa gag      244 
Ala Ala Lys Tyr Ser Gly Ser Gln Leu Leu Gln Lys Lys Tyr Lys Glu 
             60                  65                  70 

tat gag aaa gac gtt gcc ata gaa gaa att gat ggc ctc caa ctg gta      292 
Tyr Glu Lys Asp Val Ala Ile Glu Glu Ile Asp Gly Leu Gln Leu Val 
         75                  80                  85 

aag aag ctg gca aag aac atg gaa gag atg ttt cac aag aag tct gag      340 
Lys Lys Leu Ala Lys Asn Met Glu Glu Met Phe His Lys Lys Ser Glu 
     90                  95                 100 

gcc gtc agg cgt ctg gtg gag gct gca gaa gaa gca cac ctg aaa cat      388 
Ala Val Arg Arg Leu Val Glu Ala Ala Glu Glu Ala His Leu Lys His 
105                 110                 115                 120 

gaa ttt gat gca gac tta cag tat gaa tac ttc aat gct gtg ctg ata      436 
Glu Phe Asp Ala Asp Leu Gln Tyr Glu Tyr Phe Asn Ala Val Leu Ile 
                125                 130                 135 

aat gaa agg gac aaa gac ggg aat ttt ttg gag ctg gga aag gaa ttc      484 
Asn Glu Arg Asp Lys Asp Gly Asn Phe Leu Glu Leu Gly Lys Glu Phe 
            140                 145                 150 

atc tta gcc cca aat gac cat ttt aat aat ttg cct gtg aac atc agt      532 
Ile Leu Ala Pro Asn Asp His Phe Asn Asn Leu Pro Val Asn Ile Ser 
        155                 160                 165 

cta agt gac gtc caa gta cca acg aac atg tac aac aaa gac cct gca      580 
Leu Ser Asp Val Gln Val Pro Thr Asn Met Tyr Asn Lys Asp Pro Ala 
    170                 175                 180 

att gtc aat ggg gtt tat tgg tct gaa tct cta aac aaa gtt ttt gta      628 
Ile Val Asn Gly Val Tyr Trp Ser Glu Ser Leu Asn Lys Val Phe Val 
185                 190                 195                 200 

gat aac ttt gac cgt gac cca tct ctc ata tgg cag tac ttt gga agt      676 
Asp Asn Phe Asp Arg Asp Pro Ser Leu Ile Trp Gln Tyr Phe Gly Ser 
                205                 210                 215 

gca aag ggc ttt ttt agg cag tat ccg ggg att aaa tgg gaa cca gat      724 
Ala Lys Gly Phe Phe Arg Gln Tyr Pro Gly Ile Lys Trp Glu Pro Asp 
            220                 225                 230 

gag aat gga gtc att gcc ttc gac tgc agg aac cga aaa tgg tac atc      772 
Glu Asn Gly Val Ile Ala Phe Asp Cys Arg Asn Arg Lys Trp Tyr Ile 
        235                 240                 245 

cag gca gca act tct ccg aaa gac gtg gtc att tta gtt gac gtc agt      820 
Gln Ala Ala Thr Ser Pro Lys Asp Val Val Ile Leu Val Asp Val Ser 
    250                 255                 260 

ggc agc atg aaa gga ctc cgt ctg act atc gcg aag caa aca gtc tca      868 
Gly Ser Met Lys Gly Leu Arg Leu Thr Ile Ala Lys Gln Thr Val Ser 
265                 270                 275                 280 

tcc att ttg gat aca ctt ggg gat gat gac ttc ttc aac ata att gct      916 
Ser Ile Leu Asp Thr Leu Gly Asp Asp Asp Phe Phe Asn Ile Ile Ala 
                285                 290                 295 

tat aat gag gag ctt cac tat gtg gaa cct tgc ctg aat gga act ttg      964 
Tyr Asn Glu Glu Leu His Tyr Val Glu Pro Cys Leu Asn Gly Thr Leu 
            300                 305                 310 

gtg caa gcc gac agg aca aac aaa gag cac ttc agg gag cat ctg gac     1012 
Val Gln Ala Asp Arg Thr Asn Lys Glu His Phe Arg Glu His Leu Asp 
        315                 320                 325 

aaa ctt ttc gcc aaa gga att gga atg ttg gat ata gct ctg aat gag     1060 
Lys Leu Phe Ala Lys Gly Ile Gly Met Leu Asp Ile Ala Leu Asn Glu 
    330                 335                 340 

gcc ttc aac att ctg agt gat ttc aac cac acg gga caa gga agt atc     1108 
Ala Phe Asn Ile Leu Ser Asp Phe Asn His Thr Gly Gln Gly Ser Ile 
345                 350                 355                 360 

tgc agt cag gcc atc atg ctc ata act gat ggg gcg gtg gac acc tat     1156 
Cys Ser Gln Ala Ile Met Leu Ile Thr Asp Gly Ala Val Asp Thr Tyr 
                365                 370                 375 

gat aca atc ttt gca aaa tac aat tgg cca gat cga aag gtt cgc atc     1204 
Asp Thr Ile Phe Ala Lys Tyr Asn Trp Pro Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Ile 
            380                 385                 390 

ttc aca tac ctc att gga cga gag gct gcg ttt gca gac aat cta aag     1252 
Phe Thr Tyr Leu Ile Gly Arg Glu Ala Ala Phe Ala Asp Asn Leu Lys 
        395                 400                 405 

tgg atg gcc tgt gcc aac aaa gga ttt ttt acc cag atc tcc acc ttg     1300 
Trp Met Ala Cys Ala Asn Lys Gly Phe Phe Thr Gln Ile Ser Thr Leu 
    410                 415                 420 

gct gat gtg cag gag aat gtc atg gaa tac ctt cac gtg ctt agc cgg     1348 
Ala Asp Val Gln Glu Asn Val Met Glu Tyr Leu His Val Leu Ser Arg 
425                 430                 435                 440 

ccc aaa gtc atc gac cag gag cat gat gtg gtg tgg acc gaa gct tac     1396 
Pro Lys Val Ile Asp Gln Glu His Asp Val Val Trp Thr Glu Ala Tyr 
                445                 450                 455 

att gac agc act ctc cct cag gca caa aag ctg act gat gat cag ggc     1444 
Ile Asp Ser Thr Leu Pro Gln Ala Gln Lys Leu Thr Asp Asp Gln Gly 
            460                 465                 470 

ccc gtc ctg atg acc act gta gcc atg cct gtg ttt agt aag cag aac     1492 
Pro Val Leu Met Thr Thr Val Ala Met Pro Val Phe Ser Lys Gln Asn 
        475                 480                 485 

gaa acc aga tcg aag ggc att ctt ctg gga gtg gtt ggc aca gat gtc     1540 
Glu Thr Arg Ser Lys Gly Ile Leu Leu Gly Val Val Gly Thr Asp Val 
    490                 495                 500 

cca gtg aaa gaa ctt ctg aag acc atc ccc aaa tac aag tta ggg att     1588 
Pro Val Lys Glu Leu Leu Lys Thr Ile Pro Lys Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ile 
505                 510                 515                 520 

cac ggt tat gcc ttt gca atc aca aat aat gga tat atc ctg acg cat     1636 
His Gly Tyr Ala Phe Ala Ile Thr Asn Asn Gly Tyr Ile Leu Thr His 
                525                 530                 535 

ccg gaa ctc agg ctg ctg tac gaa gaa gga aaa aag cga agg aaa cct     1684 
Pro Glu Leu Arg Leu Leu Tyr Glu Glu Gly Lys Lys Arg Arg Lys Pro 
            540                 545                 550 

aac tat agt agc gtt gac ctc tct gag gtg gag tgg gaa gac cga gat     1732 
Asn Tyr Ser Ser Val Asp Leu Ser Glu Val Glu Trp Glu Asp Arg Asp 
        555                 560                 565 

gac gtg ttg aga aat gct atg gtg aat cga aag acg ggg aag ttt tcc     1780 
Asp Val Leu Arg Asn Ala Met Val Asn Arg Lys Thr Gly Lys Phe Ser 
    570                 575                 580 

atg gag gtg aag aag aca gtg gac aaa ggg aaa cgg gtt ttg gtg atg     1828 
Met Glu Val Lys Lys Thr Val Asp Lys Gly Lys Arg Val Leu Val Met 
585                 590                 595                 600 

aca aat gac tac tat tat aca gac atc aag ggt act cct ttc agt tta     1876 
Thr Asn Asp Tyr Tyr Tyr Thr Asp Ile Lys Gly Thr Pro Phe Ser Leu 
                605                 610                 615 

ggt gtg gcg ctt tcc aga ggt cat ggg aaa tat ttc ttc cga ggg aat     1924 
Gly Val Ala Leu Ser Arg Gly His Gly Lys Tyr Phe Phe Arg Gly Asn 
            620                 625                 630 

gta acc atc gaa gaa ggc ctg cat gac tta gaa cat ccc gat gtg tcc     1972 
Val Thr Ile Glu Glu Gly Leu His Asp Leu Glu His Pro Asp Val Ser 
        635                 640                 645 

ttg gca gat gaa tgg tcc tac tgc aac act gac cta cac cct gag cac     2020 
Leu Ala Asp Glu Trp Ser Tyr Cys Asn Thr Asp Leu His Pro Glu His 
    650                 655                 660 

cgc cat ctg tct cag tta gaa gcg att aag ctc tac cta aaa ggc aaa     2068 
Arg His Leu Ser Gln Leu Glu Ala Ile Lys Leu Tyr Leu Lys Gly Lys 
665                 670                 675                 680 

gaa cct ctg ctc cag tgt gat aaa gaa ttg atc caa gaa gtc ctt ttt     2116 
Glu Pro Leu Leu Gln Cys Asp Lys Glu Leu Ile Gln Glu Val Leu Phe 
                685                 690                 695 

gac gcg gtg gtg agt gcc ccc att gaa gcg tat tgg acc agc ctg gcc     2164 
Asp Ala Val Val Ser Ala Pro Ile Glu Ala Tyr Trp Thr Ser Leu Ala 
            700                 705                 710 

ctc aac aaa tct gaa aat tct gac aag ggc gtg gag gtt gcc ttc ctc     2212 
Leu Asn Lys Ser Glu Asn Ser Asp Lys Gly Val Glu Val Ala Phe Leu 
        715                 720                 725 

ggc act cgc acg ggc ctc tcc aga atc aac ctg ttt gtc ggg gct gag     2260 
Gly Thr Arg Thr Gly Leu Ser Arg Ile Asn Leu Phe Val Gly Ala Glu 
    730                 735                 740 

cag ctc acc aat cag gac ttc ctg aaa gct ggc gac aag gag aac att     2308 
Gln Leu Thr Asn Gln Asp Phe Leu Lys Ala Gly Asp Lys Glu Asn Ile 
745                 750                 755                 760 

ttt aac gca gac cat ttc cct ctc tgg tac cga aga gcc gct gag cag     2356 
Phe Asn Ala Asp His Phe Pro Leu Trp Tyr Arg Arg Ala Ala Glu Gln 
                765                 770                 775 

att cca ggg agc ttc gtc tac tcg atc cca ttc agc act gga cca gtc     2404 
Ile Pro Gly Ser Phe Val Tyr Ser Ile Pro Phe Ser Thr Gly Pro Val 
            780                 785                 790 

aat aaa agc aat gtg gtg aca gca agt aca tcc atc cag ctc ctg gat     2452 
Asn Lys Ser Asn Val Val Thr Ala Ser Thr Ser Ile Gln Leu Leu Asp 
        795                 800                 805 

gaa cgg aaa tct cct gtg gtg gca gct gta ggc att cag atg aaa ctt     2500 
Glu Arg Lys Ser Pro Val Val Ala Ala Val Gly Ile Gln Met Lys Leu 
    810                 815                 820 

gaa ttt ttc caa agg aag ttc tgg act gcc agc aga cag tgt gct tcc     2548 
Glu Phe Phe Gln Arg Lys Phe Trp Thr Ala Ser Arg Gln Cys Ala Ser 
825                 830                 835                 840 

ctg gat ggc aaa tgc tcc atc agc tgt gat gat gag act gtg aat tgt     2596 
Leu Asp Gly Lys Cys Ser Ile Ser Cys Asp Asp Glu Thr Val Asn Cys 
                845                 850                 855 

tac ctc ata gac aat aat gga ttt att ttg gtg tct gaa gac tac aca     2644 
Tyr Leu Ile Asp Asn Asn Gly Phe Ile Leu Val Ser Glu Asp Tyr Thr 
            860                 865                 870 

cag act gga gac ttt ttt ggt gag atc gag gga gct gtg atg aac aaa     2692 
Gln Thr Gly Asp Phe Phe Gly Glu Ile Glu Gly Ala Val Met Asn Lys 
        875                 880                 885 

ttg cta aca atg ggc tcc ttt aaa aga att acc ctt tat gac tac caa     2740 
Leu Leu Thr Met Gly Ser Phe Lys Arg Ile Thr Leu Tyr Asp Tyr Gln 
    890                 895                 900 

gcc atg tgt aga gcc aac aag gaa agc agc gat ggc gcc cat ggc ctc     2788 
Ala Met Cys Arg Ala Asn Lys Glu Ser Ser Asp Gly Ala His Gly Leu 
905                 910                 915                 920 

ctg gat cct tat aat gcc ttc ctc tct gca gta aaa tgg atc atg aca     2836 
Leu Asp Pro Tyr Asn Ala Phe Leu Ser Ala Val Lys Trp Ile Met Thr 
                925                 930                 935 

gaa ctt gtc ttg ttc ctg gtg gaa ttt aac ctc tgc agt tgg tgg cac     2884 
Glu Leu Val Leu Phe Leu Val Glu Phe Asn Leu Cys Ser Trp Trp His 
            940                 945                 950 

tcc gat atg aca gct aaa gcc cag aaa ttg aaa cag acc ctg gag cct     2932 
Ser Asp Met Thr Ala Lys Ala Gln Lys Leu Lys Gln Thr Leu Glu Pro 
        955                 960                 965 

tgt gat act gaa tat cca gca ttc gtc tct gag cgc acc atc aag gag     2980 
Cys Asp Thr Glu Tyr Pro Ala Phe Val Ser Glu Arg Thr Ile Lys Glu 
    970                 975                 980 

act aca ggg aat att gct tgt gaa gac tgc tcc aag tcc ttt gtc atc     3028 
Thr Thr Gly Asn Ile Ala Cys Glu Asp Cys Ser Lys Ser Phe Val Ile 
 985                 990                 995                1000 

cag caa atc cca agc agc aac ctg ttc atg gtg gtg gtg gac agc agc     3076 
Gln Gln Ile Pro Ser Ser Asn Leu Phe Met Val Val Val Asp Ser Ser 
                1005                1010                1015 

tgc ctc tgt gaa tct gtg gcc ccc atc acc atg gca ccc att gaa atc     3124 
Cys Leu Cys Glu Ser Val Ala Pro Ile Thr Met Ala Pro Ile Glu Ile 
            1020                1025                1030 

agg tat aat gaa tcc ctt aag tgt gaa cgt cta aag gcc cag aag atc     3172 
Arg Tyr Asn Glu Ser Leu Lys Cys Glu Arg Leu Lys Ala Gln Lys Ile 
        1035                1040                1045 

aga agg cgc cca gaa tct tgt cat ggc ttc cat cct gag gag aat gca     3220 
Arg Arg Arg Pro Glu Ser Cys His Gly Phe His Pro Glu Glu Asn Ala 
    1050                1055                1060 

agg gag tgt ggg ggt gcg ccg agt ctc caa gcc cag aca gtc ctc ctt     3268 
Arg Glu Cys Gly Gly Ala Pro Ser Leu Gln Ala Gln Thr Val Leu Leu 
1065                1070                1075                1080 

ctg ctc cct ctg ctt ttg atg ctc ttc tca agg tgacactgac tgagatgttc   3321 
Leu Leu Pro Leu Leu Leu Met Leu Phe Ser Arg 
                1085                1090 

tcttactgac tgagatgttc tcttggcatg ctaaatcatg gataaactgt gaaccaaaat   3381 

atggtgcaac atacgagaca tgaatatagt ccaaccatca gcatctcatc atgattttaa   3441 

actgtgcgtg atataaactc ttaaagatat gttgacaaaa agttatctat catcttttta   3501 

ctttgccagt catgcaaatg tgagtttgcc acatgataat cacccttcat cagaaatggg   3561 

accgcaagtg gtaggcagtg tcccttctgc ttgaaaccta ttgaaaccaa tttaaaactg   3621 

tgtacttttt aaataaagta tattaaaatc ataaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaar rawwaaaaaa   3681 

aaaaggaaa                                                           3690 

 
           
             15  
             1091  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            15 

Met Ala Gly Pro Gly Ser Pro Arg Arg Ala Ser Arg Gly Ala Ser Ala 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Leu Ala Ala Ala Leu Leu Tyr Ala Ala Leu Gly Asp Val Val Arg 
            20                  25                  30 

Ser Glu Gln Gln Ile Pro Leu Ser Val Val Lys Leu Trp Ala Ser Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Phe Gly Gly Glu Ile Lys Ser Ile Ala Ala Lys Tyr Ser Gly Ser Gln 
    50                  55                  60 

Leu Leu Gln Lys Lys Tyr Lys Glu Tyr Glu Lys Asp Val Ala Ile Glu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Glu Ile Asp Gly Leu Gln Leu Val Lys Lys Leu Ala Lys Asn Met Glu 
                85                  90                  95 

Glu Met Phe His Lys Lys Ser Glu Ala Val Arg Arg Leu Val Glu Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Ala Glu Glu Ala His Leu Lys His Glu Phe Asp Ala Asp Leu Gln Tyr 
        115                 120                 125 

Glu Tyr Phe Asn Ala Val Leu Ile Asn Glu Arg Asp Lys Asp Gly Asn 
    130                 135                 140 

Phe Leu Glu Leu Gly Lys Glu Phe Ile Leu Ala Pro Asn Asp His Phe 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Asn Asn Leu Pro Val Asn Ile Ser Leu Ser Asp Val Gln Val Pro Thr 
                165                 170                 175 

Asn Met Tyr Asn Lys Asp Pro Ala Ile Val Asn Gly Val Tyr Trp Ser 
            180                 185                 190 

Glu Ser Leu Asn Lys Val Phe Val Asp Asn Phe Asp Arg Asp Pro Ser 
        195                 200                 205 

Leu Ile Trp Gln Tyr Phe Gly Ser Ala Lys Gly Phe Phe Arg Gln Tyr 
    210                 215                 220 

Pro Gly Ile Lys Trp Glu Pro Asp Glu Asn Gly Val Ile Ala Phe Asp 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Cys Arg Asn Arg Lys Trp Tyr Ile Gln Ala Ala Thr Ser Pro Lys Asp 
                245                 250                 255 

Val Val Ile Leu Val Asp Val Ser Gly Ser Met Lys Gly Leu Arg Leu 
            260                 265                 270 

Thr Ile Ala Lys Gln Thr Val Ser Ser Ile Leu Asp Thr Leu Gly Asp 
        275                 280                 285 

Asp Asp Phe Phe Asn Ile Ile Ala Tyr Asn Glu Glu Leu His Tyr Val 
    290                 295                 300 

Glu Pro Cys Leu Asn Gly Thr Leu Val Gln Ala Asp Arg Thr Asn Lys 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Glu His Phe Arg Glu His Leu Asp Lys Leu Phe Ala Lys Gly Ile Gly 
                325                 330                 335 

Met Leu Asp Ile Ala Leu Asn Glu Ala Phe Asn Ile Leu Ser Asp Phe 
            340                 345                 350 

Asn His Thr Gly Gln Gly Ser Ile Cys Ser Gln Ala Ile Met Leu Ile 
        355                 360                 365 

Thr Asp Gly Ala Val Asp Thr Tyr Asp Thr Ile Phe Ala Lys Tyr Asn 
    370                 375                 380 

Trp Pro Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Ile Phe Thr Tyr Leu Ile Gly Arg Glu 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ala Ala Phe Ala Asp Asn Leu Lys Trp Met Ala Cys Ala Asn Lys Gly 
                405                 410                 415 

Phe Phe Thr Gln Ile Ser Thr Leu Ala Asp Val Gln Glu Asn Val Met 
            420                 425                 430 

Glu Tyr Leu His Val Leu Ser Arg Pro Lys Val Ile Asp Gln Glu His 
        435                 440                 445 

Asp Val Val Trp Thr Glu Ala Tyr Ile Asp Ser Thr Leu Pro Gln Ala 
    450                 455                 460 

Gln Lys Leu Thr Asp Asp Gln Gly Pro Val Leu Met Thr Thr Val Ala 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Met Pro Val Phe Ser Lys Gln Asn Glu Thr Arg Ser Lys Gly Ile Leu 
                485                 490                 495 

Leu Gly Val Val Gly Thr Asp Val Pro Val Lys Glu Leu Leu Lys Thr 
            500                 505                 510 

Ile Pro Lys Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ile His Gly Tyr Ala Phe Ala Ile Thr 
        515                 520                 525 

Asn Asn Gly Tyr Ile Leu Thr His Pro Glu Leu Arg Leu Leu Tyr Glu 
    530                 535                 540 

Glu Gly Lys Lys Arg Arg Lys Pro Asn Tyr Ser Ser Val Asp Leu Ser 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Glu Val Glu Trp Glu Asp Arg Asp Asp Val Leu Arg Asn Ala Met Val 
                565                 570                 575 

Asn Arg Lys Thr Gly Lys Phe Ser Met Glu Val Lys Lys Thr Val Asp 
            580                 585                 590 

Lys Gly Lys Arg Val Leu Val Met Thr Asn Asp Tyr Tyr Tyr Thr Asp 
        595                 600                 605 

Ile Lys Gly Thr Pro Phe Ser Leu Gly Val Ala Leu Ser Arg Gly His 
    610                 615                 620 

Gly Lys Tyr Phe Phe Arg Gly Asn Val Thr Ile Glu Glu Gly Leu His 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Asp Leu Glu His Pro Asp Val Ser Leu Ala Asp Glu Trp Ser Tyr Cys 
                645                 650                 655 

Asn Thr Asp Leu His Pro Glu His Arg His Leu Ser Gln Leu Glu Ala 
            660                 665                 670 

Ile Lys Leu Tyr Leu Lys Gly Lys Glu Pro Leu Leu Gln Cys Asp Lys 
        675                 680                 685 

Glu Leu Ile Gln Glu Val Leu Phe Asp Ala Val Val Ser Ala Pro Ile 
    690                 695                 700 

Glu Ala Tyr Trp Thr Ser Leu Ala Leu Asn Lys Ser Glu Asn Ser Asp 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Lys Gly Val Glu Val Ala Phe Leu Gly Thr Arg Thr Gly Leu Ser Arg 
                725                 730                 735 

Ile Asn Leu Phe Val Gly Ala Glu Gln Leu Thr Asn Gln Asp Phe Leu 
            740                 745                 750 

Lys Ala Gly Asp Lys Glu Asn Ile Phe Asn Ala Asp His Phe Pro Leu 
        755                 760                 765 

Trp Tyr Arg Arg Ala Ala Glu Gln Ile Pro Gly Ser Phe Val Tyr Ser 
    770                 775                 780 

Ile Pro Phe Ser Thr Gly Pro Val Asn Lys Ser Asn Val Val Thr Ala 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ser Thr Ser Ile Gln Leu Leu Asp Glu Arg Lys Ser Pro Val Val Ala 
                805                 810                 815 

Ala Val Gly Ile Gln Met Lys Leu Glu Phe Phe Gln Arg Lys Phe Trp 
            820                 825                 830 

Thr Ala Ser Arg Gln Cys Ala Ser Leu Asp Gly Lys Cys Ser Ile Ser 
        835                 840                 845 

Cys Asp Asp Glu Thr Val Asn Cys Tyr Leu Ile Asp Asn Asn Gly Phe 
    850                 855                 860 

Ile Leu Val Ser Glu Asp Tyr Thr Gln Thr Gly Asp Phe Phe Gly Glu 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Ile Glu Gly Ala Val Met Asn Lys Leu Leu Thr Met Gly Ser Phe Lys 
                885                 890                 895 

Arg Ile Thr Leu Tyr Asp Tyr Gln Ala Met Cys Arg Ala Asn Lys Glu 
            900                 905                 910 

Ser Ser Asp Gly Ala His Gly Leu Leu Asp Pro Tyr Asn Ala Phe Leu 
        915                 920                 925 

Ser Ala Val Lys Trp Ile Met Thr Glu Leu Val Leu Phe Leu Val Glu 
    930                 935                 940 

Phe Asn Leu Cys Ser Trp Trp His Ser Asp Met Thr Ala Lys Ala Gln 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Lys Leu Lys Gln Thr Leu Glu Pro Cys Asp Thr Glu Tyr Pro Ala Phe 
                965                 970                 975 

Val Ser Glu Arg Thr Ile Lys Glu Thr Thr Gly Asn Ile Ala Cys Glu 
            980                 985                 990 

Asp Cys Ser Lys Ser Phe Val Ile Gln Gln Ile Pro Ser Ser Asn Leu 
        995                 1000                1005 

Phe Met Val Val Val Asp Ser Ser Cys Leu Cys Glu Ser Val Ala Pro 
    1010                1015                1020 

Ile Thr Met Ala Pro Ile Glu Ile Arg Tyr Asn Glu Ser Leu Lys Cys 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Glu Arg Leu Lys Ala Gln Lys Ile Arg Arg Arg Pro Glu Ser Cys His 
                1045                1050                1055 

Gly Phe His Pro Glu Glu Asn Ala Arg Glu Cys Gly Gly Ala Pro Ser 
            1060                1065                1070 

Leu Gln Ala Gln Thr Val Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Leu Leu Leu Met Leu 
        1075                1080                1085 

Phe Ser Arg 
    1090 

 
           
             16  
             3276  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            16 

atggccgggc cgggctcgcc gcgccgcgcg tcccgggggg cctcggcgct tctcgctgcc     60 

gcgcttctct acgccgcgct gggggacgtg gtgcgctcgg agcagcagat accgctctcc    120 

gtggtgaagc tctgggcctc ggcttttggt ggggagataa aatccattgc tgctaagtac    180 

tccggttccc agcttctgca aaagaaatac aaagagtatg agaaagacgt tgccatagaa    240 

gaaattgatg gcctccaact ggtaaagaag ctggcaaaga acatggaaga gatgtttcac    300 

aagaagtctg aggccgtcag gcgtctggtg gaggctgcag aagaagcaca cctgaaacat    360 

gaatttgatg cagacttaca gtatgaatac ttcaatgctg tgctgataaa tgaaagggac    420 

aaagacggga attttttgga gctgggaaag gaattcatct tagccccaaa tgaccatttt    480 

aataatttgc ctgtgaacat cagtctaagt gacgtccaag taccaacgaa catgtacaac    540 

aaagaccctg caattgtcaa tggggtttat tggtctgaat ctctaaacaa agtttttgta    600 

gataactttg accgtgaccc atctctcata tggcagtact ttggaagtgc aaagggcttt    660 

tttaggcagt atccggggat taaatgggaa ccagatgaga atggagtcat tgccttcgac    720 

tgcaggaacc gaaaatggta catccaggca gcaacttctc cgaaagacgt ggtcatttta    780 

gttgacgtca gtggcagcat gaaaggactc cgtctgacta tcgcgaagca aacagtctca    840 

tccattttgg atacacttgg ggatgatgac ttcttcaaca taattgctta taatgaggag    900 

cttcactatg tggaaccttg cctgaatgga actttggtgc aagccgacag gacaaacaaa    960 

gagcacttca gggagcatct ggacaaactt ttcgccaaag gaattggaat gttggatata   1020 

gctctgaatg aggccttcaa cattctgagt gatttcaacc acacgggaca aggaagtatc   1080 

tgcagtcagg ccatcatgct cataactgat ggggcggtgg acacctatga tacaatcttt   1140 

gcaaaataca attggccaga tcgaaaggtt cgcatcttca catacctcat tggacgagag   1200 

gctgcgtttg cagacaatct aaagtggatg gcctgtgcca acaaaggatt ttttacccag   1260 

atctccacct tggctgatgt gcaggagaat gtcatggaat accttcacgt gcttagccgg   1320 

cccaaagtca tcgaccagga gcatgatgtg gtgtggaccg aagcttacat tgacagcact   1380 

ctccctcagg cacaaaagct gactgatgat cagggccccg tcctgatgac cactgtagcc   1440 

atgcctgtgt ttagtaagca gaacgaaacc agatcgaagg gcattcttct gggagtggtt   1500 

ggcacagatg tcccagtgaa agaacttctg aagaccatcc ccaaatacaa gttagggatt   1560 

cacggttatg cctttgcaat cacaaataat ggatatatcc tgacgcatcc ggaactcagg   1620 

ctgctgtacg aagaaggaaa aaagcgaagg aaacctaact atagtagcgt tgacctctct   1680 

gaggtggagt gggaagaccg agatgacgtg ttgagaaatg ctatggtgaa tcgaaagacg   1740 

gggaagtttt ccatggaggt gaagaagaca gtggacaaag ggaaacgggt tttggtgatg   1800 

acaaatgact actattatac agacatcaag ggtactcctt tcagtttagg tgtggcgctt   1860 

tccagaggtc atgggaaata tttcttccga gggaatgtaa ccatcgaaga aggcctgcat   1920 

gacttagaac atcccgatgt gtccttggca gatgaatggt cctactgcaa cactgaccta   1980 

caccctgagc accgccatct gtctcagtta gaagcgatta agctctacct aaaaggcaaa   2040 

gaacctctgc tccagtgtga taaagaattg atccaagaag tcctttttga cgcggtggtg   2100 

agtgccccca ttgaagcgta ttggaccagc ctggccctca acaaatctga aaattctgac   2160 

aagggcgtgg aggttgcctt cctcggcact cgcacgggcc tctccagaat caacctgttt   2220 

gtcggggctg agcagctcac caatcaggac ttcctgaaag ctggcgacaa ggagaacatt   2280 

tttaacgcag accatttccc tctctggtac cgaagagccg ctgagcagat tccagggagc   2340 

ttcgtctact cgatcccatt cagcactgga ccagtcaata aaagcaatgt ggtgacagca   2400 

agtacatcca tccagctcct ggatgaacgg aaatctcctg tggtggcagc tgtaggcatt   2460 

cagatgaaac ttgaattttt ccaaaggaag ttctggactg ccagcagaca gtgtgcttcc   2520 

ctggatggca aatgctccat cagctgtgat gatgagactg tgaattgtta cctcatagac   2580 

aataatggat ttattttggt gtctgaagac tacacacaga ctggagactt ttttggtgag   2640 

atcgagggag ctgtgatgaa caaattgcta acaatgggct cctttaaaag aattaccctt   2700 

tatgactacc aagccatgtg tagagccaac aaggaaagca gcgatggcgc ccatggcctc   2760 

ctggatcctt ataatgcctt cctctctgca gtaaaatgga tcatgacaga acttgtcttg   2820 

ttcctggtgg aatttaacct ctgcagttgg tggcactccg atatgacagc taaagcccag   2880 

aaattgaaac agaccctgga gccttgtgat actgaatatc cagcattcgt ctctgagcgc   2940 

accatcaagg agactacagg gaatattgct tgtgaagact gctccaagtc ctttgtcatc   3000 

cagcaaatcc caagcagcaa cctgttcatg gtggtggtgg acagcagctg cctctgtgaa   3060 

tctgtggccc ccatcaccat ggcacccatt gaaatcaggt ataatgaatc ccttaagtgt   3120 

gaacgtctaa aggcccagaa gatcagaagg cgcccagaat cttgtcatgg cttccatcct   3180 

gaggagaatg caagggagtg tgggggtgcg ccgagtctcc aagcccagac agtcctcctt   3240 

ctgctccctc tgcttttgat gctcttctca aggtga                             3276 

 
           
             17  
             1091  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            17 

Met Ala Ala Gly Cys Leu Leu Ala Leu Thr Leu Thr Leu Phe Gln Ser 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Leu Ile Gly Pro Ser Ser Glu Glu Pro Phe Pro Ser Ala Val Thr 
            20                  25                  30 

Ile Lys Ser Trp Val Asp Lys Met Gln Glu Asp Leu Val Thr Leu Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Lys Thr Ala Ser Gly Val Asn Gln Leu Val Asp Ile Tyr Glu Lys Tyr 
    50                  55                  60 

Gln Asp Leu Tyr Thr Val Glu Pro Asn Asn Ala Arg Gln Leu Val Glu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Ile Ala Ala Arg Asp Ile Glu Lys Leu Leu Ser Asn Arg Ser Lys Ala 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Val Ser Leu Ala Leu Glu Ala Glu Lys Val Gln Ala Ala His Gln 
            100                 105                 110 

Trp Arg Glu Asp Phe Ala Ser Asn Glu Val Val Tyr Tyr Asn Ala Lys 
        115                 120                 125 

Asp Asp Leu Asp Pro Glu Lys Asn Asp Ser Glu Pro Gly Ser Gln Arg 
    130                 135                 140 

Ile Lys Pro Val Phe Ile Glu Asp Ala Asn Phe Gly Arg Gln Ile Ser 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Tyr Gln His Ala Ala Val His Ile Pro Thr Asp Ile Tyr Glu Gly Ser 
                165                 170                 175 

Thr Ile Val Leu Asn Glu Leu Asn Trp Thr Ser Ala Leu Asp Glu Val 
            180                 185                 190 

Phe Lys Lys Asn Arg Glu Glu Asp Pro Ser Leu Leu Trp Gln Val Phe 
        195                 200                 205 

Gly Ser Ala Thr Gly Leu Ala Arg Tyr Tyr Pro Ala Ser Pro Trp Val 
    210                 215                 220 

Asp Asn Ser Arg Thr Pro Asn Lys Ile Asp Leu Tyr Asp Val Arg Arg 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Arg Pro Trp Tyr Ile Gln Gly Ala Ala Ser Pro Lys Asp Met Leu Ile 
                245                 250                 255 

Leu Val Asp Val Ser Gly Ser Val Ser Gly Leu Thr Leu Lys Leu Ile 
            260                 265                 270 

Arg Thr Ser Val Ser Glu Met Leu Glu Thr Leu Ser Asp Asp Asp Phe 
        275                 280                 285 

Val Asn Val Ala Ser Phe Asn Ser Asn Ala Gln Asp Val Ser Cys Phe 
    290                 295                 300 

Gln His Leu Val Gln Ala Asn Val Arg Asn Lys Lys Val Leu Lys Asp 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ala Val Asn Asn Ile Thr Ala Lys Gly Ile Thr Asp Tyr Lys Lys Gly 
                325                 330                 335 

Phe Ser Phe Ala Phe Glu Gln Leu Leu Asn Tyr Asn Val Ser Arg Ala 
            340                 345                 350 

Asn Cys Asn Lys Ile Ile Met Leu Phe Thr Asp Gly Gly Glu Glu Arg 
        355                 360                 365 

Ala Gln Glu Ile Phe Asn Lys Tyr Asn Lys Asp Lys Lys Val Arg Val 
    370                 375                 380 

Phe Arg Phe Ser Val Gly Gln His Asn Tyr Glu Arg Gly Pro Ile Gln 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Trp Met Ala Cys Glu Asn Lys Gly Tyr Tyr Tyr Glu Ile Pro Ser Ile 
                405                 410                 415 

Gly Ala Ile Arg Ile Asn Thr Gln Glu Tyr Leu Asp Val Leu Gly Arg 
            420                 425                 430 

Pro Met Val Leu Ala Gly Asp Lys Ala Lys Gln Val Gln Trp Thr Asn 
        435                 440                 445 

Val Tyr Leu Asp Ala Leu Glu Leu Gly Leu Val Ile Thr Gly Thr Leu 
    450                 455                 460 

Pro Val Phe Asn Ile Thr Gly Gln Phe Glu Asn Lys Thr Asn Leu Lys 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Asn Gln Leu Ile Leu Gly Val Met Gly Val Asp Val Ser Leu Glu Asp 
                485                 490                 495 

Ile Lys Arg Leu Thr Pro Arg Phe Thr Leu Cys Pro Asn Gly Tyr Tyr 
            500                 505                 510 

Phe Ala Ile Asp Pro Asn Gly Tyr Val Leu Leu His Pro Asn Leu Gln 
        515                 520                 525 

Pro Lys Asn Pro Lys Ser Gln Glu Pro Val Thr Leu Asp Phe Leu Asp 
    530                 535                 540 

Ala Glu Leu Glu Asn Asp Ile Lys Val Glu Ile Arg Asn Lys Met Ile 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Asp Gly Glu Ser Gly Glu Lys Thr Phe Arg Thr Leu Val Lys Ser Gln 
                565                 570                 575 

Asp Glu Arg Tyr Ile Asp Lys Gly Asn Arg Thr Tyr Thr Trp Thr Pro 
            580                 585                 590 

Val Asn Gly Thr Asp Tyr Ser Leu Ala Leu Val Leu Pro Thr Tyr Ser 
        595                 600                 605 

Phe Tyr Tyr Ile Lys Ala Lys Leu Glu Glu Thr Ile Thr Gln Ala Arg 
    610                 615                 620 

Ser Lys Lys Gly Lys Met Lys Asp Ser Glu Thr Leu Lys Pro Asp Asn 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Phe Glu Glu Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Ile Ala Pro Arg Asp Tyr Cys Asn 
                645                 650                 655 

Asp Leu Lys Ile Ser Asp Asn Asn Thr Glu Phe Leu Leu Asn Phe Asn 
            660                 665                 670 

Glu Phe Ile Asp Arg Lys Thr Pro Asn Asn Pro Ser Cys Asn Ala Asp 
        675                 680                 685 

Leu Ile Asn Arg Val Leu Leu Asp Ala Gly Phe Thr Asn Glu Leu Val 
    690                 695                 700 

Gln Asn Tyr Trp Ser Lys Gln Lys Asn Ile Lys Gly Val Lys Ala Arg 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Phe Val Val Thr Asp Gly Gly Ile Thr Arg Val Tyr Pro Lys Glu Ala 
                725                 730                 735 

Gly Glu Asn Trp Gln Glu Asn Pro Glu Thr Tyr Glu Asp Ser Phe Tyr 
            740                 745                 750 

Lys Arg Ser Leu Asp Asn Asp Asn Tyr Val Phe Thr Ala Pro Tyr Phe 
        755                 760                 765 

Asn Lys Ser Gly Pro Gly Ala Tyr Glu Ser Gly Ile Met Val Ser Lys 
    770                 775                 780 

Ala Val Glu Ile Tyr Ile Gln Gly Lys Leu Leu Lys Pro Ala Val Val 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Gly Ile Lys Ile Asp Val Asn Ser Trp Ile Glu Asn Phe Thr Lys Thr 
                805                 810                 815 

Ser Ile Arg Asp Pro Cys Ala Gly Pro Val Cys Asp Cys Lys Arg Asn 
            820                 825                 830 

Ser Asp Val Met Asp Cys Val Ile Leu Asp Asp Gly Gly Phe Leu Leu 
        835                 840                 845 

Met Ala Asn His Asp Asp Tyr Thr Asn Gln Ile Gly Arg Phe Phe Gly 
    850                 855                 860 

Glu Ile Asp Pro Ser Leu Met Arg His Leu Val Asn Ile Ser Val Tyr 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Ala Phe Asn Lys Ser Tyr Asp Tyr Gln Ser Val Cys Glu Pro Gly Ala 
                885                 890                 895 

Ala Pro Lys Gln Gly Ala Gly His Arg Ser Ala Tyr Val Pro Ser Val 
            900                 905                 910 

Ala Asp Ile Leu Gln Ile Gly Trp Trp Ala Thr Ala Ala Ala Trp Ser 
        915                 920                 925 

Ile Leu Gln Gln Phe Leu Leu Ser Leu Thr Phe Pro Arg Leu Leu Glu 
    930                 935                 940 

Ala Val Glu Met Glu Asp Asp Asp Phe Thr Ala Ser Leu Ser Lys Gln 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Ser Cys Ile Thr Glu Gln Thr Gln Tyr Phe Phe Asp Asn Asp Ser Lys 
                965                 970                 975 

Ser Phe Ser Gly Val Leu Asp Cys Gly Asn Cys Ser Arg Ile Phe His 
            980                 985                 990 

Gly Glu Lys Leu Met Asn Thr Asn Leu Ile Phe Ile Met Val Glu Ser 
        995                 1000                1005 

Lys Gly Thr Cys Pro Cys Asp Thr Arg Leu Leu Ile Gln Ala Glu Gln 
    1010                1015                1020 

Thr Ser Asp Gly Pro Asn Pro Cys Asp Met Val Lys Gln Pro Arg Tyr 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Arg Lys Gly Pro Asp Val Cys Phe Asp Asn Asn Val Leu Glu Asp Tyr 
                1045                1050                1055 

Thr Asp Cys Gly Gly Val Ser Gly Leu Asn Pro Ser Leu Trp Tyr Ile 
            1060                1065                1070 

Ile Gly Ile Gln Phe Leu Leu Leu Trp Leu Val Ser Gly Ser Thr His 
        1075                1080                1085 

Arg Leu Leu 
    1090 

 
           
             18  
             1091  
             PRT  
             Mus musculus  
           
            18 

Met Ala Gly Pro Gly Ser Leu Cys Cys Ala Ser Arg Gly Ala Ser Ala 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Leu Ala Thr Ala Leu Leu Tyr Ala Ala Leu Gly Asp Val Val Arg 
            20                  25                  30 

Ser Glu Gln Gln Ile Pro Leu Ser Val Val Lys Leu Trp Ala Ser Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Phe Gly Gly Glu Ile Lys Ser Ile Ala Ala Lys Tyr Ser Gly Ser Gln 
    50                  55                  60 

Leu Leu Gln Lys Lys Tyr Lys Glu Tyr Glu Lys Asp Val Ala Ile Glu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Glu Ile Asp Gly Leu Gln Leu Val Lys Lys Leu Ala Lys Ile Met Glu 
                85                  90                  95 

Glu Met Phe His Lys Lys Ser Glu Ala Val Arg Arg Leu Val Glu Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Ala Glu Glu Ala His Leu Lys His Glu Phe Asp Ala Asp Leu Gln Tyr 
        115                 120                 125 

Glu Tyr Phe Asn Ala Val Leu Ile Asn Glu Arg Asp Lys Asp Gly Asn 
    130                 135                 140 

Phe Leu Glu Leu Gly Lys Glu Phe Ile Leu Ala Pro Asn Asp His Phe 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Asn Asn Leu Pro Val Asn Ile Ser Leu Ser Asp Val Gln Val Pro Thr 
                165                 170                 175 

Asn Met Tyr Asn Lys Asp Pro Ala Ile Val Asn Gly Val Tyr Trp Ser 
            180                 185                 190 

Glu Ser Leu Asn Lys Val Phe Val Asp Asn Phe Asp Arg Asp Pro Ser 
        195                 200                 205 

Leu Ile Trp Gln Tyr Phe Gly Ser Ala Lys Gly Phe Phe Arg Gln Tyr 
    210                 215                 220 

Pro Gly Ile Lys Trp Glu Pro Asp Glu Asn Gly Val Ile Ala Phe Asp 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Cys Arg Asn Arg Lys Trp Tyr Ile Gln Ala Ala Thr Ser Pro Lys Asp 
                245                 250                 255 

Val Val Ile Leu Val Asp Val Ser Gly Ser Met Lys Gly Leu Arg Leu 
            260                 265                 270 

Thr Ile Ala Lys Gln Thr Val Ser Ser Ile Leu Asp Thr Leu Gly Asp 
        275                 280                 285 

Asp Asp Phe Phe Asn Ile Ile Thr Tyr Asn Glu Glu Leu His Tyr Val 
    290                 295                 300 

Glu Pro Cys Leu Asn Gly Thr Leu Val Gln Ala Asp Arg Thr Asn Lys 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Glu His Phe Arg Glu His Leu Asp Lys Leu Phe Ala Lys Gly Ile Gly 
                325                 330                 335 

Met Leu Asp Ile Ala Leu Asn Glu Ala Phe Asn Ile Leu Ser Asp Phe 
            340                 345                 350 

Asn His Thr Gly Gln Gly Ser Ile Cys Ser Gln Ala Ile Met Leu Ile 
        355                 360                 365 

Thr Asp Gly Ala Val Asp Thr Tyr Asp Thr Ile Phe Ala Lys Tyr Asn 
    370                 375                 380 

Trp Pro Asp Arg Lys Val Arg Ile Phe Thr Tyr Leu Ile Gly Arg Glu 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ala Ala Phe Ala Asp Asn Leu Lys Trp Met Ala Cys Ala Asn Lys Gly 
                405                 410                 415 

Phe Phe Thr Gln Ile Ser Thr Leu Ala Asp Val Gln Glu Asn Val Met 
            420                 425                 430 

Glu Tyr Leu His Val Leu Ser Arg Pro Lys Val Ile Asp Gln Glu His 
        435                 440                 445 

Asp Val Val Trp Thr Glu Ala Tyr Ile Asp Ser Thr Leu Pro Gln Ala 
    450                 455                 460 

Gln Lys Leu Ala Asp Asp Gln Gly Leu Val Leu Met Thr Thr Val Ala 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Met Pro Val Phe Ser Lys Gln Asn Glu Thr Arg Ser Lys Gly Ile Leu 
                485                 490                 495 

Leu Gly Val Val Gly Thr Asp Val Pro Val Lys Glu Leu Leu Lys Thr 
            500                 505                 510 

Ile Pro Lys Tyr Lys Leu Gly Ile His Gly Tyr Ala Phe Ala Ile Thr 
        515                 520                 525 

Asn Asn Gly Tyr Ile Leu Thr His Pro Glu Leu Arg Pro Leu Tyr Glu 
    530                 535                 540 

Glu Gly Lys Lys Arg Arg Lys Pro Asn Tyr Ser Ser Val Asp Leu Ser 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Glu Val Glu Trp Glu Asp Arg Asp Asp Val Leu Arg Asn Ala Met Val 
                565                 570                 575 

Asn Arg Lys Thr Gly Lys Phe Ser Met Glu Val Lys Lys Thr Val Asp 
            580                 585                 590 

Lys Gly Lys Arg Val Leu Val Met Thr Asn Asp Tyr Tyr Tyr Thr Asp 
        595                 600                 605 

Ile Lys Gly Thr Pro Phe Ser Leu Gly Val Ala Leu Ser Arg Gly His 
    610                 615                 620 

Gly Lys Tyr Phe Phe Arg Gly Asn Val Thr Ile Glu Glu Gly Leu His 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Asp Leu Glu His Pro Asp Val Ser Leu Ala Asp Glu Trp Ser Tyr Cys 
                645                 650                 655 

Asn Thr Asp Leu His Pro Glu His Arg His Leu Ser Gln Leu Glu Ala 
            660                 665                 670 

Ile Lys Leu Tyr Leu Lys Gly Lys Glu Pro Leu Leu Gln Cys Asp Lys 
        675                 680                 685 

Glu Leu Ile Gln Glu Val Leu Phe Asp Ala Val Val Ser Ala Pro Ile 
    690                 695                 700 

Glu Ala Tyr Trp Thr Ser Leu Ala Leu Asn Lys Ser Glu Asn Ser Asp 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Lys Gly Val Glu Val Ala Phe Leu Gly Thr Arg Thr Gly Leu Ser Arg 
                725                 730                 735 

Ile Asn Leu Phe Val Gly Ala Glu Gln Leu Thr Asn Gln Asp Phe Leu 
            740                 745                 750 

Lys Ala Gly Asp Lys Glu Asn Ile Phe Asn Ala Asp His Phe Pro Leu 
        755                 760                 765 

Trp Tyr Arg Arg Ala Ala Glu Gln Ile Ala Gly Ser Phe Val Tyr Ser 
    770                 775                 780 

Ile Pro Phe Ser Thr Gly Thr Val Asn Lys Ser Asn Val Val Thr Ala 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ser Thr Ser Ile Gln Leu Leu Asp Glu Arg Lys Ser Pro Val Val Ala 
                805                 810                 815 

Ala Val Gly Ile Gln Met Lys Leu Glu Phe Phe Gln Arg Lys Phe Trp 
            820                 825                 830 

Thr Ala Ser Arg Gln Cys Ala Ser Leu Asp Gly Lys Cys Ser Ile Ser 
        835                 840                 845 

Cys Asp Asp Glu Thr Val Asn Cys Tyr Leu Ile Asp Asn Asn Gly Phe 
    850                 855                 860 

Ile Leu Val Ser Glu Asp Tyr Thr Gln Thr Gly Asp Phe Phe Gly Glu 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Val Glu Gly Ala Val Met Asn Lys Leu Leu Thr Met Gly Ser Phe Lys 
                885                 890                 895 

Arg Ile Thr Leu Tyr Asp Tyr Gln Ala Met Cys Arg Ala Asn Lys Glu 
            900                 905                 910 

Ser Ser Asp Ser Ala His Gly Leu Leu Asp Pro Tyr Lys Ala Phe Leu 
        915                 920                 925 

Ser Ala Ala Lys Trp Ile Met Thr Glu Leu Val Leu Phe Leu Val Glu 
    930                 935                 940 

Phe Asn Leu Cys Ser Trp Trp His Ser Asp Met Thr Ala Lys Ala Gln 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Lys Leu Lys Gln Thr Leu Glu Pro Cys Asp Thr Glu Tyr Pro Ala Phe 
                965                 970                 975 

Val Ser Glu Arg Thr Ile Lys Glu Thr Thr Gly Asn Ile Ala Cys Glu 
            980                 985                 990 

Asp Cys Ser Lys Ser Phe Val Ile Gln Gln Ile Pro Ser Ser Asn Leu 
        995                 1000                1005 

Phe Met Val Val Val Asp Ser Ser Cys Leu Cys Glu Ser Val Ala Pro 
    1010                1015                1020 

Ile Thr Met Ala Pro Ile Glu Ile Arg Tyr Asn Glu Ser Leu Lys Cys 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Glu Arg Leu Lys Ala Gln Lys Ile Arg Arg Arg Pro Glu Ser Cys His 
                1045                1050                1055 

Gly Phe His Pro Glu Glu Asn Ala Arg Glu Cys Gly Gly Ala Ser Ser 
            1060                1065                1070 

Leu Gln Ala Gln Ala Ala Leu Leu Leu Leu Pro Leu Val Ser Ser Leu 
        1075                1080                1085 

Phe Ser Arg 
    1090 

 
           
             19  
             3  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               exemplary motif  
             
           
            19 

Asn Xaa Xaa 
 1 

 
           
             20  
             1356  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (70)...(1263)  
             
           
            20 

ggaaaatccc taagcagaga ttttctgttg gatgctaaaa gcaaggaata aaagttgaaa     60 

atttggaaa atg tct caa cac cgt cac cag cgc cac tcg aga gtc att tct    111 
          Met Ser Gln His Arg His Gln Arg His Ser Arg Val Ile Ser 
           1               5                   10 

agt tca cca gtt gac act aca tcg gtg gga ttt tgc cca aca ttc aag      159 
Ser Ser Pro Val Asp Thr Thr Ser Val Gly Phe Cys Pro Thr Phe Lys 
 15                  20                  25                  30 

aaa ttt aag agg aac gat gat gaa tgt cgg gca ttt gtg aag aga gtc      207 
Lys Phe Lys Arg Asn Asp Asp Glu Cys Arg Ala Phe Val Lys Arg Val 
                 35                  40                  45 

ata atg agc cgt ttc ttt aag ata att atg att agc act gtc aca tcg      255 
Ile Met Ser Arg Phe Phe Lys Ile Ile Met Ile Ser Thr Val Thr Ser 
             50                  55                  60 

aat gcg ttt ttt atg gcc ttg tgg acc agt tat gac ata agg tac cgc      303 
Asn Ala Phe Phe Met Ala Leu Trp Thr Ser Tyr Asp Ile Arg Tyr Arg 
         65                  70                  75 

ttg ttc aga ctt ctt gag ttc tcg gag atc ttc ttt gtg tcc atc tgc      351 
Leu Phe Arg Leu Leu Glu Phe Ser Glu Ile Phe Phe Val Ser Ile Cys 
     80                  85                  90 

aca tct gag ttg tcc atg aag gtc tat gtg gac ccc atc aac tac tgg      399 
Thr Ser Glu Leu Ser Met Lys Val Tyr Val Asp Pro Ile Asn Tyr Trp 
 95                 100                 105                 110 

aag aac ggc tac aac ctg ctg gat gtg atc att atc atc gtt atg ttt      447 
Lys Asn Gly Tyr Asn Leu Leu Asp Val Ile Ile Ile Ile Val Met Phe 
                115                 120                 125 

tta ccc tat gcc ctc cgc cag ctc atg ggc aaa cag ttc act tac ctg      495 
Leu Pro Tyr Ala Leu Arg Gln Leu Met Gly Lys Gln Phe Thr Tyr Leu 
            130                 135                 140 

tat atc gct gat ggc atg cag tcc ctg cgc atc ctc aag ctt atc ggc      543 
Tyr Ile Ala Asp Gly Met Gln Ser Leu Arg Ile Leu Lys Leu Ile Gly 
        145                 150                 155 

tat agc cag ggc atc cgg acg ctg atc acc gcc gtg ggg cag aca gtc      591 
Tyr Ser Gln Gly Ile Arg Thr Leu Ile Thr Ala Val Gly Gln Thr Val 
    160                 165                 170 

tac acc gtg gcc tct gtg ctc ctc ctg ctc ttc ctc ctc atg tac atc      639 
Tyr Thr Val Ala Ser Val Leu Leu Leu Leu Phe Leu Leu Met Tyr Ile 
175                 180                 185                 190 

ttc gct atc ttg ggc ttc tgc ctg ttt gga tct cca gac aat ggt gac      687 
Phe Ala Ile Leu Gly Phe Cys Leu Phe Gly Ser Pro Asp Asn Gly Asp 
                195                 200                 205 

cat gat aac tgg ggg aac ctg gct gca gct ttt ttc acc ctc ttc agc      735 
His Asp Asn Trp Gly Asn Leu Ala Ala Ala Phe Phe Thr Leu Phe Ser 
            210                 215                 220 

ttg gcc acg gtt gat ggc tgg aca gac ctg cag aag cag ttg gac aat      783 
Leu Ala Thr Val Asp Gly Trp Thr Asp Leu Gln Lys Gln Leu Asp Asn 
        225                 230                 235 

cgg gaa ttt gct ttg agc cgg gca ttc acc atc atc ttc atc ttg ctc      831 
Arg Glu Phe Ala Leu Ser Arg Ala Phe Thr Ile Ile Phe Ile Leu Leu 
    240                 245                 250 

gcc tct ttc atc ttc ctc aac atg ttc gtg ggt gtg atg atc atg cac      879 
Ala Ser Phe Ile Phe Leu Asn Met Phe Val Gly Val Met Ile Met His 
255                 260                 265                 270 

aca gag gac tcc atc aga aag ttt gag cga gag ctg atg ttg gag cag      927 
Thr Glu Asp Ser Ile Arg Lys Phe Glu Arg Glu Leu Met Leu Glu Gln 
                275                 280                 285 

cag gag atg ctc atg gga gag aag cag gtg att ctg cag cgg cag cag      975 
Gln Glu Met Leu Met Gly Glu Lys Gln Val Ile Leu Gln Arg Gln Gln 
            290                 295                 300 

gag gag atc agc agg ctg atg cac ata cag aaa aat gct gac tgc aca     1023 
Glu Glu Ile Ser Arg Leu Met His Ile Gln Lys Asn Ala Asp Cys Thr 
        305                 310                 315 

agt ttc agt gag ctg gtg gag aac ttt aag aag acc ttg agc cac act     1071 
Ser Phe Ser Glu Leu Val Glu Asn Phe Lys Lys Thr Leu Ser His Thr 
    320                 325                 330 

gac cca atg gtc ttg gat gat ttt ggc act agc tta ccc ttc atc gat     1119 
Asp Pro Met Val Leu Asp Asp Phe Gly Thr Ser Leu Pro Phe Ile Asp 
335                 340                 345                 350 

atc tac ttt tcc act ctg gac tac cag gac aca act gtc cac aag ctt     1167 
Ile Tyr Phe Ser Thr Leu Asp Tyr Gln Asp Thr Thr Val His Lys Leu 
                355                 360                 365 

caa gag ctg tac tat gag atc gtg cat gtg ctg agc cta atg ctg gaa     1215 
Gln Glu Leu Tyr Tyr Glu Ile Val His Val Leu Ser Leu Met Leu Glu 
            370                 375                 380 

gac ttg ccc cag gag aag ccc cag tcc ttg gaa aag gtg gat gag aag     1263 
Asp Leu Pro Gln Glu Lys Pro Gln Ser Leu Glu Lys Val Asp Glu Lys 
        385                 390                 395 

tagctgggca tggggcaccc atgtgccgag agccttgcag accatgacag gtccctatta   1323 

aacacaggct ttctgaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaa                                1356 

 
           
             21  
             398  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            21 

Met Ser Gln His Arg His Gln Arg His Ser Arg Val Ile Ser Ser Ser 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Pro Val Asp Thr Thr Ser Val Gly Phe Cys Pro Thr Phe Lys Lys Phe 
            20                  25                  30 

Lys Arg Asn Asp Asp Glu Cys Arg Ala Phe Val Lys Arg Val Ile Met 
        35                  40                  45 

Ser Arg Phe Phe Lys Ile Ile Met Ile Ser Thr Val Thr Ser Asn Ala 
    50                  55                  60 

Phe Phe Met Ala Leu Trp Thr Ser Tyr Asp Ile Arg Tyr Arg Leu Phe 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Arg Leu Leu Glu Phe Ser Glu Ile Phe Phe Val Ser Ile Cys Thr Ser 
                85                  90                  95 

Glu Leu Ser Met Lys Val Tyr Val Asp Pro Ile Asn Tyr Trp Lys Asn 
            100                 105                 110 

Gly Tyr Asn Leu Leu Asp Val Ile Ile Ile Ile Val Met Phe Leu Pro 
        115                 120                 125 

Tyr Ala Leu Arg Gln Leu Met Gly Lys Gln Phe Thr Tyr Leu Tyr Ile 
    130                 135                 140 

Ala Asp Gly Met Gln Ser Leu Arg Ile Leu Lys Leu Ile Gly Tyr Ser 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Gln Gly Ile Arg Thr Leu Ile Thr Ala Val Gly Gln Thr Val Tyr Thr 
                165                 170                 175 

Val Ala Ser Val Leu Leu Leu Leu Phe Leu Leu Met Tyr Ile Phe Ala 
            180                 185                 190 

Ile Leu Gly Phe Cys Leu Phe Gly Ser Pro Asp Asn Gly Asp His Asp 
        195                 200                 205 

Asn Trp Gly Asn Leu Ala Ala Ala Phe Phe Thr Leu Phe Ser Leu Ala 
    210                 215                 220 

Thr Val Asp Gly Trp Thr Asp Leu Gln Lys Gln Leu Asp Asn Arg Glu 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Phe Ala Leu Ser Arg Ala Phe Thr Ile Ile Phe Ile Leu Leu Ala Ser 
                245                 250                 255 

Phe Ile Phe Leu Asn Met Phe Val Gly Val Met Ile Met His Thr Glu 
            260                 265                 270 

Asp Ser Ile Arg Lys Phe Glu Arg Glu Leu Met Leu Glu Gln Gln Glu 
        275                 280                 285 

Met Leu Met Gly Glu Lys Gln Val Ile Leu Gln Arg Gln Gln Glu Glu 
    290                 295                 300 

Ile Ser Arg Leu Met His Ile Gln Lys Asn Ala Asp Cys Thr Ser Phe 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Ser Glu Leu Val Glu Asn Phe Lys Lys Thr Leu Ser His Thr Asp Pro 
                325                 330                 335 

Met Val Leu Asp Asp Phe Gly Thr Ser Leu Pro Phe Ile Asp Ile Tyr 
            340                 345                 350 

Phe Ser Thr Leu Asp Tyr Gln Asp Thr Thr Val His Lys Leu Gln Glu 
        355                 360                 365 

Leu Tyr Tyr Glu Ile Val His Val Leu Ser Leu Met Leu Glu Asp Leu 
    370                 375                 380 

Pro Gln Glu Lys Pro Gln Ser Leu Glu Lys Val Asp Glu Lys 
385                 390                 395 

 
           
             22  
             1197  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            22 

atgtctcaac accgtcacca gcgccactcg agagtcattt ctagttcacc agttgacact     60 

acatcggtgg gattttgccc aacattcaag aaatttaaga ggaacgatga tgaatgtcgg    120 

gcatttgtga agagagtcat aatgagccgt ttctttaaga taattatgat tagcactgtc    180 

acatcgaatg cgttttttat ggccttgtgg accagttatg acataaggta ccgcttgttc    240 

agacttcttg agttctcgga gatcttcttt gtgtccatct gcacatctga gttgtccatg    300 

aaggtctatg tggaccccat caactactgg aagaacggct acaacctgct ggatgtgatc    360 

attatcatcg ttatgttttt accctatgcc ctccgccagc tcatgggcaa acagttcact    420 

tacctgtata tcgctgatgg catgcagtcc ctgcgcatcc tcaagcttat cggctatagc    480 

cagggcatcc ggacgctgat caccgccgtg gggcagacag tctacaccgt ggcctctgtg    540 

ctcctcctgc tcttcctcct catgtacatc ttcgctatct tgggcttctg cctgtttgga    600 

tctccagaca atggtgacca tgataactgg gggaacctgg ctgcagcttt tttcaccctc    660 

ttcagcttgg ccacggttga tggctggaca gacctgcaga agcagttgga caatcgggaa    720 

tttgctttga gccgggcatt caccatcatc ttcatcttgc tcgcctcttt catcttcctc    780 

aacatgttcg tgggtgtgat gatcatgcac acagaggact ccatcagaaa gtttgagcga    840 

gagctgatgt tggagcagca ggagatgctc atgggagaga agcaggtgat tctgcagcgg    900 

cagcaggagg agatcagcag gctgatgcac atacagaaaa atgctgactg cacaagtttc    960 

agtgagctgg tggagaactt taagaagacc ttgagccaca ctgacccaat ggtcttggat   1020 

gattttggca ctagcttacc cttcatcgat atctactttt ccactctgga ctaccaggac   1080 

acaactgtcc acaagcttca agagctgtac tatgagatcg tgcatgtgct gagcctaatg   1140 

ctggaagact tgccccagga gaagccccag tccttggaaa aggtggatga gaagtag      1197 

 
           
             23  
             305  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            23 

Ile Val Ser Ser Pro Tyr Phe Glu Leu Phe Ile Leu Leu Thr Ile Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Asn Asp Asp Lys Val Ser Lys Thr Ile Ala Leu Ala Met Glu His 
            20                  25                  30 

Pro Asn Gln Glu Thr Leu Asn Asp Ile Leu Asp Tyr Val Glu Tyr Val 
        35                  40                  45 

Phe Thr Gly Ile Phe Thr Phe Glu Met Leu Leu Lys Met Ile Ala Leu 
    50                  55                  60 

Gly Phe Lys Leu His Lys Gly Ala Tyr Phe Arg Asn Gly Trp Asn Ile 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Leu Asp Phe Val Val Val Leu Leu Ser Ile Ile Glu Leu Gly Leu Ser 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Ile Asn Lys Lys Ala Ala Asn Val Gly Gly Ser Pro Gln Gln Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Lys Gly Ser Leu Phe Gly Leu Lys Val Leu Arg Leu Phe Arg Val Leu 
        115                 120                 125 

Arg Pro Leu Lys Leu Val Arg Arg Ala Pro Gly Leu Arg Val Leu Val 
    130                 135                 140 

Gln Thr Leu Leu Asn Ser Met Lys Ala Leu Gly Asn Leu Leu Leu Leu 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Phe Leu Phe Val Phe Ile Phe Ala Ile Ile Gly Met Gln Leu Phe 
                165                 170                 175 

Ala Gly Lys Phe Glu Phe Asp Cys Ile Asp Glu Ser Thr Glu Leu Phe 
            180                 185                 190 

Asp Ile Ile Ala Thr Glu Pro Ser Leu Cys Gly Asn Glu Ser Tyr Ala 
        195                 200                 205 

Arg Asp Cys Pro Asp Gly Tyr Thr Cys Arg Arg Gly Trp Glu Gly Pro 
    210                 215                 220 

Asn Asn Gly Arg Thr Asn Phe Asp Asn Phe Pro Gln Ala Phe Leu Thr 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Leu Phe Gln Val Met Thr Gly Glu Gly Trp Gly Asp Val Leu Tyr Asp 
                245                 250                 255 

Thr Ile Asp Ala Ala Gly Glu Asp Cys Asp Pro Glu Ser Glu Ala Gly 
            260                 265                 270 

Gly Gly Ile Cys Gly Asn Asn Val Leu Met Gly Ile Tyr Phe Ile Ser 
        275                 280                 285 

Leu Ile Ile Leu Gly Ser Phe Leu Thr Leu Asn Leu Phe Leu Ala Val 
    290                 295                 300 

Ile 
305 

 
           
             24  
             1836  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            24 

Met Ala Arg Pro Ser Leu Cys Thr Leu Val Pro Leu Gly Pro Glu Cys 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Arg Pro Phe Thr Arg Glu Ser Leu Ala Ala Ile Glu Gln Arg Ala 
            20                  25                  30 

Val Glu Glu Glu Ala Arg Leu Gln Arg Asn Lys Gln Met Glu Ile Glu 
        35                  40                  45 

Glu Pro Glu Arg Lys Pro Arg Ser Asp Leu Glu Ala Gly Lys Asn Leu 
    50                  55                  60 

Pro Met Ile Tyr Gly Asp Pro Pro Pro Glu Val Ile Gly Ile Pro Leu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Glu Asp Leu Asp Pro Tyr Tyr Ser Asn Lys Lys Thr Phe Ile Val Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Asn Lys Gly Lys Ala Ile Phe Arg Phe Ser Ala Thr Pro Ala Leu Tyr 
            100                 105                 110 

Leu Leu Ser Pro Phe Ser Val Val Arg Arg Gly Ala Ile Lys Val Leu 
        115                 120                 125 

Ile His Ala Leu Phe Ser Met Phe Ile Met Ile Thr Ile Leu Thr Asn 
    130                 135                 140 

Cys Val Phe Met Thr Met Ser Asp Pro Pro Pro Trp Ser Lys Asn Val 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Glu Tyr Thr Phe Thr Gly Ile Tyr Thr Phe Glu Ser Leu Ile Lys Ile 
                165                 170                 175 

Leu Ala Arg Gly Phe Cys Val Asp Asp Phe Thr Phe Leu Arg Asp Pro 
            180                 185                 190 

Trp Asn Trp Leu Asp Phe Ser Val Ile Met Met Ala Tyr Leu Thr Glu 
        195                 200                 205 

Phe Val Asp Leu Gly Asn Ile Ser Ala Leu Arg Thr Phe Arg Val Leu 
    210                 215                 220 

Arg Ala Leu Lys Thr Ile Thr Val Ile Pro Gly Leu Lys Thr Ile Val 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Gly Ala Leu Ile Gln Ser Val Lys Lys Leu Ser Asp Val Met Ile Leu 
                245                 250                 255 

Thr Val Phe Cys Leu Ser Val Phe Ala Leu Val Gly Leu Gln Leu Phe 
            260                 265                 270 

Met Gly Asn Leu Arg Gln Lys Cys Val Arg Trp Pro Pro Pro Phe Asn 
        275                 280                 285 

Asp Thr Asn Thr Thr Trp Tyr Ser Asn Asp Thr Trp Tyr Gly Asn Asp 
    290                 295                 300 

Thr Trp Tyr Gly Asn Glu Met Trp Tyr Gly Asn Asp Ser Trp Tyr Ala 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Asn Asp Thr Trp Asn Ser His Ala Ser Trp Ala Thr Asn Asp Thr Phe 
                325                 330                 335 

Asp Trp Asp Ala Tyr Ile Ser Asp Glu Gly Asn Phe Tyr Phe Leu Glu 
            340                 345                 350 

Gly Ser Asn Asp Ala Leu Leu Cys Gly Asn Ser Ser Asp Ala Gly His 
        355                 360                 365 

Cys Pro Gln Gly Tyr Glu Cys Ile Lys Thr Gly Arg Asn Pro Asn Tyr 
    370                 375                 380 

Gly Tyr Thr Ser Tyr Asp Thr Phe Ser Trp Ala Phe Leu Ala Leu Phe 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Arg Leu Met Thr Gln Asp Tyr Trp Glu Asn Leu Phe Gln Leu Thr Leu 
                405                 410                 415 

Arg Ala Ala Gly Lys Thr Tyr Met Ile Phe Phe Val Val Ile Ile Phe 
            420                 425                 430 

Leu Gly Ser Phe Tyr Leu Ile Asn Leu Ile Leu Ala Val Val Ala Met 
        435                 440                 445 

Ala Tyr Ala Glu Gln Asn Glu Ala Thr Leu Ala Glu Asp Lys Glu Lys 
    450                 455                 460 

Glu Glu Glu Phe Gln Gln Met Leu Glu Lys Phe Lys Lys His Gln Glu 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Glu Leu Glu Lys Ala Lys Ala Ala Gln Ala Leu Glu Gly Gly Glu Ala 
                485                 490                 495 

Asp Gly Asp Pro Ala His Gly Lys Asp Cys Asn Gly Ser Leu Asp Thr 
            500                 505                 510 

Ser Gln Gly Glu Lys Gly Ala Pro Arg Gln Ser Gly Ser Gly Asp Ser 
        515                 520                 525 

Gly Ile Ser Asp Ala Met Glu Glu Leu Glu Glu Ala His Gln Lys Cys 
    530                 535                 540 

Pro Pro Trp Trp Tyr Lys Cys Ala His Lys Val Leu Ile Trp Asn Cys 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Cys Ala Pro Trp Leu Lys Phe Lys Asn Ile Ile His Leu Ile Val Met 
                565                 570                 575 

Asp Pro Phe Val Asp Leu Gly Ile Thr Ile Cys Ile Val Leu Asn Thr 
            580                 585                 590 

Leu Phe Met Ala Met Glu His Tyr Pro Met Thr Glu His Phe Asp Asn 
        595                 600                 605 

Val Leu Thr Val Gly Asn Leu Val Phe Thr Gly Ile Phe Thr Ala Glu 
    610                 615                 620 

Met Val Leu Lys Leu Ile Ala Met Asp Pro Tyr Glu Tyr Phe Gln Gln 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Gly Trp Asn Ile Phe Asp Ser Ile Ile Val Thr Leu Ser Leu Val Glu 
                645                 650                 655 

Leu Gly Leu Ala Asn Val Gln Gly Leu Ser Val Leu Arg Ser Phe Arg 
            660                 665                 670 

Leu Leu Arg Val Phe Lys Leu Ala Lys Ser Trp Pro Thr Leu Asn Met 
        675                 680                 685 

Leu Ile Lys Ile Ile Gly Asn Ser Val Gly Ala Leu Gly Asn Leu Thr 
    690                 695                 700 

Leu Val Leu Ala Ile Ile Val Phe Ile Phe Ala Val Val Gly Met Gln 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Leu Phe Gly Lys Ser Tyr Lys Glu Cys Val Cys Lys Ile Ala Leu Asp 
                725                 730                 735 

Cys Asn Leu Pro Arg Trp His Met His Asp Phe Phe His Ser Phe Leu 
            740                 745                 750 

Ile Val Phe Arg Ile Leu Cys Gly Glu Trp Ile Glu Thr Met Trp Asp 
        755                 760                 765 

Cys Met Glu Val Ala Gly Gln Ala Met Cys Leu Thr Val Phe Leu Met 
    770                 775                 780 

Val Met Val Ile Gly Asn Leu Val Val Leu Asn Leu Phe Leu Ala Leu 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Leu Leu Ser Ser Phe Ser Ala Asp Ser Leu Ala Ala Ser Asp Glu Asp 
                805                 810                 815 

Gly Glu Met Asn Asn Leu Gln Ile Ala Ile Gly Arg Ile Lys Leu Gly 
            820                 825                 830 

Ile Gly Phe Ala Lys Ala Phe Leu Leu Gly Leu Leu His Gly Lys Ile 
        835                 840                 845 

Leu Ser Pro Lys Asp Ile Met Leu Ser Leu Gly Glu Ala Asp Gly Ala 
    850                 855                 860 

Gly Glu Ala Gly Glu Gly Gly Glu Thr Ala Pro Glu Asp Glu Lys Lys 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Glu Pro Pro Glu Glu Asp Leu Lys Lys Asp Asn His Ile Leu Asn His 
                885                 890                 895 

Met Gly Leu Ala Asp Gly Pro Pro Ser Ser Leu Glu Leu Asp His Leu 
            900                 905                 910 

Asn Phe Ile Asn Asn Pro Tyr Leu Thr Ile Gln Val Pro Ile Ala Ser 
        915                 920                 925 

Glu Glu Ser Asp Leu Glu Met Pro Thr Glu Glu Glu Thr Asp Thr Phe 
    930                 935                 940 

Ser Glu Pro Glu Asp Ser Lys Lys Pro Pro Gln Pro Leu Tyr Asp Gly 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Asn Ser Ser Val Cys Ser Thr Ala Asp Tyr Lys Pro Pro Glu Glu Asp 
                965                 970                 975 

Pro Glu Glu Gln Ala Glu Glu Asn Pro Glu Gly Glu Gln Pro Glu Glu 
            980                 985                 990 

Cys Phe Thr Glu Ala Cys Val Gln Arg Trp Pro Cys Leu Tyr Val Asp 
        995                 1000                1005 

Ile Ser Gln Gly Arg Gly Lys Lys Trp Trp Thr Leu Arg Arg Ala Cys 
    1010                1015                1020 

Phe Lys Ile Val Glu His Asn Trp Phe Glu Thr Phe Ile Val Phe Met 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Ile Leu Leu Ser Ser Gly Ala Leu Ala Phe Glu Asp Ile Tyr Ile Glu 
                1045                1050                1055 

Gln Arg Arg Val Ile Arg Thr Ile Leu Glu Tyr Ala Asp Lys Val Phe 
            1060                1065                1070 

Thr Tyr Ile Phe Ile Met Glu Met Leu Leu Lys Trp Val Ala Tyr Gly 
        1075                1080                1085 

Phe Lys Val Tyr Phe Thr Asn Ala Trp Cys Trp Leu Asp Phe Leu Ile 
    1090                1095                1100 

Val Asp Val Ser Ile Ile Ser Leu Val Ala Asn Trp Leu Gly Tyr Ser 
1105                1110                1115                1120 

Glu Leu Gly Pro Ile Lys Ser Leu Arg Thr Leu Arg Ala Leu Arg Pro 
                1125                1130                1135 

Leu Arg Ala Leu Ser Arg Phe Glu Gly Met Arg Val Val Val Lys Pro 
            1140                1145                1150 

Leu Leu Gly Ala Ile Pro Ser Ile Met Asn Val Leu Leu Val Cys Leu 
        1155                1160                1165 

Ile Phe Trp Leu Ile Phe Ser Ile Met Gly Val Asn Leu Phe Ala Gly 
    1170                1175                1180 

Lys Phe Tyr Tyr Cys Ile Asn Thr Thr Thr Ser Glu Arg Phe Asp Ile 
1185                1190                1195                1200 

Ser Glu Val Asn Asn Lys Ser Glu Cys Glu Ser Leu Met His Thr Gly 
                1205                1210                1215 

Gln Val Arg Trp Leu Asn Val Lys Val Asn Tyr Asp Asn Val Gly Leu 
            1220                1225                1230 

Gly Tyr Leu Ser Leu Leu Gln Val Ala Thr Phe Lys Gly Trp Met Asp 
        1235                1240                1245 

Ile Met Tyr Ala Ala Val Asp Ser Arg Glu Lys Glu Glu Gln Pro Gln 
    1250                1255                1260 

Tyr Glu Val Asn Leu Tyr Met Tyr Leu Tyr Phe Val Ile Phe Ile Ile 
1265                1270                1275                1280 

Phe Gly Ser Phe Phe Thr Leu Asn Leu Phe Ile Gly Val Ile Ile Asp 
                1285                1290                1295 

Asn Phe Asn Gln Gln Lys Lys Lys Leu Gly Gly Lys Asp Ile Phe Met 
            1300                1305                1310 

Thr Glu Glu Gln Lys Lys Tyr Tyr Asn Ala Met Lys Lys Leu Gly Ser 
        1315                1320                1325 

Lys Lys Pro Gln Lys Pro Ile Pro Arg Pro Gln Asn Lys Ile Gln Gly 
    1330                1335                1340 

Met Val Tyr Asp Leu Val Thr Lys Gln Ala Phe Asp Ile Thr Ile Met 
1345                1350                1355                1360 

Ile Leu Ile Cys Leu Asn Met Val Thr Met Met Val Glu Thr Asp Asp 
                1365                1370                1375 

Gln Ser Gln Leu Lys Val Asp Ile Leu Tyr Asn Ile Asn Met Ile Phe 
            1380                1385                1390 

Ile Ile Ile Phe Thr Gly Glu Cys Val Leu Lys Met Leu Ala Leu Arg 
        1395                1400                1405 

Gln Tyr Tyr Phe Thr Val Gly Trp Asn Ile Phe Asp Phe Val Val Val 
    1410                1415                1420 

Ile Leu Ser Ile Val Gly Leu Ala Leu Ser Asp Leu Ile Gln Lys Tyr 
1425                1430                1435                1440 

Phe Val Ser Pro Thr Leu Phe Arg Val Ile Arg Leu Ala Arg Ile Gly 
                1445                1450                1455 

Arg Val Leu Arg Leu Ile Arg Gly Ala Lys Gly Ile Arg Thr Leu Leu 
            1460                1465                1470 

Phe Ala Leu Met Met Ser Leu Pro Ala Leu Phe Asn Ile Gly Leu Leu 
        1475                1480                1485 

Leu Phe Leu Val Met Phe Ile Tyr Ser Ile Phe Gly Met Ser Asn Phe 
    1490                1495                1500 

Ala Tyr Val Lys Lys Glu Ser Gly Ile Asp Asp Met Phe Asn Phe Glu 
1505                1510                1515                1520 

Thr Phe Gly Asn Ser Ile Ile Cys Leu Phe Glu Ile Thr Thr Ser Ala 
                1525                1530                1535 

Gly Trp Asp Gly Leu Leu Asn Pro Ile Leu Asn Ser Gly Pro Pro Asp 
            1540                1545                1550 

Cys Asp Pro Asn Leu Glu Asn Pro Gly Thr Ser Val Lys Gly Asp Cys 
        1555                1560                1565 

Gly Asn Pro Ser Ile Gly Ile Cys Phe Phe Cys Ser Tyr Ile Ile Ile 
    1570                1575                1580 

Ser Phe Leu Ile Val Val Asn Met Tyr Ile Ala Ile Ile Leu Glu Asn 
1585                1590                1595                1600 

Phe Asn Val Ala Thr Glu Glu Ser Ser Glu Pro Leu Gly Glu Asp Asp 
                1605                1610                1615 

Phe Glu Met Phe Tyr Glu Thr Trp Glu Lys Phe Asp Pro Asp Ala Thr 
            1620                1625                1630 

Gln Phe Ile Ala Tyr Ser Arg Leu Ser Asp Phe Val Asp Thr Leu Gln 
        1635                1640                1645 

Glu Pro Leu Arg Ile Ala Lys Pro Asn Lys Ile Lys Leu Ile Thr Leu 
    1650                1655                1660 

Asp Leu Pro Met Val Pro Gly Asp Lys Ile His Cys Leu Asp Ile Leu 
1665                1670                1675                1680 

Phe Ala Leu Thr Lys Glu Val Leu Gly Asp Ser Gly Glu Met Asp Ala 
                1685                1690                1695 

Leu Lys Gln Thr Met Glu Glu Lys Phe Met Ala Ala Asn Pro Ser Lys 
            1700                1705                1710 

Val Ser Tyr Glu Pro Ile Thr Thr Thr Leu Lys Arg Lys His Glu Glu 
        1715                1720                1725 

Val Cys Ala Ile Lys Ile Gln Arg Ala Tyr Arg Arg His Leu Leu Gln 
    1730                1735                1740 

Arg Ser Met Lys Gln Ala Ser Tyr Met Tyr Arg His Ser His Asp Gly 
1745                1750                1755                1760 

Ser Gly Asp Asp Ala Pro Glu Lys Glu Gly Leu Leu Ala Asn Thr Met 
                1765                1770                1775 

Ser Lys Met Tyr Gly His Glu Asn Gly Asn Ser Ser Ser Pro Ser Pro 
            1780                1785                1790 

Glu Glu Lys Gly Glu Ala Gly Asp Ala Gly Pro Thr Met Gly Leu Met 
        1795                1800                1805 

Pro Ile Ser Pro Ser Asp Thr Ala Trp Pro Pro Ala Pro Pro Pro Gly 
    1810                1815                1820 

Gln Thr Val Arg Pro Gly Val Lys Glu Ser Leu Val 
1825                1830                1835 

 
           
             25  
             5  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               exemplary motif  
             
           
            25 

Thr Xaa Xaa Gly Trp 
 1               5 

 
           
             26  
             2326  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (178)...(2202)  
             
           
            26 

ccacgcgtcc gcccacgcgt ccgcccacgc gtccgcttgg ctgcaaagag agaggatccc     60 

gggtatctcc ctccttacaa ccaccgccac ctcctagtgc cttagaagcc actgacagcc    120 

cccagggcag gtgagccctg catctggaat aaggatccag aggtctcgtt caggacc atg   180 
                                                               Met 
                                                                1 

gag agc ggc acc agc agc cct cag cct cca cag tta gat ccc ctg gat      228 
Glu Ser Gly Thr Ser Ser Pro Gln Pro Pro Gln Leu Asp Pro Leu Asp 
             5                   10                  15 

gcg ttt ccc cag aag ggc ttg gag cct ggg gac atc gcg gtg cta gtt      276 
Ala Phe Pro Gln Lys Gly Leu Glu Pro Gly Asp Ile Ala Val Leu Val 
         20                  25                  30 

ctg tac ttc ctc ttt gtc ctg gct gtt gga cta tgg tcc aca gtg aag      324 
Leu Tyr Phe Leu Phe Val Leu Ala Val Gly Leu Trp Ser Thr Val Lys 
     35                  40                  45 

acc aaa aga gac aca gtg aaa ggc tac ttc ctg gct gaa ggg aac atg      372 
Thr Lys Arg Asp Thr Val Lys Gly Tyr Phe Leu Ala Glu Gly Asn Met 
 50                  55                  60                  65 

gtg tgg tgg cca gtg ggt gca tcc ttg ttt gcc agc aat gtt gga agt      420 
Val Trp Trp Pro Val Gly Ala Ser Leu Phe Ala Ser Asn Val Gly Ser 
                 70                  75                  80 

gga cat ttc att ggc ctg gca ggg tca ggt gct gct acg ggc att tct      468 
Gly His Phe Ile Gly Leu Ala Gly Ser Gly Ala Ala Thr Gly Ile Ser 
             85                  90                  95 

gta tca gct tat gaa ctt aat ggc ttg ttt tct gtg ctg atg ttg gcc      516 
Val Ser Ala Tyr Glu Leu Asn Gly Leu Phe Ser Val Leu Met Leu Ala 
        100                 105                 110 

tgg atc ttc cta ccc atc tac att gct ggt cag gtc acc acg atg cca      564 
Trp Ile Phe Leu Pro Ile Tyr Ile Ala Gly Gln Val Thr Thr Met Pro 
    115                 120                 125 

gaa tac cta cgg aag cgc ttc ggt ggc atc aga atc ccc atc atc ctg      612 
Glu Tyr Leu Arg Lys Arg Phe Gly Gly Ile Arg Ile Pro Ile Ile Leu 
130                 135                 140                 145 

gct gta ctc tac cta ttt atc tac atc ttc acc aag atc tcg gta gac      660 
Ala Val Leu Tyr Leu Phe Ile Tyr Ile Phe Thr Lys Ile Ser Val Asp 
                150                 155                 160 

atg tat gca ggt gcc atc ttc atc cag cag tct tcg cac ctg gat ctg      708 
Met Tyr Ala Gly Ala Ile Phe Ile Gln Gln Ser Ser His Leu Asp Leu 
            165                 170                 175 

tac ctg gcc ata gtt ggg cta ctg gcc atc act gct gta tac acg gtt      756 
Tyr Leu Ala Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Ala Ile Thr Ala Val Tyr Thr Val 
        180                 185                 190 

gct ggt ggc ctg gct gct gtg atc tac acg gat gcc ctg cag acg ctg      804 
Ala Gly Gly Leu Ala Ala Val Ile Tyr Thr Asp Ala Leu Gln Thr Leu 
    195                 200                 205 

atc atg ctt ata gga gcg ctc acc ttg atg ggc tac agt ttt gcc gcg      852 
Ile Met Leu Ile Gly Ala Leu Thr Leu Met Gly Tyr Ser Phe Ala Ala 
210                 215                 220                 225 

gtt ggt ggg atg gaa gga ctg aag gag aag tac ttc ttg gcc ctg gct      900 
Val Gly Gly Met Glu Gly Leu Lys Glu Lys Tyr Phe Leu Ala Leu Ala 
                230                 235                 240 

agc aac cgg agt gag aac agc agc tgc ggg ctg ccc cgg gaa gat gcc      948 
Ser Asn Arg Ser Glu Asn Ser Ser Cys Gly Leu Pro Arg Glu Asp Ala 
            245                 250                 255 

ttc cat att ttc cga gat ccg ctg aca tct gat ctc ccg tgg ccg ggg      996 
Phe His Ile Phe Arg Asp Pro Leu Thr Ser Asp Leu Pro Trp Pro Gly 
        260                 265                 270 

gtc cta ttt gga atg tcc atc cca tcc ctc tgg tac tgg tgc acg gat     1044 
Val Leu Phe Gly Met Ser Ile Pro Ser Leu Trp Tyr Trp Cys Thr Asp 
    275                 280                 285 

cag gtg att gtc cag cgg act ctg gct gcc aag aac ctg tcc cat gcc     1092 
Gln Val Ile Val Gln Arg Thr Leu Ala Ala Lys Asn Leu Ser His Ala 
290                 295                 300                 305 

aaa gga ggt gct ctg atg gct gca tac ctg aag gtg ctg ccc ctc ttc     1140 
Lys Gly Gly Ala Leu Met Ala Ala Tyr Leu Lys Val Leu Pro Leu Phe 
                310                 315                 320 

ata atg gtg ttc cct ggg atg gtc agc cgc atc ctc ttc cca gat caa     1188 
Ile Met Val Phe Pro Gly Met Val Ser Arg Ile Leu Phe Pro Asp Gln 
            325                 330                 335 

gtg gcc tgt gca gat cca gag atc tgc cag aag atc tgc agc aac ccc     1236 
Val Ala Cys Ala Asp Pro Glu Ile Cys Gln Lys Ile Cys Ser Asn Pro 
        340                 345                 350 

tca ggc tgt tcg gac atc gcg tat ccc aaa ctc gtg ctg gaa ctc ctg     1284 
Ser Gly Cys Ser Asp Ile Ala Tyr Pro Lys Leu Val Leu Glu Leu Leu 
    355                 360                 365 

ccc aca ggg ctc cgt ggg ctg atg atg gct gtg atg gtg gcg gct ctc     1332 
Pro Thr Gly Leu Arg Gly Leu Met Met Ala Val Met Val Ala Ala Leu 
370                 375                 380                 385 

atg tcc tcc ctc acc tcc atc ttt aac agt gcc agc acc atc ttc acc     1380 
Met Ser Ser Leu Thr Ser Ile Phe Asn Ser Ala Ser Thr Ile Phe Thr 
                390                 395                 400 

atg gac ctc tgg aat cac ctc cgg cct cgg gca tct gag aag gag ctc     1428 
Met Asp Leu Trp Asn His Leu Arg Pro Arg Ala Ser Glu Lys Glu Leu 
            405                 410                 415 

atg att gtg ggc agg gtg ttt gtg ctg ctg ctg gtc ctg gtc tcc atc     1476 
Met Ile Val Gly Arg Val Phe Val Leu Leu Leu Val Leu Val Ser Ile 
        420                 425                 430 

ctc tgg atc cct gtg gtc cag gcc agc cag ggc ggc cag ctc ttc atc     1524 
Leu Trp Ile Pro Val Val Gln Ala Ser Gln Gly Gly Gln Leu Phe Ile 
    435                 440                 445 

tat atc cag tcc atc agc tcc tac ctg cag ccg cct gtg gcg gtg gtc     1572 
Tyr Ile Gln Ser Ile Ser Ser Tyr Leu Gln Pro Pro Val Ala Val Val 
450                 455                 460                 465 

ttc atc atg gga tgt ttc tgg aag agg acc aat gaa aag ggt gcc ttc     1620 
Phe Ile Met Gly Cys Phe Trp Lys Arg Thr Asn Glu Lys Gly Ala Phe 
                470                 475                 480 

tgg ggc ctg atc tcg ggc ctg ctc ctg ggc ttg gtt agg ctg gtc ctg     1668 
Trp Gly Leu Ile Ser Gly Leu Leu Leu Gly Leu Val Arg Leu Val Leu 
            485                 490                 495 

gac ttt att tac gtg cag cct cga tgc gac cag cca gat gag cgc ccg     1716 
Asp Phe Ile Tyr Val Gln Pro Arg Cys Asp Gln Pro Asp Glu Arg Pro 
        500                 505                 510 

gtc ctg gtg aag agc att cac tac ctc tac ttc tcc atg atc ctg tcc     1764 
Val Leu Val Lys Ser Ile His Tyr Leu Tyr Phe Ser Met Ile Leu Ser 
    515                 520                 525 

acg gtc acc ctc atc act gtc tcc acc gtg agc tgg ttc aca gag cca     1812 
Thr Val Thr Leu Ile Thr Val Ser Thr Val Ser Trp Phe Thr Glu Pro 
530                 535                 540                 545 

ccc tcc aag gag atg gtc agc cac ctg acc tgg ttt act cgt cac gac     1860 
Pro Ser Lys Glu Met Val Ser His Leu Thr Trp Phe Thr Arg His Asp 
                550                 555                 560 

ccc gtg gtc cag aag gaa caa gca cca cca gca gct ccc ttg tct ctt     1908 
Pro Val Val Gln Lys Glu Gln Ala Pro Pro Ala Ala Pro Leu Ser Leu 
            565                 570                 575 

acc ctc tct cag aac ggg atg cca gag gcc agc agc agc agc agc gtc     1956 
Thr Leu Ser Gln Asn Gly Met Pro Glu Ala Ser Ser Ser Ser Ser Val 
        580                 585                 590 

cag ttc gag atg gtt caa gaa aac acg tct aaa acc cac agc tgt gac     2004 
Gln Phe Glu Met Val Gln Glu Asn Thr Ser Lys Thr His Ser Cys Asp 
    595                 600                 605 

atg acc cca aag cag tcc aaa gtg gtg aag gcc atc ctg tgg ctc tgt     2052 
Met Thr Pro Lys Gln Ser Lys Val Val Lys Ala Ile Leu Trp Leu Cys 
610                 615                 620                 625 

gga ata cag gag aag ggc aag gaa gag ctc ccg gcc aga gca gaa gcc     2100 
Gly Ile Gln Glu Lys Gly Lys Glu Glu Leu Pro Ala Arg Ala Glu Ala 
                630                 635                 640 

atc ata gtt tcc ctg gaa gaa aac ccc ttg gtg aag acc ctc ctg gac     2148 
Ile Ile Val Ser Leu Glu Glu Asn Pro Leu Val Lys Thr Leu Leu Asp 
            645                 650                 655 

gtc aac ctc att ttc tgc gtg agc tgc gcc atc ttt atc tgg ggc tat     2196 
Val Asn Leu Ile Phe Cys Val Ser Cys Ala Ile Phe Ile Trp Gly Tyr 
        660                 665                 670 

ttt gct tagtgtgggg tgaacccagg ggtccaaact ctgtttctct tcagtgctcc      2252 
Phe Ala 
    675 

atttttttaa tgaaagaaaa aataataaag cttttgttta ccacaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa   2312 

aaaagggcgg ccgc                                                     2326 

 
           
             27  
             675  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            27 

Met Glu Ser Gly Thr Ser Ser Pro Gln Pro Pro Gln Leu Asp Pro Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Asp Ala Phe Pro Gln Lys Gly Leu Glu Pro Gly Asp Ile Ala Val Leu 
            20                  25                  30 

Val Leu Tyr Phe Leu Phe Val Leu Ala Val Gly Leu Trp Ser Thr Val 
        35                  40                  45 

Lys Thr Lys Arg Asp Thr Val Lys Gly Tyr Phe Leu Ala Glu Gly Asn 
    50                  55                  60 

Met Val Trp Trp Pro Val Gly Ala Ser Leu Phe Ala Ser Asn Val Gly 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Ser Gly His Phe Ile Gly Leu Ala Gly Ser Gly Ala Ala Thr Gly Ile 
                85                  90                  95 

Ser Val Ser Ala Tyr Glu Leu Asn Gly Leu Phe Ser Val Leu Met Leu 
            100                 105                 110 

Ala Trp Ile Phe Leu Pro Ile Tyr Ile Ala Gly Gln Val Thr Thr Met 
        115                 120                 125 

Pro Glu Tyr Leu Arg Lys Arg Phe Gly Gly Ile Arg Ile Pro Ile Ile 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Ala Val Leu Tyr Leu Phe Ile Tyr Ile Phe Thr Lys Ile Ser Val 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Asp Met Tyr Ala Gly Ala Ile Phe Ile Gln Gln Ser Ser His Leu Asp 
                165                 170                 175 

Leu Tyr Leu Ala Ile Val Gly Leu Leu Ala Ile Thr Ala Val Tyr Thr 
            180                 185                 190 

Val Ala Gly Gly Leu Ala Ala Val Ile Tyr Thr Asp Ala Leu Gln Thr 
        195                 200                 205 

Leu Ile Met Leu Ile Gly Ala Leu Thr Leu Met Gly Tyr Ser Phe Ala 
    210                 215                 220 

Ala Val Gly Gly Met Glu Gly Leu Lys Glu Lys Tyr Phe Leu Ala Leu 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Ala Ser Asn Arg Ser Glu Asn Ser Ser Cys Gly Leu Pro Arg Glu Asp 
                245                 250                 255 

Ala Phe His Ile Phe Arg Asp Pro Leu Thr Ser Asp Leu Pro Trp Pro 
            260                 265                 270 

Gly Val Leu Phe Gly Met Ser Ile Pro Ser Leu Trp Tyr Trp Cys Thr 
        275                 280                 285 

Asp Gln Val Ile Val Gln Arg Thr Leu Ala Ala Lys Asn Leu Ser His 
    290                 295                 300 

Ala Lys Gly Gly Ala Leu Met Ala Ala Tyr Leu Lys Val Leu Pro Leu 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Phe Ile Met Val Phe Pro Gly Met Val Ser Arg Ile Leu Phe Pro Asp 
                325                 330                 335 

Gln Val Ala Cys Ala Asp Pro Glu Ile Cys Gln Lys Ile Cys Ser Asn 
            340                 345                 350 

Pro Ser Gly Cys Ser Asp Ile Ala Tyr Pro Lys Leu Val Leu Glu Leu 
        355                 360                 365 

Leu Pro Thr Gly Leu Arg Gly Leu Met Met Ala Val Met Val Ala Ala 
    370                 375                 380 

Leu Met Ser Ser Leu Thr Ser Ile Phe Asn Ser Ala Ser Thr Ile Phe 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Thr Met Asp Leu Trp Asn His Leu Arg Pro Arg Ala Ser Glu Lys Glu 
                405                 410                 415 

Leu Met Ile Val Gly Arg Val Phe Val Leu Leu Leu Val Leu Val Ser 
            420                 425                 430 

Ile Leu Trp Ile Pro Val Val Gln Ala Ser Gln Gly Gly Gln Leu Phe 
        435                 440                 445 

Ile Tyr Ile Gln Ser Ile Ser Ser Tyr Leu Gln Pro Pro Val Ala Val 
    450                 455                 460 

Val Phe Ile Met Gly Cys Phe Trp Lys Arg Thr Asn Glu Lys Gly Ala 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Phe Trp Gly Leu Ile Ser Gly Leu Leu Leu Gly Leu Val Arg Leu Val 
                485                 490                 495 

Leu Asp Phe Ile Tyr Val Gln Pro Arg Cys Asp Gln Pro Asp Glu Arg 
            500                 505                 510 

Pro Val Leu Val Lys Ser Ile His Tyr Leu Tyr Phe Ser Met Ile Leu 
        515                 520                 525 

Ser Thr Val Thr Leu Ile Thr Val Ser Thr Val Ser Trp Phe Thr Glu 
    530                 535                 540 

Pro Pro Ser Lys Glu Met Val Ser His Leu Thr Trp Phe Thr Arg His 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Asp Pro Val Val Gln Lys Glu Gln Ala Pro Pro Ala Ala Pro Leu Ser 
                565                 570                 575 

Leu Thr Leu Ser Gln Asn Gly Met Pro Glu Ala Ser Ser Ser Ser Ser 
            580                 585                 590 

Val Gln Phe Glu Met Val Gln Glu Asn Thr Ser Lys Thr His Ser Cys 
        595                 600                 605 

Asp Met Thr Pro Lys Gln Ser Lys Val Val Lys Ala Ile Leu Trp Leu 
    610                 615                 620 

Cys Gly Ile Gln Glu Lys Gly Lys Glu Glu Leu Pro Ala Arg Ala Glu 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Ala Ile Ile Val Ser Leu Glu Glu Asn Pro Leu Val Lys Thr Leu Leu 
                645                 650                 655 

Asp Val Asn Leu Ile Phe Cys Val Ser Cys Ala Ile Phe Ile Trp Gly 
            660                 665                 670 

Tyr Phe Ala 
        675 

 
           
             28  
             2028  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            28 

atggagagcg gcaccagcag ccctcagcct ccacagttag atcccctgga tgcgtttccc     60 

cagaagggct tggagcctgg ggacatcgcg gtgctagttc tgtacttcct ctttgtcctg    120 

gctgttggac tatggtccac agtgaagacc aaaagagaca cagtgaaagg ctacttcctg    180 

gctgaaggga acatggtgtg gtggccagtg ggtgcatcct tgtttgccag caatgttgga    240 

agtggacatt tcattggcct ggcagggtca ggtgctgcta cgggcatttc tgtatcagct    300 

tatgaactta atggcttgtt ttctgtgctg atgttggcct ggatcttcct acccatctac    360 

attgctggtc aggtcaccac gatgccagaa tacctacgga agcgcttcgg tggcatcaga    420 

atccccatca tcctggctgt actctaccta tttatctaca tcttcaccaa gatctcggta    480 

gacatgtatg caggtgccat cttcatccag cagtcttcgc acctggatct gtacctggcc    540 

atagttgggc tactggccat cactgctgta tacacggttg ctggtggcct ggctgctgtg    600 

atctacacgg atgccctgca gacgctgatc atgcttatag gagcgctcac cttgatgggc    660 

tacagttttg ccgcggttgg tgggatggaa ggactgaagg agaagtactt cttggccctg    720 

gctagcaacc ggagtgagaa cagcagctgc gggctgcccc gggaagatgc cttccatatt    780 

ttccgagatc cgctgacatc tgatctcccg tggccggggg tcctatttgg aatgtccatc    840 

ccatccctct ggtactggtg cacggatcag gtgattgtcc agcggactct ggctgccaag    900 

aacctgtccc atgccaaagg aggtgctctg atggctgcat acctgaaggt gctgcccctc    960 

ttcataatgg tgttccctgg gatggtcagc cgcatcctct tcccagatca agtggcctgt   1020 

gcagatccag agatctgcca gaagatctgc agcaacccct caggctgttc ggacatcgcg   1080 

tatcccaaac tcgtgctgga actcctgccc acagggctcc gtgggctgat gatggctgtg   1140 

atggtggcgg ctctcatgtc ctccctcacc tccatcttta acagtgccag caccatcttc   1200 

accatggacc tctggaatca cctccggcct cgggcatctg agaaggagct catgattgtg   1260 

ggcagggtgt ttgtgctgct gctggtcctg gtctccatcc tctggatccc tgtggtccag   1320 

gccagccagg gcggccagct cttcatctat atccagtcca tcagctccta cctgcagccg   1380 

cctgtggcgg tggtcttcat catgggatgt ttctggaaga ggaccaatga aaagggtgcc   1440 

ttctggggcc tgatctcggg cctgctcctg ggcttggtta ggctggtcct ggactttatt   1500 

tacgtgcagc ctcgatgcga ccagccagat gagcgcccgg tcctggtgaa gagcattcac   1560 

tacctctact tctccatgat cctgtccacg gtcaccctca tcactgtctc caccgtgagc   1620 

tggttcacag agccaccctc caaggagatg gtcagccacc tgacctggtt tactcgtcac   1680 

gaccccgtgg tccagaagga acaagcacca ccagcagctc ccttgtctct taccctctct   1740 

cagaacggga tgccagaggc cagcagcagc agcagcgtcc agttcgagat ggttcaagaa   1800 

aacacgtcta aaacccacag ctgtgacatg accccaaagc agtccaaagt ggtgaaggcc   1860 

atcctgtggc tctgtggaat acaggagaag ggcaaggaag agctcccggc cagagcagaa   1920 

gccatcatag tttccctgga agaaaacccc ttggtgaaga ccctcctgga cgtcaacctc   1980 

attttctgcg tgagctgcgc catctttatc tggggctatt ttgcttag                2028 

 
           
             29  
             447  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus  sequence  
             
           
            29 

Tyr Phe Leu Ala Gly Arg Ser Met Thr Gly Phe Val Leu Gly Leu Ser 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Ala Ala Ser Tyr Ile Ser Ala Ala Ser Phe Val Gly Leu Ala Gly 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Val Ala Ala Ser Gly Leu Ala Val Val Leu Tyr Ala Ile Gly Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Leu Val Gly Val Leu Leu Leu Leu Trp Leu Val Ala Pro Arg Leu Arg 
    50                  55                  60 

Val Leu Thr Arg Leu Asn Leu Gly Ala Leu Thr Met Pro Asp Tyr Leu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Ser Lys Arg Phe Gly Gly Lys Arg Lys Ile Leu Val Tyr Leu Ser Ala 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Ser Leu Leu Leu Tyr Ile Phe Thr Tyr Met Ser Val Gln Leu Val 
            100                 105                 110 

Gly Gly Ala Arg Leu Ile Glu Leu Ala Leu Gly Leu Asn Tyr Tyr Thr 
        115                 120                 125 

Ala Val Leu Leu Leu Ala Ala Leu Thr Ala Leu Tyr Thr Val Ile Gly 
    130                 135                 140 

Gly Leu Leu Ala Val Ser Trp Thr Asp Thr Ile Gln Ala Val Leu Met 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Phe Gly Ala Leu Ile Leu Met Ile Ile Val Phe His Glu Val Gly 
                165                 170                 175 

Asp Phe Gly Leu Glu Ser Ala Val Glu Lys Tyr Met Glu Ala Ala Pro 
            180                 185                 190 

Asn Gly Thr Ser Val Asp Leu Thr Ala Val Leu Thr Ile Ser Glu Lys 
        195                 200                 205 

Cys Leu Thr His Pro Arg Pro Asp Gly Leu His Ile Leu Arg Asp Pro 
    210                 215                 220 

Leu Thr Gly Leu Ser Leu Trp Leu Gly Leu Val Leu Gly Val Thr Gly 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Leu Ser Val Trp Tyr Trp Cys Thr Asp Pro His Ile Leu Gln Arg Phe 
                245                 250                 255 

Leu Ala Ala Lys Asn Leu Ser His Val Asp Ala Lys Ala Ile Leu Lys 
            260                 265                 270 

Gly Val Leu Ile Leu Thr Pro Met Phe Ile Ile Val Met Pro Gly Met 
        275                 280                 285 

Ile Ser Arg Gly Leu Phe Ala Ile Ala Leu Ala Gly Ala Asn Pro Glu 
    290                 295                 300 

Glu Cys Lys Arg Ala Ala Gly Thr Glu Val Gly Cys Ser Asn Ile Ala 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Tyr Pro Thr Leu Ala Val Lys Leu Leu Pro Pro Gly Leu Ala Gly Leu 
                325                 330                 335 

Met Leu Ala Val Met Leu Ala Ala Ile Met Ser Thr Leu Thr Ser Gln 
            340                 345                 350 

Leu Leu Ser Ser Ser Ser Ala Phe Thr Lys Asp Leu Tyr Lys Asn Ile 
        355                 360                 365 

Arg Arg Lys Ala Ser Ala Thr Glu Lys Glu Leu Val Gly Arg Ser Arg 
    370                 375                 380 

Ile Ile Val Leu Val Val Ile Ser Leu Ala Ile Leu Leu Ala Val Gln 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Pro Glu Gln Gly Gly Gln Val Leu Phe Leu Val Gln Leu Ala Phe Ala 
                405                 410                 415 

Gly Leu Ala Ser Ala Phe Leu Pro Val Ile Leu Leu Ala Ile Phe Trp 
            420                 425                 430 

Lys Arg Val Asn Glu Gln Gly Ala Leu Trp Gly Met Ile Ile Gly 
        435                 440                 445 

 
           
             30  
             672  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            30 

Met Glu Glu His Thr Glu Ala Gly Ser Ala Pro Glu Met Gly Ala Gln 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Lys Ala Leu Ile Asp Asn Pro Ala Asp Ile Leu Val Ile Ala Ala Tyr 
            20                  25                  30 

Phe Leu Leu Val Ile Gly Val Gly Leu Trp Ser Met Cys Arg Thr Asn 
        35                  40                  45 

Arg Gly Thr Val Gly Gly Tyr Phe Leu Ala Gly Arg Ser Met Val Trp 
    50                  55                  60 

Trp Pro Val Gly Ala Ser Leu Phe Ala Ser Asn Ile Gly Ser Gly His 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Phe Val Gly Leu Ala Gly Thr Gly Ala Ala Ser Gly Leu Ala Val Ala 
                85                  90                  95 

Gly Phe Glu Trp Asn Ala Leu Phe Val Val Leu Leu Leu Gly Trp Leu 
            100                 105                 110 

Phe Ala Pro Val Tyr Leu Thr Ala Gly Val Ile Thr Met Pro Gln Tyr 
        115                 120                 125 

Leu Arg Lys Arg Phe Gly Gly Arg Arg Ile Arg Leu Tyr Leu Ser Val 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Ser Leu Phe Leu Tyr Ile Phe Thr Lys Ile Ser Val Asp Met Phe 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ser Gly Ala Val Phe Ile Gln Gln Ala Leu Gly Trp Asn Ile Tyr Ala 
                165                 170                 175 

Ser Val Ile Ala Leu Leu Gly Ile Thr Met Ile Tyr Thr Val Thr Gly 
            180                 185                 190 

Gly Leu Ala Ala Leu Met Tyr Thr Asp Thr Val Gln Thr Phe Val Ile 
        195                 200                 205 

Leu Gly Gly Ala Cys Ile Leu Met Gly Tyr Ala Phe His Glu Val Gly 
    210                 215                 220 

Gly Tyr Ser Gly Leu Phe Asp Lys Tyr Leu Gly Ala Ala Thr Ser Leu 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Thr Val Ser Glu Asp Pro Ala Val Gly Asn Ile Ser Ser Phe Cys Tyr 
                245                 250                 255 

Arg Pro Arg Pro Asp Ser Tyr His Leu Leu Arg His Pro Val Thr Gly 
            260                 265                 270 

Asp Leu Pro Trp Pro Ala Leu Leu Leu Gly Leu Thr Ile Val Ser Gly 
        275                 280                 285 

Trp Tyr Trp Cys Ser Asp Gln Val Ile Val Gln Arg Cys Leu Ala Gly 
    290                 295                 300 

Lys Ser Leu Thr His Ile Lys Ala Gly Cys Ile Leu Cys Gly Tyr Leu 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Lys Leu Thr Pro Met Phe Leu Met Val Met Pro Gly Met Ile Ser Arg 
                325                 330                 335 

Ile Leu Tyr Pro Asp Glu Val Ala Cys Val Val Pro Glu Val Cys Arg 
            340                 345                 350 

Arg Val Cys Gly Thr Glu Val Gly Cys Ser Asn Ile Ala Tyr Pro Arg 
        355                 360                 365 

Leu Val Val Lys Leu Met Pro Asn Gly Leu Arg Gly Leu Met Leu Ala 
    370                 375                 380 

Val Met Leu Ala Ala Leu Met Ser Ser Leu Ala Ser Ile Phe Asn Ser 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ser Ser Thr Leu Phe Thr Met Asp Ile Tyr Thr Arg Leu Arg Pro Arg 
                405                 410                 415 

Ala Gly Asp Arg Glu Leu Leu Leu Val Gly Arg Leu Trp Val Val Phe 
            420                 425                 430 

Ile Val Val Val Ser Val Ala Trp Leu Pro Val Val Gln Ala Ala Gln 
        435                 440                 445 

Gly Gly Gln Leu Phe Asp Tyr Ile Gln Ala Val Ser Ser Tyr Leu Ala 
    450                 455                 460 

Pro Pro Val Ser Ala Val Phe Val Leu Ala Leu Phe Val Pro Arg Val 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Asn Glu Gln Gly Ala Phe Trp Gly Leu Ile Gly Gly Leu Leu Met Gly 
                485                 490                 495 

Leu Ala Arg Leu Ile Pro Glu Phe Ser Phe Gly Ser Gly Ser Cys Val 
            500                 505                 510 

Gln Pro Ser Ala Cys Pro Ala Phe Leu Cys Gly Val His Tyr Leu Tyr 
        515                 520                 525 

Phe Ala Ile Val Leu Phe Phe Cys Ser Gly Leu Leu Thr Leu Thr Val 
    530                 535                 540 

Ser Leu Cys Thr Ala Pro Ile Pro Arg Lys His Leu His Arg Leu Val 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Phe Ser Leu Arg His Ser Lys Glu Glu Arg Glu Asp Leu Asp Ala Asp 
                565                 570                 575 

Glu Gln Gln Gly Ser Ser Leu Pro Val Gln Asn Gly Cys Pro Glu Ser 
            580                 585                 590 

Ala Met Glu Met Asn Glu Pro Gln Ala Pro Ala Pro Ser Leu Phe Arg 
        595                 600                 605 

Gln Cys Leu Leu Trp Phe Cys Gly Met Ser Arg Gly Gly Val Gly Ser 
    610                 615                 620 

Pro Pro Pro Leu Thr Gln Glu Glu Ala Ala Ala Ala Ala Arg Arg Leu 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Glu Asp Ile Ser Glu Asp Pro Ser Trp Ala Arg Val Val Asn Leu Asn 
                645                 650                 655 

Ala Leu Leu Met Met Ala Val Ala Val Phe Leu Trp Gly Phe Tyr Ala 
            660                 665                 670 

 
           
             31  
             26  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               exemplary motif  
             
           
            31 

Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Gly Gly Xaa Xaa Xaa 
            20                  25 

 
           
             32  
             21  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               exemplary motif  
             
           
            32 

Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Gly Ala Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Xaa Xaa Gly Xaa Xaa 
            20 

 
           
             33  
             4638  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (201)...(4280)  
             
           
            33 

gatgtttaaa aagagggatc aagcacaggc taaggagagg aaagagcagg cacccaaacc     60 

tctgcatggc cccaatatgc tccctgcagg gtagtgcccc ctcttctggc tgctcaaggc    120 

gagatctaag cttcttctaa ctcctgctgt cttttcatat tctctgattc tgggaaacga    180 

agaattggca ggaactgaaa atg act agg aag agg aca tac tgg gtg ccc aac    233 
                       Met Thr Arg Lys Arg Thr Tyr Trp Val Pro Asn 
                        1               5                   10 

tct tct ggt ggc ctc gtg aat cgt ggc atc gac ata ggc gat gac atg      281 
Ser Ser Gly Gly Leu Val Asn Arg Gly Ile Asp Ile Gly Asp Asp Met 
             15                  20                  25 

gtt tca gga ctt att tat aaa acc tat act ctc caa gat ggc ccc tgg      329 
Val Ser Gly Leu Ile Tyr Lys Thr Tyr Thr Leu Gln Asp Gly Pro Trp 
         30                  35                  40 

agt cag caa gag aga aat cct gag gct cca ggg agg gca gct gtc cca      377 
Ser Gln Gln Glu Arg Asn Pro Glu Ala Pro Gly Arg Ala Ala Val Pro 
     45                  50                  55 

ccg tgg ggg aag tat gat gct gcc ttg aga acc atg att ccc ttc cgt      425 
Pro Trp Gly Lys Tyr Asp Ala Ala Leu Arg Thr Met Ile Pro Phe Arg 
 60                  65                  70                  75 

ccc aag ccg agg ttt cct gcc ccc cag ccc ctg gac aat gct ggc ctg      473 
Pro Lys Pro Arg Phe Pro Ala Pro Gln Pro Leu Asp Asn Ala Gly Leu 
                 80                  85                  90 

ttc tcc tac ctc acc gtg tca tgg ctc acc ccg ctc atg atc caa agc      521 
Phe Ser Tyr Leu Thr Val Ser Trp Leu Thr Pro Leu Met Ile Gln Ser 
             95                 100                 105 

tta cgg agt cgc tta gat gag aac acc atc cct cca ctg tca gtc cat      569 
Leu Arg Ser Arg Leu Asp Glu Asn Thr Ile Pro Pro Leu Ser Val His 
        110                 115                 120 

gat gcc tca gac aaa aat gtc caa agg ctt cac cgc ctt tgg gaa gaa      617 
Asp Ala Ser Asp Lys Asn Val Gln Arg Leu His Arg Leu Trp Glu Glu 
    125                 130                 135 

gaa gtc tca agg cga ggg att gaa aaa gct tca gtg ctt ctg gtg atg      665 
Glu Val Ser Arg Arg Gly Ile Glu Lys Ala Ser Val Leu Leu Val Met 
140                 145                 150                 155 

ctg agg ttc cag aga aca agg ttg att ttc gat gca ctt ctg ggc atc      713 
Leu Arg Phe Gln Arg Thr Arg Leu Ile Phe Asp Ala Leu Leu Gly Ile 
                160                 165                 170 

tgc ttc tgc att gcc agt gta ctc ggg cca ata ttg att ata cca aag      761 
Cys Phe Cys Ile Ala Ser Val Leu Gly Pro Ile Leu Ile Ile Pro Lys 
            175                 180                 185 

atc ctg gaa tat tca gaa gag cag ttg ggg aat gtt gtc cat gga gtg      809 
Ile Leu Glu Tyr Ser Glu Glu Gln Leu Gly Asn Val Val His Gly Val 
        190                 195                 200 

gga ctc tgc ttt gcc ctt ttt ctc tcc gaa tgt gtg aag tct ctg agt      857 
Gly Leu Cys Phe Ala Leu Phe Leu Ser Glu Cys Val Lys Ser Leu Ser 
    205                 210                 215 

ttc tcc tcc agt tgg atc atc aac caa cgc aca gcc atc agg ttc cga      905 
Phe Ser Ser Ser Trp Ile Ile Asn Gln Arg Thr Ala Ile Arg Phe Arg 
220                 225                 230                 235 

gca gct gtt tcc tcc ttt gcc ttt gag aag ctc atc caa ttt aag tct      953 
Ala Ala Val Ser Ser Phe Ala Phe Glu Lys Leu Ile Gln Phe Lys Ser 
                240                 245                 250 

gta ata cac atc acc tca gga gag gga ggt gac atc tgt gcc cat caa     1001 
Val Ile His Ile Thr Ser Gly Glu Gly Gly Asp Ile Cys Ala His Gln 
            255                 260                 265 

ctt gct gtc ttg cag gcc atc agc ttc ttc acc ggt gat gta aac tac     1049 
Leu Ala Val Leu Gln Ala Ile Ser Phe Phe Thr Gly Asp Val Asn Tyr 
        270                 275                 280 

ctg ttt gaa ggg gtg tgc tat gga ccc cta gta ctg atc acc tgc gca     1097 
Leu Phe Glu Gly Val Cys Tyr Gly Pro Leu Val Leu Ile Thr Cys Ala 
    285                 290                 295 

tcg ctg gtc atc tgc agc att tct tcc tac ttc att att gga tac act     1145 
Ser Leu Val Ile Cys Ser Ile Ser Ser Tyr Phe Ile Ile Gly Tyr Thr 
300                 305                 310                 315 

gca ttt att gcc atc tta tgc tat ctc ctg gtt ttc cca ctg gcg gta     1193 
Ala Phe Ile Ala Ile Leu Cys Tyr Leu Leu Val Phe Pro Leu Ala Val 
                320                 325                 330 

ttc atg aca aga atg gct gtg aag gct cag cat cac aca tct gag gtc     1241 
Phe Met Thr Arg Met Ala Val Lys Ala Gln His His Thr Ser Glu Val 
            335                 340                 345 

agc gac cag cgc atc cgt gtg acc agt gaa gtt ctc act tgc att aag     1289 
Ser Asp Gln Arg Ile Arg Val Thr Ser Glu Val Leu Thr Cys Ile Lys 
        350                 355                 360 

ctg att aaa atg tac aca tgg gag aaa cca ttt gca aaa atc att gaa     1337 
Leu Ile Lys Met Tyr Thr Trp Glu Lys Pro Phe Ala Lys Ile Ile Glu 
    365                 370                 375 

ggt atg gaa agt ctg act ttc tgc tcc aaa cct ggt gat ggc atg gcc     1385 
Gly Met Glu Ser Leu Thr Phe Cys Ser Lys Pro Gly Asp Gly Met Ala 
380                 385                 390                 395 

ttc agc atg ctg gcc tcc ttg aat ctc ctt cgg ctg tca gtg ttc ttt     1433 
Phe Ser Met Leu Ala Ser Leu Asn Leu Leu Arg Leu Ser Val Phe Phe 
                400                 405                 410 

gtg cct att gca gtc aaa ggt ctc acg aat tcc aag tct gca gtg atg     1481 
Val Pro Ile Ala Val Lys Gly Leu Thr Asn Ser Lys Ser Ala Val Met 
            415                 420                 425 

agg ttc aag aag ttt ttc ctc cag gag agc cct gtt ttc tat gtc cag     1529 
Arg Phe Lys Lys Phe Phe Leu Gln Glu Ser Pro Val Phe Tyr Val Gln 
        430                 435                 440 

aca tta caa gac ccc agc aaa gct ctg gtc ttt gag gag gcc acc ttg     1577 
Thr Leu Gln Asp Pro Ser Lys Ala Leu Val Phe Glu Glu Ala Thr Leu 
    445                 450                 455 

tca tgg caa cag acc tgt ccc ggg atc gtc aat ggg gca ctg gag ctg     1625 
Ser Trp Gln Gln Thr Cys Pro Gly Ile Val Asn Gly Ala Leu Glu Leu 
460                 465                 470                 475 

gag agg aac ggg cat gct tct gag ggg atg acc agg cct aga gat gcc     1673 
Glu Arg Asn Gly His Ala Ser Glu Gly Met Thr Arg Pro Arg Asp Ala 
                480                 485                 490 

ctc ggg cca gag gaa gaa ggg aac agc ctg ggc cca gag ttg cac aag     1721 
Leu Gly Pro Glu Glu Glu Gly Asn Ser Leu Gly Pro Glu Leu His Lys 
            495                 500                 505 

atc aac ctg gtg gtg tcc aag ggg atg atg tta ggg gtc tgc ggc aac     1769 
Ile Asn Leu Val Val Ser Lys Gly Met Met Leu Gly Val Cys Gly Asn 
        510                 515                 520 

acg ggg agt ggt aag agc agc ctg ttg tca gcc atc ctg gag gag atg     1817 
Thr Gly Ser Gly Lys Ser Ser Leu Leu Ser Ala Ile Leu Glu Glu Met 
    525                 530                 535 

cac ttg ctc gag ggc tcg gtg ggg gtg cag gga agc ctg gcc tat gtc     1865 
His Leu Leu Glu Gly Ser Val Gly Val Gln Gly Ser Leu Ala Tyr Val 
540                 545                 550                 555 

ccc cag cag gcc tgg atc gtc agc ggg aac atc agg gag aac atc ctc     1913 
Pro Gln Gln Ala Trp Ile Val Ser Gly Asn Ile Arg Glu Asn Ile Leu 
                560                 565                 570 

atg gga ggc gca tat gac aag gcc cga tac ctc cag gtg ctc cac tgc     1961 
Met Gly Gly Ala Tyr Asp Lys Ala Arg Tyr Leu Gln Val Leu His Cys 
            575                 580                 585 

tgc tcc ctg aat cgg gac ctg gaa ctt ctg ccc ttt gga gac atg aca     2009 
Cys Ser Leu Asn Arg Asp Leu Glu Leu Leu Pro Phe Gly Asp Met Thr 
        590                 595                 600 

gag att gga gag cgg ggc ctc aac ctc tct ggg ggg cag aaa cag agg     2057 
Glu Ile Gly Glu Arg Gly Leu Asn Leu Ser Gly Gly Gln Lys Gln Arg 
    605                 610                 615 

atc agc ctg gcc cgc gcc gtc tat tcc gac cgt cag atc tac ctg ctg     2105 
Ile Ser Leu Ala Arg Ala Val Tyr Ser Asp Arg Gln Ile Tyr Leu Leu 
620                 625                 630                 635 

gac gac ccc ctg tct gct gtg gac gcc cac gtg ggg aag cac att ttt     2153 
Asp Asp Pro Leu Ser Ala Val Asp Ala His Val Gly Lys His Ile Phe 
                640                 645                 650 

gag gag tgc att aag aag aca ctc agg ggg aag acg gtc gtc ctg gtg     2201 
Glu Glu Cys Ile Lys Lys Thr Leu Arg Gly Lys Thr Val Val Leu Val 
            655                 660                 665 

acc cac cag ctg cag tac tta gaa ttt tgt ggc cag atc att ttg ttg     2249 
Thr His Gln Leu Gln Tyr Leu Glu Phe Cys Gly Gln Ile Ile Leu Leu 
        670                 675                 680 

gaa aat ggg aaa atc tgt gaa aat gga act cac agt gag tta atg cag     2297 
Glu Asn Gly Lys Ile Cys Glu Asn Gly Thr His Ser Glu Leu Met Gln 
    685                 690                 695 

aaa aag ggg aaa tat gcc caa ctt atc cag aag atg cac aag gaa gcc     2345 
Lys Lys Gly Lys Tyr Ala Gln Leu Ile Gln Lys Met His Lys Glu Ala 
700                 705                 710                 715 

act tcg gac atg ttg cag gac aca gca aag ata gca gag aag cca aag     2393 
Thr Ser Asp Met Leu Gln Asp Thr Ala Lys Ile Ala Glu Lys Pro Lys 
                720                 725                 730 

gta gaa agt cag gct ctg gcc acc tcc ctg gaa gag tct ctc aac gga     2441 
Val Glu Ser Gln Ala Leu Ala Thr Ser Leu Glu Glu Ser Leu Asn Gly 
            735                 740                 745 

aat gct gtg ccg gag cat cag ctc aca cag gag gag gag atg gaa gaa     2489 
Asn Ala Val Pro Glu His Gln Leu Thr Gln Glu Glu Glu Met Glu Glu 
        750                 755                 760 

ggc tcc ttg agt tgg agg gtc tac cac cac tac atc cag gca gct gga     2537 
Gly Ser Leu Ser Trp Arg Val Tyr His His Tyr Ile Gln Ala Ala Gly 
    765                 770                 775 

ggt tac atg gtc tct tgc ata att ttc ttc ttt gtg gtg ctg atc gtc     2585 
Gly Tyr Met Val Ser Cys Ile Ile Phe Phe Phe Val Val Leu Ile Val 
780                 785                 790                 795 

ttc tta acg atc ttc agc ttc tgg tgg ctg agc tac tgg ttg gag cag     2633 
Phe Leu Thr Ile Phe Ser Phe Trp Trp Leu Ser Tyr Trp Leu Glu Gln 
                800                 805                 810 

ggc tcg ggg acc aat agc agc cga gag agc aat gga acc atg gca gac     2681 
Gly Ser Gly Thr Asn Ser Ser Arg Glu Ser Asn Gly Thr Met Ala Asp 
            815                 820                 825 

ctg ggc aac att gca gac aat cct caa ctg tcc ttc tac cag ctg gtg     2729 
Leu Gly Asn Ile Ala Asp Asn Pro Gln Leu Ser Phe Tyr Gln Leu Val 
        830                 835                 840 

tac ggg ctc aac gcc ctg ctc ctc atc tgt gtg ggg gtc tgc tcc tca     2777 
Tyr Gly Leu Asn Ala Leu Leu Leu Ile Cys Val Gly Val Cys Ser Ser 
    845                 850                 855 

ggg att ttc acc aaa gtc acg agg aag gca tcc acg gcc ctg cac aac     2825 
Gly Ile Phe Thr Lys Val Thr Arg Lys Ala Ser Thr Ala Leu His Asn 
860                 865                 870                 875 

aag ctc ttc aac aag gtt ttc cgc tgc ccc atg agt ttc ttt gac acc     2873 
Lys Leu Phe Asn Lys Val Phe Arg Cys Pro Met Ser Phe Phe Asp Thr 
                880                 885                 890 

atc cca ata ggc cgg ctt ttg aac tgc ttc gca ggg gac ttg gaa cag     2921 
Ile Pro Ile Gly Arg Leu Leu Asn Cys Phe Ala Gly Asp Leu Glu Gln 
            895                 900                 905 

ctg gac cag ctc ttg ccc atc ttt tca gag cag ttc ctg gtc ctg tcc     2969 
Leu Asp Gln Leu Leu Pro Ile Phe Ser Glu Gln Phe Leu Val Leu Ser 
        910                 915                 920 

tta atg gtg atc gcc gtc ctg ttg att gtc agt gtg ctg tct cca tat     3017 
Leu Met Val Ile Ala Val Leu Leu Ile Val Ser Val Leu Ser Pro Tyr 
    925                 930                 935 

atc ctg tta atg gga gcc ata atc atg gtt att tgc ttc att tat tat     3065 
Ile Leu Leu Met Gly Ala Ile Ile Met Val Ile Cys Phe Ile Tyr Tyr 
940                 945                 950                 955 

atg atg ttc aag aag gcc atc ggt gtg ttc aag aga ctg gag aac tat     3113 
Met Met Phe Lys Lys Ala Ile Gly Val Phe Lys Arg Leu Glu Asn Tyr 
                960                 965                 970 

agc cgg tct cct tta ttc tcc cac atc ctc aat tct ctg caa ggc ctg     3161 
Ser Arg Ser Pro Leu Phe Ser His Ile Leu Asn Ser Leu Gln Gly Leu 
            975                 980                 985 

agc tcc atc cat gtc tat gga aaa act gaa gac ttc atc agc cag ttt     3209 
Ser Ser Ile His Val Tyr Gly Lys Thr Glu Asp Phe Ile Ser Gln Phe 
         990                 995                1000 

aag agg ctg act gat gcg cag aat aac tac ctg ctg ttg ttt cta tct     3257 
Lys Arg Leu Thr Asp Ala Gln Asn Asn Tyr Leu Leu Leu Phe Leu Ser 
    1005                1010                1015 

tcc aca cga tgg atg gca ttg agg ctg gag atc atg acc aac ctt gtg     3305 
Ser Thr Arg Trp Met Ala Leu Arg Leu Glu Ile Met Thr Asn Leu Val 
1020                1025                1030                1035 

acc ttg gct gtt gcc ctg ttc gtg gct ttt ggc att tcc tcc acc ccc     3353 
Thr Leu Ala Val Ala Leu Phe Val Ala Phe Gly Ile Ser Ser Thr Pro 
                1040                1045                1050 

tac tcc ttt aaa gtc atg gct gtc aac atc gtg ctg cag ctg gcg tcc     3401 
Tyr Ser Phe Lys Val Met Ala Val Asn Ile Val Leu Gln Leu Ala Ser 
            1055                1060                1065 

agc ttc cag gcc act gcc cgg att ggc ttg gag aca gag gca cag ttc     3449 
Ser Phe Gln Ala Thr Ala Arg Ile Gly Leu Glu Thr Glu Ala Gln Phe 
        1070                1075                1080 

acg gct gta gag agg ata ctg cag tac atg aag atg tgt gtc tcg gaa     3497 
Thr Ala Val Glu Arg Ile Leu Gln Tyr Met Lys Met Cys Val Ser Glu 
    1085                1090                1095 

gct cct tta cac atg gaa ggc aca agt tgt ccc cag ggg tgg cca cag     3545 
Ala Pro Leu His Met Glu Gly Thr Ser Cys Pro Gln Gly Trp Pro Gln 
1100                1105                1110                1115 

cat ggg gaa atc ata ttt cag gat tat cac atg aaa tac aga gac aac     3593 
His Gly Glu Ile Ile Phe Gln Asp Tyr His Met Lys Tyr Arg Asp Asn 
                1120                1125                1130 

aca ccc acc gtg ctt cac ggc atc aac ctg acc atc cgc ggc cac gaa     3641 
Thr Pro Thr Val Leu His Gly Ile Asn Leu Thr Ile Arg Gly His Glu 
            1135                1140                1145 

gtg gtg ggc atc gtg gga agg acg ggc tct ggg aag tcc tcc ttg ggc     3689 
Val Val Gly Ile Val Gly Arg Thr Gly Ser Gly Lys Ser Ser Leu Gly 
        1150                1155                1160 

atg gct ctc ttc cgc ctg gtg gag ccc atg gca ggc cgg att ctc att     3737 
Met Ala Leu Phe Arg Leu Val Glu Pro Met Ala Gly Arg Ile Leu Ile 
    1165                1170                1175 

gac ggc gtg gac att tgc agc atc ggc ctg gag gac ttg cgg tcc aag     3785 
Asp Gly Val Asp Ile Cys Ser Ile Gly Leu Glu Asp Leu Arg Ser Lys 
1180                1185                1190                1195 

ctc tca gtg atc cct caa gat cca gtg ctg ctc tca gga acc atc aga     3833 
Leu Ser Val Ile Pro Gln Asp Pro Val Leu Leu Ser Gly Thr Ile Arg 
                1200                1205                1210 

ttc aac cta gat ccc ttt gac cgt cac act gac cag cag atc tgg gat     3881 
Phe Asn Leu Asp Pro Phe Asp Arg His Thr Asp Gln Gln Ile Trp Asp 
            1215                1220                1225 

gcc ttg gag agg aca ttc ctg acc aag gcc atc tca aag ttc ccc aaa     3929 
Ala Leu Glu Arg Thr Phe Leu Thr Lys Ala Ile Ser Lys Phe Pro Lys 
        1230                1235                1240 

aag ctg cat aca gat gtg gtg gaa aac ggt gga aac ttc tct gtg ggg     3977 
Lys Leu His Thr Asp Val Val Glu Asn Gly Gly Asn Phe Ser Val Gly 
    1245                1250                1255 

gag agg cag ctg ctc tgc att gcc agg gct gtg ctt cgc aac tcc aag     4025 
Glu Arg Gln Leu Leu Cys Ile Ala Arg Ala Val Leu Arg Asn Ser Lys 
1260                1265                1270                1275 

atc atc ctt atc gat gaa gcc aca gcc tcc att gac atg gag aca gac     4073 
Ile Ile Leu Ile Asp Glu Ala Thr Ala Ser Ile Asp Met Glu Thr Asp 
                1280                1285                1290 

acc ctg atc cag cgc aca atc cgt gaa gcc ttc cag ggc tgc acc gtg     4121 
Thr Leu Ile Gln Arg Thr Ile Arg Glu Ala Phe Gln Gly Cys Thr Val 
            1295                1300                1305 

ctc gtc att gcc cac cgt gtc acc act gtg ctg aac tgt gac cac atc     4169 
Leu Val Ile Ala His Arg Val Thr Thr Val Leu Asn Cys Asp His Ile 
        1310                1315                1320 

ctg gtt atg ggc aat ggg aag gtg gta gaa ttt gat cgg ccg gag gta     4217 
Leu Val Met Gly Asn Gly Lys Val Val Glu Phe Asp Arg Pro Glu Val 
    1325                1330                1335 

ctg cgg aag aag cct ggg tca ttg ttc gca gcc ctc atg gcc aca gcc     4265 
Leu Arg Lys Lys Pro Gly Ser Leu Phe Ala Ala Leu Met Ala Thr Ala 
1340                1345                1350                1355 

act tct tca ctg aga taa ggagatgtgg agacttcatg gaggctggca            4313 
Thr Ser Ser Leu Arg 
                1360 

gctgagctca gaggttcaca caggtgcagc ttcgaggccc acagtctgcg accttcttgt   4373 

ttggagatga gaacttctcc tggaagcagg ggtaaatgta gggggggtgg ggattgctgg   4433 

atggaaaccc tggaataggc tacttgatgg ctctcaagac cttagaaccc cagaaccatc   4493 

taagacatgg gattcagtga tcatgtggtt ctccttttaa cttacatgct gaataatttt   4553 

ataataaggt aaaagcttat agttttctga tctgtgttag aagtgttgca aatgctgtac   4613 

tgactttgta aaatataaaa ctaag                                         4638 

 
           
             34  
             1360  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            34 

Met Thr Arg Lys Arg Thr Tyr Trp Val Pro Asn Ser Ser Gly Gly Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Val Asn Arg Gly Ile Asp Ile Gly Asp Asp Met Val Ser Gly Leu Ile 
            20                  25                  30 

Tyr Lys Thr Tyr Thr Leu Gln Asp Gly Pro Trp Ser Gln Gln Glu Arg 
        35                  40                  45 

Asn Pro Glu Ala Pro Gly Arg Ala Ala Val Pro Pro Trp Gly Lys Tyr 
    50                  55                  60 

Asp Ala Ala Leu Arg Thr Met Ile Pro Phe Arg Pro Lys Pro Arg Phe 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Pro Ala Pro Gln Pro Leu Asp Asn Ala Gly Leu Phe Ser Tyr Leu Thr 
                85                  90                  95 

Val Ser Trp Leu Thr Pro Leu Met Ile Gln Ser Leu Arg Ser Arg Leu 
            100                 105                 110 

Asp Glu Asn Thr Ile Pro Pro Leu Ser Val His Asp Ala Ser Asp Lys 
        115                 120                 125 

Asn Val Gln Arg Leu His Arg Leu Trp Glu Glu Glu Val Ser Arg Arg 
    130                 135                 140 

Gly Ile Glu Lys Ala Ser Val Leu Leu Val Met Leu Arg Phe Gln Arg 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Thr Arg Leu Ile Phe Asp Ala Leu Leu Gly Ile Cys Phe Cys Ile Ala 
                165                 170                 175 

Ser Val Leu Gly Pro Ile Leu Ile Ile Pro Lys Ile Leu Glu Tyr Ser 
            180                 185                 190 

Glu Glu Gln Leu Gly Asn Val Val His Gly Val Gly Leu Cys Phe Ala 
        195                 200                 205 

Leu Phe Leu Ser Glu Cys Val Lys Ser Leu Ser Phe Ser Ser Ser Trp 
    210                 215                 220 

Ile Ile Asn Gln Arg Thr Ala Ile Arg Phe Arg Ala Ala Val Ser Ser 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Phe Ala Phe Glu Lys Leu Ile Gln Phe Lys Ser Val Ile His Ile Thr 
                245                 250                 255 

Ser Gly Glu Gly Gly Asp Ile Cys Ala His Gln Leu Ala Val Leu Gln 
            260                 265                 270 

Ala Ile Ser Phe Phe Thr Gly Asp Val Asn Tyr Leu Phe Glu Gly Val 
        275                 280                 285 

Cys Tyr Gly Pro Leu Val Leu Ile Thr Cys Ala Ser Leu Val Ile Cys 
    290                 295                 300 

Ser Ile Ser Ser Tyr Phe Ile Ile Gly Tyr Thr Ala Phe Ile Ala Ile 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Leu Cys Tyr Leu Leu Val Phe Pro Leu Ala Val Phe Met Thr Arg Met 
                325                 330                 335 

Ala Val Lys Ala Gln His His Thr Ser Glu Val Ser Asp Gln Arg Ile 
            340                 345                 350 

Arg Val Thr Ser Glu Val Leu Thr Cys Ile Lys Leu Ile Lys Met Tyr 
        355                 360                 365 

Thr Trp Glu Lys Pro Phe Ala Lys Ile Ile Glu Gly Met Glu Ser Leu 
    370                 375                 380 

Thr Phe Cys Ser Lys Pro Gly Asp Gly Met Ala Phe Ser Met Leu Ala 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ser Leu Asn Leu Leu Arg Leu Ser Val Phe Phe Val Pro Ile Ala Val 
                405                 410                 415 

Lys Gly Leu Thr Asn Ser Lys Ser Ala Val Met Arg Phe Lys Lys Phe 
            420                 425                 430 

Phe Leu Gln Glu Ser Pro Val Phe Tyr Val Gln Thr Leu Gln Asp Pro 
        435                 440                 445 

Ser Lys Ala Leu Val Phe Glu Glu Ala Thr Leu Ser Trp Gln Gln Thr 
    450                 455                 460 

Cys Pro Gly Ile Val Asn Gly Ala Leu Glu Leu Glu Arg Asn Gly His 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Ala Ser Glu Gly Met Thr Arg Pro Arg Asp Ala Leu Gly Pro Glu Glu 
                485                 490                 495 

Glu Gly Asn Ser Leu Gly Pro Glu Leu His Lys Ile Asn Leu Val Val 
            500                 505                 510 

Ser Lys Gly Met Met Leu Gly Val Cys Gly Asn Thr Gly Ser Gly Lys 
        515                 520                 525 

Ser Ser Leu Leu Ser Ala Ile Leu Glu Glu Met His Leu Leu Glu Gly 
    530                 535                 540 

Ser Val Gly Val Gln Gly Ser Leu Ala Tyr Val Pro Gln Gln Ala Trp 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Ile Val Ser Gly Asn Ile Arg Glu Asn Ile Leu Met Gly Gly Ala Tyr 
                565                 570                 575 

Asp Lys Ala Arg Tyr Leu Gln Val Leu His Cys Cys Ser Leu Asn Arg 
            580                 585                 590 

Asp Leu Glu Leu Leu Pro Phe Gly Asp Met Thr Glu Ile Gly Glu Arg 
        595                 600                 605 

Gly Leu Asn Leu Ser Gly Gly Gln Lys Gln Arg Ile Ser Leu Ala Arg 
    610                 615                 620 

Ala Val Tyr Ser Asp Arg Gln Ile Tyr Leu Leu Asp Asp Pro Leu Ser 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Ala Val Asp Ala His Val Gly Lys His Ile Phe Glu Glu Cys Ile Lys 
                645                 650                 655 

Lys Thr Leu Arg Gly Lys Thr Val Val Leu Val Thr His Gln Leu Gln 
            660                 665                 670 

Tyr Leu Glu Phe Cys Gly Gln Ile Ile Leu Leu Glu Asn Gly Lys Ile 
        675                 680                 685 

Cys Glu Asn Gly Thr His Ser Glu Leu Met Gln Lys Lys Gly Lys Tyr 
    690                 695                 700 

Ala Gln Leu Ile Gln Lys Met His Lys Glu Ala Thr Ser Asp Met Leu 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Gln Asp Thr Ala Lys Ile Ala Glu Lys Pro Lys Val Glu Ser Gln Ala 
                725                 730                 735 

Leu Ala Thr Ser Leu Glu Glu Ser Leu Asn Gly Asn Ala Val Pro Glu 
            740                 745                 750 

His Gln Leu Thr Gln Glu Glu Glu Met Glu Glu Gly Ser Leu Ser Trp 
        755                 760                 765 

Arg Val Tyr His His Tyr Ile Gln Ala Ala Gly Gly Tyr Met Val Ser 
    770                 775                 780 

Cys Ile Ile Phe Phe Phe Val Val Leu Ile Val Phe Leu Thr Ile Phe 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ser Phe Trp Trp Leu Ser Tyr Trp Leu Glu Gln Gly Ser Gly Thr Asn 
                805                 810                 815 

Ser Ser Arg Glu Ser Asn Gly Thr Met Ala Asp Leu Gly Asn Ile Ala 
            820                 825                 830 

Asp Asn Pro Gln Leu Ser Phe Tyr Gln Leu Val Tyr Gly Leu Asn Ala 
        835                 840                 845 

Leu Leu Leu Ile Cys Val Gly Val Cys Ser Ser Gly Ile Phe Thr Lys 
    850                 855                 860 

Val Thr Arg Lys Ala Ser Thr Ala Leu His Asn Lys Leu Phe Asn Lys 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Val Phe Arg Cys Pro Met Ser Phe Phe Asp Thr Ile Pro Ile Gly Arg 
                885                 890                 895 

Leu Leu Asn Cys Phe Ala Gly Asp Leu Glu Gln Leu Asp Gln Leu Leu 
            900                 905                 910 

Pro Ile Phe Ser Glu Gln Phe Leu Val Leu Ser Leu Met Val Ile Ala 
        915                 920                 925 

Val Leu Leu Ile Val Ser Val Leu Ser Pro Tyr Ile Leu Leu Met Gly 
    930                 935                 940 

Ala Ile Ile Met Val Ile Cys Phe Ile Tyr Tyr Met Met Phe Lys Lys 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Ala Ile Gly Val Phe Lys Arg Leu Glu Asn Tyr Ser Arg Ser Pro Leu 
                965                 970                 975 

Phe Ser His Ile Leu Asn Ser Leu Gln Gly Leu Ser Ser Ile His Val 
            980                 985                 990 

Tyr Gly Lys Thr Glu Asp Phe Ile Ser Gln Phe Lys Arg Leu Thr Asp 
        995                 1000                1005 

Ala Gln Asn Asn Tyr Leu Leu Leu Phe Leu Ser Ser Thr Arg Trp Met 
    1010                1015                1020 

Ala Leu Arg Leu Glu Ile Met Thr Asn Leu Val Thr Leu Ala Val Ala 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Leu Phe Val Ala Phe Gly Ile Ser Ser Thr Pro Tyr Ser Phe Lys Val 
                1045                1050                1055 

Met Ala Val Asn Ile Val Leu Gln Leu Ala Ser Ser Phe Gln Ala Thr 
            1060                1065                1070 

Ala Arg Ile Gly Leu Glu Thr Glu Ala Gln Phe Thr Ala Val Glu Arg 
        1075                1080                1085 

Ile Leu Gln Tyr Met Lys Met Cys Val Ser Glu Ala Pro Leu His Met 
    1090                1095                1100 

Glu Gly Thr Ser Cys Pro Gln Gly Trp Pro Gln His Gly Glu Ile Ile 
1105                1110                1115                1120 

Phe Gln Asp Tyr His Met Lys Tyr Arg Asp Asn Thr Pro Thr Val Leu 
                1125                1130                1135 

His Gly Ile Asn Leu Thr Ile Arg Gly His Glu Val Val Gly Ile Val 
            1140                1145                1150 

Gly Arg Thr Gly Ser Gly Lys Ser Ser Leu Gly Met Ala Leu Phe Arg 
        1155                1160                1165 

Leu Val Glu Pro Met Ala Gly Arg Ile Leu Ile Asp Gly Val Asp Ile 
    1170                1175                1180 

Cys Ser Ile Gly Leu Glu Asp Leu Arg Ser Lys Leu Ser Val Ile Pro 
1185                1190                1195                1200 

Gln Asp Pro Val Leu Leu Ser Gly Thr Ile Arg Phe Asn Leu Asp Pro 
                1205                1210                1215 

Phe Asp Arg His Thr Asp Gln Gln Ile Trp Asp Ala Leu Glu Arg Thr 
            1220                1225                1230 

Phe Leu Thr Lys Ala Ile Ser Lys Phe Pro Lys Lys Leu His Thr Asp 
        1235                1240                1245 

Val Val Glu Asn Gly Gly Asn Phe Ser Val Gly Glu Arg Gln Leu Leu 
    1250                1255                1260 

Cys Ile Ala Arg Ala Val Leu Arg Asn Ser Lys Ile Ile Leu Ile Asp 
1265                1270                1275                1280 

Glu Ala Thr Ala Ser Ile Asp Met Glu Thr Asp Thr Leu Ile Gln Arg 
                1285                1290                1295 

Thr Ile Arg Glu Ala Phe Gln Gly Cys Thr Val Leu Val Ile Ala His 
            1300                1305                1310 

Arg Val Thr Thr Val Leu Asn Cys Asp His Ile Leu Val Met Gly Asn 
        1315                1320                1325 

Gly Lys Val Val Glu Phe Asp Arg Pro Glu Val Leu Arg Lys Lys Pro 
    1330                1335                1340 

Gly Ser Leu Phe Ala Ala Leu Met Ala Thr Ala Thr Ser Ser Leu Arg 
1345                1350                1355                1360 

 
           
             35  
             4083  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            35 

atgactagga agaggacata ctgggtgccc aactcttctg gtggcctcgt gaatcgtggc     60 

atcgacatag gcgatgacat ggtttcagga cttatttata aaacctatac tctccaagat    120 

ggcccctgga gtcagcaaga gagaaatcct gaggctccag ggagggcagc tgtcccaccg    180 

tgggggaagt atgatgctgc cttgagaacc atgattccct tccgtcccaa gccgaggttt    240 

cctgcccccc agcccctgga caatgctggc ctgttctcct acctcaccgt gtcatggctc    300 

accccgctca tgatccaaag cttacggagt cgcttagatg agaacaccat ccctccactg    360 

tcagtccatg atgcctcaga caaaaatgtc caaaggcttc accgcctttg ggaagaagaa    420 

gtctcaaggc gagggattga aaaagcttca gtgcttctgg tgatgctgag gttccagaga    480 

acaaggttga ttttcgatgc acttctgggc atctgcttct gcattgccag tgtactcggg    540 

ccaatattga ttataccaaa gatcctggaa tattcagaag agcagttggg gaatgttgtc    600 

catggagtgg gactctgctt tgcccttttt ctctccgaat gtgtgaagtc tctgagtttc    660 

tcctccagtt ggatcatcaa ccaacgcaca gccatcaggt tccgagcagc tgtttcctcc    720 

tttgcctttg agaagctcat ccaatttaag tctgtaatac acatcacctc aggagaggga    780 

ggtgacatct gtgcccatca acttgctgtc ttgcaggcca tcagcttctt caccggtgat    840 

gtaaactacc tgtttgaagg ggtgtgctat ggacccctag tactgatcac ctgcgcatcg    900 

ctggtcatct gcagcatttc ttcctacttc attattggat acactgcatt tattgccatc    960 

ttatgctatc tcctggtttt cccactggcg gtattcatga caagaatggc tgtgaaggct   1020 

cagcatcaca catctgaggt cagcgaccag cgcatccgtg tgaccagtga agttctcact   1080 

tgcattaagc tgattaaaat gtacacatgg gagaaaccat ttgcaaaaat cattgaaggt   1140 

atggaaagtc tgactttctg ctccaaacct ggtgatggca tggccttcag catgctggcc   1200 

tccttgaatc tccttcggct gtcagtgttc tttgtgccta ttgcagtcaa aggtctcacg   1260 

aattccaagt ctgcagtgat gaggttcaag aagtttttcc tccaggagag ccctgttttc   1320 

tatgtccaga cattacaaga ccccagcaaa gctctggtct ttgaggaggc caccttgtca   1380 

tggcaacaga cctgtcccgg gatcgtcaat ggggcactgg agctggagag gaacgggcat   1440 

gcttctgagg ggatgaccag gcctagagat gccctcgggc cagaggaaga agggaacagc   1500 

ctgggcccag agttgcacaa gatcaacctg gtggtgtcca aggggatgat gttaggggtc   1560 

tgcggcaaca cggggagtgg taagagcagc ctgttgtcag ccatcctgga ggagatgcac   1620 

ttgctcgagg gctcggtggg ggtgcaggga agcctggcct atgtccccca gcaggcctgg   1680 

atcgtcagcg ggaacatcag ggagaacatc ctcatgggag gcgcatatga caaggcccga   1740 

tacctccagg tgctccactg ctgctccctg aatcgggacc tggaacttct gccctttgga   1800 

gacatgacag agattggaga gcggggcctc aacctctctg gggggcagaa acagaggatc   1860 

agcctggccc gcgccgtcta ttccgaccgt cagatctacc tgctggacga ccccctgtct   1920 

gctgtggacg cccacgtggg gaagcacatt tttgaggagt gcattaagaa gacactcagg   1980 

gggaagacgg tcgtcctggt gacccaccag ctgcagtact tagaattttg tggccagatc   2040 

attttgttgg aaaatgggaa aatctgtgaa aatggaactc acagtgagtt aatgcagaaa   2100 

aaggggaaat atgcccaact tatccagaag atgcacaagg aagccacttc ggacatgttg   2160 

caggacacag caaagatagc agagaagcca aaggtagaaa gtcaggctct ggccacctcc   2220 

ctggaagagt ctctcaacgg aaatgctgtg ccggagcatc agctcacaca ggaggaggag   2280 

atggaagaag gctccttgag ttggagggtc taccaccact acatccaggc agctggaggt   2340 

tacatggtct cttgcataat tttcttcttt gtggtgctga tcgtcttctt aacgatcttc   2400 

agcttctggt ggctgagcta ctggttggag cagggctcgg ggaccaatag cagccgagag   2460 

agcaatggaa ccatggcaga cctgggcaac attgcagaca atcctcaact gtccttctac   2520 

cagctggtgt acgggctcaa cgccctgctc ctcatctgtg tgggggtctg ctcctcaggg   2580 

attttcacca aagtcacgag gaaggcatcc acggccctgc acaacaagct cttcaacaag   2640 

gttttccgct gccccatgag tttctttgac accatcccaa taggccggct tttgaactgc   2700 

ttcgcagggg acttggaaca gctggaccag ctcttgccca tcttttcaga gcagttcctg   2760 

gtcctgtcct taatggtgat cgccgtcctg ttgattgtca gtgtgctgtc tccatatatc   2820 

ctgttaatgg gagccataat catggttatt tgcttcattt attatatgat gttcaagaag   2880 

gccatcggtg tgttcaagag actggagaac tatagccggt ctcctttatt ctcccacatc   2940 

ctcaattctc tgcaaggcct gagctccatc catgtctatg gaaaaactga agacttcatc   3000 

agccagttta agaggctgac tgatgcgcag aataactacc tgctgttgtt tctatcttcc   3060 

acacgatgga tggcattgag gctggagatc atgaccaacc ttgtgacctt ggctgttgcc   3120 

ctgttcgtgg cttttggcat ttcctccacc ccctactcct ttaaagtcat ggctgtcaac   3180 

atcgtgctgc agctggcgtc cagcttccag gccactgccc ggattggctt ggagacagag   3240 

gcacagttca cggctgtaga gaggatactg cagtacatga agatgtgtgt ctcggaagct   3300 

cctttacaca tggaaggcac aagttgtccc caggggtggc cacagcatgg ggaaatcata   3360 

tttcaggatt atcacatgaa atacagagac aacacaccca ccgtgcttca cggcatcaac   3420 

ctgaccatcc gcggccacga agtggtgggc atcgtgggaa ggacgggctc tgggaagtcc   3480 

tccttgggca tggctctctt ccgcctggtg gagcccatgg caggccggat tctcattgac   3540 

ggcgtggaca tttgcagcat cggcctggag gacttgcggt ccaagctctc agtgatccct   3600 

caagatccag tgctgctctc aggaaccatc agattcaacc tagatccctt tgaccgtcac   3660 

actgaccagc agatctggga tgccttggag aggacattcc tgaccaaggc catctcaaag   3720 

ttccccaaaa agctgcatac agatgtggtg gaaaacggtg gaaacttctc tgtgggggag   3780 

aggcagctgc tctgcattgc cagggctgtg cttcgcaact ccaagatcat ccttatcgat   3840 

gaagccacag cctccattga catggagaca gacaccctga tccagcgcac aatccgtgaa   3900 

gccttccagg gctgcaccgt gctcgtcatt gcccaccgtg tcaccactgt gctgaactgt   3960 

gaccacatcc tggttatggg caatgggaag gtggtagaat ttgatcggcc ggaggtactg   4020 

cggaagaagc ctgggtcatt gttcgcagcc ctcatggcca cagccacttc ttcactgaga   4080 

taa                                                                 4083 

 
           
             36  
             198  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            36 

Gly Glu Val Leu Ala Leu Val Gly Pro Asn Gly Ala Gly Lys Ser Thr 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Leu Leu Lys Leu Ile Ser Gly Leu Leu Pro Pro Thr Glu Gly Thr Ile 
            20                  25                  30 

Leu Leu Asp Gly Ala Arg Asp Leu Arg Leu Ser Lys Leu Lys Glu Arg 
        35                  40                  45 

Leu Glu Arg Leu Arg Lys Asn Ile Gly Val Val Phe Gln Asp Pro Thr 
    50                  55                  60 

Leu Phe Pro Asn Val Glu Leu Thr Val Arg Glu Asn Ile Ala Phe Gly 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Leu Arg Leu Ser Leu Gly Leu Ser Lys Asp Glu Gln Arg Ala Arg Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Lys Lys Ala Gly Ala Glu Glu Leu Leu Glu Arg Leu Gly Leu Gly Tyr 
            100                 105                 110 

Asp His Leu Leu Asp Arg Arg Pro Gly Thr Leu Ser Gly Gly Gln Lys 
        115                 120                 125 

Gln Arg Val Ala Ile Ala Arg Ala Leu Leu Thr Lys Pro Lys Leu Leu 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Leu Asp Glu Pro Thr Ala Gly Leu Asp Pro Ala Ser Arg Ala Gln 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Leu Glu Leu Leu Arg Glu Leu Arg Gln Gln Gly Gly Thr Val Leu 
                165                 170                 175 

Leu Ile Thr His Asp Leu Asp Leu Leu Asp Arg Leu Ala Asp Arg Ile 
            180                 185                 190 

Leu Val Leu Glu Asp Gly 
        195 

 
           
             37  
             285  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            37 

Leu Leu Ile Ala Ile Leu Leu Leu Ile Leu Ala Gly Ala Thr Ala Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Val Thr Phe Pro Leu Leu Leu Gly Arg Leu Leu Asp Ser Gly Phe Pro 
            20                  25                  30 

Leu Ser Asp Gly Asn Asp Asp His Ala Arg Ser Ser Leu Ile Ser Leu 
        35                  40                  45 

Ala Ile Leu Ser Leu Phe Ala Val Phe Val Leu Ile Gly Leu Leu Leu 
    50                  55                  60 

Gln Gly Ser Phe Tyr Leu Leu Ala Gly Glu Arg Leu Gly Gln Arg Leu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Arg Lys Arg Leu Phe Arg Ala Leu Leu Arg Gln Ile Leu Gly Leu Phe 
                85                  90                  95 

Asp Ser Phe Phe Asp Thr Asn Ser Val Gly Glu Leu Thr Ser Arg Leu 
            100                 105                 110 

Thr Asn Asp Val Glu Lys Ile Arg Asp Gly Leu Gly Glu Lys Leu Gly 
        115                 120                 125 

Leu Leu Phe Gln Ser Leu Ala Thr Val Val Gly Gly Leu Ile Val Met 
    130                 135                 140 

Phe Tyr Tyr Ser Trp Lys Leu Thr Leu Ile Leu Leu Ala Ile Leu Pro 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Leu Ile Leu Leu Ser Ala Val Leu Ala Lys Lys Leu Arg Lys Leu 
                165                 170                 175 

Ser Arg Lys Glu Gln Lys Ala Tyr Ala Lys Ala Gly Ser Val Ala Glu 
            180                 185                 190 

Glu Ser Leu Ser Gly Ile Arg Thr Val Lys Ala Phe Gly Arg Glu Glu 
        195                 200                 205 

Tyr Glu Leu Glu Arg Phe Asp Lys Ala Leu Glu Asp Ala Glu Lys Ala 
    210                 215                 220 

Gly Ile Lys Lys Ala Ile Ile Ala Gly Leu Leu Phe Gly Ile Thr Gln 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Leu Ile Ser Tyr Leu Ser Tyr Ala Leu Ala Leu Trp Phe Gly Gly Tyr 
                245                 250                 255 

Leu Val Ala Ser Val Ile Ser Gly Gly Leu Ser Val Gly Thr Leu Phe 
            260                 265                 270 

Ala Phe Leu Ser Leu Gly Asn Gln Leu Ile Gly Pro Leu 
        275                 280                 285 

 
           
             38  
             1437  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            38 

Met Lys Asp Ile Asp Ile Gly Lys Glu Tyr Ile Ile Pro Ser Pro Gly 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Tyr Arg Ser Val Arg Glu Arg Thr Ser Thr Ser Gly Thr His Arg Asp 
            20                  25                  30 

Arg Glu Asp Ser Lys Phe Arg Arg Thr Arg Pro Leu Glu Cys Gln Asp 
        35                  40                  45 

Ala Leu Glu Thr Ala Ala Arg Ala Glu Gly Leu Ser Leu Asp Ala Ser 
    50                  55                  60 

Met His Ser Gln Leu Arg Ile Leu Asp Glu Glu His Pro Lys Gly Lys 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Tyr His His Gly Leu Ser Ala Leu Lys Pro Ile Arg Thr Thr Ser Lys 
                85                  90                  95 

His Gln His Pro Val Asp Asn Ala Gly Leu Phe Ser Cys Met Thr Phe 
            100                 105                 110 

Ser Trp Leu Ser Ser Leu Ala Arg Val Ala His Lys Lys Gly Glu Leu 
        115                 120                 125 

Ser Met Glu Asp Val Trp Ser Leu Ser Lys His Glu Ser Ser Asp Val 
    130                 135                 140 

Asn Cys Arg Arg Leu Glu Arg Leu Trp Gln Glu Glu Leu Asn Glu Val 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Gly Pro Asp Ala Ala Ser Leu Arg Arg Val Val Trp Ile Phe Cys Arg 
                165                 170                 175 

Thr Arg Leu Ile Leu Ser Ile Val Cys Leu Met Ile Thr Gln Leu Ala 
            180                 185                 190 

Gly Phe Ser Gly Pro Ala Phe Met Val Lys His Leu Leu Glu Tyr Thr 
        195                 200                 205 

Gln Ala Thr Glu Ser Asn Leu Gln Tyr Ser Leu Leu Leu Val Leu Gly 
    210                 215                 220 

Leu Leu Leu Thr Glu Ile Val Arg Ser Trp Ser Leu Ala Leu Thr Trp 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Ala Leu Asn Tyr Arg Thr Gly Val Arg Leu Arg Gly Ala Ile Leu Thr 
                245                 250                 255 

Met Ala Phe Lys Lys Ile Leu Lys Leu Lys Asn Ile Lys Glu Lys Ser 
            260                 265                 270 

Leu Gly Glu Leu Ile Asn Ile Cys Ser Asn Asp Gly Gln Arg Met Phe 
        275                 280                 285 

Glu Ala Ala Ala Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Ala Gly Gly Pro Val Val Ala 
    290                 295                 300 

Ile Leu Gly Met Ile Tyr Asn Val Ile Ile Leu Gly Pro Thr Gly Phe 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Leu Gly Ser Ala Val Phe Ile Leu Phe Tyr Pro Ala Met Met Phe Ala 
                325                 330                 335 

Ser Arg Leu Thr Ala Tyr Phe Arg Arg Lys Cys Val Ala Ala Thr Asp 
            340                 345                 350 

Glu Arg Val Gln Lys Met Asn Glu Val Leu Thr Tyr Ile Lys Phe Ile 
        355                 360                 365 

Lys Met Tyr Ala Trp Val Lys Ala Phe Ser Gln Ser Val Gln Lys Ile 
    370                 375                 380 

Arg Glu Glu Glu Arg Arg Ile Leu Glu Lys Ala Gly Tyr Phe Gln Ser 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ile Thr Val Gly Val Ala Pro Ile Val Val Val Ile Ala Ser Val Val 
                405                 410                 415 

Thr Phe Ser Val His Met Thr Leu Gly Phe Asp Leu Thr Ala Ala Gln 
            420                 425                 430 

Ala Phe Thr Val Val Thr Val Phe Asn Ser Met Thr Phe Ala Leu Lys 
        435                 440                 445 

Val Thr Pro Phe Ser Val Lys Ser Leu Ser Glu Ala Ser Val Ala Val 
    450                 455                 460 

Asp Arg Phe Lys Ser Leu Phe Leu Met Glu Glu Val His Met Ile Lys 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Asn Lys Pro Ala Ser Pro His Ile Lys Ile Glu Met Lys Asn Ala Thr 
                485                 490                 495 

Leu Ala Trp Asp Ser Ser His Ser Ser Ile Gln Asn Ser Pro Lys Leu 
            500                 505                 510 

Thr Pro Lys Met Lys Lys Asp Lys Arg Ala Ser Arg Gly Lys Lys Glu 
        515                 520                 525 

Lys Val Arg Gln Leu Gln Arg Thr Glu His Gln Ala Val Leu Ala Glu 
    530                 535                 540 

Gln Lys Gly His Leu Leu Leu Asp Ser Asp Glu Arg Pro Ser Pro Glu 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Glu Glu Glu Gly Lys His Ile His Leu Gly His Leu Arg Leu Gln Arg 
                565                 570                 575 

Thr Leu His Ser Ile Asp Leu Glu Ile Gln Glu Gly Lys Leu Val Gly 
            580                 585                 590 

Ile Cys Gly Ser Val Gly Ser Gly Lys Thr Ser Leu Ile Ser Ala Ile 
        595                 600                 605 

Leu Gly Gln Met Thr Leu Leu Glu Gly Ser Ile Ala Ile Ser Gly Thr 
    610                 615                 620 

Phe Ala Tyr Val Ala Gln Gln Ala Trp Ile Leu Asn Ala Thr Leu Arg 
625                 630                 635                 640 

Asp Asn Ile Leu Phe Gly Lys Glu Tyr Asp Glu Glu Arg Tyr Asn Ser 
                645                 650                 655 

Val Leu Asn Ser Cys Cys Leu Arg Pro Asp Leu Ala Ile Leu Pro Ser 
            660                 665                 670 

Ser Asp Leu Thr Glu Ile Gly Glu Arg Gly Ala Asn Leu Ser Gly Gly 
        675                 680                 685 

Gln Arg Gln Arg Ile Ser Leu Ala Arg Ala Leu Tyr Ser Asp Arg Ser 
    690                 695                 700 

Ile Tyr Ile Leu Asp Asp Pro Leu Ser Ala Leu Asp Ala His Val Gly 
705                 710                 715                 720 

Asn His Ile Phe Asn Ser Ala Ile Arg Lys His Leu Lys Ser Lys Thr 
                725                 730                 735 

Val Leu Phe Val Thr His Gln Leu Gln Tyr Leu Val Asp Cys Asp Glu 
            740                 745                 750 

Val Ile Phe Met Lys Glu Gly Cys Ile Thr Glu Arg Gly Thr His Glu 
        755                 760                 765 

Glu Leu Met Asn Leu Asn Gly Asp Tyr Ala Thr Ile Phe Asn Asn Leu 
    770                 775                 780 

Leu Leu Gly Glu Thr Pro Pro Val Glu Ile Asn Ser Lys Lys Glu Thr 
785                 790                 795                 800 

Ser Gly Ser Gln Lys Lys Ser Gln Asp Lys Gly Pro Lys Thr Gly Ser 
                805                 810                 815 

Val Lys Lys Glu Lys Ala Val Lys Pro Glu Glu Gly Gln Leu Val Gln 
            820                 825                 830 

Leu Glu Glu Lys Gly Gln Gly Ser Val Pro Trp Ser Val Tyr Gly Val 
        835                 840                 845 

Tyr Ile Gln Ala Ala Gly Gly Pro Leu Ala Phe Leu Val Ile Met Ala 
    850                 855                 860 

Leu Phe Met Leu Asn Val Gly Ser Thr Ala Phe Ser Thr Trp Trp Leu 
865                 870                 875                 880 

Ser Tyr Trp Ile Lys Gln Gly Ser Gly Asn Thr Thr Val Thr Arg Gly 
                885                 890                 895 

Asn Glu Thr Ser Val Ser Asp Ser Met Lys Asp Asn Pro His Met Gln 
            900                 905                 910 

Tyr Tyr Ala Ser Ile Tyr Ala Leu Ser Met Ala Val Met Leu Ile Leu 
        915                 920                 925 

Lys Ala Ile Arg Gly Val Val Phe Val Lys Gly Thr Leu Arg Ala Ser 
    930                 935                 940 

Ser Arg Leu His Asp Glu Leu Phe Arg Arg Ile Leu Arg Ser Pro Met 
945                 950                 955                 960 

Lys Phe Phe Asp Thr Thr Pro Thr Gly Arg Ile Leu Asn Arg Phe Ser 
                965                 970                 975 

Lys Asp Met Asp Glu Val Asp Val Arg Leu Pro Phe Gln Ala Glu Met 
            980                 985                 990 

Phe Ile Gln Asn Val Ile Leu Val Phe Phe Cys Val Gly Met Ile Ala 
        995                 1000                1005 

Gly Val Phe Pro Trp Phe Leu Val Ala Val Gly Pro Leu Val Ile Leu 
    1010                1015                1020 

Phe Ser Val Leu His Ile Val Ser Arg Val Leu Ile Arg Glu Leu Lys 
1025                1030                1035                1040 

Arg Leu Asp Asn Ile Thr Gln Ser Pro Phe Leu Ser His Ile Thr Ser 
                1045                1050                1055 

Ser Ile Gln Gly Leu Ala Thr Ile His Ala Tyr Asn Lys Gly Gln Glu 
            1060                1065                1070 

Phe Leu His Arg Tyr Gln Glu Leu Leu Asp Asp Asn Gln Ala Pro Phe 
        1075                1080                1085 

Phe Leu Phe Thr Cys Ala Met Arg Trp Leu Ala Val Arg Leu Asp Leu 
    1090                1095                1100 

Ile Ser Ile Ala Leu Ile Thr Thr Thr Gly Leu Met Ile Val Leu Met 
1105                1110                1115                1120 

His Gly Gln Ile Pro Pro Ala Tyr Ala Gly Leu Ala Ile Ser Tyr Ala 
                1125                1130                1135 

Val Gln Leu Thr Gly Leu Phe Gln Phe Thr Val Arg Leu Ala Ser Glu 
            1140                1145                1150 

Thr Glu Ala Arg Phe Thr Ser Val Glu Arg Ile Asn His Tyr Ile Lys 
        1155                1160                1165 

Thr Leu Ser Leu Glu Ala Pro Ala Arg Ile Lys Asn Lys Ala Pro Ser 
    1170                1175                1180 

Pro Asp Trp Pro Gln Glu Gly Glu Val Thr Phe Glu Asn Ala Glu Met 
1185                1190                1195                1200 

Arg Tyr Arg Glu Asn Leu Pro Leu Val Leu Lys Lys Val Ser Phe Thr 
                1205                1210                1215 

Ile Lys Pro Lys Glu Lys Ile Gly Ile Val Gly Arg Thr Gly Ser Gly 
            1220                1225                1230 

Lys Ser Ser Leu Gly Met Ala Leu Phe Arg Leu Val Glu Leu Ser Gly 
        1235                1240                1245 

Gly Cys Ile Lys Ile Asp Gly Val Arg Ile Ser Asp Ile Gly Leu Ala 
    1250                1255                1260 

Asp Leu Arg Ser Lys Leu Ser Ile Ile Pro Gln Glu Pro Val Leu Phe 
1265                1270                1275                1280 

Ser Gly Thr Val Arg Ser Asn Leu Asp Pro Phe Asn Gln Tyr Thr Glu 
                1285                1290                1295 

Asp Gln Ile Trp Asp Ala Leu Glu Arg Thr His Met Lys Glu Cys Ile 
            1300                1305                1310 

Ala Gln Leu Pro Leu Lys Leu Glu Ser Glu Val Met Glu Asn Gly Asp 
        1315                1320                1325 

Asn Phe Ser Val Gly Glu Arg Gln Leu Leu Cys Ile Ala Arg Ala Leu 
    1330                1335                1340 

Leu Arg His Cys Lys Ile Leu Ile Leu Asp Glu Ala Thr Ala Ala Met 
1345                1350                1355                1360 

Asp Thr Glu Thr Asp Leu Leu Ile Gln Glu Thr Ile Arg Glu Ala Phe 
                1365                1370                1375 

Ala Asp Cys Thr Met Leu Thr Ile Ala His Arg Leu His Thr Val Leu 
            1380                1385                1390 

Gly Ser Asp Arg Ile Met Val Leu Ala Gln Gly Gln Val Val Glu Phe 
        1395                1400                1405 

Asp Thr Pro Ser Val Leu Leu Ser Asn Asp Ser Ser Arg Phe Tyr Ala 
    1410                1415                1420 

Met Phe Ala Ala Ala Glu Asn Lys Val Ala Val Lys Gly 
1425                1430                1435 

 
           
             39  
             1630  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (230)...(1345)  
             
           
            39 

ccacgcgtcc gcgagacacg ggagcgcttg gcacgcggag ccagagccgg agctgcagcc     60 

gcagcgggag ccgggggagc tcaggggccg caggagccgg gccggagtga gcgcacctcg    120 

cggggccctc ggggcaggtg ggtgagcgcc acccggagtc ccgcgcgcaa ctttcagggc    180 

gcactcggcg gggcggctgc gcggctgccg ggactcggcg cgggactgc atg gag gcc    238 
                                                      Met Glu Ala 
                                                       1 

aag gag aag cag cat ctg ttg gac acc agg ccg gca atc cgg tca tac      286 
Lys Glu Lys Gln His Leu Leu Asp Thr Arg Pro Ala Ile Arg Ser Tyr 
     5                   10                  15 

acg gga tct ctg tgg cag gaa ggg gct ggc tgg att cct ctg ccc cga      334 
Thr Gly Ser Leu Trp Gln Glu Gly Ala Gly Trp Ile Pro Leu Pro Arg 
 20                  25                  30                  35 

cct ggc ctg gac ttg cag gcc att gag ctg gct gcc cag agc aac cat      382 
Pro Gly Leu Asp Leu Gln Ala Ile Glu Leu Ala Ala Gln Ser Asn His 
                 40                  45                  50 

cac tgc cat gct cag aag ggt cct gac agt cac tgt gac ccc aag aag      430 
His Cys His Ala Gln Lys Gly Pro Asp Ser His Cys Asp Pro Lys Lys 
             55                  60                  65 

ggg aag gcc cag cgc cag ctg tat gta gcc tct gcc atc tgc ctg ttg      478 
Gly Lys Ala Gln Arg Gln Leu Tyr Val Ala Ser Ala Ile Cys Leu Leu 
         70                  75                  80 

ttc atg atc gga gaa gtc gtt ggt ggg tac ctg gca cac agc ttg gct      526 
Phe Met Ile Gly Glu Val Val Gly Gly Tyr Leu Ala His Ser Leu Ala 
     85                  90                  95 

gtc atg act gac gca gca cac ctg ctc act gac ttt gcc agc atg ctc      574 
Val Met Thr Asp Ala Ala His Leu Leu Thr Asp Phe Ala Ser Met Leu 
100                 105                 110                 115 

atc agc ctc ttc tcc ctc tgg atg tcc tcc cgg cca gcc acc aag acc      622 
Ile Ser Leu Phe Ser Leu Trp Met Ser Ser Arg Pro Ala Thr Lys Thr 
                120                 125                 130 

atg aac ttt ggc tgg cag aga gct gag atc ttg gga gcc ctg gtc tct      670 
Met Asn Phe Gly Trp Gln Arg Ala Glu Ile Leu Gly Ala Leu Val Ser 
            135                 140                 145 

gta ctg tcc atc tgg gtc gtg acg ggg gta ctg gtg tac ctg gct gtg      718 
Val Leu Ser Ile Trp Val Val Thr Gly Val Leu Val Tyr Leu Ala Val 
        150                 155                 160 

gag cgg ctg atc tct ggg gac tat gaa att gac ggg ggg acc atg ctg      766 
Glu Arg Leu Ile Ser Gly Asp Tyr Glu Ile Asp Gly Gly Thr Met Leu 
    165                 170                 175 

atc acg tcg ggc tgc gct gtg gct gtg aac atc ata atg ggg ttg acc      814 
Ile Thr Ser Gly Cys Ala Val Ala Val Asn Ile Ile Met Gly Leu Thr 
180                 185                 190                 195 

ctt cac cag tct ggc cat ggg cac agc cac ggc acc acc aac cag cag      862 
Leu His Gln Ser Gly His Gly His Ser His Gly Thr Thr Asn Gln Gln 
                200                 205                 210 

gag gag aac ccc agc gtc cga gct gcc ttc atc cat gtg atc ggc gac      910 
Glu Glu Asn Pro Ser Val Arg Ala Ala Phe Ile His Val Ile Gly Asp 
            215                 220                 225 

ttt atg cag agc atg ggt gtc cta gtg gca gcc tat att tta tac ttc      958 
Phe Met Gln Ser Met Gly Val Leu Val Ala Ala Tyr Ile Leu Tyr Phe 
        230                 235                 240 

aag cca gaa tac aag tat gta gac ccc atc tgc acc ttc gtc ttc tcc     1006 
Lys Pro Glu Tyr Lys Tyr Val Asp Pro Ile Cys Thr Phe Val Phe Ser 
    245                 250                 255 

atc ctg gtc ctg ggg aca acc ttg acc atc ctg aga gat gtg atc ctg     1054 
Ile Leu Val Leu Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Ile Leu Arg Asp Val Ile Leu 
260                 265                 270                 275 

gtg ttg atg gaa ggg acc ccc aag ggc gtt gac ttc aca gct gtt cgt     1102 
Val Leu Met Glu Gly Thr Pro Lys Gly Val Asp Phe Thr Ala Val Arg 
                280                 285                 290 

gat ctg ctg ctg tcg gtg gag ggg gta gaa gcc ctg cac agc ctg cat     1150 
Asp Leu Leu Leu Ser Val Glu Gly Val Glu Ala Leu His Ser Leu His 
            295                 300                 305 

atc tgg gca ctg acg gtg gcc cag cct gtt ctg tct gtc cac atc gcc     1198 
Ile Trp Ala Leu Thr Val Ala Gln Pro Val Leu Ser Val His Ile Ala 
        310                 315                 320 

att gct cag aat aca gac gcc cag gct gtg ctg aag aca gcc agc agc     1246 
Ile Ala Gln Asn Thr Asp Ala Gln Ala Val Leu Lys Thr Ala Ser Ser 
    325                 330                 335 

cgc ctc caa ggg aag ttc cac ttc cac acc gtg acc atc cag atc gag     1294 
Arg Leu Gln Gly Lys Phe His Phe His Thr Val Thr Ile Gln Ile Glu 
340                 345                 350                 355 

gac tac tcg gag gac atg aag gac tgt cag gca tgc cag ggc ccc tca     1342 
Asp Tyr Ser Glu Asp Met Lys Asp Cys Gln Ala Cys Gln Gly Pro Ser 
                360                 365                 370 

gac tgactgctca gccaggcacc aactggggca tgaacaggac ctgcaggtgg          1395 
Asp 

ctggactgag tgtcccccag gcccagccag gactttgcct accccagctg tgttataaac   1455 

caggtccccc tcctgacctc tgccccactc caggaatgga gctcttccca gcctcccatc   1515 

tgactacagc cagggtgggg actcagcggg tataaagcta gtgtgaccct gaaaaaaaaa   1575 

aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa aaaaagcatt gcggccgcaa gctta        1630 

 
           
             40  
             372  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            40 

Met Glu Ala Lys Glu Lys Gln His Leu Leu Asp Thr Arg Pro Ala Ile 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Arg Ser Tyr Thr Gly Ser Leu Trp Gln Glu Gly Ala Gly Trp Ile Pro 
            20                  25                  30 

Leu Pro Arg Pro Gly Leu Asp Leu Gln Ala Ile Glu Leu Ala Ala Gln 
        35                  40                  45 

Ser Asn His His Cys His Ala Gln Lys Gly Pro Asp Ser His Cys Asp 
    50                  55                  60 

Pro Lys Lys Gly Lys Ala Gln Arg Gln Leu Tyr Val Ala Ser Ala Ile 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Cys Leu Leu Phe Met Ile Gly Glu Val Val Gly Gly Tyr Leu Ala His 
                85                  90                  95 

Ser Leu Ala Val Met Thr Asp Ala Ala His Leu Leu Thr Asp Phe Ala 
            100                 105                 110 

Ser Met Leu Ile Ser Leu Phe Ser Leu Trp Met Ser Ser Arg Pro Ala 
        115                 120                 125 

Thr Lys Thr Met Asn Phe Gly Trp Gln Arg Ala Glu Ile Leu Gly Ala 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Val Ser Val Leu Ser Ile Trp Val Val Thr Gly Val Leu Val Tyr 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Leu Ala Val Glu Arg Leu Ile Ser Gly Asp Tyr Glu Ile Asp Gly Gly 
                165                 170                 175 

Thr Met Leu Ile Thr Ser Gly Cys Ala Val Ala Val Asn Ile Ile Met 
            180                 185                 190 

Gly Leu Thr Leu His Gln Ser Gly His Gly His Ser His Gly Thr Thr 
        195                 200                 205 

Asn Gln Gln Glu Glu Asn Pro Ser Val Arg Ala Ala Phe Ile His Val 
    210                 215                 220 

Ile Gly Asp Phe Met Gln Ser Met Gly Val Leu Val Ala Ala Tyr Ile 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Leu Tyr Phe Lys Pro Glu Tyr Lys Tyr Val Asp Pro Ile Cys Thr Phe 
                245                 250                 255 

Val Phe Ser Ile Leu Val Leu Gly Thr Thr Leu Thr Ile Leu Arg Asp 
            260                 265                 270 

Val Ile Leu Val Leu Met Glu Gly Thr Pro Lys Gly Val Asp Phe Thr 
        275                 280                 285 

Ala Val Arg Asp Leu Leu Leu Ser Val Glu Gly Val Glu Ala Leu His 
    290                 295                 300 

Ser Leu His Ile Trp Ala Leu Thr Val Ala Gln Pro Val Leu Ser Val 
305                 310                 315                 320 

His Ile Ala Ile Ala Gln Asn Thr Asp Ala Gln Ala Val Leu Lys Thr 
                325                 330                 335 

Ala Ser Ser Arg Leu Gln Gly Lys Phe His Phe His Thr Val Thr Ile 
            340                 345                 350 

Gln Ile Glu Asp Tyr Ser Glu Asp Met Lys Asp Cys Gln Ala Cys Gln 
        355                 360                 365 

Gly Pro Ser Asp 
    370 

 
           
             41  
             1119  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            41 

atggaggcca aggagaagca gcatctgttg gacaccaggc cggcaatccg gtcatacacg     60 

ggatctctgt ggcaggaagg ggctggctgg attcctctgc cccgacctgg cctggacttg    120 

caggccattg agctggctgc ccagagcaac catcactgcc atgctcagaa gggtcctgac    180 

agtcactgtg accccaagaa ggggaaggcc cagcgccagc tgtatgtagc ctctgccatc    240 

tgcctgttgt tcatgatcgg agaagtcgtt ggtgggtacc tggcacacag cttggctgtc    300 

atgactgacg cagcacacct gctcactgac tttgccagca tgctcatcag cctcttctcc    360 

ctctggatgt cctcccggcc agccaccaag accatgaact ttggctggca gagagctgag    420 

atcttgggag ccctggtctc tgtactgtcc atctgggtcg tgacgggggt actggtgtac    480 

ctggctgtgg agcggctgat ctctggggac tatgaaattg acggggggac catgctgatc    540 

acgtcgggct gcgctgtggc tgtgaacatc ataatggggt tgacccttca ccagtctggc    600 

catgggcaca gccacggcac caccaaccag caggaggaga accccagcgt ccgagctgcc    660 

ttcatccatg tgatcggcga ctttatgcag agcatgggtg tcctagtggc agcctatatt    720 

ttatacttca agccagaata caagtatgta gaccccatct gcaccttcgt cttctccatc    780 

ctggtcctgg ggacaacctt gaccatcctg agagatgtga tcctggtgtt gatggaaggg    840 

acccccaagg gcgttgactt cacagctgtt cgtgatctgc tgctgtcggt ggagggggta    900 

gaagccctgc acagcctgca tatctgggca ctgacggtgg cccagcctgt tctgtctgtc    960 

cacatcgcca ttgctcagaa tacagacgcc caggctgtgc tgaagacagc cagcagccgc   1020 

ctccaaggga agttccactt ccacaccgtg accatccaga tcgaggacta ctcggaggac   1080 

atgaaggact gtcaggcatg ccagggcccc tcagactga                          1119 

 
           
             42  
             322  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            42 

Ala Leu Ile Ser Leu Ala Leu Asn Leu Leu Leu Met Leu Ile Lys Leu 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ile Gly Gly Val Leu Ser Gly Ser Leu Ala Leu Leu Ala Asp Ala Leu 
            20                  25                  30 

His Ser Leu Ser Asp Val Ala Ser Ser Leu Ile Ser Leu Ile Ala Leu 
        35                  40                  45 

Arg Leu Ala Glu Lys Pro Pro Asp Glu Lys His Pro Phe Gly His His 
    50                  55                  60 

Arg Ala Glu Thr Leu Ala Ala Leu Leu Asn Ser Val Phe Leu Val Ile 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Val Ser Phe Leu Glu Ile Leu Tyr Glu Ala Ile Glu Arg Leu Ile Ser 
                85                  90                  95 

Pro Asp Tyr Glu Ile Pro Pro Asp Ala Val Leu Ala Ala Asp Ile Met 
            100                 105                 110 

Glu Pro Glu Glu Pro Gly Leu Phe Glu Val Gly Gly Val Ala Leu Gly 
        115                 120                 125 

Val Ala Leu Gly Gly Thr Ala Leu Val Val Leu Leu Gly Leu Val Val 
    130                 135                 140 

Asn Leu Ala Leu His Gly Tyr Leu Arg Arg Val Gly Lys Lys Leu Lys 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ser Glu His Asn Leu Asn Val Arg Ala Ala Ala Leu His Val Leu Gly 
                165                 170                 175 

Asp Ala Leu Ser Ser Val Gly Val Leu Ile Ala Ala Leu Leu Ile Tyr 
            180                 185                 190 

Phe Thr Gly Tyr Ser Phe Lys Gly Trp Lys Trp Trp Tyr Tyr Ala Asp 
        195                 200                 205 

Pro Ile Ala Ser Ile Leu Ile Ser Leu Ile Ile Leu Tyr Thr Ala Phe 
    210                 215                 220 

Arg Leu Leu Lys Glu Ser Val Leu Ile Leu Leu Glu Gly Thr Pro Ser 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Lys Glu Asp Leu Glu Arg Lys Ile Lys Lys Thr Leu Leu Ser Ile Pro 
                245                 250                 255 

Gly Val Lys Gly Val His Asp Leu His Ile Trp Tyr Leu Gly Ser Asn 
            260                 265                 270 

Lys Phe Ile Ala Ser Val His Val Glu Val Asp Asp Asn Leu Asp Leu 
        275                 280                 285 

Lys Glu Ala His Asp Ile Leu Ala Glu Ile Glu Arg Glu Ile Leu His 
    290                 295                 300 

Lys Phe Gly Ile Glu His Val Thr Val His Val Glu Pro Ala Ser Glu 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Glu Glu 

 
           
             43  
             4385  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
             
               CDS  
               (174)...(1859)  
             
           
            43 

cgaccacgcg tccggctgga taaggctgcg cccatgtgag tgctgggctt gtacgtgcat     60 

ttttgcctga gtgagcatta gtggcagtgt ccccagccta cccctttcct gaatcccagg    120 

ctcatagcca actgcccacc tatttccacg tggatgcctg ctgagcacct caa atg       176 
                                                           Met 
                                                            1 

tca cac agc caa gac aga act ctg gat ctc ctt tcc cag cca caa gct      224 
Ser His Ser Gln Asp Arg Thr Leu Asp Leu Leu Ser Gln Pro Gln Ala 
             5                   10                  15 

gcc cct ctt cca gtc tgc cac tcc cca cct gtc ctg cct ttg tgt gcc      272 
Ala Pro Leu Pro Val Cys His Ser Pro Pro Val Leu Pro Leu Cys Ala 
         20                  25                  30 

tct gtg tct ttg ctg ggt ggc ctg acc ttt ggt tat gaa ctg gca gtc      320 
Ser Val Ser Leu Leu Gly Gly Leu Thr Phe Gly Tyr Glu Leu Ala Val 
     35                  40                  45 

ata tca ggt gcc ctg ctg cca ctg cag ctt gac ttt ggg cta agc tgc      368 
Ile Ser Gly Ala Leu Leu Pro Leu Gln Leu Asp Phe Gly Leu Ser Cys 
 50                  55                  60                  65 

ttg gag cag gag ttc ctg gtg ggc agc ctg ctc ctg ggg gct ctc ctc      416 
Leu Glu Gln Glu Phe Leu Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Leu Gly Ala Leu Leu 
                 70                  75                  80 

gcc tcc ctg gtt ggt ggc ttc ctc att gac tgc tat ggc agg aag caa      464 
Ala Ser Leu Val Gly Gly Phe Leu Ile Asp Cys Tyr Gly Arg Lys Gln 
             85                  90                  95 

gcc atc ctc ggg agc aac ttg gtg ctg ctg gca ggc agc ctg acc ctg      512 
Ala Ile Leu Gly Ser Asn Leu Val Leu Leu Ala Gly Ser Leu Thr Leu 
        100                 105                 110 

ggc ctg gct ggt tcc ctg gcc tgg ctg gtc ctg ggc cgc gct gtg gtt      560 
Gly Leu Ala Gly Ser Leu Ala Trp Leu Val Leu Gly Arg Ala Val Val 
    115                 120                 125 

ggc ttc gcc att tcc ctc tcc tcc atg gct tgc tgt atc tac gtg tca      608 
Gly Phe Ala Ile Ser Leu Ser Ser Met Ala Cys Cys Ile Tyr Val Ser 
130                 135                 140                 145 

gag ctg gtg ggg cca cgg cag cgg gga gtg ctg gtg tcc ctc tat gag      656 
Glu Leu Val Gly Pro Arg Gln Arg Gly Val Leu Val Ser Leu Tyr Glu 
                150                 155                 160 

gca ggc atc acc gtg ggc atc ctg ctc tcc tat gcc ctc aac tat gca      704 
Ala Gly Ile Thr Val Gly Ile Leu Leu Ser Tyr Ala Leu Asn Tyr Ala 
            165                 170                 175 

ctg gct ggt acc ccc tgg gga tgg agg cac atg ttc ggc tgg gcc act      752 
Leu Ala Gly Thr Pro Trp Gly Trp Arg His Met Phe Gly Trp Ala Thr 
        180                 185                 190 

gca cct gct gtc ctg caa tcc ctc agc ctc ctc ttc ctc cct gct ggt      800 
Ala Pro Ala Val Leu Gln Ser Leu Ser Leu Leu Phe Leu Pro Ala Gly 
    195                 200                 205 

aca gat gag act gca aca cac aag gac ctc atc cca ctc cag gga ggt      848 
Thr Asp Glu Thr Ala Thr His Lys Asp Leu Ile Pro Leu Gln Gly Gly 
210                 215                 220                 225 

gag gcc ccc aag ctg ggc ccg ggg agg cca cgg tac tcc ttt ctg gac      896 
Glu Ala Pro Lys Leu Gly Pro Gly Arg Pro Arg Tyr Ser Phe Leu Asp 
                230                 235                 240 

ctc ttc agg gca cgc gat aac atg cga ggc cgg acc aca gtg ggc ctg      944 
Leu Phe Arg Ala Arg Asp Asn Met Arg Gly Arg Thr Thr Val Gly Leu 
            245                 250                 255 

ggg ctg gtg ctc ttc cag caa cta aca ggg cag ccc aac gtg ctg tgc      992 
Gly Leu Val Leu Phe Gln Gln Leu Thr Gly Gln Pro Asn Val Leu Cys 
        260                 265                 270 

tat gcc tcc acc atc ttc agc tcc gtt ggt ttc cat ggg gga tcc tca     1040 
Tyr Ala Ser Thr Ile Phe Ser Ser Val Gly Phe His Gly Gly Ser Ser 
    275                 280                 285 

gcc gtg ctg gcc tct gtg ggg ctt ggc gca gtg aag gtg gca gct acc     1088 
Ala Val Leu Ala Ser Val Gly Leu Gly Ala Val Lys Val Ala Ala Thr 
290                 295                 300                 305 

ctg acc gcc atg ggg ctg gtg gac cgt gca ggc cgc agg gct ctg ttg     1136 
Leu Thr Ala Met Gly Leu Val Asp Arg Ala Gly Arg Arg Ala Leu Leu 
                310                 315                 320 

cta gct ggc tgt gcc ctc atg gcc ctg tcc gtc agt ggc ata ggc ctc     1184 
Leu Ala Gly Cys Ala Leu Met Ala Leu Ser Val Ser Gly Ile Gly Leu 
            325                 330                 335 

gtc agc ttt gcc gtg ccc atg gac tca ggc cca agc tgt ctg gct gtg     1232 
Val Ser Phe Ala Val Pro Met Asp Ser Gly Pro Ser Cys Leu Ala Val 
        340                 345                 350 

ccc aat gcc acc ggg cag aca ggc ctc cct gga gac tct ggc ctg ctg     1280 
Pro Asn Ala Thr Gly Gln Thr Gly Leu Pro Gly Asp Ser Gly Leu Leu 
    355                 360                 365 

cag gac tcc tct cta cct ccc att cca agg acc aat gag gac caa agg     1328 
Gln Asp Ser Ser Leu Pro Pro Ile Pro Arg Thr Asn Glu Asp Gln Arg 
370                 375                 380                 385 

gag cca atc ttg tcc act gct aag aaa acc aag ccc cat ccc aga tct     1376 
Glu Pro Ile Leu Ser Thr Ala Lys Lys Thr Lys Pro His Pro Arg Ser 
                390                 395                 400 

gga gac ccc tca gcc cct cct cgg ctg gcc ctg agc tct gcc ctc cct     1424 
Gly Asp Pro Ser Ala Pro Pro Arg Leu Ala Leu Ser Ser Ala Leu Pro 
            405                 410                 415 

ggg ccc cct ctg ccc gct cgg ggg cat gca ctg ctg cgc tgg acc gca     1472 
Gly Pro Pro Leu Pro Ala Arg Gly His Ala Leu Leu Arg Trp Thr Ala 
        420                 425                 430 

ctg ctg tgc ctg atg gtc ttt gtc agt gcc ttc tcc ttt ggg ttt ggg     1520 
Leu Leu Cys Leu Met Val Phe Val Ser Ala Phe Ser Phe Gly Phe Gly 
    435                 440                 445 

cca gtg acc tgg ctt gtc ctc agc gag atc tac cct gtg gag ata cga     1568 
Pro Val Thr Trp Leu Val Leu Ser Glu Ile Tyr Pro Val Glu Ile Arg 
450                 455                 460                 465 

gga aga gcc ttc gcc ttc tgc aac agc ttc aac tgg gcg gcc aac ctc     1616 
Gly Arg Ala Phe Ala Phe Cys Asn Ser Phe Asn Trp Ala Ala Asn Leu 
                470                 475                 480 

ttc atc agc ctc tcc ttc ctc gat ctc att ggc acc atc ggc ttg tcc     1664 
Phe Ile Ser Leu Ser Phe Leu Asp Leu Ile Gly Thr Ile Gly Leu Ser 
            485                 490                 495 

tgg acc ttc ctg ctc tac gga ctg acc gct gtc ctc ggc ctg ggc ttc     1712 
Trp Thr Phe Leu Leu Tyr Gly Leu Thr Ala Val Leu Gly Leu Gly Phe 
        500                 505                 510 

atc tat tta ttt gtt cct gaa aca aaa ggc cag tcg ttg gca gag ata     1760 
Ile Tyr Leu Phe Val Pro Glu Thr Lys Gly Gln Ser Leu Ala Glu Ile 
    515                 520                 525 

gac cag cag ttc cag aag aga cgg ttc acc ctg agc ttt ggc cac agg     1808 
Asp Gln Gln Phe Gln Lys Arg Arg Phe Thr Leu Ser Phe Gly His Arg 
530                 535                 540                 545 

cag aac tcc act ggc atc ccg tac agc cgc atc gag atc tct gcg gcc     1856 
Gln Asn Ser Thr Gly Ile Pro Tyr Ser Arg Ile Glu Ile Ser Ala Ala 
                550                 555                 560 

tcc tgaggaatcc gtctgcctgg aaattctgga actgtggctt tggcagacca          1909 
Ser 

tctccagcat cctgcttcct aggccccaga gcacaagttc cagctggtct tttgggagtg   1969 

gcccctgccc ccaaaggtgg tctgcttttg ctggggtaaa aaggatgaaa gtctgagaat   2029 

gcccaactct tcattttgag tctcaggccc tgaaggttcc tgaggatcta gcttcatgcc   2089 

tcagtttccc cattgacttg cacatctctg cagtatttat aagaagaata ttctatgaag   2149 

tctttgttgc accatggact tttctcaaag aatctcaagg gtaccaatcc tggcaggaag   2209 

tctctcccga tatcacccct aaatccaaat gaggatatca tcttttctaa tctctttttt   2269 

caactggctg ggacattttc ggaaggggga agtctctttt tttactctta tcattttttt   2329 

tttgaggtgg agtctcattc tgttgcccag gctggcctga tcttggctca ctgcaacctc   2389 

cacctcctga gttcaagcga ttcttgtgcc tcagcctcct aagcagctgg gactacaggc   2449 

gcatgcaacc atacccagct aatttatttt tagcagagat ggggtttcac tgtgttggcc   2509 

aggctggtcg tgaactcctg agctcaagtg atccacccac ctcagcctcc cagagtgcta   2569 

ggattacagg ccttttgact cttttatctg agttttattg acccctctaa ttctcttacc   2629 

cagaatattt atccttcacc agcaactctg actctttgac gggaggcctc agttctagtc   2689 

cttggtctgc tggtgtcatt gctgtaggaa tgaccacggg cctcagtttc cccatttgta   2749 

taatgggaag cctgtaccag gtcattctta agatttctcc tgactccagt gagctggaat   2809 

tctaaatgct ggtctaggag ctgtctccag gatggtgcag gatggctttg cggaaaggag   2869 

atgggtttgg aggccaacaa acctgcttgt caatattgcc tttgcctctt ggcagccctt   2929 

gaacttgagt aaataacaac tccctgaacc tcagtttcct catctgcaga atggggataa   2989 

ttatgtccca ggggtatatt tagaccctgt ttcctttcag gagggtcccc agctggtcca   3049 

gggcctggga aatttctact tatcctcatt acccaggtcc ctcctttgga ccctgtaaag   3109 

ggtcagggtg aatcagatgg gggactgagc aagtagctat gaccgcagat catgtaagga   3169 

agggactgac aagaagctcc cagatgctgg ggagaatgaa gagctaaaat agatcctagg   3229 

tgctggatgc tttgtcatcc atgcgtgcac atatgggtgc tggcagagcc cccaaggact   3289 

ctggcctctc gagttctcct atcttctcca ttctagatgc ttcccttgta tccagtgatg   3349 

tgctggagct ggctttgcca agcttgtgag agctggttgc tacattttca ggatttttac   3409 

aagttggtaa acacagccat tataaaaaat taaatgattt aaatttataa ttaagtaaat   3469 

tacattaaaa caaaaaaatt atactcaaaa ttcattactt aattttacta cctgttacta   3529 

ttatctgtgc ttttgaggct atttctacat agtaactctt atggagacct aggggagaca   3589 

ccgcgcatct cttcctgatt ccccactcaa tgacatcatg ttagtctttg gttgcttaac   3649 

tggctgtggg gagtgttttt gtatcacaaa gattagagag gactacacat cagggcttga   3709 

tttattgttt gttgattttc tagacttcag aacatgctgg ataaaatgtc agtaatgcaa   3769 

attaaacttt aaagtatgtc ttgtttgtag ccaatacatg gtgtatagca ccaaaaaatg   3829 

gagggattat tcttccagta gttgaacact gtcatccgtt tcagctgaca gctgctcaaa   3889 

tcatttaaga aggagttctg acattcattt tcattgtttt acttttgtct tcctcactag   3949 

tgtaaacaaa aatttcaacc agcattcatg ccgaacctat acccattctt cagtgcctag   4009 

ctgtacagtt atcagggatt tttattcgta gtctaatttt gtcaaatcat ggccaaatcg   4069 

cagtgatagt tgactttgga tacaaggttt ggcaaaaaaa aaaaaaatat taacaaaata   4129 

ttctgtaaga atcaattggc tatatggaat ttaggataaa gaatatttac aataaagaat   4189 

atttacaata aagagtttat tattatttgt aagttgtgag caacaaacat accctttatc   4249 

tctgtaaaat ttatacacac aaaaattaac aaaagattct gtaagaatta attggctata   4309 

tggaatttag gatagaatat ttacaataaa gagtatttac aataaaaaaa aaaaaaaaaa   4369 

gggcggccgc tagact                                                   4385 

 
           
             44  
             562  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            44 

Met Ser His Ser Gln Asp Arg Thr Leu Asp Leu Leu Ser Gln Pro Gln 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ala Ala Pro Leu Pro Val Cys His Ser Pro Pro Val Leu Pro Leu Cys 
            20                  25                  30 

Ala Ser Val Ser Leu Leu Gly Gly Leu Thr Phe Gly Tyr Glu Leu Ala 
        35                  40                  45 

Val Ile Ser Gly Ala Leu Leu Pro Leu Gln Leu Asp Phe Gly Leu Ser 
    50                  55                  60 

Cys Leu Glu Gln Glu Phe Leu Val Gly Ser Leu Leu Leu Gly Ala Leu 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Leu Ala Ser Leu Val Gly Gly Phe Leu Ile Asp Cys Tyr Gly Arg Lys 
                85                  90                  95 

Gln Ala Ile Leu Gly Ser Asn Leu Val Leu Leu Ala Gly Ser Leu Thr 
            100                 105                 110 

Leu Gly Leu Ala Gly Ser Leu Ala Trp Leu Val Leu Gly Arg Ala Val 
        115                 120                 125 

Val Gly Phe Ala Ile Ser Leu Ser Ser Met Ala Cys Cys Ile Tyr Val 
    130                 135                 140 

Ser Glu Leu Val Gly Pro Arg Gln Arg Gly Val Leu Val Ser Leu Tyr 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Glu Ala Gly Ile Thr Val Gly Ile Leu Leu Ser Tyr Ala Leu Asn Tyr 
                165                 170                 175 

Ala Leu Ala Gly Thr Pro Trp Gly Trp Arg His Met Phe Gly Trp Ala 
            180                 185                 190 

Thr Ala Pro Ala Val Leu Gln Ser Leu Ser Leu Leu Phe Leu Pro Ala 
        195                 200                 205 

Gly Thr Asp Glu Thr Ala Thr His Lys Asp Leu Ile Pro Leu Gln Gly 
    210                 215                 220 

Gly Glu Ala Pro Lys Leu Gly Pro Gly Arg Pro Arg Tyr Ser Phe Leu 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Asp Leu Phe Arg Ala Arg Asp Asn Met Arg Gly Arg Thr Thr Val Gly 
                245                 250                 255 

Leu Gly Leu Val Leu Phe Gln Gln Leu Thr Gly Gln Pro Asn Val Leu 
            260                 265                 270 

Cys Tyr Ala Ser Thr Ile Phe Ser Ser Val Gly Phe His Gly Gly Ser 
        275                 280                 285 

Ser Ala Val Leu Ala Ser Val Gly Leu Gly Ala Val Lys Val Ala Ala 
    290                 295                 300 

Thr Leu Thr Ala Met Gly Leu Val Asp Arg Ala Gly Arg Arg Ala Leu 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Leu Leu Ala Gly Cys Ala Leu Met Ala Leu Ser Val Ser Gly Ile Gly 
                325                 330                 335 

Leu Val Ser Phe Ala Val Pro Met Asp Ser Gly Pro Ser Cys Leu Ala 
            340                 345                 350 

Val Pro Asn Ala Thr Gly Gln Thr Gly Leu Pro Gly Asp Ser Gly Leu 
        355                 360                 365 

Leu Gln Asp Ser Ser Leu Pro Pro Ile Pro Arg Thr Asn Glu Asp Gln 
    370                 375                 380 

Arg Glu Pro Ile Leu Ser Thr Ala Lys Lys Thr Lys Pro His Pro Arg 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Ser Gly Asp Pro Ser Ala Pro Pro Arg Leu Ala Leu Ser Ser Ala Leu 
                405                 410                 415 

Pro Gly Pro Pro Leu Pro Ala Arg Gly His Ala Leu Leu Arg Trp Thr 
            420                 425                 430 

Ala Leu Leu Cys Leu Met Val Phe Val Ser Ala Phe Ser Phe Gly Phe 
        435                 440                 445 

Gly Pro Val Thr Trp Leu Val Leu Ser Glu Ile Tyr Pro Val Glu Ile 
    450                 455                 460 

Arg Gly Arg Ala Phe Ala Phe Cys Asn Ser Phe Asn Trp Ala Ala Asn 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Leu Phe Ile Ser Leu Ser Phe Leu Asp Leu Ile Gly Thr Ile Gly Leu 
                485                 490                 495 

Ser Trp Thr Phe Leu Leu Tyr Gly Leu Thr Ala Val Leu Gly Leu Gly 
            500                 505                 510 

Phe Ile Tyr Leu Phe Val Pro Glu Thr Lys Gly Gln Ser Leu Ala Glu 
        515                 520                 525 

Ile Asp Gln Gln Phe Gln Lys Arg Arg Phe Thr Leu Ser Phe Gly His 
    530                 535                 540 

Arg Gln Asn Ser Thr Gly Ile Pro Tyr Ser Arg Ile Glu Ile Ser Ala 
545                 550                 555                 560 

Ala Ser 

 
           
             45  
             1689  
             DNA  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            45 

atgtcacaca gccaagacag aactctggat ctcctttccc agccacaagc tgcccctctt     60 

ccagtctgcc actccccacc tgtcctgcct ttgtgtgcct ctgtgtcttt gctgggtggc    120 

ctgacctttg gttatgaact ggcagtcata tcaggtgccc tgctgccact gcagcttgac    180 

tttgggctaa gctgcttgga gcaggagttc ctggtgggca gcctgctcct gggggctctc    240 

ctcgcctccc tggttggtgg cttcctcatt gactgctatg gcaggaagca agccatcctc    300 

gggagcaact tggtgctgct ggcaggcagc ctgaccctgg gcctggctgg ttccctggcc    360 

tggctggtcc tgggccgcgc tgtggttggc ttcgccattt ccctctcctc catggcttgc    420 

tgtatctacg tgtcagagct ggtggggcca cggcagcggg gagtgctggt gtccctctat    480 

gaggcaggca tcaccgtggg catcctgctc tcctatgccc tcaactatgc actggctggt    540 

accccctggg gatggaggca catgttcggc tgggccactg cacctgctgt cctgcaatcc    600 

ctcagcctcc tcttcctccc tgctggtaca gatgagactg caacacacaa ggacctcatc    660 

ccactccagg gaggtgaggc ccccaagctg ggcccgggga ggccacggta ctcctttctg    720 

gacctcttca gggcacgcga taacatgcga ggccggacca cagtgggcct ggggctggtg    780 

ctcttccagc aactaacagg gcagcccaac gtgctgtgct atgcctccac catcttcagc    840 

tccgttggtt tccatggggg atcctcagcc gtgctggcct ctgtggggct tggcgcagtg    900 

aaggtggcag ctaccctgac cgccatgggg ctggtggacc gtgcaggccg cagggctctg    960 

ttgctagctg gctgtgccct catggccctg tccgtcagtg gcataggcct cgtcagcttt   1020 

gccgtgccca tggactcagg cccaagctgt ctggctgtgc ccaatgccac cgggcagaca   1080 

ggcctccctg gagactctgg cctgctgcag gactcctctc tacctcccat tccaaggacc   1140 

aatgaggacc aaagggagcc aatcttgtcc actgctaaga aaaccaagcc ccatcccaga   1200 

tctggagacc cctcagcccc tcctcggctg gccctgagct ctgccctccc tgggccccct   1260 

ctgcccgctc gggggcatgc actgctgcgc tggaccgcac tgctgtgcct gatggtcttt   1320 

gtcagtgcct tctcctttgg gtttgggcca gtgacctggc ttgtcctcag cgagatctac   1380 

cctgtggaga tacgaggaag agccttcgcc ttctgcaaca gcttcaactg ggcggccaac   1440 

ctcttcatca gcctctcctt cctcgatctc attggcacca tcggcttgtc ctggaccttc   1500 

ctgctctacg gactgaccgc tgtcctcggc ctgggcttca tctatttatt tgttcctgaa   1560 

acaaaaggcc agtcgttggc agagatagac cagcagttcc agaagagacg gttcaccctg   1620 

agctttggcc acaggcagaa ctccactggc atcccgtaca gccgcatcga gatctctgcg   1680 

gcctcctga                                                           1689 

 
           
             46  
             488  
             PRT  
             Artificial Sequence  
             
               consensus sequence  
             
           
            46 

Val Ala Leu Val Ala Ala Leu Gly Gly Gly Phe Leu Phe Gly Tyr Asp 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Thr Gly Val Ile Gly Gly Phe Leu Ala Leu Ile Asp Phe Leu Phe Arg 
            20                  25                  30 

Phe Gly Leu Leu Thr Ser Ser Gly Ala Leu Ala Glu Leu Val Gly Tyr 
        35                  40                  45 

Ser Thr Val Leu Thr Gly Leu Val Val Ser Ile Phe Phe Leu Gly Arg 
    50                  55                  60 

Leu Ile Gly Ser Leu Phe Ala Gly Lys Leu Gly Asp Arg Phe Gly Arg 
65                  70                  75                  80 

Lys Lys Ser Leu Leu Ile Ala Leu Val Leu Phe Val Ile Gly Ala Leu 
                85                  90                  95 

Leu Ser Gly Ala Ala Pro Gly Tyr Thr Thr Ile Gly Leu Trp Ala Phe 
            100                 105                 110 

Tyr Leu Leu Ile Val Gly Arg Val Leu Val Gly Leu Gly Val Gly Gly 
        115                 120                 125 

Ala Ser Val Leu Val Pro Met Tyr Ile Ser Glu Ile Ala Pro Lys Ala 
    130                 135                 140 

Leu Arg Gly Ala Leu Gly Ser Leu Tyr Gln Leu Ala Ile Thr Ile Gly 
145                 150                 155                 160 

Ile Leu Val Ala Ala Ile Ile Gly Leu Gly Leu Asn Lys Thr Asn Asn 
                165                 170                 175 

Asp Ser Ala Leu Asn Ser Trp Gly Trp Arg Ile Pro Leu Gly Leu Gln 
            180                 185                 190 

Leu Val Pro Ala Leu Leu Leu Leu Ile Gly Leu Leu Phe Leu Pro Glu 
        195                 200                 205 

Ser Pro Arg Trp Leu Val Glu Lys Gly Lys Leu Glu Glu Ala Arg Glu 
    210                 215                 220 

Val Leu Ala Lys Leu Arg Gly Val Glu Asp Val Asp Gln Glu Ile Gln 
225                 230                 235                 240 

Glu Ile Lys Ala Glu Leu Glu Ala Thr Val Ser Glu Glu Lys Ala Gly 
                245                 250                 255 

Lys Ala Ser Trp Gly Glu Leu Phe Arg Gly Arg Thr Arg Pro Lys Val 
            260                 265                 270 

Arg Gln Arg Leu Leu Met Gly Val Met Leu Gln Ala Phe Gln Gln Leu 
        275                 280                 285 

Thr Gly Ile Asn Ala Ile Phe Tyr Tyr Ser Pro Thr Ile Phe Lys Ser 
    290                 295                 300 

Val Gly Val Ser Asp Ser Val Ala Ser Leu Leu Val Thr Ile Ile Val 
305                 310                 315                 320 

Gly Val Val Asn Phe Val Phe Thr Phe Val Ala Leu Ile Phe Leu Val 
                325                 330                 335 

Asp Arg Phe Gly Arg Arg Pro Leu Leu Leu Leu Gly Ala Ala Gly Met 
            340                 345                 350 

Ala Ile Cys Phe Leu Ile Leu Gly Ala Ser Ile Gly Val Ala Leu Leu 
        355                 360                 365 

Leu Leu Asn Lys Pro Lys Asp Pro Ser Ser Lys Ala Ala Gly Ile Val 
    370                 375                 380 

Ala Ile Val Phe Ile Leu Leu Phe Ile Ala Phe Phe Ala Leu Gly Trp 
385                 390                 395                 400 

Gly Pro Ile Pro Trp Val Ile Leu Ser Glu Leu Phe Pro Thr Lys Val 
                405                 410                 415 

Arg Ser Lys Ala Leu Ala Leu Ala Thr Ala Ala Asn Trp Leu Ala Asn 
            420                 425                 430 

Phe Ile Ile Gly Phe Leu Phe Pro Tyr Ile Thr Gly Ala Ile Gly Leu 
        435                 440                 445 

Ala Leu Gly Gly Tyr Val Phe Leu Val Phe Ala Gly Leu Leu Val Leu 
    450                 455                 460 

Phe Ile Leu Phe Val Phe Phe Phe Val Pro Glu Thr Lys Gly Arg Thr 
465                 470                 475                 480 

Leu Glu Glu Ile Glu Glu Leu Phe 
                485 

 
           
             47  
             17  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            47 

Gly Gly Phe Leu Ile Asp Cys Tyr Gly Arg Lys Gln Ala Ile Leu Gly 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Ser 

 
           
             48  
             17  
             PRT  
             Homo sapiens  
           
            48 

Ala Met Gly Leu Val Asp Arg Ala Gly Arg Arg Ala Leu Leu Leu Ala 
 1               5                  10                  15 

Gly